ewe - ws ~y ~* ~ ——— ; ‘ atiSey MWisods a i} ata (is f 4 Fa iT.4 4 4 Be ‘ + 2 4\4 ia sa lieatitit at AWW ” AS NY 1A dy . ee oie , 506.344 PU Pepin GS BINNEBAN SOCIETY NEW SOUTH WALHS. SECOND SERIES.) VOL. ITT. WITH FORTY PLATES. , € 4 SYDNRBY: \., gai) 7 PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE Aocrhry BY oA | oy WA Et ECE SS BA. LESS. | b F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET, " AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. ! 1889. SYDNEY : ¥, CUNNINGHAME AND CO., PRINTERS, 146 PITT STREET. CONTENTS OF VOL. III. SECOND SERIES. PART’ Tf. ({ssued June 5th, 1888.) PAGE On an extinct Genus of the Marsupials allied to TUDE TNRROR OS By C. W. De Vis, M.A. (Plater.) ... On the Genus Tetragonurus of Risso. By E. Pp, Ramsay, LL, D,, or F.R.S.F., &c., and J. Dovetas Oertey, F.L.S. bs 9 Diptera of Australia. Part I. By Freperick A. A. SKUSE. (Plates II. and Iit.)... Sr : 17 Notes on the Nests and Buss of cata Aicheaan Binds: By A. FE Norn, F.L.S. _... “ . 146 Description of Fish-Remains pe the ot Botteag Dicwras ‘Fonanon? of Northern Queensland. By R. ErHeripce, Junr. (Plate tv.) ... 156 Descriptions of two hitherto unrecorded West Australian Plants. = Baron von MvueE tier, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S. ad ~ 162 Fisheries of the Oriental Region. By the Rev. J. E. itnasoi- Woans. F.G.S., F.L.S., &c. (Plates v. and vi.) tn . 165 Notes on the Bac-ciuehotanl Examination of Ice © supplied in Sydney. By Dr. Oscar Katz ms . 256 Flowering Seasons of Australian Planta, No. Vil. By E. Havin, L.S. Hi . 267 Notes on the Nevtiiae ‘of Aine Suilelinch Gana: By ‘A. J. ‘Nepse: F.L.S. . 269 Catalogue of the Seneid Coleopters of an Guitens Paasiiaind the Islands of New Ireland, New Britain, Duke of York, Aru, Mysol, Waigion, Salwatty, Key, and Jobie. By GrorGE Masters jatgeul Notes on Jussiva repens and some rare plants from the Lachlan. By the Rev. W. Wootts, Ph.D., &e. ae . 337 Notes on the Hemiptera of the Hawaiian Telands. By the ‘Rav. T. Biackeurn, B.A. (Communicated by the Hon. W. Pers ini Bedi) * 4. ; 343 Some reputed Medicinal Plants Pt New South Wales. ( Indligastia Species only.) By J. H. Marpen, F.L.S., &c. ve . 355 On Rhopalocera from the ear of Mt. allandde. sip Ginedadind By A. Sipney Ouirrr, F.E.S wee O04 On a new ‘Trilobite from Rowning. “By Joun Mire HELL, [Plate XVI. of Vol. II. (2), figs. 7-12). es .. 397 Note on the Nature of the Venom of Australian Buakes. ‘ByD Dr. OSCAR Katz sa oi as aan , , . 400 Elections and Annestasesicde, ne ae 22 A irs re, 152, 339 Donations iy nas i ee den are ssevsebss+/sfueorapas 9:5 Breadth of mi.0:f50 ficou: evs ee tu cop deineve vba 10 Breadth of incigor. jew isis jensnetatinwihentves od sb 7 ON THE GENUS TETRAGONURUS OF RISSO. By E. Pierson Ramsay, LL.D., F.R.S.E., anp J. Douaias: OaiLpy, F.L.S. (Notes from the Australian Museum). In the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. X., p. 718, the Hon. William Macleay has described and figured, under the name of Ctenodax wilkinsoni, a fish which had been picked up dead on the beach at Lord Howe Island, and handed to him for identification by Mr. C. S. Wilkinson. In a subsequent volume of this publication—I. (2), p. 511—the same author contributes a note, in the course of which he mentions that it had been pointed out to him by Dr. Ramsay that this fish belonged to the genus T'etragonurus of Risso, and should there- fore by rights be called Z'etragonurus wilkinson. The species is first noticed by Rondeletius, who in his Libri de Piscibus xv., p. 423 (1554), gives an account of a fish which had been sent to him from Pisa, and which he calls Mugil niger; he also gives a fairly recognisable figure of it. Rondeletius was followed by Gesner, Willoughby, and Aldrovandus, the latter of whom figured it under the name of Corvus niloticus in 1638. From this date until 1810 no further example appears to have been noticed by ichthyologists, but in that year Risso (Ichth. Nice, p. 347, pl. x. f. 37) describes and gives a wretched figure of a recent specimen, applying to it the name of Tetragonurus cuviert. Risso, along with all the authors preceding him, placed this species among the Mugilida, but he subsequently (Eur. Merid. 1827, iii. p. 382) raised it to family rank, keeping it however next in order to the Mugilide. ee ee — — 10 ON THE GENUS TETRAGONURUS OF RISSO, Cuvier and Valenciennes (Hist. Nat. xi. p. 172, pl. 318) how- ever, writing nine years subsequently, restore it to its place among the Mugilde, and give a fully detailed description, accompanied by a somewhat moderate figure. In the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1839, p. 79, we next find the Rev. R. T. Lowe dissenting from this opinion, for, having obtained a Madeiran example in a fresh state, he comes to the conclusion, after a most exhaustive examination, that the genus was more closely allied to Ziyrsites—at that time placed among the Scombridw, but more recently along with certain allied forms constituted by Dr. Giinther as a distinct family, the Z'richiuride—than to the Mugilide, and he therefore places it among the Trichiuroid Scombride. Lowe also, for ‘several reasons which he sets forth in detail, considered himself justified in separating his oceanic fish from the better known Mediterranean Tetragonurus cuviert, and he accordingly called it 7. atlanticus, by which name he subsequently figured it in his Fishes of Madeira, p. 129, f. 19. With neither of these opinions of Lowe does Dr. Giinther (Cat. Fish. iii., p. 408) agree, for, in the first place, he considers that 7. atlanticus has not been proved to be specifically separable from 7. cwviert ; and, in the second place, he establishes a distinct group of the Atherinide under the name of Tetragonurina for the sole reception of this genus, thus more or less endorsing the opinions of the earlier writers in regard to its relationship with the Grey Mullets, and in fact almost exactly replacing it in the position assigned to it by Risso in his later work. Dr. Giinther further remarks that “it will always be valuable, in so scarce a fish, to note peculiarities of the single individuals which are preserved in our collections.” Acting on this sugges- tion we therefore, on the Hon. William Macleay with great liberality presenting his type specimen to the Australian Museum, applied to Prof. Giglioli, of Florence, for an example of the Mediterranean form, which with his usual prompitude he for- warded, and we received safely during last September. BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY AND J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 11 In the mean time, the expedition which had been sent by the Australian Museum, under the command of Mr. Robert Etheridge, to make collections on Lord Howe Island, had the good fortune to obtain from Mr. Campbell Stevens, a member of the police force there stationed, a second example of Mr. Macleay’s fish, which, like the first, had been washed ashore dead. From these two Pacific examples we have drawn up the following detailed description :-— TETRAGONURUS WILKINSONI, Macleay. B. V. D. 15/13. A.1/11-12. V.1/5. P.16. ©.18. 1.1. 112- 115. L. tr. 10/20. The length of the head is from four and a third to four and a half, the height of the body itmmediately behind the pectoral fin seven and a fifth in the total length. The eye is large, the greater part of it situated in front of the middle of the head; it does not encroach on the upper profile, and its diameter is three and two-fifths in the length of the head, while it is equal to the length of the snout, which is obtuse, and whose upper profile is slightly convex. The interorbital space is flattened, and has a low median longitudinal ridge which commences between the posterior nostrils and terminates in a light colored bony knob between the posterior margins of the eyes; its width is four-fifths of the diameter of the orbit, which is but little greater horizontally than vertically. The breadth of the body immediately above the base of the pectoral fins is five-sevenths of its height. The jaws are equal, with the cleft of the mouth oblique and of considerable size, the maxilla extending backwards to or but little beyond the anterior margin of the orbit. The edges of the opercular bones are armed with minute denticles, The teeth in both jaws are covered almost to the very tips with a gum-like coating, which being removed shows that they are arranged in a single row, are distinctly separate though placed close to one another, number in the maxilla—where they are much more distant than in the mandible-—twenty-five on each 12 ON THE GENUS TETRAGONURUS OF RISSO, ramus, and on the mandible about forty-four, and are long, slender, compressed and slightly bent backwards at the extreme tip. The vomerine and palatine bones are armed with a distinct row of conical teeth, which are a little curved and strongly inclined backwards from the very base, the anterior four or five in each row standing on an appreciably higher level than those succeeding them, while the vomerine row extends rather further back than those on the palatine bones; along either of the raised edges of the tongue is a row of similar but smaller teeth. The dorsal fin commences opposite the middle of the pectoral, and on the thirteenth series of lateral line scales; the distance between its origin and the tip of the snout being contained three and a quarter times in the total length: the spines are low and somewhat feeble, the longest, which is between the third and sixth, being about two-thirds of the diameter of the eye; each spine is joined by a delicate membrane to the lower third of its successor, except in the case of the last two or three minute and almost hidden spines which stand alone: the first dorsal ray rises from the forty-third series of lateral line scales, the last from the fifty-eight, its distance from the root of the caudal] being nine-tenths of the length of the head; the rays are delicate, and the highest is but three-fourths of the body below it. The anal fin commences beneath the fifth dorsal ray, and ends nearer to the caudal than does that fin, so that the distance between its last ray and the base of the caudal is only four-fifths of the length of the head. The ventral fin commences a little behind the base of the pectoral, and is very small, its length being about equal to one diameter of the eye. The pectoral fin is placed low down on the side of the body, the upper angle of its base rising at a considerable distance below half the height of the body at that spot, and being but a short distance behind the margin of the opercle, which however it does not touch; it is pointed and short, from three-fifths to four-sevenths of the length of the head, and about seven and two- fifths in the total length. The caudal fin is deeply forked, and is about one-eighth of the total length the lobes being rounded. The rays of all the fins are excessively fragile. BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY AND J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 13 The free part of the tail is much depressed and compressed, forming an almost perfect square, its height being equal to or but little more than its breadth immediately before the base of the caudal fin, and all four sides being slightly concave. On each side of the posterior part of the tail there are two strong keels, which converge behind. The scales are set in regular oblique rows, each of which is slightly curved backward at its dorsal extremity, and strongly forwards on the lower half of the body, thus forming a gracefully sigmoidal band. They are small and firmly adherent laterally, each scale slightly overlapping that one which lies next below it on its own row, and to a less extent its corresponding scale on the succeeding row. Each scale bears seven or eight visible longitudinal keels, and each of these is again armed with four or five denticles, and terminates in a strong spine. The lateral line is slightly curved along its anterior half, and consists of one hundred and twelve to one hundred and fifteen scales, which are slightly raised above those adjoining them, and about twenty of which are minute and lie between the caudal keels.* The transverse series which rises at the base of the first dorsal ray bears thirty scales, counting obliquely forwards to the middle of the abdomen, ten of these being above the lateral line. The color is of an uniform dark brown: the roof of the mouth is black, the inside of the jaws bright yellow. Before comparing these two specimens with the descriptions of previous authors, and with our own Mediterranean example, we must call particular attention to the fact that the two above described are small, measuring but a fraction over seven inches each, while Lowe’s was nine and a quarter, and the specimen in spirits examined by Dr. Giinther in 1861 twelve and a half inches, our example from the same locality as that last nentioned being thirteen and a half inches, and it is possible that these differences in size may account for the undoubtedly great dis- crepancies in the comparative measurements, * Hence the ninety lateral line scales of Lowe and Macleay. a tes 14 ON THE GENUS TETRAGONURUS OF RISSO, Comparing first our Mediterranean specimen with the above description, we find the following differences, which great as they may appear, must be judged, as before mentioned, in a great measure by the size of the individual example. The length of the head is five and three-quarters, the height of the body* seven and two-thirds in the total length. The eye is small, situated entirely in front of the middle of the head, and its diameter is five and one-third in the length of the head, and but three-fifths of that of the snout. The interorbital space has no longitudinal ridge, but the bony knob on the occiput is present. The breadth of the body is five-eighths of its height. There are thirty-six maxillary, and fifty-three mandibulary teeth in each ramus. The other teeth are very much the same except that the vomerine band does not extend so far back as those on the palatine bones, and on both all the teeth rise from the same level. The dorsal fin commences at a considerable distance behind the pec- toral, and, on the twenty-first series of lateral line scales, the distance between its origin and the tip of the snout being con- tained three and a-third times in the total length; as might be expected the longest spine is equal to the diameter of the eye. The first dorsal ray rises from the fifty-sixth series of lateral line scales, the last from the seventy-fourth, its distance from the root of the caudal being considerably more than the length of the head; the longest ray is three-fifths of the height of the body below it. The ventral fin commences far behind the base of the pectoral, and is much longer than the eye. The pectoral fin is but half the length of the head, and eleven and two-thirds in the total length, ihe caudal one-ninth of the same. The breadth of the free portion of the tail is three-fourths of its height. The lateral line consists of one hundred and twenty-two scales. If we now compare this latter short description with Dr. Giinther’s description of a Mediterranean example—undoubtedly of the same species as ours—we find the head and eyes in his * Tn all cases the measurements of this fish have been taken at the corresponding spot to that specified in the earlier description. BY DR. E. P. RAMSAY AND J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 1b specimens even smaller comparatively, the teeth much fewer in number, and in our specimen only a few of the dorsal spines— third to sixth—equal to the diameter of the eye, those behind them becoming gradually shorter, but, like the Lord Howe examples, there is a distinct membrane joining each pair of spines, with the exception of the last few. Referring to the scales, Dr. Giinther says “each is deeply striated, with five or six keels, each keel terminating in a minute point ;? our Mediterranean specimen has seven or eight visible keels, each ending in a point, but with evident indications of having been spinate along their whole length, these however having almost disappeared with age. It is, however, evident that the discrepancies between Dr. Giinther’s and our description are not of such magnitude as to cause any doubt of their specific identity, and this species is therefore the true Tetragonurus cuviert of Risso. We have now however to compare our Pacific specimens with Lowe’s detailed description of his Atlantic one, taken off an island of very similar formation to Lord Howe Island, and we must again draw attention to the fact that his specimen is exactly intermediate in size between ours and Dr. Giinther’s, and we should therefore expect to find the comparative measurements also intermediate, This, however, is not the case, as in almost every particular the specimens are absolutely identical, the slightly more forward position of the pectoral fin in Lowe’s fish, and its smaller com- parative size, together with the more numerous maxillary teeth constituting differences hardly worthy of mention. Judging from these data we are therefore of opinion that it is impossible to separate the Pacific from the Atlantic form, and that until specimens intermediate between these and the Mediter- ranean fish have been examined by a competent authority in the light now thrown on the subject by this paper, we cannot endorse the opinion that the oceanic form is identical with that of Risso. ee 16 ON THE GENUS TETRAGONURUS OF RISSO. We would hardly be justified in leaving this interesting subject without making some remarks on the position of Jetragonurus in the ichthyological system, though, from want of sufficient speci- mens, being unable to spare one for dissection, we cannot speak authoritatively on this point ; we are however distinctly of opinion that it cannot be kept among the Atherinide, and indeed that its relationship to the Grey Mullets is, to say the least, doubtful: we agree with Risso that it is well entitled to family rank, and we think that its position will eventually prove to be closer to the Colto-scombriform Acanthopterygians than to the Mugiliform ; as however this opinion has necessarily been taken entirely from external characters we do not expect that much value will be attached to it, still we feel that writing on the subject of so little known a fish we should be remiss in not recording our opinion, provisional though it may be, against that which would place this species, so unique in the formation of its scales and teeth among the Mugiliform fishes. DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA. By Freperick A. A. SKUSE. Part I. (Plates 11. and 11.) Up to the present time very little has been done towards a knowledge of the Australian Diptera, and this, for more than one reason, is not so remarkable as may at the outset appear. Firstly, to properly work-up any order in the insect fauna of any country, or even any locality, it is absolutely essential that the entomologist should be on the spot, and his observations, to be of value, must necessarily be the result of extended investigations; but not a single species of Diptera of this country has ever been described here. If the entomologist be thousands of miles away he can only deal with shrunken or otherwise altered specimens, besides being quite unable to search out the habitats and study the habits of the species; whereas if these be taken account of the results are eminently more interesting and valuable than the mere des- criptions of dried specimens. Secondly, the fragility of some and the smallness of many have not induced collectors working amidst a profusion of insects of greater size and more attractive appearance (at the same time readily stored and demanding only a minimum of trouble) to concern themselves about Diptera. Thirdly, the few entomologists that there are in this country have found, and still continue to find, so much to do amongst the larger and more easily handled insects which generally excite the first attention. Lastly, the undertaking is one not unaccompanied with great difficulty and liability to blundering ; and to success- fully commence and prosecute this study, the student must be endowed with considerably more than a mean quantum of patience 2 /7 18 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, and perseverance, and, moreover, be prepared to devote particular and exclusive attention to his subject. There are some entomo- logists, however, who are not disposed to entirely concentrate their attention on a single order, though even a genus alone would possibly entail ample employment for an average lifetime. In 1864 the total number of known Australian Diptera was estimated by Dr. Schiner at 1056 species, including many collected by Mr. Frauenfeld in the neighbourhood of Sydney during the “‘Novara” expedition. Since that time very few have been added. A considerable number out of the total have been described by Walker in the British Museum Catalogues, but it is doubtful if many of the descriptions will prove of the slightest value. I believe the same author also in the year 1856 described several in the “Insecta Saundersiana,” a work privately printed, now scarce and out of print, and which I have been unable to see. A large number were described by Macquart in his “ Diptéres Exotiques nouveaux ou peu connus,” and its five supplements appearing between 1638 and 1855; but the descriptions are drawn up carelessly, and most of them are little better than those of Walker. There are besides these, other descriptions of detached species by various authors. Our acquaintance then with the Dipterology of this Continent is in a most unsatisfactory con- dition; the descriptions are scattered and many of them worthless; and, far from advancing science, are calculated to create nothing but disorder. The present paper is the first contribution towards a work on Australian Diptera, in process of preparation by myself, to appear from time to time in monographs of families. The materials will be derived principally from the rich collection of the Hon. William Macleay, in which I hope the types of all species I shall describe will be found, as it would be of great value for reference, with other advantages, to have all the types contained in one great central col- lection; but this need not dissuade correspondents from lending me specimens for description. I hope to add largely to the number by my own collecting, particularly among the Cecidomyide and other BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 19 small kinds, All the Cecidomyide described in this paper have been collected by Mr. Masters and myself, chiefly in the environs of Sydney; but we have made numerous excursions to the Blue Mountains, the Hawkesbury district, the Hlawarra district and other parts, all, with a single exception, within 40 miles of Sydney. It would have been difficult not to discover new species, for only three had been previously described;* but I was surprised to find such an abundance of forms, as it has taken only a very short time to bring the total up to 95, This I believe to be only a small fraction of the species of the group occurring in an exceedingly limited area; the number inhabiting New South Wales, not to say the whole of Australia, must be enormous. Other families seem correspondingly to abound in species, and, judging from the comparative abundance of this and other large orders of insects, the Diptera of Australia cannot I think fall short of ten thousand. I much regret that with my descriptions of the gall-gnats I have been able to add the life-history of but asolitary species, and that only imperfectly. Although I regard the descriptions of little value apart from the observation of the habits of the insect, especially in its larval state, I do not think that should deter me from making this commencement, or from publishing what I have; for I hope that, when once a start has been made, it may induce others, who will now be enabled to form some conception of the amount of work there is to be done, to take an interest in the subject, and to come forward to aid in its elucidation. To determine the life-history of each species of the gall-gnats I now describe, means a considerable amount of careful work, and may take me some time. I should be very glad to receive specimens of Diptera, or portions of malformed plants possibly infested with the larve of Cecidomyid, from all parts/of the country, and hope that members of this and other similar scientific societies will do all in their power for the furtherance of this interesting branch of natural history. The following directions if properly carried out are *In “ Reise der Novara” Dipt. by Dr, T. R. Schiner. 20 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, sufficient for the collection and preservation of Diptera. The larger species I generally capture with a small bag-net made of very fine silk gauze, and the smaller ones by means of a glass tube charged with chloroform or benzole. The tube is prepared in the following way :—a piece of cotton-wool moistened with one of the above is inserted into the end of the tube, pressed tightly down, and covered by a circular piece of blotting-paper. Of course when not in use the tube is kept corked. When a large insect has been captured in the net, take one of the chloroform tubes and secure the insect in it against the side of the net; then, with a little manipulation it is easy to put in the cork, and the insect dies almost instantly. Having left it there for a short time it is taken out and pinned in a cork-bottom collecting box, and there is no further trouble with it; but unless specimens are afterwards carefully kept in a tight box provided with a lump of camphor they will speedily be destroyed by mites or some of the small beetles prejudicial to natural history collections. In using the glass-tube for capturing, the insects must always be at rest, and as they may be commonly thus found under the ledges of overhanging rocks, on logs, and in similar situations, it is generally an easy matter to place the mouth of the tube gently over them; they will immediately fly up the tube which must then be quickly corked. When resting on a flower or a leaf the palm of the hand may be employed to inclose the insect within the tube. Should the inside surface of the tube be at all damp it is necessary to uncork and expose it for a few seconds to the drying influence of the atmosphere, otherwise, enclosed insects, especially if they be very minute, are liable to adhere to the glass, and their wings and antennz to be spoiled. As soon as the insects are dead they must be transferred to a pill- box, and carefully placed between layers of soft fresh leaves or petals of flowers, so as to prevent shaking, while the moisture from the leaves will prevent them from becoming brittle, and thus liable to get broken. On reaching home they should be at once unpacked and neatly gummed on small pieces of card, and pinned through the latter. A slight dot of gum will suffice. The insects should BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 21 be lifted on to the gummed card with a needle, great care being taken not to touch the wings with the gum. When insects are sent through the post they must on no account be placed in fragile boxes, and must always be firmly pinned, otherwise they may be destroyed before reaching their destination. The box should be light and at the same time as strong as possible, lined with cork at the top and bottom. Having securely pinned the specimens the -ox should first be tightly tied, and then well wrapped in cotton wool or some similarly soft material before being eventually carefully enveloped and tied up in thick paper. The address and postage stamps should be placed on a label attached by string to the package, but on no account must they be put on the wrapper of the box, as the process of obliteration pursued by the postal authorities is likely to be attended with a disastrous result as far as the contained specimens are concerned. I wish here to cordially thank the Hon. William Macleay, who has done all in his power to facilitate my work, and also Mr. Masters, whose aid in the collection of specimens has been very considerable. The writings of Baron R. Osten-Sacken, Prof. Loew, and Mr. Winnertz have given much information as to the classification and life-history of the Cecidomyids, and I desire to freely acknowledge the great help I have obtained from these and many other older authorities. Unfortunately my resources have not included Dr. Schiner’s Fawna Austriaca, Diptera, therefore I have been unable to avail myself of the mass of valuable information therein contained. At the head of the descriptions of Cecidomyide described for the first time in this paper, I have given micrometrical measure- ments of the antennze, wings, and bodies of what I consider average-sized specimens, in thousandths of an inch, and correspond- ing fractions of a millimétre. The following table will show approximately the system of classification of the families I propose to adopt, founded more or less on that of Brauer and Schiner ;— a 22 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, Section I. DIPTERA ORTHORHAPHA. Division I. NEMATOCERA. Sub-division 1. Oligonewra. Fam.—Cecidomyide, Sciaride, Mycetophilide, Simulidx, Bibi- onidee, Sub-division 2. Polyneura. Fam.—Blepharoceride, Culicidee, Chironomide, Orphnephilide, Psychodide, Tipulidee, Dixide, Rhyphide. Division IJ. Bracuycera. Sub-division 1. Cyclocera. Fam.—Xylophagide, Coenomyidz, Stratiomyide, Acanthome- ridz, Tabanidee. Sub-division 2. Orthocera. Fam.—Leptide, Asilide, Midaside, Nemestrinide, Bombylide, Therevide, Scenopinide, Cyrtide, Empide, Dolichopodide, Lon- chopteride. Section IT. DIPTERA CYCLORHA PHA. Division I. ProposcipgEa. Fam.—Syrphide, Myopide, Conopide, Pipunculide, Platype- zide, Oecestride, Tatchinide, Dexide, Sarcophagide, Muscide, Anthomyid, Cordyluride, Helomyzide, Sciomyzide, Psilide, Micropezide, Ortalide, Trypetide, Loncheide, Sapromyzide, Phycodromide, Heteroneuride, Opomyzide, Sepside, Diopside, Piophilide, Ephydride, Geomyzide, Drosophilide, Oscinide, Agromyzidx, Phytomyzidz, Asteide, Borboridee, Phoride. Division II. EprososcipEa. Fam.—Hippoboscide, Nycteribide. BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 22 Order DIPTERA. Wings two; mesothoracic, membranous, with radiate veins ; posterior wings wanting, represented by a pair of small clavate filaments called halteres; mouth suctorial ; metamorphosis perfect ; larva apodal ; pupa inactive. Section I. ORTHORHAPHA. The pupa case opening longitudinally. Division I. NEMATOCERA. The flies belonging to this division are characterised by the possession of long thread-like antenne consisting of several joints, in many instances beautifully ornamented with whorls of long delicate hairs, especially in the males; nearly all are to be recog- nised without much difficulty by their long slender body and limbs, small rounded head, and elevated thorax ; and as typical examples might be mentioned the familiar Mosquitoes (Culicide) whose blood-sucking propensities are only too well-known, the Daddy- longlegs (Tipulidze), and the swarms of Midges (Chironomide, Cecidomyidz, &c.). They are to be found especially in damp and shady situations, and are to be met with abundantly in all regions presenting these essential conditions of their existence; but there is, nevertheless, in these insects, a considerable variety both of character and habits; these latter will be fully considered as we come to deal with each family separately in future papers, though it will be well to here give a preliminary sketch of them. The Nemarocera, formerly regarded as divisible into only two families, is now split wp into thirteen. Fam. 1.—crctpomyip& (Gall Midges). Characters: Small deli- cate species; antennse long, necklace-like ; often no ocelli; legs very long, slender; cox short; tibize slender, without spurs ; wings well haired, with very few veins. 24 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, Hab.—In their preparatory states generally inhabiting gall-like excrescences formed by them on certain parts of living plants, but also found in rolled leaves, in decaying wood, under bark, ete. ; perfect insect frequently common in cayes and shady places. Fam. 2.—sclArip# (Shade Midges), Chars. Generally small ; antennz moderately long, curved, with cylindrical bead-like joints ; ocelli three ; legs long, slender; the tibiz with or without spurs; wings often dark, their venation approaching that of the last family. Hab.—The larve and pupe found under the bark of logs or felled trees, or at the roots of decaying plants; the former of one species have received the name of Army-worm (Heerwurm), from the habit of congregating in large numbers and travelling together in a body; perfect insect generally abundant in forests or well- wooded districts. Fam. 3.—MYCETOPHILIDE (Fungus Midges). Chars. Some small, others of very moderate size, and sometimes with beautifully marked wings; ocelli three or two; antenne short ; proboscis short; legs long; cox elongated; tibiz spurred; wings without discoidal cell ; venation more elaborate than in the two preceding. Hab.—The larve living chiefly upon fungi, wood detritus, or decaying vegetable matter ; some spin a silken web within which they live ; perfect insect very active, capable of leaping ; found in damp situations. Fam. 4.—sIMULID2 (Sand-flies). Containing only one genus. Chars. Individuals of small size; antenne cylindrical; ocelli none; all parts of the mouth fully developed; legs short; hind tibie and first joint of the tarsi broad; tibiee without spurs ; wings broad, rather indistinctly veined. Hab. Larve living in the stems of aquatic plants, to which they finally attach cocoons ; perfect insect capable of inflicting painful wounds ; swarming generally in the vicinity of marshy places. Fam. 5.—BIBIONIDE. Chars. Moderately sized; body and legs shorter and more robust than in the species of the other families ; antenne short ; ocelli three ; prothorax large ; wings large. BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 25 Hab.—Found, in their preparatory states, in the ground, or in dung ; perfect insects often with a sluggish flight ; common on flowers. Fam. 6,—BLEPHAROCERIDZ. Chars. Small; antennz long and slender ; eyes contiguous or non-contiguous, alike in both sexes ; ocelli three ; legs long; coxze short; posterior tibize generally with strong spurs; wings broad and long, in venation approaching the Mycetophilice. Hab.—Very little is known about the habits of these species ; a Brazilian example, according to Dr. Miiller, exhibits a strange form of female dimorphism. The male lives on flowers, so also does one of the females; but the other, like the female mosquito, is provided with a long proboscis, and sucks the blood of animals. Fam. 7.—cuLIcID# (Mosquitoes). Chars. Very slender, moder- ately sized ; antennz long and slender; proboscis in the female containing all the parts found in any Dipterous insect; ocelli none ; thorax stout; legs long and slender; wings slender ; veins more than six in number in some. Hab.—Eggs deposited in water; larve found abundantly, swimming with a peculiar jerking motion in ponds and ditches ; perfect insect abundant in the neighbourhood of water. It is only the females that feast upon the blood of animals ; the males feed only on vegetables; they are very fond of the honey of flowers, to which also the females are attracted. Fam. 8.—curronomip&® (Midges). Chars. Small; antennee slender, beautifully adorned with hairs; proboscis fleshy ; ocelli obsolete ; abdomen and legs long and slender ; wings slender, the veins very similar to those of the gnats. Hab.—The larvee and pupz of some are aquatic; some others live in dung or under bark; perfect insect common in the neighbourhood of water ; some, like the Culicidw, have the power of inflicting wounds in animals. Fam. 9.—OoRPHNEPHILIDA. Only a single genus. Chars. Small insects ; antennee short ; ocelli absent ; proboscis little projecting ; 26 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, thorax elevated ; legs rather short; wings long and narrow; veins uniformly distinct. Hab.—Very little is known. Orphnephila testacea, the type of the family, is said to be found in bakehouses. Fam. 10.—psycHopip# (Moth Midges). Chars. Very small flies; antenne rather long, whorled with hairs ; ocelli none ; body clothed with long coarse hair; legs rather long; tibize without spurs; wings broad and hairy, with many longitudinal veins. Hab.—Larve living in fungi and rotten vegetable matter ; perfect insect frequently occurring on walls and windows ; some at least are capable of jumping. Fam. 11.—tT1putip= (Daddy-longlegs). Chars. The largest flies of the division, if not of the order ; antennz long and thread- like, furnished with long hairs, or pectinated ; almost all without ocelli; proboscis fleshy, rather prominent; thorax with a V-shaped transverse suture; legs extremely long and fragile}; tibiee often spurred at the tip; wings long, with a very complete venation ; discoidal cell present in most cases ; basal cells very long. Hab.—The larve liye in the ground, in rotten wood, in fungi, on the leaves of plants, or in water, etc. ; pup found in the same situations ; imagines frequenting water, damp situations, flowers, etc., and often to be found in caves or under overhanging rocks. Fam. 12.—pixipz. Chars. Small gnats; antenne long ; ocelli wanting; proboscis rather prominent ; body slender; legs long and slender; wings somewhat large, occasionally spotted ; six longitudinal veins ; discoidal cell wanting. Hab.—Larvee aquatic ; perfect insects congregating in swarms in damp wooded localities. Fam. 13.—ruypnHip&. Only a single genus. Chars. Moderate- sized flies; antennze moderately long ; ocelli three; legs rather long and slender ; wings large and broad, with a discoidal cell. Hab.—ULarve feeding on rotten vegetable matter, cow-dung, ete. ; perfect insects often seen on the walls of outdoor closets. and sheds, or in caves, and other damp places. BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. i Key To THE FAMILIES OF NEMATOCERA. A. Thorax without any transverse suture. a. Tibi not spurred. * Wings haired. Longitudinal veins few............s..s005 Cecidomyide. 1. Longitudinal veins numerousS............... Psychodide. 10. ** Wings naked. § No ocelli. ’ 1. Legs long ; antennz with more than 12 joints. Costal vein continued round the margin of the wing................ Culicide. 7. Costal vein terminating near the Dip OF TNS WINE isnt: caeecsedes es Chironomide. 8. 2. Legs rather short ; antennz short. Costal vein continued round the posterior border:.........c:x, pellucid, with a very pale yellow tint ; sparingly haired, thicker towards the tip ; moderately and rather densely ciliated; surface with golden retlections when viewed at a certain obliquity. Veins pale brown. First longi- tudinal vein rather close to the costa, but quite distinct ; second longitudinal vein straight, reaching the margin considerably before the apex ; cross-vein absent ; third longitudinal vein running very near the posterior margin, bent exteriorly just before the tip ; anterior branch indistinct, straight. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Sydney (Skuse). January. Obs.—I have never observed the ¢ although the Q forms seem numerous. ' 22. DIPLOSIS CHCA, sp.n. 6-—Length of antenne...... 0045 inch ...._—«:1'13 millimetres. Expanse of wings........ 0:040 x 0:020 ... 1°01 x 0°50 PAO LOL DOMY: .cs...-» 0110x0030 .... 279x076 102 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, ¢ and 9.—Joints of the flagellum black; pedicels sordid grey; verticils greyish ; ¢ with long hair on the upper side; basal joints large, pale brownish; double joints very large, almost pyriform ; simple joints as long as the pedicels at the base of the flagellum, pedicels increasing in length, and _ joints decreasing in size towards the extremity; last joint with a long slender projection : @Q_ sub-sessile, sub-cylindrical, three times as long as the pedicels; terminal joint with a small conical process. Front yellowish-brown. Thorax pale brown, nitidous, with long hairs, two rows from the collare to the scutellum ; scutellum prominent, sordid brown, with a row of erect hairs. Halteres blackish, pale at the base of the stalk. Abdomen sordid brown, darker superiorly on the first two or three seg- ments. Legs extremely long, slender. Coxe pale. Femora, tibia, and tarsi blackish, the last joints with a greyish reflection. Wings appearing blackish on account of their dense pubescence, with a beautiful violet reflection, the latter not quite so apparent in the g. The costal and the two first longitudinal veins brown ; cross-vein rather indistinct; the third longitudinal pale but distinct, anterior branch nearly straight. (Description drawn from dried specimens). Hab.—Sydney, Woronora, Middle Harbour, and Blue Moun- tains (Masters and Skuse). Obs.—This species may frequently be seen, like many of its congeners, in great numbers in caves, hanging upon the long threads of spiders’ webs. 53. DIPLOSIS SAXATILIS, sp.n ¢.—Length of antennz...... 0.120 inch ... 93°04 millimétres. Expanse of wings....... 0-110 x 0°040 .... 2°79 x 1.01 Sewer body... 050.0. 0-080 x 0:018 ... 2°02 x 0°45 Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-040 inch ..» 1:01 millimétres, Expanse of wings ....... 0:090 x 0034 ... 2:27 x 0°86 Size OF DOA: «2... isis. 0:075 x 0020 .... 1°89 x 0°50 BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 103 d andQ.—Antenne sordid grey; joints darker than the pedicels; basal joints yellowish; verticils moderately long, dense ; ¢ pedicels twice as long as the joints ; alternate joints larger, two long hairs on each joint on the upper side; terminal joint with a process like half a pedicel; Q sub-sessile, sub-cylindrical, more than twice as long as the pedicels: end joint with a small projection. Front pale. Thorax and abdomen greyish or greyish-brown, darker above, with a pale pubescence (Q abdomen sometimes with a reddish tinge), Halteres blackish, pale at the base and tip of knob. Legs of the & longer than those of Q, sordid grey, with the tip of the third, and the last two joints of the tarsi hoary. Wings pellucid, with a dense yellowish pubescence and a brassy reflection. Costal border blackish. First longitudinal vein close to the costa, but quite distinct ; second longitudinal vein yellowish-brown ;_ transverse vein indistinct ; branches of the third longitudinal indistinct. (Description drawn from dried specimens). Hab.—Elizabeth Bay, Sydney (Masters and Skuse). 54, DIPLOSIS CONTIGUA, sp.n. 6-—Length of antenne...... 0:100 inch ... 2°54 millimétres. Expanse of wings........ 0:090 x 0-030 .... 2°27 x 0°76 RIBGE body 3s ie iee3t! 0:060 x 0-015 ... 1:54.x 0°38 Antenne sordid ochraceous ; alternate joints globose and sub- globose or almost ovate, all about the same size; verticils moderately long, dense; stiff hairs on the upper side twice the length of the verticils; pedicels one half longer than a joint ; terminal joint with a slender projection. Hypostoma and front sordid ochraceous. Palpi long and slender, pale brown. Thorax smoky ochraceous-brown, nitidous, with the usual two longitudinal rows of hairs separating three darker bands; pleure ochraceous-brown ; scutellum prominent, ochraceous. Halteres ochraceous at the base, the stalk and club pubescent, cinereous ; club large, somewhat elongate. Abdomen ochraceous-brown, the 104 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, ‘dorsal segments darker, inclining to umber; clothed with a pale pubescence. Legs long, slender, densely pubescent, almost cinereous ; coxze and femora somewhat ochraceous. Wings densely haired, pellucid, with the faintest bluish tint; brassy reflection. Veins yellowish. Cross-vein very oblique, distinct; third longitu- dinal indistinct, anterior branch barely distinguishable. (Deserip- tion drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Wheeny Creek, Hawkesbury district (Skuse). January. Obs.—Closely allied to the preceding. 55. DIPLOSIS NEGOTIOSA, sp.n. ¢-—Length of antenne...... 0:100 inch ... 2°54 millimetres. Expanse of wings. ..... 0:090 x 0035 ... 2°27 x 0°88 BiZe OL body.......0.0000% 0:070x0:010 ... 1:77 x 0°25 Q.—Length of antennez...... 0-035 inch ... 0°88 millimétre. Expanse of wings....... 0°110x0:040 .... 2°79x1-01 Size of botly.......++s0s»s 0:060 x 0:020 .... 154 x 0°50 Antenne in the ¢ longer than the wings, pale brown ; joints sub-globose, alternate joints rather larger ; the characteristic long hairs shorter in the larger joints ; becoming considerably smaller towards the tip of the flagellum ; pedicels rather longer than the joints; @Q darker brown; cylindrical, sub-sessile ; terminal joint with a short narrow projection ; verticillate-pilose. Hypostoma and front pale brown. Palpi slender, very pale brown. Thorax in the ¢ pale brown, pale pubescence ; collare and humeri ochra- ceous ; pleurz ochraceous ; scutellum pale brown: Q deep brown, pale pubescence ; collare and humeri pale reddish-brown ; pleure pale reddish-brown; scutellum pale brown. Halteres pale reddish- brown at the base, the stalk and club with a blackish pubescence, the latter distinctly pyriform. Abdomen in the ¢ umber-brown on the dorsal segments, pale brown underneath and towards the extremity of the body, densely pubescent, particularly about the forceps, the latter large, pale brown: Q deep umber-brown supe- riorly, pale brown underneath, pale pubescence ; lamellee small, BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 105 pale brown. Legs long and slender, cinereous, rather longer in the Q than in the ¢; coxz and base of femora in the Q pale reddish-brown in the © greyish-yellow. Wings pellucid, very densely haired particularly at the tip, densely ciliated, with roseous and golden reflections, the latter very light in the Q. First longitudinal vein somewhat wide of the costa, verging gradually into the margin; second longitudinal vein reaching the margin a short distance beyond the apex ; cross-vein rather indistinct ; third longitudinal vein turning abruptly towards the posterior border, anterior branch pale, nearly straight. (Des- eription drawn from dried specimens). Hab.—North Willoughby (Masters and Skuse). Beginning of December. 56. DIPLOSIS ACTIOSA sp.n. 6.—Length of antenne...... 0100 inch ~~... 254 millimetres. Expanse of wings........ 0:090 x 0:040 .... 2:27 x 1:01 Size of body..........0-+. 0°050x 0-015 ... 1:27 x 0:38 Q.—Length of antenne..... 0-040 inch ... 1:01 millimétres. Expanse of wings........ 0100x0040 .... 2°54x1-01 B76 .Of DOG v4, teassacanx 0:055 x 0020 .... 1:39 x 0°50 ¢ Antenne grey, basal joints large, having a somewhat yellowish tinge, flagellar joints small, globate, the alternate ones somewhat larger than the intermediate ones; verticils pale ; each joint with a very long stiff hair on the upper side ; pedicels increasing in length towards the end, where they are twice the length of the joints, the joints at the same time becoming gradually smaller ; terminal joint with a slender projection: Q joints brown, cylindrical, sub- sessile, the pedicels very short, basal joints large, yellowish-brown, last joint ending in a small bud-shaped appendage ; verticillate- pilose. Hypostoma and front yellowish. Palpi slender, yellowish. Thorax pale yellowish-brown, levigate, with long yellowish hairs ; pleuree and scutellum yellowish, Poisers naked and whitish at the base, the stem and club with brown scales. Abdomen greyish-brown, a dark brownish patch on the first two dorsal 106 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, segments, especially prominent in the Q; densely covered with a pale pubescence. Legs long and slender. Coxe yellowish. Femora yellowish at the base, anterior half dark grey. Tibize and tarsi cinereous, with a paler reflection. Wings pellucid, with a pale bluish tint, very densely haired, and having a rich golden reflection tinged with violet and purple in the J, much paler and brassy in the Q. Veins pale brownish; costal well fringed ; transverse vein rather indistinct ; second longitudinal vein reach- ing the margin immediately beyond the apex of the wing ; third longitudinal obscure, turning towards the margin in an abrupt rounded angle, anterior branch very indistinct. (Description drawn from dried specimens). Hab.--Peat’s Ferry (Masters and Skuse). August. 57. DIPLOSIS CINERARIA, Sp.N. ° 6-—Length of antenne... .. 0-100 inch 2°54 millimetres. Expanse of wings........ 0-090 x 0:030 .... 2:27 x 0°76 Pte OL BODY: . «2.20 wes yeas 0:050 x 0-015 ... 1:27 x 0°38 Antenne grey; basal joints large, pale brown; flagellar joints darker than the pedicels, alternate joints only slightly larger, ovate, each joint with long hairs on the upper side, pedicels longer than joints, last joint with a slender projection, verticils pale, rather dense. Hypostoma and front yellowish; palpi slender, yellowish. Thorax smoky, with a yellowish tint on the margins, nitidous, two rows of erect greyish hairs; scutellum yellowish-brown, haired; pleuree yellowish-brown. Halteres black, whitish at the base of the stalk and tip of knob. Abdomen pale greyish-brown, covered with long erect greyish hairs, darker posteriorly on the first two or three segments. Legs cinereous, with a lighter reflection. Wings with a pale bluish tint, thickly haired, and having a brassy reflection. The costal and two first longitudinal veins pale; cross-vein indistinct ; third longitudinal very indistinct, appearing only as a pale yellowish line lying in the longitudinal fold, posterior branch equally indistinct. (Description drawn from a dried. specimen). Hab. —W oronora (Masters and Skuse). October. BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 107 58, DIPLOsIs INDOTATA, sp.n. 6.—Length of antenne...... 0-070 inch ~—...._-—- 1°77 millimétres. Expanse of wings....... 0°065 0-025 ... 1°66 x 0-62 Rize OF hdd yeti i.22 52.82. 0:040x 0-010 ... 1:01 x 0:25 Antenne grey, joints rather darker than the pedicels, alternate joints somewhat larger, ovate ; each joint with long stiff hairs on the upper side, pedicels longer than the joints, terminal joint with a slender projection, verticillate hairs moderately long and rather pale, basal joints sub-globular, brownish-grey, no larger than the flagellar joints. Hypostoma and front pale brownish ; palpi very pale brownish, slender. Thorax dull yellowish-brown, with some long greyish hairs. Poisers black, the base yellowish. Abdomen greyish-brown on the anterior segments, the hinder segments dull yellowish-brown, densely covered with a long, bent, pale pubes- cence, Legs cinereous. Wings pellucid, with a pale yellowish tint, closely haired, costal and posterior angle deeply ciliated, with a weak brassy reflection. Veins pale brown. First longitudinal vein close to the costa; cross-vein pale, rather indistinct, long, not very oblique ; second longitudinal vein considerably curved exteriorly, reaching the margin beyond the tip of the wing ; third very indistinct. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Middle Harbour (Skuse). In November. 59. DipLosis OREAS, sp.n. d-—Length of antenne...... 0-090 inch 2°27 millimétres. Expanse of wings....... 0:090 x 0-035 ... 2°27 x 0°88 Size of body........ ..... 0°070x0-020 ... 1:77 x 0°50 Antenne brownish, double joints about one and a half times as long as the simple ones ; all the joints provided with long erect hairs above ; pedicels of the double joints shorter ; verticillate hairs not very dense, moderately long ; basal joints pale brown ; terminal process long and slender. Palpi sordid yellowish-brown. Thorax dull brownish, hinder margins and scutellum tinged with 108 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, ochraceous; short yellowish hairs in two longitudinal rows from the collare to the scutellum; pleure sordid brown. MHalteres brownish, pale at the base of the stalk. Abdomen deep umber- brown, with long sowiewhat brownish and almost straight hairs ; forceps paler brown, densely haired. Legs long, slender. Coxe pale brown. Femora pale brown at the base, anterior half thickly covered with dark, almost sooty, scales. Tibize and tarsi appearing greyish-brownish. Wings pellucid, with a pale brown tint; pubes- cence dense, yellowish, the hairs very little bent ; golden reflection, with a purplish tinge. Veins yellowish-brown. First longitudinal vein near to the costa and with it thickly haired; cross-vein indistinct ; second longitudinal vein bent towards its end and reaching the margin of the wing immediately beyond the apex ; third longitudinal pale, turning towards the margin at an obtuse rounded angle, anterior branch straight, a little bent upwards at the base. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Glenbrook, Blue Mountains (Masters). January. Sub-genus 4. AspnHonpyLia, Loew. Asphondylia, H. Loew, D.B. IV. 1850, p. 21; Winnertz, L.E. 1853, p. 187; Rondani, Prodromus I. 1856, p. 199, &e. ; O.-Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. America, 1862, p. 176; Schiner, F.A. II. 1864, p. 395; Lioy, Class. 1863-64, p. 503 (Cylindrocera). Second longitudinal vein reaching the margin of the wing a little beyond the apex (Pl. u., fig. 8). Antenne of both sexes with the same number of joints ; joints cylindrical, sessile, with a short pubescence only. 60. AspHONDYLIA LOEWI, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-040 inch ~—_...._-:1°01 millimétres. Expanse of wings........ 0100x0045 ... 254x113 Srsiet bady...:..-.40+3..- 0090 x 0°025 ... 2°27 x 0°62 Antenne brown, 2- + 12-jointed, joints sessile, cylindrical, densely covered with a very short pale pubescence, joints decreasing in length towards the tip, the last joint apparently with a very BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 109 small nipple-shaped process. Labium and front brownish ; palpi yellowish-grey. Thorax dark fuscous, minutely scabrous, some- what shining, two rows of long erect yellowish hairs from the collare to the scutellum ; humeri yellowish ; collare and scutellum yellowish-brown. MHalteres greyish, yellowish at the base, closely haired. Abdomen almost fuliginous, appearing lighter on account of its pale pubescence. Legs long and robust, greyish-brown, hoary when viewed in a certain light. Wings greyish-brown at the base, hyaline, very densely covered with a long and somewhat interwoven pubescence ; dull margaritaceous reflections. Costal pale brown, thickly haired ; two first longitudinal veins pale brown; second longitudinal vein slightly curved exteriorly, reach- ing the margin immediately below the apex of the wing; cross-vein very indistinct ; third longitudinal pale. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Como (Masters and Skuse). September. 61. ASPHONDYLIA RUBICUNDA, sp.n. 6.—Length of antennz...... 0-050 inch ... 1:27 millimétres. Expanse of wings........ 0075 x 0030 ... 1:89 x 0°76 Biss of bod yi.i!. ek Thi, 0-080 x 0:020 ... 2:02 x 0°50 Antennz brown, 2-+12-jointed, basal joints yellowish-brown ; joints of flagellum stout, sessile, cylindrical, more than twice as long as broad, densely covered with a very short greyish pubes- cence. Hypostoma and front pale reddish-brown. Palpi yellowish brown. Thorax nitidous, sordid yellowish-brown, with two rows of erect hairs enclosing a pale reddish-brown space ; humeri pale reddish-brown ; pleuree and collare pale reddish- brown. Halteres pale reddish-brown, with a sparse pubescence. Abdomen pale reddish-brown, the terminal segments paler than the preceding ones, pale pubescence ; forceps sordid yellowish- brown, densely haired. Legs short and robust. Cox pale reddish-brown. Femora yellowish-brown, upper side and _ tip blackish, Tibiz and tarsi cinereous. Wings reddish-brown at 110 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, the root, densely haired; pale margaritaceous reflections. The costal and two first longitudinal veins pale brown ; second longi- tudinal vein almost straight, joining the margin at the apex of the wing; third longitudinal vein pale ; transverse vein very indistinct. (Description drawn from fresh specimen). Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Masters). December. Sub-genus 5. Hormomyta, Loew. Hormomyia, H. Loew, D.B. IV. 1850, p. 20; Winnertz, L.E. 1853, p. 188; Rondani, Stirp. Cec. 1860, pp. 287 and 298 ; O.-Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. America, 1862, p. 176; Schiner, F.A. II. 1864, p. 396. Second longitudinal vein reaching the margin of the wing at or beyond the apex (Pl. 11, fig. 9). Thorax more or less gibbose, frequently extending over the head in the form of a_ hood. Antenne pedicelled in the ¢; pedicelled or sessile in the Q ; number of joints varying from 2+12 to 24 34. a. Thorax more or less gibbose. 62. HorRMOoMYIA LUTULENTA, sp.n. 6.—Length of antenne...... 0-070 inch ... 1:77 millimétres, Expanse of wings....... 0-110 x 0-040 .... 2:79x1-01 mize of ‘body ..2).......:.. 0-070 x 0-010 .... 1:77 x 0°25 Antennz pale brown, as long as the body, 2-+12-jointed, the joints double, sub-cylindrical, rather longer than the pedicels, with long straight verticils ; joints gradually becoming smaller towards the tip, last joint conical. Palpi short, pubescent. Thorax moderately gibbose, reddish-brown, nitidous, with a yellowish pubescence ; scutellum almost round, pubescent, dull yellowish- brown ; pleurz dull yellowish-brown. Halteres yellowish at the base, the stalk with a brownish pubescence; club somewhat pyriform, yellowish. Abdomen deep reddish-brown, densely BY FREDERICK A, A. SKUSE. TE clothed with a yellowish or brownish-yellow pubescence. Legs | moderately long and slender, ochraceous, with a pale pubescence Wings pellucid, with a very pale brown tint ; densely covered with a somewhat interwoven pubescence, deeply ciliated on the posterior angle, and reflecting margaritaceous tints when viewed at a certain obliquity. Veins brown, the costal thickly haired First longitudinal vein wide of the costa, joining more than half way to the apex of the wing; second longitudinal vein bent ex- teriorly after leaving the cross-vein, joining the margin immediately beyond the apex of the wings ; cross-vein distinct, rather oblique, situated at a point about two-thirds of the length of the first longitudinal vein from the base; third longitudinal vein very indistinct, the anterior branch almost invisible. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—HElizabeth Bay (Skuse). b. Thorax extending over the head in the form of a hood. Sub-genus 6. NEcROPHLEBIA, sub-gen. nov. Second longitudinal veins straight before the cross vein, reaching the margin of the wing beyond its tip (Pl. m., fig. 10). Cross-vein not very oblique. ‘Third longitudinal vein without an anterior branch. Antenne in the Q 2-+12-jointed, joints sub-cylindrical, pedicelled ; two sparse verticils on each joint. 63, NECROPHLEBIA VOLITANS, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-050 inch --- 1:27 millimétres. Expanse of wings....... 0°150 x 0-060 ... 3°80 x 1:54 Size of body............++ 0:100 x 0°030 ... 2°54 x 0.76 Antenne sordid grey, 2-+12-jointed, joints sub-cylindrical, darker than and twice as long as the pedicels, two verticils to each joint, hairs somewhat sparse, light, and not very long, basal joints brown, the first more than twice the length of, and thicker than the second. Labium and palpi faded yellowish or brownish- yellow ; the three first joints of the palpi of the same length, almost cylindrical, the fourth joint one-half longer than the others and more slender, Thorax brownish-red, levigate, with two rows 112 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, of yellowish hairs; scutellum paler, villose ; pleurs darker than the scutellum, pale brownish-red. Halteres greyish, the knob much darker than the stalk. Abdomen brownish-red, the last two or three segments lighter, with a yellowish pubescence. Legs pinkish-yellow, joints slightly tipped with brownish-red. Wings hyaline, thickly covered with a somewhat long and bent pubes- cence, and having a margaritaceous reflection. Veins pale brownish. Costal very strong, thickly haired ; first and second longitudinal veins paler than the costa, second longitudinal vein reaching the wing-margin beyond its tip ; cross-vein pale, but distinct ; third longitudinal vein becoming paler towards its end, though visible throughout its length ; no anterior branch. (Descrip- tion drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Middle Harbour (Skuse) and Woronora (Masters). Obs.—The structure of the antennze, palpi, and ovipositor seems to exhibit the closest approach to Hormomyia. The wing is in shape very much like that of Asynapta pectoralis figured by Winnertz (Linnea Entomol. viii., 1853); the venation, however, is similar to that ordinarily seen in the wing of Diplosis, but wanting an anterior branch to the third longitudinal. Sub-genus 7. CHASTOMERA, sub-gen, nov. First longitudinal vein very wide of the costa ; second longitu- dinal vein reaching the margin beyond the apex of the wing ; cross-vein long, a little oblique, situated a short distance from the tip of the first longitudinal vein ; third longitudinal with no trace of an anterior branch (PI. 11., fig. 11). Antenne in the Q pedicelled, verticillate. , 64. CHASTOMERA BELLA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-070 inch ... 1:77 millimétres, Expanse of wings........ 0:140x0°050 ... 3°55 x 1:27 Size of body ....5...+s..+0 0:130 x0°025 ... 3:30 x 0-62 Antenne half as long as the wings, 2- + 14-jointed; basal joints light reddish-brown ; second basal joint almost globose ; flagellar joints niveous, almost pyriform, with numerous whorls of hair, BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 113 the basal whorl much longer than the rest; terminal joint with a slender projection ; pedicels not quite the length of the joints, Hypostoma and front reddish-brown. Palpi long, thickly haired, ochraceous-ferruginous ; first joint twice as long as the second ; second and third joints thicker, of equal length ; last joint slender, one-half longer than the second or third, curved. Thorax reddish-ochraceous, nitidous ; two rows of white hairs from the collare to the scutellum ; a few long erect white hairs in front of the wings ; scutellum prominent, rounded-oblong, with a greyish tint. Poisers niveous, with silvery white hairs; club gradually thickened. Abdomen acuminate, nitidous, cretaceous-white, with a silvery white pubescence ; lamellz small, niveous, with fine silvery white hairs. Legs moderately long, niveous, densely clothed with very long semi-erect silvery white hairs; a sooty- black ring just before the tip of the femora, another at the tip of the tibize, a third almost covering the first small tarsal joint, and a broader and paler ring at the tips of the next three following joints. Wings large, very densely covered with somewhat inter- woven hairs surrounded by short dense cilia; hairs and veins niveous ; the costal vein with a sooty-black spot just before the joining of the first longitudinal vein, the underlying portion of the first and second and longitudinal veins and the whole of cross-vein sooty-black, also a correspondingly broad but lighter spot towards the tip of the third longitudinal vein ; surface of wing with a pale bluish reflection, very faint on account of its dense pubescence. First longitudinal vein very wide of the margin, joining the costa beyond the middle ; second longitudinal vein considerably bent exteriorly after leaving the cross-vein, reaching the margin much beyond the apex of the wing ; cross- vein somewhat oblique, most distinct, situated a short distance from the tip of the first longitudinal vein, and at a point more than three-fourths of the length of the latter from the base ; third longitudinal vein most distinct, starting a short distance from the base of the second longitudinal vein, very little arcuated, reaching the posterior border about half-way to the tip; no trace of an anterior branch, (Description drawn from fresh specimen). 114 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, Hab.—Gosford (Skuse). February. Obs.—I have taken only one specimen of this eminently distinct form ; and it is without doubt the most beautiful of all the known Australian Cecidomyide. It appears to have a close aftinity to Necrophlebia, but the examination of further specimens may alter my ‘conviction. Sub-genus 8. Coxnpopia, Winnertz. Colpodia, Winnertz, L.E. 1853, p. 188; O.-Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. America, 1862, p. 176; Schiner, F.A. II. 1864, p. 409. Second longitudinal vein forming a curve before the cross-vein, and joining the margin a little beyond the apex of the wing (Pl. 11., fig. 12). Cross-vein large, oblique. Antenne pedicelled in both sexes ; the number of joints uncertain ; joints verticillate. 65. CoLPoDIA INDUBITATA, Sp.n. $.—Length of antenne...... 0-065 inch ~=...._—«:1°64 millimétres. Expanse of wings........ 0°065x 0-020 ... 1:64 x 0:50 Size OF DOTY. vin denseansines 0050x0010... 1:27 x 0:25 Antennee pale brown, 2-+14-jointed, joints sub-cylindrical, towards the tip appearing almost ovate, separated by pedicels longer than the joints; verticillate hairs sparse, very long and fine; basal joints large. Palpi yellowish-brown. Thorax ochraceous-brown, levigate, two rows of yellowish-brown hairs ; pleuree and scutellum sordid yellow. MHalteres yellow at the base, the stalk and club densely covered with a brown pubescence, gradually incrassate. Abdomen slender, slightly tapering, first three segments ochraceous-brown, the rest yellowish above and ochraceous-brown underneath, densely pubescent. Legs long and slender, of a uniform sordid yellow, densely clothed with a fine pubescence. Wings narrow, moderately haired on the surface, margins sparingly ciliated ; roseous reflections. Veins yellowish ; costal vein thick ; first longitudinal vein close to the costal ; cross-vein distinct, joining the first longitudinal vein about the middle second longitudinal vein prominent, reaching the margin BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 115 considerably below the apex of the wing; third longitudinal vein running close to the posterior margin, indistinct, particularly at its extremity. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Middle Harbour (Skuse). September. Obs.—I believe this is only the second species of the genus known. Winnertz described the first-discovered species from Germany, and established this genus in 1853. Sub-section B. Cross-vein very oblique, originating at the root of the first longitudinal vein. Sub-genus 9. Diruiza, Loew. Dirhiza, H. Loew, D.B. IV. 1850, p. 21; Winnertz, L.E. 1853, p- 186; Rondani, Stirp. Cec. 1860, pp. 287 and 293; O.-Sacken, M. Dipt. N. America, 1862, p. 176. Second longitudinal vein hardly undulating before the cross- vein ; joints of the antenne sessile or almost sessile in both sexes. Obs.—Only a single species has been described, D. lateritaa, from Europe. Sub-genus 10. Eprposis, Loew. Epidosis, H. Loew, D.B. TV. 1850, p. 21; Rondani, 11° Mem. Parma, 1840, &c.; Winnertz, L.E. 1853, pp. 186 and 189; O.- Sacken, Mon, Dipt. N. America, 1862, pp. 176 and 177 ; Schiner, F.A. II, 1864, p. 402. Second longitudinal vein sinuose before the cross-vein (PI. 11, fig. 13); joints of the antenne pedicelled in both sexes; their number variable. 66. Epiposis DISTENTA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antennee...... 0-050 inch ... 1:27 millimétres. Expanse of wings....... 0140 x 0045 ... 3°55 x 1:13 SSO Of DOGY se iniscceicn sa 0:080 x 0:020 ... 2:02 x 0°50 Antenne rather longer than the head and thorax, pale brown, 2-+ 11-jointed, the joints long, sub-cylindrical, with long verticillate hairs ; pedicels very short Front and palpi pale brownish, the 116 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, palpi nearly half as long as the antennze. Thorax pale, somewhat reddish-brown, nitidous, with long erect hairs; humeri and anterior border, scutellum, and pleurz ochraceous. Halteres long, slender, yellowish. Abdomen light umber-brown, very densely clothed with pale semi-erect hairs. Legs very long and slender, densely haired. Coxee pale reddish-brown. Femora and _ tibize pale umber-brown. Tarsi pinkish from the tip of the second joint, and having a hoary reflection. Wings hyaline, very thickly covered with a somewhat interwoven pubescence; dull roseous and brassy reflections ; moderately ciliated. Veins brown. First and second longitudinal veins very distinct, the latter reaching the margin below the apex of the wing. Cross-vein distinct. Third longitudinal vein pale and rather indistinct, turning abruptly towards the posterior border ; anterior branch curving upwards from the posterior branch, then taking a straight course. (Descrip- tion drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Skuse). Beginning of December. 67. EPpIDOsIs MAGNIFICA, sp.n. 6-—Length of antenne...... 0-100 inch ... 2°54 millimétres. Expanse of wings....... 0140x0040 ... 3°55x 1-01 Suze of body... ...s.aces 0:060 x 0-020 .... 1°54 x 0°50 Antenne whitish with a tinge of yellow towards the base, 2-+4 20-jointed ; basal joints pale brown ; first joints pale brown ; first basal joint very large; flagellar joints more than half as long as the pedicels, sub-cylindrical, rather longer than broad, ornamented with whorls of extremely long hairs ; joints and pedicels becoming smaller towards the tip, last joint very slender, sub-sessile. Hypo- stoma and front brownish-yellow, palpi very long, covered with hairs, brownish-yellow. Thorax brown with a greyish reflection, two longitudinal rows of pale semi-erect hairs; humeri and anterior margin ochraceous ; pleuree ochraceous-brown ; scutellum ochraceous, with pale hairs. Halteres long, stalk slender, yellowish at the base; club globose, dusky. Abdomen reddish- brown, densely covered with a pale pubescence ; pincers darker. se BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 117 Legs very long, slender, greyish, with paler articulations ; two last joints of the tarsi pale satfron-yellow, with a hoary reflection. Wings pellucid, with a pale bluish tint, thickly haired, densely and moderately deeply ciliated; reflections pale auricbalceous, First longitudinal at first wide of the costa, running gradually into it at beyond a third of the distance from the tip of the wing ; cross-vein almost straight and parallel with the first longitudinal ; second longitudinal very sinuose before reaching the cross-vein, and at that point almost touching the first longitudinal vein, joining the margin beyond the apex of the wing; third longi- tudinal with its branches indistinct. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Masters). January. 68. Eprposis GRACILIS, sp.n. 6-—Length of antenne...... O0110inch ... 2°79 millimétres. Expanse of wings....... 0°130 x 0-040 ... 3:30x 1:01 Size of body..........+++ 0:070 x 0015 .... 1:77 x 0°38 Antenne brownish-yellow, 2-+14-jointed; basal joints sub- globose ; flagellar joints on the basal half cylindrical, more than twice as lang as broad; towards the tip becoming shorter, sub- cylindrical ; terminal joint rudimentary, conical, sessile ; pedicels at the base as long as the joints, towards the tip almost twice their length ; verticils long. Thorax deep brown, nitidous, with brownish hairs; humeri yellowish; pleuree brownish-yellow ; scutellum brownish-yellow, with long erect hairs. Halteres long, densely haired, the club large, pyriform. Abdomen dusky-brown, densely haired ; the last segment with light reddish-brown forceps. Legs long and slender, dusky-yellow; tip of the third, and the fourth and fifth tarsal joints pale yellowish, with a hoary reflection. Wings pellucid, with a very pale bluish tint, densely pubescent, particularly at the tip; brassy reflection, chalybeous along the venation. Cross-vein very pale, almost straight, diverging from the first longitudinal at its tip ; second longitudinal not very ‘ 118 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, sinuose before the cross-vein, at the joining of the cross-vein only a veryshort distancefrom the first longitudinal, and reaching the wing- margin beyond the apex ; both branches of the third longitudinal vein very indistinct. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Flizabeth Bay (Skuse). 69. EpiposiIs OPIPARA, sp.n. Q.-—Length of antennee...... = Pine ae — millimétres. Expanse of wings........ O00 sO:02405 55 9 Da sal Ok SIZE OF ONY. i. :8es verestes 0-070 x0 020. ... 177x050 Antenne yellowish (number of joints not known, a portion being broken off both antennee), joints cylindrical, rather longer than broad, verticillate-pilose, about four times as long as the pedicels. Palpi yellowish. Thorax faded reddish-brown, pale hairs; humeri whitish ; scutellum whitish, with a few long pale hairs. Halteres whitish, stalk long and slender, club somewhat small and almost globose. Abdomen greenish-yellow, with pale hairs ; ovipositor long, with a brownish tinge. Legs long and slender. Coxee sordid yellowish, Femora whitish for the greater part of their length, terminating with yellowish-grey. Tibi and tarsi yellowish-grey. Wings pellucid, with a very faint bluish tint; densely haired, particularly at the tip; and bright purple and violet reflections. Cross-vein pale, almost straight ; second longitudina] vein very sinuose before the cross-vein, meeting the cross-vein close to the first longitudinal, joining the margin of the wing beyond the apex ; third longitudinal vein indistinct. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab —Elizabeth Bay (Masters). 70. EPIposis CONFERTA, sp.n. ©@.—Length of antenne...... 0.060 inch .» 1:54 millimétres. Expanse of wings........ 0-100 x 0-040 ... 2:54x 1:01 Size of body.............0 0-070 x 0-010 ... 1:77 x 0°25 abies BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 119 Antenne rather more than half the length of the wings, brownish-yellow, 2-+ 11-jointed, the last one small and rudimen- tary; joints more than twice as long as broad, cylindrical ; moderately long verticils; pedicels at the base longer than the joints, towards the tip gradually becoming smaller, that of the terminal joint very small. Thorax yellowish-brown, with two rows Of brownish hairs from the collare to the scutellum ; humeri pleurz and scutellum ochraceous. Poisers yellowish, with a dusky pubescence, stalk slender, club elongate. Abdomen dirty-yellow, pale between the segments; pale pubescence ; ovipositor apparently short. Legs long, somewhat robust. Coxe ochraceous. Femora yellowish-grey, darker along the front side. Tibi, first tarsal joint and greater part of the second yellowish- grey, remainder yellow, becoming paler towards the end of the last joint. Wings densely and evenly haired, deeply ciliated on the posterior border, with pale violaceous reflections. First longi- tudinal vein long, rather closely approximated to the costa ; cross- vein rather indistinct, visible at the joining as a short very oblique vein ; second longitudinal vein hardly sinuose at the base, bending anteriorly close to the first longitudinal at the cross-vein, reaching the margin beyond the apex of the wing ; third longitudinal most indistinct. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Masters). 71. Eprposis PEREXILIS, sp.n. 3.—Length of antenne...... 0°100 ineh .. 2°D4 millimétres. Expanse of wings....... 0120x0040 .,. 050x101 Os a) 0060 x 0-010... 154x025 Antenne pale yellow, 2- + 19-jointed, terminal jointrudimentary, sessile ; joints of the flagellum sub-cylindrical, at the base almost sub-globose, same length and breadth, towards the end smaller, longer than broad, very long whitish verticils, pedicels a little longer than the joints, Palpi moderately long, pale brownish, 120 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, with a light pubescence. Thorax ochraceous, nitidous, with pale hairs; collare, pleurze and scutellum ochraceous. Halteres whitish, stalk slender, club elongate. Abdomen yellow, with a pale pubescence. Legs very long, slender. Coxz yellowish ; remaining joints white. Wings pellucid, with a very pale bluish tint ; densely haired, especially towards the tip ; and a pale silvery reflection. Veins whitish. First longitudinal parallel with the costa for two-thirds of its length, then gradually merging into the margin ; cross-vein and second longitudinal vein very distinct, one continuous straight line, close to and parallel with the first longitudinal at the base, bending exteriorly at about two-thirds of its length, joining the wing-margin beyond the apex ; the sinuose portion is very undulated, very pale, and appears not part of the second longitudinal vein ; third longitudinal vein very pale and indistinct ; anterior branch only distinguishable with difficulty. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Skuse). 72. EpIposIs PALLIDA, sp.n. 6:—Length of antenne...... 0-080 inch ... 2°02 millimétres. Expanse of wings........ 0:080 x 0:030 ... 2°02 x 0-76 | Size of body..:...<.c-saans 0:050x0:008 .. 1:27x 0-20 @.—Length of antenne...... 0-050 inch ... 1:27 miilimétres. Expanse of wings........ 0°100x 0-040 ... 2:54 1-01 pize/ot. body... .. suger 0070x0010 .... 1:77 x 0°25 Antenne yellowish ; ¢ 2-+14-jointed, joints sub-cylindrical, rather longer than broad, with very long verticillate hairs, on pedicels about one and a-half times as long as a joint, becoming gradually smaller towards the tip, terminal joint conical, sub- sessile: Q 2-+ 11-jointed, joints almost fusiform, verticillate-pilose, three times as long as the pedicels. Palpi and front yellowish. Thorax light brown, with rather long yellowish hairs; humeri yellowish; pleurz ochraceous-brown ; scutellum yellowish-white with a few hairs. Halteres somewhat short, densely haired, club Se CUCU Lh “ ' al - ee eee SSS eee BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 121 pyriform. | Abdomen ochraceous-brown, covered with a pale, yellowish pubescence; Q ovipositor short. Legs long and slender, greyish-yellow, with a dense pubescence, appearing somewhat longer in the g. Wings pellucid, with a pale bluish tint, thickly and uniformly haired, moderately ciliated, with roseous and golden reflections when viewed at a certain obliquity, Veins yellowish-brown. Membrane of wing tinted with brown between the costa and the first longitudinal vein. Cross-vein very oblique, not discernible for more than a fourth of its length from the second longitudinal vein ; second longitudinal vein a little sinuose before the cross-vein, joining the margin just beyond the tip of the wing; third longitudinal vein turning rather abruptly towards the posterior margin; anterior branch indistinct. (Description drawn from dried specimens). Hab,—Elizabeth Bay (Skuse). July. 73, Epiposis MACELLA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0:035 inch ... 0°83 millimétre. Expanse of wings........ 0:070 x 0025 ... 1:77 x 0°62 Size of body........ eveseee 0°050 0010 ... 1:27 x 0°25 Antenne brownish-yellow, 2-+11-jointed, joints almost fusi- form, verticillate-pilose, sub-sessile ; terminal joint sessile. Palpi and front yellow. Thorax somewhat brownish-yellow, with yellow hairs; humeri whitish ; pleure yellow; scutellum small and narrow, yellowish-white. Halteres yellowish, white at the base, slightly increasing in thickness towards the apex, but hardly clubbed. Abdomen yellow, densely covered with a yellowish pubescence; ovipositor short; lamelle very small, elongate, yellowish. Legs moderately long, slender, almost brownish- yellow, very densely haired. Wings pellucid, with a pale bluish tint, not densely haired, thicker towards the apex, almost uni- formly ciliated round the whole margin; bright brassy reflection, First longitudinal near the costa, imperceptibly joining ; second longitudinal vein hardly siuuose before the cross-vein, and not 80 122 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, well defined or appearing part of the remainder of the vein, joining the wing-margin at or immediately below the apex ; cross- vein and second longitudinal apparently continuous, the former very oblique ; third longitudinal vein very indistinct, particularly the anterior branch. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Sydney (Skuse). 74. EPIDOSIS EXIGUA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0:030 inch ... 0°76 millimétre. Expanse of wings....... 0070x0035 ... 177x088 Size of body....s.c.su20-- 0:050x0-010 .... 1:27 x 0°25 Antenne pale brown, 2-+ 11-jointed ; joints cylindrical, twice as long as broad, verticillate-pilese, longer than the pedicels ; pedicels pale ; terminal joint sessile. Palpi short, rather thick, brownish- yellow. Hypostoma and front brownish-yellow. Thorax pale brown, with the usual two rows of brownish-yellow hairs ; pleuree pale brown ; scutellum somewhat yellowish-brown ; humeri same colour as the thorax. Halteres ochraceous, rather short, densely covered with minute yellow hairs, club elongate, scarcely pyri- form. Abdomen yellowish-brown, reddish-brown towards the extremity, thickly haired. Legs moderately long, slender, yellow, densely covered with long and short hairs. Wings broad, pellucid, with a pale bluish tint, covered with a rather dense and somewhat interwoven pubescence; moderately ciliated ; with roseous and golden reflections. First longitudinal vein wide of the costa and parallel with it, then joining the margin at an acute angle ; cross- vein a short distance from and almost parallel with the first longi- tudinal vein, and forming with the second longitudinal vein one continuous straight line ; second longitudinal very sinuose at the base, and much paler than the rest of the vein, reaching the margin just beyond the apex of the wing; third longitudinal vein wide of the margin, bending gradually into the posterior border ; no trace of an anterior branch. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Glenbrook, Blue Mountains (Masters). BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 123. 75. EPIDosIs GIBBEROSA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-040 inch ..» 1:01 millimétres. Expanse of wings ..... 0°080x0-030 ... 2:02 x 0-76 Size of body....... ..... 0.070x 0-015 ... 1:77 x 0°38 Antenne light reddish-brown, 2-+11-jointed, half the length of the wings ; first basal point almost pyriform, twice as long as the second, the latter globose ; flagellar joints almost fusiform, with a clavate pedicel at the apical end ; joints three times as long as the pedicels ; verticels sparse, moderately long. Thorax considerably gibbose ; light umber-brown, nitidous, with yellowish hairs ; pleur dull ochraceous-brown ; scutellum paler umber than the thorax, prominent, rounded-oblong. Poisers ochraceous-brown. Abdomen umber brown, with yellowish hairs; ovipositor ap- parently short, no visible lamellze. Legs moderately long, robust, umber brown, thickly haired; tip vf the fourth and remaining joints of the tarsi white ; third tarsal joint very little longer than the fourth. Wings pellucid, with a very pale brownish tint, anterior margin with a dense moderately long uniform fringe from the base to the end of the second Jongitudinal vein. First longitudinal vein rather close to the costa; second Jongitudinal vein a little sinuose before the transverse vein, reaching the margin immediately beyond the apex ; cross-vein distinctly visible from the root of the first longitudinal ; third longitudinal vein almost straight, anterior branch scarcely distinguishable, close to the posterior border (PI. u., fig. 14). (Description drawn from dried specimen). Aab.—Elizabeth Bay (Masters). Obs.—This description was drawn from two imperfect specimens, but they belong to such a distinct species that it cannot fail to be recognised from the above; it almost appears to me that this species should inaugurate a new sub-genus. Section LI, Wings with four longitudinal veins. Sub-genus 11, Asynapra, Loew. Asynapta, H. Loew, D.B. IV, 1850, p. 21; Winnertz, LE. 1853, p. 189; Rondani, Stirp. Cec, 1860, pp. 287 and 293; O.- 124 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. America, 1862, p. 177 ; Schiner, F.A. II. 1864, p. 405. Cross-vein sometimes as in section A, then the second longitu- dinal vein is not sinuated ; sometimes as in section B, and then the second longitudinal vein is sinuated (as in Zpidosis); in this case also the collare is a little prolonged (Pl. 111., figs. 15 and 16), a. Second longitudinal vein and cross-vein as in Epidosis. 76. ASYNAPTA FLAMMULA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-020 inch ..- 0.50 millimétre. Expanse of wings......... 0:090 x 0040 ... 2:28x 1:01 Size of ‘body .ieuce.. oie 0:058 x 0-018 .... 1:47 x 0°45 Antenne brownish, 2-4 16-jointed, moniliform ; joints sub- globular, gradually decreasing in size towards the tip ; no visible pedicels ; the verticillate hairs short and rather light. Head brownish, with a few light hairs. Palpi yellowish-brown. Thorax reddish-brown ; collare brownish ; pleurz yellowish-brown. Hal- teres short, pear-shaped, yellowish-brown, thickly covered with fine hairs. Legs moderately long, yellowish, with a short delicate pubescence having a whitish reflection. Abdomen light reddish- brown, with a fine pubescence. Wings iridescent, with a fiery reflection when viewed in a certain light, rather thick pubescence; moderately long fringe on the anterior and posterior margins and posterior angle ; costal vein pale brownish ; first longitudinal vein short, wide of the margin; second longitudinal vein sinuose before the cross-vein, joining the border of the wing about the apex; third longitudinal vein most indistinct throughout its length, particularly at the base, only very little curved exteriorly towards its end, reaching the border of the wing a short distance below the apex ; fourth longitudinal vein rather indistinct, but more apparent than the last, turning towards the posterior margin in an obtuse rounded angle. (Description drawn from dry specimen). Hab,—Sydney (Masters). b. Second longitudinal vein and cross-vein as in Diplosis, BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 125 77. ASYNAPTA PRISCA, sp.n. 6-—Length of antenne...... 0-080 inch ..- 2°02 millimétres. Expanse of wings........ 0110x0045 ... 2°79 x 1:13 Size of body sao. isa: 0°100 x 0-027 ... 2.54 x 0°67 Antenne greyish, 2-+12-jointed, joints sub-cylindrical, thick, longer than the pedicels; pedicels paler than the joints ; verticillate hairs greyish, very long, rather dense, straight ; basal joints somewhat flattened, the first larger than the second. Hypostoma and front brown; palpi brown, thick, very hairy. Thorax deep reddish- brown, appearing almost black, nitidous, with a dispersed pubes- cence. Halteres yellowish, the base of the club with a brownish tinge. Abdomen deep reddish-brown, the red predominating on the dorsal segments, sparingly haired. Legs long and slender. Coxe yellowish-brown. Femora, tibiz, and tarsi yellowish, with a close pubescence, appearing greyish in an oblique direction. Wings yellowish-brown at their insertion, densely clothed with long hairs, moderately ciliated on the posterior border, and having very little reflection. Veins pale; first longitudinal vein wide of the costa, reaching the margin half-way to the tip; second longi- tudinal vein not sinuated before the cross-vein, joining the costal immediately beyond the apex of the wing; transverse vein dis- tinct, very oblique, running parallel to the first longitudinal for half its length before joining; third longitudinal vein rather indistinct at the base, very little curved exteriorly ; fourth longi- tudinal very distinct, turning towards the margin in an obtuse rounded angle. (Description drawn from fresh specimen). Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Masters). Beginning of December. 78. ASYNAPTA PARIETINA, Sp.n, Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-025 inch ... 0°62 millimétre. Expanse of wings...... 0-070 x 0-030 ... 177x076 Bind ’OD) DOGG... 25 0st ogee 0:060 x 0-015 .... 154% 0°38 126 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, Antenne almost cinereous, 2-+ 12-jointed, about as long as the head and thorax, joints rather longer than wide, sessile, with very short verticillate hairs, basal joints small, yellowish-brown. Hypo- stoma and front yellowish-brown. Palpi yellowish-brown. Thorax black, slightly pubescent ; pleurz sordid yellowish-brown ; scutel- lum yellowish. Halteres short, the club large, pyriform, grey, with exceedingly minute brown scales. Abdomen black with a yellowish tint, dense'y covered with moderately long hairs ; ovipositor long, with two small yellow lamels. Legs moderately long, slender, yellowish-grey ; femora and tibie with brownish hairs. Wing densely covered with longish somewhat interwoven pubescence, iridescent, with roseous and golden reflections. Veins pale brownish. First longitudinal vein wide of the costa, joining the margin about half way to the tip; cross-vein very prominent, rather oblique ; second longitudinal vein not sinuated before the cross-vein, reaching the margin immediately beyond the apex of the wing ; third longitudinal vein almost straight, slightly bent just before joining the posterior margin ; fourth longitudinal] vein turning towards the margin in an obtuse rounded angle. (Des- cription drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Masters and Skuse). January. Genus 4. Spanrocera, Winnertz. Spaniocera, Winnertz, L.E., 1853, pp. 190 and 306; Rondani, II Mem. Parma, 1840, &c.; Brachyneura, Stirp. Cec., 1860, pp. 287 and 292; O.-Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. America, 1862, p. 175; Schiner, F.A. II., 1864, p. 406. Antenne filiform, 2-+11-jointed, the joints long, cylindrical, with a short pubescence, and without verticils. Wings moderately large ; considerably rounded, with a wedge-shaped base ; clothed with scaly hairs. Three longitudinal veins, all simple. The first longitudinal vein close to the costa ; second longitudinal vein some distance from it, arcuating anteriorly, and reaching the margin considerably before the apex of the wing (Pl. 11, fig. 17). en 2 ats) tlt * , . BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 127 Obs.—I have as yet failed to detect any Australian species referable to this; and the type, S. sguamigera, is I believe the only known species. Genus 5. Lasioprera, Meigen. Lasioptera, Meigen, S.B. 1., 1818, p. 88, pl. 11.; Lastopteryz, Stephens ; Macquart, 8. 4 B.I., 1834, p. 162; Rondani, II“ Mem. Parma, 1840, &c.; H. Loew, D.B. IV., 1850, p. 21; Zetterstedt, D.Sc., IX., 1850, p. 3699; Winnertz, L.E., 1853, p. 191; Walker, I.B. IIL, 1856, p. 132; O.-Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. America, 1862, p. 175; Schiner, F.A. II., 1864, p, 406. Antenne from 2-+14-to 2-+32-jointed; joints sub-globose, sessile, with short verticillate hairs. Wings rather short and broad ; with or without a white spot on the middle of the anterior border. Three longitudinal veins, the first and second running so near the costa as to be hardly discernible ; no cross-vein (Pl. UL, fig. 18). A. Wings with a white spot on the middle of the anterior border. 79. Lasioprera MASTERsI, sp.n. Q.—Length of antennz...... 0-025 inch _.... 0°62 millimétre. Expanse of wings....... 0:110x 0-040 ... 279x101 Size of body............0+ 0-090 x 0-030 ... 2°27 x 0°76 Antenne black, 2-+15-jointed, joints about as long as broad, sessile, with a short hoary pubescence ; two basal joints brownish. Head black with a golden pubescence, front hoary. Thorax shining black, with two longitudinal rows of erect golden hairs, sparingly haired from the collare down to the origin of the wings, bare anteriorly. Halteres yellowish. Abdomen pale reddish- brown, each segment with a row of black scales, the hinder segments also with rows of white scales. Cox brown, hoary. Femora black on the upper side and tip, laterally and the outer- most extremity of the tip whitish. Tibiee brown inclined to black. Tarsi whitish. Wings with a bluish reflection, hairs on the surface and fringe grey. Costal border covered with black 128 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, scales, with a white spot at the junction with the second longitu- dinal vein. First longitudinal vein so close to the costa as to be hardly discernible ; second longitudinal distinctly visible for the whole of its length. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—W oronora (Masters and Skuse). October. 80. LaSIOPTERA VASTATRIX, Sp.n. 3g.—Length of antenne ..... 0:025 inch ... 0°63 millimétre. Expanse of wings....... 0°090 x 0°035 ... 2:27 x 0-88 Size Of Ody ! 425s eeess 0-090 x 0020 ... 2:27 x 0:50 Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-025 inch ... 057 millimétre. Expanse of wings....... 0:090 x 0035 ... 2°27 x 0°88 RIZE 08 BODY s.i4:05-casree 0:095 x 0:030 ... 2°39x0°76 Antennz black or dark brown, in the ¢ 2- + 15-jointed, in the Q 2-+ 14-jointed ; joints sessile, sub-globular, rather longer than broad, smaller towards the end of the flagellum, with short pale pubescence. Palpi yellowish-brown. Thorax deep brown covered with golden- yellow scales and pubescence ; two rows of erect hairs extending from the collare to the scutellum, short at the collare, increasing in length towards the hinder margin ; some long hairs before the base of the wings (below this tuft and immediately in front of the origin of the wings is a small patch of white scales) ; pleure brown. Halteres pale brown at the base, white scales on the stalk, the club brown, darker in the Q than the ¢, with some scattered dark brown or black scales. Abdomen covered superiorly on each segment with deep brown scales, bordered behind with a band of white in the ¢, and yellowish in the Q ; this band in the dg is almost as broad as that of the brown scales ; pale brown between the segments ; pale brown underneath, covered with white scales ; forceps in the ¢ densely covered with white scales and long hairs; Q ovipositor pale brownish, appearing somewhat blunt: Legs densely clothed with scales, appearing deep brown with pale reflections when viewed at a certain obliquity. Wings yellowish- brown at the root, hyaline, with a weak cupreous reflection ; BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 129 deeply ciliated on the posterior border. Costal deep brown, thickly scaled, and having a yellowish-white spot at the junction with the second longitudinal vein. First and second longitudinal veins pale brown, the former short and close to the costa ; third longi- tudinal very pale. (Description drawn from fresh specimens). Larva. Size of body... 0-120 x 0°035 inch ... 3°04 x 0°88 millimétres. Breast-bone....0°012 wad (sQia0 Oblong, bright saffron-yellow, glabrous, minutely granulate. Head distinct, retractile, with two very short pale yellowish antenne near the tip. Breast-bone deep reddish-brown, visible for the whole of its length, of almost uniform width, exserted anteriorly for less than one-sixth of its length, with four triangular projections, the middle pair in advance of the lateral ones ; poste- rior portion somewhat diaphanous. Stigmata very indistinct. Inhabiting grass-stems, generally that portion underneath the spathe. The deformation caused is a scarcely perceptible swelling, extending from an inch to an inch and a-half in length, and containing from ten to a dozen larve, lying somewhat obliquely, enveloped in delicate white filmy cocoons. These larve have as yet only been found in a species of grass in the Parkes district, where they prove very destructive to the pasture. Pupa. Size of body... 0-080 x 0°040 inch .-» 2°02 x 1:01 millimétres. Oblong, pale, ochraceous-brown, obvolute ; head bitid in front ; thorax somewhat gibbose, nitidous, paler than the abdomen ; abdomen minutely granulate, without spines. Imagines began to emerge on the 5th December. B. Wings without a white spot on the anterior border. 81, LASIOPTERA AURATA, sp.n, d-—Length of antenne...... — inch .. — millimétres. Expanse of wings........ 0160 x 0-060 ... 4°06 « 1:54 Size of body........ eoseeee O'130 0-035 ... 3°29 x 0°88 9 130 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, Basal joints of antenng (the remainder lost) golden-yellow. Head covered with golden-yellow scales. Palpi yellowish-brown. Thorax and abdomen pale brown, almost covered with golden- yellow scales, no bands. Pleure yellowish-brown. Halteres yellowish. Coxee and femora golden-yellow. Tibi golden- yellow, black along the upper side. Tarsi black, except the two last joints, which are hoary when viewed in a certain oblique direction. Wings with a bluish reflection, hairs on the surface and fringe grey. Costal border covered with golden-yellow scales and hair to the end of the second longitudinal vein, except a longitudinal band of black scales near the base. First and second longitudinal veins close to the costa, yellowish, sparingly sprinkled with golden-yellow scales; base of the third longitudinal vein sparingly covered with black scales, branches of the fork indis- tinct. (Description drawn from dried specimen). - Hab.—Middle Harbour (Skuse). September. 82. LASIOPTERA NODOSA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antennz...... 0-030 inch ... 0°76 millimétre. Expanse of wings.... ... 0-080 x 0:040 ... 2°02x1J-01 Size of bodyig...s-20+ 2500. 0:060x 0-030 ... 1.54 x 0°76 Antenne sordid brown, 2-+32-jointed; joints as long as broad, sessile, with a short greyish pubescence. Head black, with white scales and greyish hairs on the vertex. Palpi sordid yellow. Thorax deep brown, sprinkled with a very fine silvery pubescence ; white scales from the collare to the base of the wings, also forming a rather prominent longitudinal band along the middle from the collare to the scutellum, and scattered along the hinder margin of the mesothorax. Halteres whitish, the knob tipped with brown, a number of very long silvery hairs in their vicinity. Abdomen black, each segment with a marginal fringe of short silvery hairs. Cox pale, with silvery pubescence. Femora whitish, brown towards the tip. Tibie brown, pale along one side and at the tip. Tarsi brown with a pale reflection. Wings beautifully BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. ton iridescent, and covered with fine almost straight hairs. Costal margin black, thickly covered with scales. First longitudinal vein hardly discernible when the scales are removed; second longitudinal vein also black and scaly, close to the costa ; third longitudinal very indistinct. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Homebush. Bred from deformed buds of Melaleuca nodosa, obtained in November (Masters). 83. LASIOPTERA MISCELLA, sp.n. Q.— Length of antenne ..... 0:030 inch ~—....._-—«0'76_millimétre. Expanse of wings........ 0:070 x 0-030 .... 1:77 x 0°76 Size of body......,.....-.. 0:070 x 0:020 .... 1°77 x 0°50 Antenne black, 2-+32-jointed; joints depressed, decreasing in size towards the tip, with a dense pale pubescence ; basal joints brown. Palpi reddish-brown, with white scales and hairs. Head black, white scales on the vertex. Thorax black, nitidous, with a few scales and hairs; pleure black with a tinge of brown ; scu- tellum prominent, shining black. Halteres pale reddish-brown, the apical half of the club yellowish. Abdomen black superiorly, with white scales, and a row of pale hairs along the posterior border of each segment; reddish-brown underneath ; ovipositor yellowish-brown. Legs moderately long, slender. Coxe umber brown. Femora umber brown, with white scales and dairs. Tibiw and,tarsi umber brown, almost black, the former white at the extreme tip. Wings moderately haired, hyaline, with very little reflection. Costal and two first longitudinal veins brown, the first thickly covered with scales and hair; third longitudinal vein very pale and indistinct. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Masters). Beginning of January. 84. LAsIOPTERA CORUSCA, sp.n. d-—Length of antenne...... 0-020 inch .. 0°50 millimetre. Expanse of wings....... 0060 x 0025 ... 1°54 x 0°62 Size of body...........++- 0040x0010 ... LOL x 0°25 132 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, Antenne half as long as the body, 2-+16-jointed; flagellar joints deep brown or black, rather longer than bread, sessile, with a yellowish pubescence ; basal joints pale ferruginous. Head deep brown or black with a golden pubescence on the vertex. Palpi yellowish-brown, with a yellowish pubescence. Thorax deep reddish-brown, with golden scales and hairs ; humeri, scutellum, and pleurz ferruginous-ochraceous ; scutellum with golden scales and hairs. Halteres ferruginous on the stalk, the club elongate, almost pyriform, with a golden pubescence. Abdomen ferruginous, the dorsal segments with deep brown scales, posteriorly bordered with golden scales and long hairs ; forceps light umber with a pale pubescence. Legs moderately long, slender. Coxe, femora, and tibie ferruginous-ochraceous, with golden scales and pubescence. Tarsi covered with deep brown or black scales. Wings yellowish- brown at the roots, hyaline, with bright margaritaceous reflections. Costal and two first longitudinal veins yellowish-brown; the costal with deep brown scales and ashort pubescence ; third longitudinal vein very pale, but distinctly discernible, gradually arcuating into the posterior border; anterior branch nearly straight, almost as long as the whole of the posterior vein. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab. - Gosford (Skuse). February. Obs.—Six specimens taken on the wing in a shady situation, all pfoved to be males. 85. LASIOPTERA HELVIPES, Sp.n. 6 —Length of antenne...... 0°017 inch .. 0°42 millimétre. Expanse of wings........ 0:060 x0°030 ... 1°54 x 0°76 Size of body.............+. 0.050 x 0020 ... 1:27 x 0°50 Antenne pale brownish, 2-+17-jointed, sessile, with greyish pubescence. Head black or dark brown, with a pale pubescence on the vertex. Palpi yellowish. Thorax pale brown, with yellowish scales and hairs, an indistinct longitudinal band of scales down the middle. THalteres pale yellow. Abdomen covered with BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. ish black scales, except a pair of white spots on each of the first five segments. Legs sordid yellow. Wings with splendent reflections, hairs on the surface long, almost straight. Costal border deep brown, scaly. First longitudinal vein indiscernible ; second longitudinal vein sordid brown, scaly; third longitudinal very indistinct. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Sydney (Masters). Sub-genus. CiinoruyncnHa, Loew. Clinorhyncha, H. Loew, D.B. IV., 1850, p. 21; Rondani, II* Mem. Parma, 1840, &c.; Winnertz, L.E., 1853, p. 192; O.-Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. America, 1862, p. 175; Schiner, F. A. IL., 1864, p. 409. Characters the same as in Lasioptera with the difference that the mouth is prolonged in a rostrum. Obs.—I cannot yet record any Australian species referable to this sub-genus. Up to the present I think all the known species have been described from Europe, and they only number three or four. Sub-family Il. LESTREMINA. Wings with at least four longitudinal veins, or at most five, sometimes with a rudimentary vein behind the fifth; the additional (or third) vein is situated between the two longitudinal veins corresponding to the second and third of the first sub-family, and is generally furcate; ocelli nearly always present; first tarsal joint not shortened. I. OcCELLI EXTANT. A. Wings with four longitudinal veins; the third not furcate ; the fourth furcate, representing the fourth and fifth longitudinal veins of other genera, coalescent for the first half of their course. Genus 1. CampyLomyza, Meigen. Campylomyza, Meigen, S.B. L., 1818, p. 101; Macquart, 8. a B. I., 1834, p. 150, pl. 1V.; Campylomyza and Neurolyga, Rondani ; Bi oi, 134 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, Campylomyia, Zetterstedt, D.Sc., LX., 1850, p. 3669 ; Campylomyza, Walker, I.B. III., 1856, p. 61; O.-Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. America, L, 1862, p. 178; Schiner, F.A. IT., 1864, p. 411 ; Winnertz, V. z.-b. G. Wien, 1870, p. 9. Antenne 2-+6- to 2-+23-jointed, moniliform, verticillate ; joints ovate, lentiform or cylindrical, with long pedicels in the g, and short ones in the Q, or sessile in both sexes. Wings large, considerably rounded at the apex ; in some cases the base of the wings is cuneiform, in others the posterior angle is prominently rounded; hairs often scaly; long cross-vein* (Pl. m1, figs. 19 and 20). a. Wings cuneiformly narrowed at the base. 86. CAMPYLOMYZA PERPALLIDA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-017 inch ... 0°42 millimétre. Expanse of wings..... .. 0°035x0-017 ... 0°88 x 0°42 Size of body......60.0.009 0-040 x 0008 .... 1:01 x 0:20 Antenne pale brown, 2-+9-jointed ; basal joints very large, paler than those of the flagellum; joints globose, ver ticillate- pilose, gradually becoming smaller towards the end; _ pedicels longer than the joints. Front and palpi yellowish-brown, densely covered with a somewhat scaly pubescence. Thorax pale brown, with yellowish hairs ; pleure yellowish ; scutellum rather paler than the mesothorax, almost lunate, pubescent. Halteres pale yellow, sprinkled with deep brown or black scales, the club elongate. Abdomen large, sparsely sprinkled with deep brown or black scales and scaly hairs; ovipositor apparently short, very pale yellowish, the lamelle elongate, minutely ciliate. Legs short, rather slender, yellowish, with a pale pubescence ; femora strongly developed ; tarsal joints more robust than the tibiz, of uniform thickness. Wings pellucid, with a very pale bluish tint, densely covered with yellowish scaly hairs, moderately ciliated on all borders with very fine hairs, and having a brassy reflection. First longitudinal reaching the anterior border about half-way to * Winnertz, in giving the characteristics of this genus, says, ‘‘Schwinger unbedeckt,” but although I have examined a large number of specimens, my observations persistently prove the contrary. lial i iM i il Mle ne . j BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 135 the apex of the wing; second longitudinal vein meeti-g the border a short distance beyond the apex of the wing, its basal portion more than five times the length of the transverse vein ; transverse vein moderately oblique ; third longitudinal vein very indistinct, issuing from the basal portion of the second longitu- dina] a little beyond the middle, running almost straight to the margin; fourth longitudinal vein rather near the posterior border, little arcuated, the anterior branch very indistinct, (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Sydney (Skuse). January. 87. CAMPYLOMYZA RATIPENNIS, Sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-015 inch ~~... (0°38 millimétre. Expanse of wings....... 0-040 x 0-020 .... 1:01 x 0°50 NOE DOT sien teen ence 0:040x0-08 ... 1:01 x 0:20 Antenne pale brown, 2- + 9-jointed ; joints globose, verticillate- pilose, separated by pedicels which are as long as the joints. Thorax deep brown, with a golden yellow pubescence. Poisers brown, pale yellowish at the base, pubescent. Abdomen yellowish- brown, paler between the segments, last two or three joints con- siderably paler than the preceding ones. Legs short, somewhat robust, brownish-yellow; femora and tibie strong; first tarsal joint slender. Wings pellucid, with a pale bluish tint, densely clothed with scaly hairs, and having a bright brassy reflection ; the apex not quite so rounded as in perpallida, Costal vein strongly developed. First longitudinal vein reaching the anterior margin about half way to the apex of the wing ; second longitu- dinal meeting the costal immediately beyond the apex ; its basal portion about five times as long as the cross-vein; cross-vein moderately oblique ; third longitudinal vein very pale, issuing from the basal portion of the second longitudinal at about two- thirds of its length, and disappearing at about two-thirds of the distance to the margin ; fourth longitudinal vein indistinct, both branches almost invisible before joining the posterior margin and very moderately arcuated, (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Flizabeth Bay (Masters). December. 136 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 88. CAMPYLOMYZA PERSIMILIS, Sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0:015 inch ... 0°38 millimetre. Expanse of wings. ...... 0°030 x 0°012 .... 0°76 x 0°30 Size of body.........+2...- 0:020 x 0006 ... 0°50 x 0-15 Antenne pale brown, 2-+ 9-jointed ; joints sub-globose, sparsely verticillate-pilose, terminal joints considerably smaller than the preceding ones; pedicels not as long as the joints, Hypostoma and front sordid yellowish-brown. Palpi yellow. Thorax brown, minutely pubescent; pleure sordid yellowish-brown. Halteres long and moderately robust, club elongate, with blackish pubescence, stalk yellowish. Abdomen uniformly sordid yellowish-brown, densely clothed with scales and hairs, paler underneath ; ovipositor and lamellz pale yellow. Legs sordid ochraceous, rather densely pubescent ; femora somewhat more robust than the tibie and tarsi; first tarsal joint twice the length of the second, the latter as long as the following two, the three last about the same length ; all slender. Wings pale yellowish at the base; pellucid, with a pale bluish tint, rather thickly covered with scaly hairs, particularly towards the tip ; moderately deeply ciliated, with a very pale yellow reflection. Veins yellowish-brown. First longitudinal vein reaching the costal about half-way to the apex of the wing; second Jongitudinal vein somewhat sinuose before the cross-vein, reaching the border immediately below the apex ; cross-vein distinct ; third longitu- dinal vein indistinct, joining the border a short distance below the second longitudinal; fourth longitudinal vein indistinct, rather close to the margin, not very arcuated ; anterior branch almost as long as the whole of the posterior vein, very indistinct. (Description drawn from fresh specimen). Hab.—Sydney (Skuse). Beginning of December. 89. CAMPYLOMYZA CROCEA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0:015 inch ... 0°38 millimetre. Expanse of wings....... 0°035 x 0-017 ... 0°88 x 0°42 Sizes *body.........--... 0:025 x 0-008 ... 0°62 x 0:20 — — 4 BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 137 Antenne pale brown, 2-+ 9-jointed, joints sub-globose, verticil- late-pilose, pedicels rather longer than than the joints. Front and palpi yellowish-brown. Thorax light red-brown, nitidous, with a yellow prbescence; pleure light red-brown; scutellum almost triangular, the same colour as the mesothorax, with yellow hairs. Halteres moderately long, thick, the club elongate, rather thicker than the stalk, with a deep brown or black scaly pubes- cence. Abdomen ferruginous-ochraceous, darker at the extremity, somewhat thickly clothed with laterally directed deep brown or black scaly hairs, the last two or three segments with a longi- tudinally directed pubes:ence ; ovipositor apparently short, pale ochraceous, with narrow elongate lamels. Legs short, rather robust, ochraceous, with the articulations and tarsal joints tinged with ferruginous ; densely pubescent. Femora and tibie rather robust. Tarsal joints of almost equal thickness, the base of the first one somewhat narrowed. Wings pellucid, with a pale bluish tint, densely covered with scaly hairs, well ciliated in the posterior border with delicate hairs, and exhibiting a pale brassy reflection when viewed at a certain obliquity. Costal densely covered with a short dense pubescence. First longitudinal vein indistinct at its tip, reaching the costa about half way to the apex of the wing ; cross-vein not very distinct ; second longitudinal vein remarkably sinuose before the cross-vein, joining the margin beyond the apex of the wing; fourth longitudinal vein little arcuated, invisible before reaching the posterior border, its anterior branch almost indistinguishable. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Skuse). 90, CAMPYLOMYZA_ SUBTILIS, sp.n, 6.-—Length of antenne...... 0030 inch ... O'76 millimétre. Expanse of wings....... 0040x0018 .... 101 x 0°45 Rize OF DOG. ccscsncscesss 0-030 x 0°006 ... O-76x 015 Antenne yellow, tinged with brown, 2-+13-jointed, the last joint very small and rudimentary; basal joints about the same size as the flagellar joints; joints small near the base of the 138 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, flagellum, almost globose, somewhat flattened, one half shorter than the pedicels, towards the tip very much flattened, the pedicels being then three times their length ; long and dense verticillate hairs. Palpi densely covered with a pale yellowish pubescence. Front pale brown. Thorax sordid yellowish-brown, with moder- ately long pale hairs ; pleurve yellowish ; scutellum narrow, lunate, with a few hairs. Halteres rather short, the club elongate, covered with a brown pubescence, one half thicker and rather longer than the stem, the stem yellowish, pubescent. Abdomen almost cylindrical, densely pubescent, sordid yellowish-brown for the first four segments, darkening into dusky brown on the terminal segment. Legs short and slender, sordid ochraceous, densely pubescent. Femora rather thicker than the tibiz, but not very strongly developed. Tarsal joints of equal thickness, except that the metatarsal joint is somewhat narrowed at the base. Wings pellucid, with a very pale bluish tint, very densely covered with scaly hairs, densely ciliated, and having an indifferent brassy reflection. First longitudinal vein joining the costa half way to the apex of the wing ; second longitudinal reaching the margin a little beyond the apex of the wing, its basal portion somewhat sinuose, six times as long as the transverse vein ; transverse vein rather pale, joining the first longitudinal at three-fourths of its length from the base; third longitudinal vein most indistinct ; fourth longitudinal very pale, very little arcuated, invisible just before the posterior border; anterior branch only just distinguish- able, almost as long as the whole posterior vein. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Masters and Skuse). 91. CampyLoMyzaA VICINA sp.n. g-—Length of antennz...... 0:020 inch ~—....._-—«0'50 millimétre. Expanse of wings........ 0:040x 0-018 .... 1:01 x 0°45 Size of Dady,.....:-......s 0:030 x 0-006 ... 0°76 0-15 Antenne pale brown, 2-+13-jointed, the last joint very small and rudimentary ; basal joints thicker than but not so wide as BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 139: those of the flagellum, yellowish ; flagellar joints large, consider- ably flattened, much darker than the pedicels, with long dense brown verticillate hairs, the two joints immediately preceding the terminal rudimentary joint very close together, and not so flattened as the others. Palpi rather robust, densely pubescent, sordid ochraceous. Thorax dusky yellowish-brown, with two somewhat dense rows of pale hairs from the collare to the scu- tellum ; pleure yellowish-brown ; scutellum prominent, narrow, scarcely lunate, yellowish-brown. Halteres moderately long, the stem rather thick, yellowish, with a pyriform club, densely covered with a brownish pubescence. Abdomen dusky yellowish. brown, the dorsal segments densely scaled, terminal segment rather thickly haired. Legs short and slender, pale ochraceous, the cox and tarsi tinged with ferruginous. Second tarsal joint nearly as long as the first ; the remaining joints somewhat thicker than the two first. Wings pellucid, with a very pale bluish tint, densely covered with scaly hairs, particularly on the apical por- tion; brassy reflection. First longitudinal vein invisible just before reaching the costa ; second longitudinal vein not sinuose before the cross-vein, reaching the margin immediately beyond the apex of the wing, its basal portion six times the length of the cross-vein ; cross-vein not very oblique, pale; third longitudinal vein most indistinct; fourth longitudinal indistinct, invisible some distance before the posterior border; anterior branch scarcely distinguishable, very little arcuated. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Masters and Skuse). 92. CAMPYLOMYZA IMPEXA, sp.n. d.—Length of antenne... . 0°020 inch ..» 0°50 millimétre. Expanse of wings....... 0035 x O-O1T ... O88 x O42 Size of body....... ...... 0:020 x 0005 .... 0°50 x 0-13 Antenne ochraceous-brown, 2-+12-jointed ; basal joints pale reddish-brown, first basal joint much larger than the second, 140 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, pilose ; flagellar joints considerably flattened ; the terminal joint with a small projection ; verticils long and dense ; pedicels one half longer than the joints. Palpi ochraceous-brown. Thorax deep brown, with a sparse golden-yellow pubescence ; pleurz pale reddish-brown. Halteres long and rather robust, club elongate ; stalk pale, club covered with a black pubescence. Abdomen deep brown densely covered with scales and hairs. Legs ochraceous- brown, the femora somewhat ferruginous, very densely pubescent ; femora and tibiz robust ; first tarsal joint slender ; second not so long as the first ; the rest of nearly equal length. Wings some- what ferruginous at the base, pellucid, with a very pale brownish tint, densely ciliated and covered with a scaly pubescence ; rich golden and roseous reflections. First longitudinal vein reaching the costal about half way to the apex of the wing ; second longi- tudinal vein meeting the border a little beyond the apex ; cross- vein very distinct, not very oblique; third longitudinal vein straight, rather indistinct, reaching the border a little below the second longitudinal vein ; fourth longitudinal gradually arcuating into the posterior margin, anterior branch very indistinct. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Masters and Skuse). September. 93. CAMPYLOMYZA PELLAX, sp.n. $.—Length of antenne...... 0-015 inch ~~... _-—- 0°38 millimétre. Expanse of wings........ 0:025 x 0°010 ... 0°62 x 0°25 ise of body....s.iseicey 0:020 x 0005 ... 0°50 x 0-12 Antenne brown, 2-+11-jointed ; basal joints paler than those of the flagellum ; flagellar joints almost twice as wide as long, particularly those near the base, almost as long as the pedicels, and having long brownish verticillate hairs; terminal joint rather larger than the one immediately before it, and considerably rounded. Palpi slender, sordid yellowish, deeply pubescent. Thorax black or nearly so, nitidous, with somewhat long pale hairs; pleure dusky brown; scutellum narrow, lunate, deep umber-brown. Halteres dusky yellow, club pyriform, pubescent. aS he ee is " ; ‘eae BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 141 Abdomen deep brown, almost black, scaled, with a very minute pubescence on the terminal segment. Legs short and slender, of a uniform dusky yellow colour, with only the tarsi densely pubescent, and all the joints of almost uniform thickness. First tarsal joint twice the length of the second. Wings pellucid, with a very faint bluish tint, densely covered with scaly hairs with a slight intermixture of fine simple hairs, densely ciliated, and having a bright almost silvery reflection. First longitudinal not very distinct, invisible shortly after leaving the cross-vein ; second» longitudinal vein somewhat crooked before the cross-vein, but not sinnose, reaching the wing-margin just beyond the apex, its basal portion about six times the length of the cross-vein ; cross-vein pale, indistinct anteriorly ; third longitudinal not distinguishable ; fourth iongitudinal vein very distinct until just before joining the posterior border, when it becomes most indistinct ; anterior branch invisible. (Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Masters and Skuse). 94. CAMPYLOMYZA SYDNEYENSIS, Schiner. Campylomyza Sydneyensis, Schiner, Diptera der Novara- Expedition, Zool. Theil. Bd. 1I., p. 7. “Shining black, the legs very dark pitchy brown. Antenne moniliform, 2-+12-jointed, the flagellar joints pressed to one another, almost of equal length, only the last double the length of the preceding ones, and considerably narrower than the latter ; the hairs very delicate. Palpi blackish-brown, the second joint very long and robust, standing off angularly from the first, the two last small. The legs, and particularly the thighs, strong ; the last joint of the tarsi slender and much longer than the preceding. Wings almost hyaline, microscopically haired ; the veins normal, but the cross-vein is not very distinct, and there appears between the discoidal and the postical, towards the margin of the wing, a piece of a vein, which must be regarded as a rudiment of the lower branch of the discoidal. The terminal lamellw of the @ brown.” #’”",—Sydney. 142 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, ‘Obs.—Not having seen this species, I am unable to definitely fix its true position amongst the rest of the genus, the above description even giving no clue as to which division the insect belongs, but I have placed it here provisionally. b. Wings rounded at the base. 95. CAMPYLOMYZA AMPLIPENNIS, sp.n. 3. —Length of antenne...... 0-025 inch ... 0°62 millimétre. Expanse of wings........ 0:045 x 0-020 .... 1:13 x 0°50 BSIZO OL DODY joes ewes nonave 0:035 x 0:008 ... 0°88 x 0:20 Antenne sordid yellowish, 2-+12-jointed ; basal joints rather smaller than the first flagellar joint, the latter appearing almost pyriform, remaining joints sub-globose, rather wider than long on the basal half of the flagellum, the rest somewhat longer than broad ; verticillate hairs sparse and unequal ; pedicels about half as long as the joints. Palpi slender, sordid yellowish. Thorax black, almost levigate, with a short, pale, scattered pubescence ; pleurz sordid yellowish ; scutellum very narrow, hardly lunate, sordid yellowish. Halteres sordid yellowish, with minute black scales and hairs, club pyriform. Abdomen dusky brown, with a dull ochraceous tinge on the first two or three and the last two dorsal segments, moderately clothed with a golden-yellow pubes- cence. Legs short and rather slender, of a uniform dusky ochraceous colour, densely pubescent. Femora and tibiz some- what more robust than the tarsi. Metatarsal joint longer than the two following combined. Wings pellucid, with a delicate bluish tint, moderately and uniformly covered with very fine yellowish hairs, and sparsely ciliated with longer hairs of the same description ; no scales or scaly hairs on the wings. First longitudinal vein rather wide of the costa, paler at its tip ; second longitudinal vein at its root very near the first longitudinal, then considerably diverging, but bent a little anteriorly just before the cross-vein, and afterward resuming its posterior inclination, joining the margin at the apex of the wing, its basal portion rather more than three times the length of the cross-vein ; cross- vein distinct, not very oblique ; third longitudinal vein pale, very eo he, re al : BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 143 much arcuated; anterior branch indistinct, very little bent. {Description drawn from dried specimen). Hab.—Middle Harbour (Skuse). B. Wings with five longitudinal veins ; the third furcate ; the fourth and fifth separate from their base. Genus 2. Tritozyea, Loew. Tritozyga, H. Loew in O.-Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. America, 1862, pp. 178-179. Antenne as in the last genus, the number of joints uncertain. Wings rounded at the base and apex. Second longitudinal vein running rather close to the costa and joining much before the apex of the wing; the upper branch of the third longitudinal vein forming a double curve, almost in the shape of an S (PI. m11., fig. 21). Obs.—This genus was founded by Prof. Loew upon an imperfect specimen of a North American species, and no further example has to my knowledge since been observed in any country. The whole structure of the body of this insect, according to Prof. Loew, shows the nearest relation to Campylomyza. Genus 3. CatocHa, Haliday. Catocha, Haliday, Ent. Mag. I., 1833, p. 156; Macquart, 8. 4 B. IL., 1835, p. 654; Rondani, 11° Mem. Parma, 1840, &c. ; Win- nertz, Stett. E.Z. VII, 1846, p. 20 ( Macrostyla) ; V. z.-b. G. Wien, 1870, p. 27; Walker, [.B. III. 1056, p. 59; O.-Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. America, 1862, p. 177; Schiner, F.A. IL., 1864, p. 412. Antennz moniliform, verticillate ; in the ¢ 2-+14-, and in the Q 2-+8-jointed, the flagellar joint almost ovate ; pedicels longer in the ¢ than the Q ; the first joint sessile. Wings large, consider- ably rounded at the apex, with cuneiform base, First longitudinal vein long, arcuating into the costa somewhat abruptly ; second longitudinal vein reaching the margin about the apex of the wing ; the upper branch of the third longitudinal vein forming a smooth curve; small cross-vein at or before the middle of the first longitudinal vein (Pl. m1, fig. 22). Obs.—Only a few European species known. 144 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA. Genus 4. LestremiA, Macquart. Lestremia, Macquart, Dipt. du Nord de la France I., 1826, p- 173; Meigen, S.B. VI., 1830, p. 308; Rondani, 11°* Mem. Parma, 1840 ; (Lestremia, Mimosciara, and Yposataea) Prodromus I., 1856, p. 198; Zetterstedt, D.Sc. X., 1851, p. 3767; Walker, LB., IIT., 1856, p. 57 ; O.-Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. America, 1862, p. 178; Schiner, F.A. II., 1864, p. 413 ; Winnertz, V. z-b. G. Wien, 1870, p. 30. Antenne moniliform, verticillate; in the J 2-+14, in the 9 2-+9- to 2-+ 10-jointed; the joints in the ¢ almost ovate, pedi- celled, in the Q more cylindrical, with short pedicels. Wings large, moderately broad, with rounded apex, and _ prominent posterior angle. First longitudinal vein very short; second longitudinal vein short, running rather close to the costa, joining the border much before the apex of the wing; third longitudinal vein with a very long fork ; cross-vein small, beyond the middle of the first longitudinal vein (PJ. 111., figs. 23 and 24). Obs.—A few European and American species only are known. II. OcELt1 WantIna. Genus 5. Crcipocona, Loew. Cecidogona, H. Loew, Stett. E.Z. 1844, p. 324; Walker, IB. III., 1856, p. 58; O.-Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. America, I., 1862, p. 178; Schiner, F.A. IL, 1864, p. 413 (Lestremia) ; Winnertz, V. z.-b. G. Wien, 1870, p. 35 (Lestremia). Antenne in the Q 2-+9-jointed; joints verticillate, with very short pedicels. Wings tolerably broad, with rounded apex and posterior angle. First longitudinal vein very short; second longitudinal vein reaching the margin close to the apex of the wing; branches of the third longitudinal vein long, almost parallel to one another ; cross-vein very oblique. Obs.—As far as I am aware, Loew’s type of the genus, Cecido- gona carnea, described from Europe, is the only known species. BY FREDERICK A. A, SKUSE. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE II. Fig. 1. Venation of wings in the genus Heteropeza, 2. ” 9 ” Miastor. j 2-16) -5, “2 x, Cecidomyia. 7 3. os vd sub-genus Gonioclema, 4 , a ” ” ” Cecidomyia. Bes, 4 », _ Diplosis (A). ; 7. ” ” ” ” (B). i 8. ” ” »» Asphondylia. | ‘ 9, # a s, Hormomyia, ‘+ Ei 10. ” 9 ” Necrophlebia. “3 : 11. 33 o” », Chastomera, - : 12. ” ” ” Colpodia, ‘ 13. ” ” ” Epidosis. sa) .. VT ee » Epidosis gibberosa. ; PLATE II, } 15. Venation of wings in the sub-genus Asynapta (a), P : 16. ” ” ” ” (b). ‘ 17. ss a genus Spaniocera, a0 ae, cn e », Lasioptera. ‘5 19. ue oa » Campylomyza (a). Z 20. ” ” ” ” : (b). ‘ 4 & ” ” ” Tritozyga. 22. ” ” » Catocha, f rs ” ” »» Lestremia. ; d 25. Diagram of an ideal typical wing illustrating the vein- system in the Diptera, 146 ON THE NESTS AND EGGS OF CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS, NOTES ON THE NESTS AND EGGS OF CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS. By A. J. Norrtn, F.L.S. EoPsALTRIA CAPITO, Gould. The localities which this bird frequents are the rich brushes that clothe the sides of the rivers on the eastern coast of Aus- tralia, extending from Rockingham Bay in the north, to the Clarence River in the south. A nest of this species now before me taken from the low fork of a tree near Ballina on the Rich- mond River, is a deep cup-shaped structure composed of portions of the dried leaves of the ‘‘lawyer-vine” (Calamus australis), held together with a few wiry grass stems, the whole exterior being covered with fine mosses, and ornamented in a few places with large pieces of lichens. Exterior diameter two and three quarters of an inch, by two inches and a-half in depth ; interior diameter one and seven-eighths of an inch, by one and five- eighths of an inch in depth. Eggs two in number for a sitting, oval in form, slightly tapering at one end, of a very faint dull greenish-white covered with indistinct markings of yellowish and reddish-brown which at the larger end become more boldly defined, where, intermingled with superimposed blotches of wood- brown, they form an irregularly shaped zone Length 0°82 x 0°6 inch. The eggs of this bird are entirely devoid of the rich apple- green ground colour of the southern representative, Z. australis. (From Mr. R. D. Fitzgerald's Coll.). STICTOPTERA ANNULOSA, Gould. This pretty little Finch is found frequenting the northern and north-western portions of the Australian Continent, where it takes se + i © - BY A, J. NORTH, F.L.S. 147 the place of its near ally, S. bichenovit, of the eastern coast. Both Mr. E. J. Cairn and the late Mr. T. H. Boyer-Bower obtained a _ number of specimens of this bird in 1886, at Derby, North-western Australia. For the opportunity of describing the eggs, I am indebted to the Hon. William Macleay, who has lately received them from his collector, Mr. W. W. Froggatt ; they were taken near the head of the Leonard River on October 2nd, 1887. The nest was a flask-shaped structure of dried grasses, similar to those of other members of the family, and was built in a low bush. In this instance the nest contained three fresh eggs, but five is the usual complement; in colour they are white, of a uniform size, each of them giving exactly the same measurement, viz. :— 0°55 inch in length by 0:44 inch in width. These are among the smallest of our Australian birds’ eggs. (Krom the Macleayan Museum Coll. ). ZELUREDUS MACULOSUS, Ramsay. This bird is a native of the dense scrubs that are to be found in the neighbourhood of Rockingham Bay, and the Johnstone, Russell, and Mulgrave Rivers in tropical Queensland. They congregate in small flocks in the palms and fig-trees from which they obtain their food. During a recent excursion to the Mt. Bellenden-Ker Ranges, Messrs. E. J. Cairn and Robt. Grant, collecting on behalf of the Trustees of the Australian Museum, succeeded in obtaining, among others, a fine series of these birds in different stages of plumage ; and besides finding several nests with young birds, they were fortunate in obtaining, although very late in the season, a nest containing eggs. The nest and eggs in question, which are exhibited here to-night, were found on December 2nd, 1887, in the fork of a sapling about seven feet from the ground, on the Herberton road at a distance of thirty- two miles from Cairns. The nest is a neat bowl-shaped structure composed of long twigs and leaves of a 7'ristania (1), lined inside with twigs and the dried wiry stems of a climbing plant; on the outside are several nearly perfect leaves of the 7'ristania (1) worked in, which partially obscure one side of the nest. Exterior 148 ON THE NEST AND EGGS OF CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS, diameter seven inches, by four inches and a-half in depth; interior diameter four inches and three-quarters, by two inches and a-half in depth. Eggs two in number for a sitting, nearly true ovals in form, tapering but slightly at one end, of a uniform creamy white; the shell is thin, the surface being smooth and slightly glossy. Length (A), 1°67 x 1:11 inch; (B), 1°63x1-1 inch. Both parent birds were procured at the time of taking the eggs, which were in a very advanced state of incubation, In addition to finding a great number of nests several very young birds of Macropygia phasianella, Ptilopus superbus, and Orthonyx spaldingi were also obtained in the same locality, showing that the breeding season had just terminated. It is only right to mention that the eggs described above are not altogether what, from analogy, they might be expected to be, being quite different from those of any other species of the family Scenopide. Messrs. Cairn and Grant, however, state that there can be no doubt as to their authenticity, the bird having been shot from the nest. (Aust. Mus. Coll. ). PHAPS HISTRIONICA, Gould. In some seasons this beautiful pigeon is to be found in countless numbers on the vast plains of the interior of Australia; its range also extends to Port Darwin and Derby, North-western Aus- tralia, specimens having been procured at the latter place both by Mr. E. J. Cairn and the late Mr. T. H. Boyer- Bower during the latter part of 1886. In the evening these birds arrive in large flocks at all the dams and water tanks to drink, but at the slightest indication of danger they take to flight. The species is terrestrial in its habits, and for the purposes of breeding generally resorts to the shelter of a cotton bush, forming little or no nest but depositing the eggs upon the bare ground. A pair of these birds in the aviary of the Hon. William Macleay, laid two eggs this season, which after being sat upon for some time were deserted. Upon emptying them of their contents, Mr. George Masters, the Curator of the Macleayan Museum, informs me that one of them contained a young bird SS ee ) oe BY A. J. NORTH, F.L.S. 149 fully formed. Eggs two in number for a sitting, in form oval, of a faint creamy white, the surface of the shell being both slightly roughened and glossy. Length (A), 1:3 x 0°93 inch ; (B), 1:22 x 0°92 inch. These eggs are similar to specimens in the Dobroyde Collection, taken by Mr. J. B. White on the Barcoo River during July, 1868. July and August are the usual breeding season of this species, (From the Macleayan Museum Coll. ). 150 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. Skuse exhibited a collection of the Diptera described in his paper. Mr. North exhibited the eggs referred to in his paper. Mr. A. Sidney Olliff said he wished to call the attention of the members to the extraordinary abundance of Belostoma indicum, St. Farg. & Serv., (specimens of which he exhibited), a gigantic ‘ water-scorpion’ belonging to the family Naucoridz. The insect had appeared in such numbers during the last few months in various parts of Sydney, that it attracted the attention of even the most unobservant. Jt was most frequently observed in well- lit places in the city, light evidently having a great attraction for it. Early in November as many as twenty had been picked up under one of the electric lamps at the Circular Quay, where they had fallen half-stunned after their vain efforts at suicide in the lightabove. Mr. Olliff also stated that lepidoptera were attracted by the electric light, although not in such numbers as by the ordinary gaslight; he had himself obtained Danima Banksie, Lw., Spilosoma fulvo-hirta, W., Heliothris armiger, Hub., and Idiodes apicata, Gn., during an hour’s searching at the electric lamps on one of the shipping wharves at Darling Harbour. Mr. J. Mitchell exhibited (a) the Trilobites from Bowning described by him in a paper read at the Society’s meeting in July last (Proc. 1887, p. 435), (b) specimens of a new species of Acidaspis to be described at a future meeting, and (c) specimens of two or perhaps three species of Graptolites from the Bowning Beds at Bowning and Bell Vale, found since the exhibition of the some- what less satisfactory specimens previously brought under the notice of the Society (Proc. 1886, p. 577), which, it may be remembered, were the first recorded from N.S.W. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 15s Mr. T. Whitelegge exhibited a mounted slide of Haliphysema ramulosa, Bowerbank, a curious Foraminifer growing in erect tree-like tufts, its test composed of sand grains and sponge spicules. This was originally described as a sponge, but subse- quent observations proved it to belong to the Foraminifera. Also two slides of Polyzoa, one being Pedicellina echinata, Sars, and the other a species of Cylindroecium closely allied to, if not identical with, C. gigantewm, Busk. The whole were collected under stones, at low tide in Middle Harbour, Port Jackson, and form interesting additions to our Marine Fauna. WEDNESDAY, 29TH FEBRUARY, 1888. The Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, 29th February, 1888. The President, Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S., in the Chair. The following gentlemen were elected Members of the Society :— Mr, T. C. Burnell, Darlinghurst ; Mr. R. Etheridge (previously a Corresponding Member); and Mr. R. D. Fitzgerald, Junr. The President made the following announcements :— 1. That the Council had elected Dr. B. Carrington, and Mr. W. H. Pearson, Eccles, England, Corresponding Mem- bers of the Society. 2. That the next Excursion would take place on March 24th, Members to meet at the Botany Terminus on the arrival of the 10°6 a.m. tram from Bridge Street. DONATIONS. “Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, 1887.” Part 6. From the Society. “Mémoires du Comité Géologique, St. Pétersbourg.” Vol. II., Nos. 4 and 5; III., No. 3; ‘ Bulletins.” Vol. VI., Nos. 8-10 (1887); et Supplément. De la part du Comité. DONATIONS. 153 * Abstract of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 20th December, 1887.” From the Society. ‘“Abnorme Eberhauer, Pretiosen im Schmuck der Siidsee- Volker.” Von Dr. O. Finsch. From the Author. * Zoologischer Anzeiger.” Nos. 268 and 269 (Dec., 1887 and Jan., 1888). From the Editor. “The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., Nos. 9 and 10 (Jan. and Feb., 1888). From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. “The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. III., Nos. 25 and 26 (Jan. and Feb., 1888). rom the Editor. “ Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1887.” Nos. I-IX. (Jan. to Nov.) ; “Journal.” Vol. LVI, Parts 1 and 2 1887). From the Society. “ Mittheilungen des Vereins fiir Erdkunde zu Leipzig, 1886.” Heft 1-3. From the Society. “‘ Naturhistorisches Museumzu Hamburg—bBericht des Direktor, 1886.” From the Director. “ Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften herausgegeben vom Naturwissenschaftlichen Verein in Hamburg.” X. Band (1887). From the Society. “ T’Académie Royale de Copenhague—Bulletin pour 1887.” Nos. 1 and 2. From the Academy. “ Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No, 207 (Jan., 1888). From the Editor. ** Proceedings and Transactions of the Queensland Branch of the Royal Geographical Society of Australasia.” 2nd Session, 1886-7. Vol II., Part 3. From the Society. “Geological Survey of India—Records,.” Vol. XX., Part 4 (1887) ; “‘ Memoirs.” Vol. XX1V., Part 1 (1887); “ Palzon- tologia Indica.” Ser. x. Vol. 1V., Part 3 (1887); “A Manual of the Geology of India. Part 4, Mineralogy.” By F. R. Mallet, Superintendent, G.S.I, rom the Director. 154 DONATIONS. “The Journal of Comparative Medicine and Surgery.” Vol. IX., No. 1 (1888). From the Editor. “Geology of the Vegetable Creek Tin- Mining Field, New England District, N.S.W., with Maps and Sections.” By T. W. E. David, B.A., F.G.S.; “ Annual Report of the Department of Mines, N.S.W., for the year 1886 ;” “ Royal Commission Conservation of Water—Third and Final Report of the Commissioners.” From the Department of Mines. “Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria.” Decades XIIJ., and XIV. By Frederick McCoy, C.M.G., Sc.D., F.R.S. From the Government of Victoria through the Librarian, Public Library, Melbourne. “ Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution, 1885. Part 1. From the Institution. “United States Geological Survey—Bulletins.” Nos. 34-39 (1886-87) ; “Sixth Annual Report, 1884-85.” By J. W. Powell, Director. From the Director. * Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences.” Vol. IV., Nos. 1 and 2 (1887). From the Academy. * Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories of Denison University.” Vol. I; Vol. IL, Parts 1 and 2 (1885-87). From the University. “Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History.” Vol. II., No. 1 (1887). From the Museum. ' “Bulletin of the California Academy of Sciences.” Vol. IT., Nos. 6 and 7 (1887). From the Academy. “ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel- phia, 1887.” Part 1. From the Academy. “Johns Hopkins University Circulars.” Vol. VI., Nos. 56 and 57 (March and April, 1887). From the University. “Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Péters- bourg,” 7° Série. Tome XXXV., No. 1 (1887); “Bulletin.” T. XXXI., No. 4 (1887). From the Academy. DONATIONS. 155 “Catalogue of Transactions of Societies, Periodicals, and Memoirs, available for the use of Students in the Reading Room of the Radcliffe Library at the Oxford Museum.” Fourth Edition (1887). From the Library. “ Mittheilungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern aus dem Jahre 1886. From the Society. “Comptes Rendus des Séances de |’Académie des Sciences, Paris.” Tome CV., Nos. 20-23 (1887). From the Academy. * Oology of Australian Birds.” By A.J. Campbell. Supple- ment. Part 4. From the Author. “The Ferns and Fern Allies of New Zealand.” By G. M. Thomson, F.L.8. rom Prof. W. J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S. 156 FISH-REMAINS FROM ‘ROLLING DOWNS FORMATION” OF N.Q., PAPERS READ. DESCRIPTION OF FISH-REMAINS FROM THE “ROL- LING DOWNS FORMATION” OF NORTHERN QUEENSLAND. By R. ErnHeripeGs, JUNR. PALZONTOLOGIST TO THE AUSTRALIAN MusrEuM, AND GEOLOGICAL SurvEY oF New SoutH WALEs. (Plate Iv.) The remains of fish in the Mesozoic rocks of Eastern Aus- tralia have hitherto been recorded, with two trivial exceptions, from the lower members of that great series only, locally known as the Hawkesbury-Wianamatta Group. The exceptions referred to are the occurrence of teeth and scales in the concretionary blocks of Wolumbilla, Central Queensland, mentioned by the late Mr. Charles Moore*, and referred to the genus Lepidotus; and the remains of an Aspidorhynchus}, found by my father amongst the gatherings of the late Mr. Richard Daintree, the first Government Geologist of Queensland, The recent surveys and explorations of my friend and former colleague, Mr. R. L. Jack, F.R.G.S., &e., have brought to light a large and most valuable store of organic remains from strata of all ages throughout Queensland. Not the least interesting are those from that immense stretch of rocks denominated by Mr. Jack the ‘ Rolling Downs Formation,” running with slight interruption * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. XXVI. p. 238. + Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. XXVIII. p, 346. BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUN, 157 all through the centre of Queensland from north to south, and spreading out in the south to Goondiwindi on the east, and over the South Australian border on the west, This immense deposit is now believed to be homotaxial with the Upper Mesozoic beds of Europe, and in a great measure to represent that division known as the Cretaceous. During the explorations carried on for the “ Proposed Trans- continental Railway” by Major-General the Hon. W. Feilding, Mr. Jack collected largely in the valley of the Leichhardt River. At Kamileroy magnesian limestone was discovered, which, to use his own words,* “yielded specimens of shark’s teeth, echinus spines and plates, belemnites, mollusca, &c.,—enough to prove that it formed part of the “downs” formation, the same which extends from Cloncurry to Hughenden.” He also describes another similar limestone on Gunpowder Creek, a tributary of the Leichhardt, about nine miles from the mouth “full of small fish- teeth, fragments of chelonian plates, and belemnites, with a few shells.” { The specimen sent to me by Mr. Jack from Kamileroy is a shark’s tooth referable to Otodus appendiculatus, Ag., and is described further on. With the view of supplementing the collection of Queensland fossils now under description for Mr, Jack, I have been favoured by Mr. de Vis with a number from the Queensland Museum. Amongst these are some vertebre of a large shark, probably referable to Zamna, from the “ Rolling Downs Formation” at Richmond Downs, Flinders River. The following is a detailed description of the fossils :— * Reports on the Geological Features of Part of the District to be traversed by the Proposed Transcontinental Railway, by Robert L. Jack, &c., (feap., Brisbane, 1885), p. 8. t Loc. cit. p. 12. 158 FISH-REMAINS FROM “‘ROLLING DOWNS FORMATION” OF N.Q,, Genus Oropus, Agassiz, 1843. (Rech. Poiss. Foss. Tom. III. p. 266.) OTODUS APPENDICULATUS, Agassiz. O. appendiculatus, Agass., Rech. Poiss. Foss., tom. III. p. 270, Atlas, tom. ITI. t. 32, f. 1-25. Sp. Char.—A tooth of the upper jaw, nearly one inch in height from a line drawn between the fangs upwards to the apex, three- quarters of an inch across the root, and rather less between the fangs. The upper margin of the root describes almost an ellipse, the fangs being thick and obtusely rounded. The crown is rather more than half an inch high, rather flattened on the inner surface, and gently arcuate from before backwards, with the lateral or cutting edges and the apex sharp. The basal cusps are small, but prominent and sharp, the posterior of the two being the larger. Obs.—I have been guided in referring this tooth to Otodus by the absence of marginal crenulations to the cutting edge, as in Carcharodon ; the.presence of the basal cusps distinguishing it from Oxyrhina; and by the extended or laterally spread-out form, as compared with the vertical and upright aspect of the teeth of Lamna. This tooth is in all probability from the upper jaw, and from its arcuate outline somewhat posterior in position. The specimen was carefully compared with a large series of similar teeth from the Cretaceous rocks of England, and found to agree excellently with Agassiz’s species, especially that form represented in his PI. 32, £. 15, the present example being but slightly more arcuate. Locality.—Limestone at Kamileroy, Leichhardt River, North- west Queensland (R. L. Jack, Esq.— Coll. Geol. Survey of Queensland, Townsville). —_—" BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUN. 159 Genus Lamna, Cuvier, 1817. (Regne Animal, tom. II., p. 126.) Lamna DAVIESII, sp. nov. Sp. Char.—vV ertebre four inches high, three-quarters of an inch in length, and with a transverse diameter of more than two inches. Outline of the centrums oval, with a slightly concave surface. Peripheral fissures very narrow and numerous, margins of the centrums prominent and rounded. Obs.—The present very remarkable specimen consists of seven vertebre of a Selachian fish, firmly united together, but slightly displaced obliquely from their normal position, and as a whole six inches in length. In all probability, from the difference in the height and transverse measurement, these vertebree had to some extent an oval outline, but this may have been intensified by the oblique displacement they have undergone. With our present unsatisfactory knowledge of the remains of this group of fish in bygone periods, it is difficult to decide on a genus for these remains, but there is a general correspondence to the excellent figures given by Agassiz of the vertebre of extinct species of Zamna,* for it is quite clear that the whole of each centrum was ossified, as in the family represented by the genus in question. According to Agassiz’s statement as to the number of the peripheral fissures in the anterior, posterior, and abdominal regions of the column, the present specimen would be those of the abdominal. It must be the representative of a very large fish. The Aus- tralian Museum contains a Carcharodon Rondeletii, about nine feet long, with vertebree the centrums of which are about half the size only of those in this fossil. Judging by these measure- ments, it would appear to Mr. J. Douglas-Ogilby, who has kindly gone into the question with me, and myself, that we have here the remains of a fish which must have been at least from 18 to 20 feet long. * Loc, cit, t. 40>. f. 16-20. 160 FISH-REMAINS FROM “ROLLING DOWNS FORMATION” OF N.Q. I have much pleasure in affixing to this interesting fragment the name of my former colleague, Mr. William Davies, F.G.S., late of the Department of Geology, Natural History Museum, London, and whose knowledge of extinct Ichthyology is probably exceeded by no one. Locality.—Richmond Downs, Flinders River (Mr. C. de Vis- Coll. Queensland Museum, Brisbane). In the report previously quoted, Mr. Jack makes the following remarks on the Rolling Downs Formation * :—‘ Without enter- ing fully into the question of the geological age of the Downs, I may mention that I believe the strata to form one continuous series representing part of the Cretaceous and Oolitic formations. Apparently they form from east to west a large synclinal trough, with an axis crossing the Flinders in the neighbourhood of Marathon, At the heads of the Flinders the lowest beds do not crop out, as they overlap the Paleeozoic and Metamorphic rocks of the dividing range, and are covered by the basalt of the table- land. To the west of Richmond Downs, however, a gentle dip to the east brings up to the surface a series of strata which appar- ently occupy a lower horizon than those in the centre of the trough. From Hughenden to Marathon the strata consist for the greater part of grey shales, with nodules of magnesian lime- stone, and grey and brown sandstones, which are occasionally caleareous and nodular. Near Richmond Downs, where an easterly dip is for the first time distinctly observable, the lime- stones take a different character, and are distinguished by a cone-in-cone structure. Further west there are fewer shale beds, and thicker and browner sandstones. The latter are extensively veined with gypsum ; and I have been informed by squatters and others that beds of gypsum are frequently met with in sinking wells. The whole series is fossiliferous.” * Loc. cit., p. 2. BY R, ETHERIDGE, JUN. 161 Selachian fish, to which the remains just described undoubtedly belong, first make their appearance in the Cretaceous rocks of other parts of the world, and it is exceedingly probable, from these and the other fossils of this formation, that it represents in a considerable degree some portion of that period. EXPLANATION OF PLATE. Fig, 1.—Otodus appendiculatus, Ag. One of the posterior upper teeth. Nat. size. Rolling Downs Formation, Kamileroy. Fig. 2.—Lamna Daviesti, Eth. jun. Seven vertebre, probably of the abdominal region, showing peripheral fissures, &c. Nat. size. Richmond Downs. Fig. 3.—Ditto. End view of a vertebra to show complete ossification. Nat. size. 11 162 DESCRIPTION OF TWO UNRECORDED WEST AUSTRALIAN PLANTS, DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO HITHERTO UNRECORDED WEST AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. By Baron von MueEtter, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.B.S. Pritotus Mac teayl. Leaves small, from narrow- to ovate-lanceolar, flat, decurrent on their petiole, as well as the slender branchlets glabrous ; spikes capitular, on short peduncles; flowers small, pale; bracts and bracteoles nearly as long as the calyx, glabrous, from a blunt base lanceolar, by their carinular venule conspicuously extended into a setaceous acumen ; sepals lanceolar-elliptical, streaked in their lower portion, quite glabrous outside, the three inner beard-like invested inside towards the base with crisped hairlets ; stamens much shorter than the sepals, or one only elongated; anthers dark-brown, blunt-ellipsoid ; pistil glabrous; seed dark-brown or black, very shining, smooth. Near King’s Sound (W. Froggatt). Leaves flat, equally green on both sides, 4-14 inches long, not seldom some opposite-approximated ; spikes in age short-cylindric ; flowers hardly as long as those of P. spicatus. Rhachis subtle- cottony invested. Filaments tender-capillary. Style rather elongated; stigma minute, undivided; fruit narrowly hemi- ellipsoid, pointed; seed about one-twentieth inch long. Named in honour of our great entomologist and ichthyologist, who generously placed his collector’s botanic material at the writer’s disposal. The same plant is contained also in a collection of botanic specimens recently formed by Staff-surveyor Mr. Nynlasy near the Ord-River, and presented by the Hon. John Forrest to the Melbourne Phytologic Museum. The feature of the plant is almost that of Allmania nodiflora; but the pericarp BY BARON VON MUELLER. 163 is not dehiscent transversely, but rupturing irregularly at last, as normal for Ptzlotus. Incidentally new localities of some congeners may here be noted :— P. spatulatus, northward to the Lachlan-River (F.v.M.). P. incanus, Finke-River (Rev. H. Kempe). P. Beckeri, Kangaroo-Island (Prof. Tate). PB . helipteroides, Gascoyne-River (Hon. J. Forrest), Finke- River (Rev. H. Kempe). P, Drummondi, Gascoyne-River (Hon. J. Forrest). P. parvifolius, Lake Eyre (Prof. Tate), Grey’s Ranges (Rev. W. Webster). P. conicus, Croker’s Island (Foelsche). P. spicatus, King’s Sound (Froggatt). P. Fraseri, var. Schwartz, near the Macdonell’s Ranges (Rev. Mr. Schwartz). Stems to about one and a half feet high ; calyx twice as long as the bracteoles, towards the middle red; stamens partially sterile, the interjacent minute membranes acuminate; ovulary glabrous ; fruit almost equilateral. These characteristics seem to be sufficient for raising this supposed variety to specific rank. This is also an apt opportunity for pointing out that Professor H. Barllon recorded some time ago the anthers of Polycnemum as really unilocular, though apparently two-celled; in a litho- graphed drawing of Hemichroa pentandra, printed with numerous others many years since for “The Plants of Victoria,” but hitherto unissued, the anthers were also delineated already as unilocular ; as may likewise be seen in the xylographic illustra- tion of Polycnemum pentandrum, published in the ‘Key to the System of Victorian Plants,” IL., figure 34, as copied from the above-mentioned lithogram. 164 DESCRIPTION OF TWO UNRECORDED WEST AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. ACACIA SPODIOSPERMA. Glabrous ; branchlets whitish, cylindrical ; stipules obliterated ; phyllodes rather long, compressed-cylindrical, without any per- ceptible longitudinal venules, recurved-pointed, through exsicca- tion wrinkled; headlets few-flowered, solitary or two or three above each other, on rather long stalks; calyx lobeless, considerably shorter than the smooth corolla ; fruits few-seeded, comparatively broad, much compressed, generally arcuate-curved, only slightly attenuated at the base, deeply constricted between the seeds, hardly or tardily dehiscent ; pericarp rather thick ; seeds roundish, considerably compressed, brownish-white when nearly ripe ; areoles almost as wide as the whole seed ; arillar appendage very small, nearly semi-orbicular ; funicle brown, capillary quite short. In the vicinity of Lake Austin (H. 8. King, Esq). This species differs already from A. sczrpifolia in shorter phyl- lodes with more curved apex, in fruits much wider dilated between the constrictions and in the minuteness of the arillus; from A. calamifolia it is distinguished by the form of the calyx, by the broadness of the fruit, and by the roundish form and larger size of the seeds; from both, moreover, and indeed from all other Australian congeners it is removed by the paleness of the seeds ; the latter, however, in a ripe state were not available, nor well- developed headlets of flowers yet for examination. FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION. By THE Rev. J. E. Tentson-Woops, F.G.8., F.L.S., &e. Plates Iv, and v. By the Oriental region is meant the seas within the tropics on both sides of the equator from the longitude of the Himalayas to the Yang-tse-kiang including the islands east of Wallace’s line, at least as far as about the meridian of the Caroline Group, the Solomon Islands, the New Hebrides, and New Caledonia. With the exception that the east and west meridional boundaries are arbitrary, the region included forms more or less a true zoological marine province and corresponds nearly with Dr. Giinther’s Indian region. It may also be called the Malaysian region, for the greater portion of the land included in it, with the exception of North Australia, is inhabited by Malay races. In dealing with the fisheries of this region, however, it is not so much with Malay as with Chinese fishermen that we have to do. All that is interesting and all that is systematic throughout the province is accomplished by Chinese immigrants who have scattered themselves far and wide on these coasts. It is true to say that in Malaysia the Malay races confine their fishing with few exceptions to their own wants, while the fishing operations of the Chinese are for the purposes of trade and commerce. Few who are not intimately acquainted with the Chinese character can appreciate their extraordinary aptitude for business and trade, and a slight experience of the conditions of life in Malaysia readily explains why fishing absorbs so much of the labour of the coolies who settle on the coast. It scarcely requires explanation, but a few words on the subject will be of interest. 166 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, It is supposed that a tenth part of the population of China derives support from fisheries. To use the words of the editor of the Technologist. ‘‘ Hundreds and thousands of boats crowd the whole coast, sometimes acting in community, sometimes independent and isolated. There is no species of craft by which a fish can be inveigled which is not practised with success in China. Every variety of net from vast seines embracing miles, to the smallest hand-filet in the care of a child. Fishing by night and fishing by day ; fishing in moonlight, by torchlight and in utter darkness ; fishing in boats of all sizes, fishing by those who are stationary on the rock by the sea-side, and by those who are absent for weeks on the wildest of seas ; fishing by cormorants; fishing by divers; fishing with lines, with baskets—by every imaginable decoy and device. There is no river which is not staked to assist the fisherman in his craft. There is no lake, no pond which is not crowded with fish. A piece of water is nearly as valuable as a field of fertile land. At daybreak every city is crowded with sellers of live fish, who carry their commodity in buckets of water, saving all they do not sell to be returned to the pond or kept for another day’s service.” The obvious reason for all this is, that with the exception of rice there is nothing that enters so largely into the domestic economy of the Chinese as fish; very nearly as much but not quite so extensively as with the Japanese, for until lately, the latter ate no meat at all, while the Chinese considerably supplement their fish food with pork, at least, if not with other meats. Several circumstances combine to make China a great fishing country. The coast line is long and tortuous, besides having an extensive archipelago of islands. It has a magnificent river system with such a network of small tributary streams that no country can be said to be better watered. These natural advantages have been largely aided by systems of canals or channels of communication which water the vast plains in all directions. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 167 Just as the insular situation of Great Britain has made its people bold sailors and given them dominion over the sea, so the physical character of China has made the people essentially fishers, and spread them over the east to teach nations that industry. For it is Chinese fishermen we meet everywhere in the east, and they are the only men who ply the trade in North Australia. The fishermen supplying the markets of the Straits Settlements are principally Chinese. In nautical skill the Chinese fishermen in the Straits Settlements are far behind the Malays. Although originally a sturdy race their morals and frames are deteriorated by gambling and opium. ‘Their trade exposes them, in those latitudes at least, to little hardship, and their leisure, which is considerable, is spent idly if not viciously. The consequence is that though Chinese immigrants are gladly welcomed in general in the Straits Settlements, the fishermen are ever looked upon with suspicion.. They congregate in lonely little spots along the least inhabited parts of the coast of al! the Malayan region, and in such places they are ready for anything. Piracy, robbery, murder,—nothing comes amiss. During my stay at Thaiping it became necessary for the Government of Perak to burn down one of the fishing villages between Port Weld and Penang, which had become a kind of piratical hornet’s nest. I am sorry to say that I could give many other illustrations of the desperate and lawless character of this class. The fishmongers of the East are also natives of China, but they are a class far superior to the fishermen. At all the fish markets that I have visited in certain places, namely :—in Singapore, Malacca, Thaiping, Penang, Saigon, Sulu, Menado (Celebes), Amboyna, &c., the fishmongers were Chinese. In Java it is not so for this simple reason; each nationality is confined to its own quarter and has its own market. To deal with the Chinese fisheries in the East, for they are mainly Chinese, is a subject whose aspects are rather complex. Let us begin with the trade in the Indian Archipelago. The 168 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, coasts of the Straits of Malacca, whether on the Sumatran or Malayan sides, are extremely low and shallow. Large mangrove swamps with innumerable shallow streams fringe the shores. Vessels of even moderate draught must anchor a long way out. Sometimes, where the coast is scarcely visible, one meets a succession of bamboo fences, which are fishing stakes or fish traps of clumsy construction. They are closely woven labyrinths in which the fishes get entangled when the tide is in, and remain until the men come to make them captive. The fishing boats, of frail construction, vary from one to three tons burden. They are pulled by oars, and seldom carry sails, so that they do not venture far from shore. The nets are made of twine tanned with mangrove bark. The meshes are not constructed as in Europe, being knotted in a different way, with a fastening that slips and often allows fish to escape. The fishing stakes require very little trouble, and contribute largely to the take. They answer well enough in fine weather, and there is seldom anything else in the Straits of Malacca, The traps are neither ingenious nor durable, but the sea is rich in fish, and they are well sheltered. They form a conspicuous feature all through the Archipelago where the coast is shallow. The fish trade comprises the following branches, viz. :—(1) fresh fish ; (2) dried fish ; (3) isinglass (fish-maws) ; (4) fish-roes ; (5 and 6) red fish and “sardines ;” (7) sharks’ fins ; (8) balachan ; (9) fish manure ; (10) tripang, or béche-de-mer. A short descrip- tion of each of these divisions will be given. FresH Fisu.—The fish fauna of the Archipelago, including the marine and river species, amounts to about 400. This would make it about one-third less than some of the richest fish faunas in the world. The fishes of the Archipelago have received a considerable amount of attention, especially on the Indian and Malayan sides ; but it may be doubted whether there are not a good many additional species yet to be described. It will be understood, therefore, that the above estimate is only approxi- mate. No separation has been made between marine and fresh- BY THE REV. J. E TENISON-WOODS. 169 water fishes. In this matter it is hard to draw a reliable distinction. Many freshwater fishes come down tothe sea, and many sea-fishes go hundreds of miles up freshwater rivers, However, the general habits of the two kinds require separate treatment. The fishes of the Indian Archipelago belong to what is called the equatorial region. The tropical Atlantic and Indo- Pacitic regions are described separately, though the differences between them are neither numerous nor important. The majority of the principal types are found in both, and many of the species are identical. Dr. Giinther (from whose essay on Zhe Study of Fishes this summary is mainly taken) says that species are far more abundant in the Indo-Pacific region than in the Atlantic. Owing to the innumerable islands, the varying configuration of the coasts, the different nature of the sea-bottom, the long peninsulas, and the archipelagos, this part of the globe is rendered the most perfect for the development of fish life. It is not generally known that the fishes of the Indian and Pacific Oceans between the tropics are almost identical. Moreover, there is a very great number of species which range from the Red Sea and east coast of Africa to Polynesia. This Indo-Pacific fauna, however, does not extend to the Pacific coast of South America. It would be tedious to go into much detail about the special characters of this region, but a few general conclusions will be of interest. Some 80 genera of shore-fishes are found in the Indo- Pacific region only, but these genera have with some exceptions only a few species. The sea-perches, of which our own Serranus or rock-cod is an example, are among the special types, though not confined to the region. They feed on small crustaceans and little fishes, Next follow the coral-feeding Pharyngognaths, which are most numerous in the Indo-Pacific region. They feed chiefly on smal] marine animals, and such as have compressed teeth appear to eat the crustaceans covering the banks round which these coral-fishes abound. Next follow the Squamipinnes, so-called because the soft and frequently spinous parts of their dorsal and anal fins are so thickly covered with scales that the boundary 170 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, between fins and body is entirely obliterated. They are mainly tropical and mostly found near coral reefs. The beauty and bril- liancy of the colors of the Chetodons, Heniochus, and Holocanthus can never be forgotten by those who have once seen the glories of the deep. Such startling contrasts of the brightest colors, vermilion, carmine, shades of blue, orange, and the finest green meet one on every side, exciting one’s admiration as much as the bright glories of the feathered tribes in these regions, forming a fitting accompaniment to the indescribable splendours of a coral reef. Their odd forms are also especially exceptional. They are small, and comparatively few are used as food. They feed on small invertebrates, and are rarely found in brackish water. Next come the Murznide or Sea-eels, with long scaleless, snake- like bodies, and wide slits for gill openings. Then follow the Clupeide or Herrings, which are regular denizens of this region, and include some splendid food fishes, highly valued for their very delicate flavour. They include Herrings, Sardines, Anchovies, and the Chanos salmoneus, a fish valued as much as the salmon. Equalling these in number are the Carangide or Horse-mackerels, easily distinguished by the plate-like scales of the lateral line. Our own Yellow-tail in Sydney is an instance of this. The Horse- mackerels are favourite articles of food in the east, and one sees them in all the markets. I think they are the cheapest kind of fish. About 13 species of Caranx are known in the markets of Penang. They are at best but poor table fishes. Then follow the Scorpeenide, a family distinguished by the spines and armature about the head and fins, with skinny appendages resembling the fronds of sea-weeds, which give to them a very formidable and ugly appearance. Generally their colour assimilates to their surroundings, that is an irregular mottling of red, yellow, brown or black. They are commonly small and ugly, with prominent ghost-like eyes, set in large, hollow, lantern-like sockets. They are esteemed as food by some. Wounds inflicted by their spines are exceedingly painful, probably from a poisonous mucus, but they are not followed by serious consequences. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 171 Following these in importance are the Pleuronectide or flat- fishes, including the Soles and Plaice. They are pretty numerous, but do not seem in that region to include any highly esteemed food-fishes. Almost equal in importance are the Acronuride, inhabitants of tropical seas, and most abundant on coral reefs. This family includes the “Surgeons,” so-called from the sharp lancet- shaped spine with which the tail is armed, which they use as a very dangerous weapon. They are brightly coloured and esteemed -aS food. The Scieenide family, which in Europe includes the ** Meagre” and many others of large size, almost all of which are eaten, contributes a large contingent to the fauna of the region. Also the Sygnathidee or pipe-fishes which are no use as food at all. The Teuthidide, which include 30 species, all from the Indo- Pacific region, amongst which is the Australian black and white “ Trevally,” are well-known fish in the east, with venomous spines. All the species are supposed by the Malays of the Straits to be highly poisonous ; they are not eaten but are set aside amongst offal of fish to be used as manure. . The above list includes all the families characteristic of the region, but generic distinctions give no idea of the relative pro- portions of the number of individuals. Those fishes which frequent the seas in large shoals such as the Herring, Mackerel, and Anchovy, are far more commonly seen in the markets, and are abundantly consumed amongst the people. There are tunnies of large size, which seem favourite articles of food, called Tangiri pappan by the Malays (Cybiwm guttatum, Bloch & Schn.). It attains considerable length, and, together with C. lineolatum, Cuv., and C. commersonii, Lacep., is cut up and sold piecemeal amongst the poorer inhabitants. I do not remember ever seeing a fish market in which tunnies and other members of the mackerel family were not the principal fishes offered for sale. They do not keep well in the climate, but if they are slightly turned this is a recommendation to both Malays and Chinese. The fish mostly consumed by Europeans is the Pomfret, of which there are three species, namely :—Stromateus niger, S. sinensis, 172 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, and S. cinereus. The first is the black Pomfret or Bawal- tumbak of the Malays. It is taken in abundance in the Straits of Malacca at all seasons. It is broad and something like a flat-fish, and in the dried state is largely exported. It is considered inferior to S. sinensis or the white Pomfret, the ‘“ Pample blanche” of Pondicherry, and Bawal-chirmin of the Malays. Renowned for its flavour, it must be eaten fresh; abundant from the Coromandel coast to Hong Kong. Stromateus cinereus, Bloch, is a smaller species, and so is S. argentius, Bloch; both of good flavour and equally abundant. The markets of the Straits Settlements and Archipelago do not usually contain as varied an assortment of marine food as one sees in the markets of China and Japan. But all kinds of fish- food may be said to be eaten, not excepting the little hopping-tish, Periopthalmus koelreuteri, Pallas, the Ikan lesah (restless fish) of the Malays. These are little blackish-olive fish, which occur in great numbers in the muddy mangrove swamps and streams, On approaching the water they may be seen making a series of rapid leaps along the surface and on to wet ground. Being true gobies they have strong pectoral and ventral fins by means of which they are able to adhere to the rocks. As far as my observation goes, they never remain in the water. In the Philippines I have seen them clinging round the rocks just at the water's edge, and on the approach of danger hop along the water to some other rock. Their eyes are very prominent, and can be moved inde- pendently of one another. Great numbers of them may be seen in the ditches round the fortifications in the Peninsula. It is not considered wholesome food, and is consumed only by the poorest classes. I have already observed that it is difficult to make an absolute distinction between the marine and freshwater fishes, but still there are certain general differences which may be noted. The two principal families of freshwater fishes are the carps and the cat- fishes or sheat-fishes (Cyprinide and Siluride). The carps form BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, 173 a third of all the freshwater fishes known, and the cat-fishes one- fourth. Carps seem to have spread all over the world, except Australia, South America, and the Pacific Islands. Many natur- alists believe that they have spread from the Alpine region dividing temperate and tropical Asia. The Siluroids being fond of warm, muddy, and sluggish waters, are, moreover, able to remain buried in the mud for long periods with little or no water. They are in Australia and South America, and in the Sandwich Islands, though not in the coral islands of the Pacific. A few species are found in the temperate parts of Europe, Asia, and North America, but not in Tasmania, New Zealand, or Patagonia. They are especially characteristic of the equatorial region. The equatorial zone for the marine fishes extends about 30 degrees on each side of the line, reaching even further south on the eastern and western Australian coast. The boundary of the freshwater fishes differs much from this. It extends in undulating lines several degrees north and south, In Africa the Sahara forms a well-marked boundary. “The line, as it approaches the Nile,” says Dr. Giinther, ‘‘ makes a sudden sweep towards the north as far as northern Syria,” including some characteristic species near Aleppo and in the Tigris, as also well-marked Siluroid genera in the Sea of Galilee. It crosses through Persia and Afghanistan to the southern ranges of the Himalayas, and follows the course of the Yang-tse-kiang, which receives its contingent of equatorial fishes through the southern tributaries, The equatorial zone is divided into the Cyprinoid or carp division, and that region from which carps are absent. It is in the carp division that the Malayan Peninsula is included with all the Indian region. This region is characterised by Ophiocephalide and Mastacembelide. The Ophiocephalide have a long body, covered with scales of moderate size ; no spine in any of the fins, and the dorsal and anal fins long. These fishes though belonging to the Indian region, have one or two representatives in Africa. 174 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, In the Malayan rivers the species are particularly abundant, and some attain a length of two feet. Though not belonging to the Siluroids, they are able to survive long droughts by lying in semi- fluid mud ; “or in a torpid state below the hard baked crusts of the bottom of a tank, from which every drop of water has disap- peared.” They are sotruly important in the Indian region that some length of detail in their description may be permitted. The curious name given to these fishes by Bloch is obviously from their resemblance, in the head at least, to serpents. The body is almost cylindrical anteriorly, with a depressed head, having plate-like scales above. Cuvier remarked that if it were possible to admit such anomalous beings in nature, these strange fishes might be justly considered half fish and half serpents. Having hollow cavities in their heads and means for respiring air, they can live long out of the water and even travel over the ground, especially when it is moist. It is no uncommon sight in India and in China to see them called upon by jugglers and children to exhibit their skill in crawling. This they do in a serpentine manner, using their pectoral and caudal fins alternately like feet. They easily escape from aquaria unless the top is covered,* The Malays call these Snakeheads Ikan-haruan ; the Chinese call them Shang-yu, and carry them alive in pails of water, cutting slices from them as they are sold; a process which I have seen in many parts of China, practised on various kinds of fishes. They breed in grassy swamps or the edges of tanks, in well-walls and holes in river banks. One is said to build a nest among the vegetation near the edges of tanks, using its tail in building, and biting off the ends of the weeds. The male fish keeps guard over the ova, and the fry are nursed until old enough to get their own living. If they don’t clear out then, they are sometimes remorse- lessly eaten. The young, as a rule, are more or less orange or scarlet, with longitudinal bands which disappear as they grow older. * For information about the habits of these fishes the author is indebted to Cantor, Giinther, Bleeker, and Day. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 175 Those living in brackish water have a purplish tinge. They are all good eating. I remember buying one from a native who had just captured itin the Salamariver. It weighed about seven pounds, and made an excellent curry that evening as we camped on the river banks. Mr. Francis Day says they are well adapted for pisciculture, as they thrive in almost any situation, being voracious and omnivorous. He carried one in a wet handkerchief on a journey of four hours, ascending 1000 feet, and it did not seem the worse for it. He thinks they prefer dirty to clean water. He says, “they are rather voracious, but appear to consider a frog, a mouse or a rat, as luscious a morsel as a fellow fish. When they have stirred up all the sediment and exuded a quantity of mucus they appear to be delighted, their colors become much more vivid, and they ascend to their favourite resort, lying amongst the vege- tation just beneath the surface of the water. As soon as clean water is given them they become excited as if they imagined the time had arrived when they should change their abode.” *‘ Amongst the fish which I have personally seen exhumed from the mud, where a tank had been dried up, are some Ophiocephali, whilst they are also the fish recorded by the natives of India as descending with the downpours of rain.”* How these fishes manage to subsist so long out of the water I shall refer to subsequently. Let me now mention the second family which is characteristic of the Indian region of the equatorial zone. This is Mastacembelide, a family which, to my mind, has far more title to the name of snake-fishes. They have long eel- like bodies, having a less repulsive appearance than M/wrena, and rendered especially eel-like by a soft dorsal and anal fin at the tail only, and very small scales. The structure of the mouth and of the branchial apparatus, the separation of the humeral arch from the skull, the absence of ventral fins, the anatomy of the abdominal organs, afford ample evidence that these fishes are Acanthoptery- gian eels (Giinther). * Day, Fishes of India, Vol. I., p. 362. . ve 7 176 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, Another peculiarity in the appearance of these fishes, is that they have a long, fteshy, pointed snout. On the structure of this snout depends the classification. It may be said to terminate ina pointed movable appendage, which is concave and transversely striated below in Rhynchobdella, and without the transverse stric in Mastacembelus. There are only two genera in the family ; in all 13 species. In the Perak river I have caught specimens of Rhynchobdella aculeata about 18 inches long. They are esteemed as the best of the eel-kind amongst fishes. Mr. Day says it is found in brackish waters within tidal influence, and throughout the deltas of large rivers, extending to Borneo and the Moluccas. It conceals itself in the mud, but dies if it cannot breathe air. In the Thaiping Museum, Perak, there is a kindred species which was found in the stomach of a snake very little bigger than itself. Another characteristic of the Indian region is the number of Cobitidee or Loaches, represented in such genera as Lepidoce- phalichthys, with eight or more barbels, a short dorsal fin and scales on the head; Acanthopsis, Acanthophthalmus, Apua, &c. All the species are edible, and I think are called “ Balut” by the Malays, though probably the same name is applied by some to the Mastacembelus just described. I need hardly go more into detail to describe the Loaches, which are well-knowu from their peculiar bearded mouths, with scales minute or absent, and dull colours, with blotches and stains sometimes irregular and sometimes in fanciful patterns. The Indian fresh-water fish region, according to Giinther, comprises the whole continent of Asia south of the Himalayas and the Yang-tse-kiang. It includes Sumatra, Java, Borneo and Bali, with adjacent small islands. Borneo has a good many Cyprinoids, and, as far as my investigations go, they are more numerous in the Philippine Islands than Ginther seems to think. According to the same authority, the region has received very little from outside its own limits. Formosa, though off the south coast of Asia and partly within the tropics, has a mixed fish fauna, as far as it is known, which is imperfectly. It includes a BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. ten Japanese salmonoid named Plecoglossus, which, however, is a very aberrant type. The actual boundary of the Indian fresh-water fish region is difficult to define in South China, but the tributaries of the Yang-tse-kiang carry some of its species considerably north of the tropical line. Much, however, of the uncertainty as to the limits of genera and species, is owing to the little knowledge we possess of the countries through which the northern tropical line passes. Any conclusions that are formed now must only be considered provisional and subject to considerable modification. Dr. Giinther supposed that the fresh waters of Persia have been converted into brine and finally dried up by geological changes. Before this the streams were inhabited by many Indian forms, of which a few survive between Afghanistan and Syria. Ophiocephalus and Discognathus (Carp) have one representative each : Macrones (Siluroid) survives in the Tigris: Mastacembelus at Aleppo. Thus, he adds, Indian fresh-water fishes, with those of Africa and Europe, mingle in a district which connects the three continents. There are thirty-nine families of fresh-water fishes known, of which twelve are represented in the Indian region. They number 625 species or two-sevenths of the known fresh-water fishes. Of these about 200 are Siluroids, and over 300 Carps. The pre- ponderance of these two families is the speciality of the Indian region. There are no known Ganoid or Cyclostomous fishes, though they are present in every other region. We have, however, an Osteoglossum, one of the many families of the immense order of Purysosromi. Osteoglosswm is a remarkable-looking fish; the body is covered with large hard scales, composed of pieces like tesselated armour : head scaleless, the skin being entirely replaced by bone: lateral line composed of wide openings of the mucous duct; dorsal fin on the tail opposite to the anal fin and very similar to it—both confluent with the rounded anal: mouth oblique, wide: lower jaw prominent, with a pair of barbels: pectoral fins long. The general appearance at first sight reminds 12 178 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, one of a ganoid fish. There are only three species known: O. bicirrhosum from the Brazils; O. formosum from Borneo, Sumatra, and the Malay Peninsula; 0. leichhardtii from north and east Australia. From the fact that this fish is found associated with Sirenide in every place except the Indian region, Dr. Giinther concludes that a Dipnoous form will be found there too. During my stay in the Malay Peninsula, I made several collec- tions of fishes, but was not always fortunate in bringing them ina good state of preservation to Australia. Most of the fishes were obtained by purchase either directly from the Malays in their fishing boats or in the markets. A few were obtained by fishing with dynamite in some tributary streams of the Perak, such as the Kenas, and some of the mountain streams. The following is the list :— ACANTHOPTERYGII PERCIFORMES. Fam. SCORPAANID ZB. CenTROPOGON (tNDIcUS ?), Day. In the brackish waters of the river Perak, where it was much feared by the natives on account of the spines about its head. ACANTHOPTERYGII BLENNIIFORMES. Fam. MASTACEMBELIDA. MASTACEMBELUS UNICOLOR, Cuv. and Val. Perak river near Kuala Kangsa. Though named wnicolor, it is brownish and has three or four rows of yellow spots or blotches along the sides. The vertical fins have also a yellowish margin. MASTACEMBELUS ARMATUS, Lacep. Knownas the thorny-backed eel amongst Europeans in India. Malay name Ikan-belida. ACANTHOPTERYGII CHANNIFORMES. fam. OPHIOCEPHALIDA. OPHIOCEPHALUS MICROPELTES, Cuv.and Val. Salama river, also the Kinta. This fish attains three feet in length, and is found on the Malabar and western coasts of India, Siam and the Malay . ‘Ya! Sea BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 179 Archipelago. Its colors vary considerably. Old fish are greyish- brown ; but young ones, a foot or so in length, are orange-scarlet, with black bands. The scales are roughened in lines which along the body are arched. OPHI0CEPHALUS PUNCTATUS, Bloch. Malay name Toman. It does not attain to such a size as the last, has much coarser scales, €specially about the head, where they are large and irregular. The Europeans call it the black caboose. It prefers stagnant waters. CHANNA ORIENTALIS, Gronov. Malay name Ikan-aroam or Seam. Perak River. ACANTHOPTERYGIL LABYRINTHIBRANCHII. Fam. LABYRINTHICI. OSPHROMENUS OLFAX, Commerson. This is the celebrated Gourami, which is also. known as the Ikan-kalu amongst the Malays. Reputed amongst gourmets as one of the best flavoured fishes of the East: of clumsy form, becoming as large as a turbot. It is easily kept in captivity, and will live on fish, flesh, insects, and certain flowers. Many of the rich Chinese Towkays in Penang, Malacca, and Singapore keep these fishes in tanks, wells, or large earthenware baths, and they are used on special occasions at banquets. They become so tame as readily to come when called by their feeder, and will rise to flies, beetles, but especially the large red Hibiscus rosa-sinensis. When at Selangore with Sir C. Clementi-Smith, the ‘“ Capt. China” sent the governor one of these fishes in a large tank, so that it might not be killed until just before cooking. This was a civility which we received also in other places. The name is derived from oo¢pyois, nostrils, and pnvn, crescent, alluding to its peculiar smelling organs or 6odpépevos, tracking by smell, which is again repeated in the name olfaz. It is distinguished by its broadly oval shape, short dorsal fin, complicated labyrinthiform supra-branchial organ, and the very elongated filamentous first ray of the ventral fins. Berra puGNax, Cantor. This is the “Pla Kat” or fighting- fish of the Siamese, which is very common in all the fresh waters 180 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, of the Malay Peninsula. It is a very pretty little fish, olive above and deep blood-red below, with black bands from the head, and black edges to the scales. Head scaly and depressed, back slightly arched. Cantor says of this fish: “When it is in a state of quiet, with the fins at rest, the dull colours present nothing remarkable. But if two are brought within sight of each other, or if one sees its own image in a looking-glass, the little creature becomes suddenly excited, the raised fins and the whole body shine with metallic colours of dazzling beauty, while the projected gill membrane, waving like a black frill round the throat, adds something grotesque to the general appearance. In this state it makes repeated darts at its real or reflected antagonist. But both, when taken out of each other's sight, instantly become quiet. The description was drawn up in 1840 at Singapore, where a gentleman had been presented with several by the King of Siam. They were kept singly in glasses of water, fed with larvas of mosquitoes, and had thus lived for many months. The Siamese are as infatuated with the combats of these fishes as the Malays are with their cock-fights, and stake considerable sums, and sometimes their own persons and their families, on the issue. The license of exhibiting fish-fights is farmed, and affords a considerable annual revenue to the King of Siam.” Cantor, “ Catal. Malayan Fishes,” p. 87. Ord. PHYSOSTOMI—Fam. SILURIDAL OR CAT-FISHES. Mud fishes with naked skins or with osseous scutes, but without scales, barbels always present; air bladder generally present ; communicating with the organ of hearing. All these fishes are furnished with formidable spines about the head, which give such venomous wounds that loss of limb or life sometimes results. CLARIAS MAGUR, Bl. Ikan-keeba of the Malays. Common in fresh and brackish water, and attaining at least a foot and a half in length. Tt is said to be amphibious and will live long after its removal from water. The pectoral fin has a serrated spine, but covered with skin. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 181 SILUNDIA SYKESII, Day. Ikan-batuin Malay. Long maxillary barbels, depressed and flattened form. JI don’t know whether this fish has been recorded previously from the Malay Peninsula, but it is not uncommon. SACCOBRANCHUS FOSSILIS, Bloch, =S1Lurus Fossitis, Bloch; BI. Schn. ; Swainson. Common in all the freshwater rivers from Scinde to China. Mr. Day says (Fishes of India, Vol. I., p. 487) wounds from the pectoral spine of this fish are dreaded in India as they are reported to be very venomous, even causing lockjaw. When captured the spine is broken off by blows with a stake. The fishermen dread it so much that they often cut the meshes of their net and allow it to escape. It is esteemed as food and con- sidered invigorating, so tanks are stocked with them in the rainy season. They are easily fattened, quantity rather than quality of food being only requisite. Macronss guxi0o, Ham. Buch. Called by the Anamites Ka-chuoc, and by the Malays Ikan-engior. Found in estuaries and rivers as far as the tides extend throughout the Indian Ocean, Archipelago and South China. Also common at Hué and Saigon, in fresh and salt water. Lurid, bluish-brown on back with red carmine fins, and eight barbels. Liocassis POECILOPTERUS, Giinth. Arius caLatus, Cuv. and Val. Malay name Ikan-doonee or Saludu. A widespread species found in the mouths of rivers even beyond tidal influence throughout the Indian seas, that is from Bombay to the Malay Archipelago. It attains to a consi- derable size. It is of a bluish-black color above, white beneath, with a little yellow on the margins of some of the fins. I believe I have seen this species in some freshwater rivers, or on the coast in the Philippines. CALLICHROUS BIMACULATUS, Bloch. Termed Butter-fish by Europeans in Bengal. The Hindoos call it Puff-ta. Extends through the fresh waters of India, Malaysia, and South China. The Anamites name it Ka-leo-mudng. Malay name [kan-keeba, 182 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, but I am doubtful of the application of this term. This species is very common. Fam. CYPRINIDA OR CARPS. The Carp family is so numerous in the fresh waters of Europe, Asia, and North America, that even the genera require to be sub- divided into groups. There are none in Australia, but they are well represented in the Indian region. The first group is Caros- TOMINA or Suckers, best represented in North America, though two are known in eastern Asia. The second group, CYPRININA, includes most of the Indian fishes. LaBeO NANDINA, Ham. Buch. LABEO FIMBRIATUS, Bloch. Attains a foot and a half in length and is good eating. Barus BuRMANICUS, Day. Called by the Malays Temen-galan. Barbus Tor, Ham. Buch. Malay name Temoleh. This fish is the celebrated Maha-seer of sportsmen in India. It shows great variation in the length of the head, which augments in proportion to the size of the fish. They are largest and of greatest abundance in mountain streams, which are rocky (Day). To my mind it is a poor, tasteless fish, almost uneatable from the number of bones. BARBUS NEILLI, Day. Malay name Kereh. Day states that he has seen a specimen of this fish 38lbs. in weight, but it is said to reach 50 and 60lbs. BARBUS STRACHEYI, Day. = BarBuS MALABARICUS, Day. Named after General Strachey. Malay name Klah. Barsus HeExastTicHus, M’Clelland. Malay name Sebarin. Grows to three feet in length. BarBus JERDONI, Day. BarBus APOGON (Kuhl) Cuv, and Val. A small species, wide- spread through Burmah and the Malay Peninsula. Malay name Tempras. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 183 Barsus kouvs, Sykes. Malay name Ikan-klah. THYNNICHTHYS SANDKHOL, Sykes, Trans. Zool. Soc. II., p. 363. DanciLuA BURMANICA, Day. Malay name [kan-kawan. OsTEOCHILUS CHALYBEATUS, Cuv. and Val. Baritius Gutratus, Day. Malay name Ikan-seluang. This genus belongs to a different subdivision of the carps. Fam. CLUPEIDH OR HERRINGS. ENGRAULIS SETIROSTRIS, Brouss. This is a little silvery anchovy with a golden yellow caudal fin. It extends from the Indian Ocean to south China. Named at Saigon Ka-la-tre by Anamite fishermen. ENGRAULIS MysTAx, Bloch. Silvery with greenish back. Cau- dal fin bordered with black, and a large striated black spot behind the operculum. At Penang and Singapore specimens about eight inches long are seen all the year round in the markets. ENGRAULIS COMMERSONIANUS, Lacep. The well-known and highly esteemed Ikan-merah or red-fish of the Malays. It is known as white-bait amongst Indo-Europeans, and is captured in the Indian seas in great numbers. Day says it attains to eight inches in length, but I have never been able to obtain one more than half that size. ENGRAULIS INDICUS, Hasselt. This fish is united with the preceding by Cantor as one species; but the red-fish is silvery, greenish above, a large black spot, sometimes indistinct, just behind the occiput, with a broad silvery band along the sides from the gills to the tail. 2. indicus has very much the same colors, and is in fact difficult to distinguish; but the snout projects more, and the maxilla is truncated opposite the mandibular joint, while in the true red-fish it reaches the gill-opening. CLUPEA BRACHYSOMA, Bleeker, = KowaLa THORACATA, Cantor, = ALOSA KOWAL, Giinther. This fish is the species described by Cantor, says Mr. Day, and is known from the east coast of Africa through the seas of India, the Archipelago and south China. 184 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, CLUPEA ILISHA, Russell, = ALAUSA PALASAH of Cantor. In Malay Trubu. Cantor gives a long account of the preparation of the species, which will be referred to presently. It is called Sable-fish and Hilsa by Europeans. It is a silvery fish shot with gold and purple, no spots on the adult, but a row of them on the young, most distinct near the gills. Shoals of these fish swarm up the lower rivers'as soon as the monsoon commences, especially those in which the current is not rapid. In the Philippines they are largely caught at this time, but Mr. Day says that great injury is done to these fisheries in India by the weirs without passes for the fishes to get to their spawning ground. He says they continue ascending the rivers for four months though in smaller quantities. In the Malay Peninsula the seasons seem to correspond with those of India. CoILIA BORNEENSIS, Bleeker. Kalanh-kanh of Anamite fisher- men. A golden anchovy with yellow fins; pectoral fin with twelve free rays extending half way down the elongated, com- pressed, and tapering body. This species is very wide-spread in India, Cochin-China, and the Malay Archipelago. The above list includes only those which came under my own observation and the number of course might be very much extended. No complete census, I believe, has yet been made of the fishes of the Archipelago or the Straits of Malacca, the latter of which would be of more interest to those enquiring into the true characters of the Malayan region. The following families are peculiar to the fresh waters of the Indian region. LucIocEPHALIDS, 1 species. OPHIOCEPHALID&, 30 species (1 in Africa). MASTACEMBELID&, 10 species (3 in Africa). Amongst the Siturip& the following sub-divisions are restricted to the same region :— CHACINA, with 3 species. BaGARIINA, 20 species. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 185 The following sub-divisions though not restricted to the Indian region, are largely represented there, as the following figures will show :— Crariina, 12 species. Sinurina, 72 species. Baerina, 50 species. AriinA, 40 species. Of carps, there are 190 species belonging to the sub-division Cyprinina, while DANnioninA and ABRAMIDINA (breams), have each 30 species. The sub-divisions peculiar to the region are Rasporina (20 species), SemipLoTina (4 species), HomaLoprerina (10 species). The Indian region also has 50 species of loaches. These, with a few rare and small sub-divisions make up in all 325 species which are known to exist in the region. This census will be largely increased of course as the country is better explored. For comparison with the above list, the following census of fishes found in the river Hué in Ton-kin by Dr. Tirant (Administrator of Native Affairs and Mayor of Cholon) is submitted. . LATES CALCARIFER, Bloch. . SERRANUS MALABARICUS, Bloch. . LUTJANUS JOHNII, Bloch, L. ARGENTIMACULATUS, Forsk. . AMBAsSIS KOPsI, Bleeker. . THERAPON JARBUA, Forsk. . DatnioipEs Ppotota, Ham. Buch. . GERRES FILAMENTOSUS, Cuy. and Val. CeN Oa Pf, wo wp . G. LuciDus, Cuv. and Val. — So . SCATOPHAGUS ARGUS, L. —" — . Toxorus cHATAREUS, Ham. Buch. 38. FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, . CHRYSOPHRYS RUBROPTERA, Tirant. GYMNAPISTUS TRACHINOIDES, Cuv. and Val. TEUTHIS CONCATENATA, Cuy. and Val. . PoLYNEMUS TETRADACTYLUS, Shaw. UMBRINA RUSSELLII, Cuv. and Val. CaRANX HIpPpos, L. C. LEPTOLEPIS, Cuv. and Val. EQUuULA EDENTULA, Bloch. E. BREVIROSTRIS, Cuv. and Val. E. INSIDIATRIX, Bloch. Cygium KUHL, Cuv. and Val. . SILLAGO MACULATA, Quoy and Gaim. GOBIUS TENTACULARIS, Bleek. G. BIOCELLATUS, Cuv. and Val. G. eturis, Ham. Buch. . G. puruipt, Tirant. . ELEOTRIS CAPERATA, Cant. TRYPAUCHEN VAGINA, Bloch. CALLIONYMUS LONGICAUDATUS, Tem. MUGIL STRONGYLOCEPHALUS, Richards. . OPHIOCEPHALUS STRIATUS, Bloch. . ANABAS SCANDENS, Dald. . OSPHROMENUS TRICHOPTERUS, Pall. . SYNAPTURA ORIENTALIS, Bloch. . ARIUS THALASSINUS, Riip. . Macrones Guiio, Ham. Buch. PANGASIUS MICRONEMA, Bleek. 39. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 187 P. MACRONEMA, Bleek. . AMBLYCEPS MANGOIS, Ham. Buch. . CALLICHROUS mMicROPUS, Bleek. . C. prmacutatus, Bloch. . CLARIAS DUSSUMIERI, Cuv. and Val. . C. macgur, Ham. Buch. . HAaRPODON NEHEREUS, Ham. Buch. . HEMIRHAMPHUS LIMBATUS, Cuv. and Val. . HAPLOCHEILUS ARGYROTG@NIA, Tirant. . Cyprinus CARPIO, L. . Carassius AUREUS, L. . OSTEOCHILUS TRIPORUS, Bleek. O. MELANOPTERUS, Tirant. . BarBus AUREUS, Tirant. DaNIo RHEINARDTI, Tirant. . MisGuRNUS ANGUILLICAUDATUS, Cant. . SQUALIOBARBUS ANNAMITICUS, Tirant. . CULTER FLAVIPINNIS, Tirant. ENGRAULIS SETIROSTRIS, Brouss. . E. mistax, Bloch. . CLUPEA HUA, Tirant. . C. LILE, Cuv. and Val. . CoILIA BORNEENSIS, Bleek. . CHATOESSUS MACULATUS, Richards. . CHIROCENTRUS DORAB, Forsk. . Noroprerus KAPIRAT, Lacep. . MUR#ZNESOX CINEREUS, Forsk. 188 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, 66. OpHicHTHys Boro, Ham. Buch. 67. ANGUILLA BENGALENSIS, Gray. 68. TRIACANTHUS BREVIROSTRIS, Giinth. 69. CARCHARIAS LATICAUDUS, Mull. and Hen. 70. TryGonN waALa@a, Mull. and Hen. It has been the custom of late years amongst naturalists to speculate upon the reasons for the peculiar character of the land and water fauna in every country, and to attribute them to geological changes. It is not so certain that geology is responsible for all she is made thus to bear; but whether she be so or not, I think they goa little too far when they proceed to describe cireum- stantially the precise geological changes which have taken place. Here theory has been overstrained ; we are required to believe in the relative ages of different portions of islands and continents which are said to have remained dry land and so forth, from remote geological epochs. We can acknowledge that the problems to be accounted for are very intricate and puzzling, but it seems to me they are best left as problems. ‘ Mr. Day says in his introduction to the “ Fishes of India” (p. XIv.) ‘‘Omitting for the present from whence the type forms of vertebrate life were derived, we require to know how it is that some of the identical species of fish are found along the Western Ghauts of India, and in the Himalayas, but absent from the sub- region of Hindostan? and how is it we see some genera identical in Ceylon and in the Malay Archipelago, or in China, but absent from India and Burma.” “The presence of certain Chinese, Malayan, Burmese, and Siamese forms in Ceylon and in the Western Ghauts, with their absence in the intervening alluvial plains of Hindostan, leads to the supposition that, at an antecedent date, some connection existed between these earlier geologicai formations and the more eastern countries. We observe some identical forms in the island of Ceylon and in Java or China, but absent from intervening localities : but does this prove more than that those intervening stations have passed away.” BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 189 I need not follow Mr. Day further. This extract will show the nature of the problems to which reference has been made. He thinks that in the alluvial plains of Hindostan there appear to be traces of two fish faunas, one from the north and one from the east from Malaysia. Dr. Stoliczka considers that the Indian plains had once a wholly Malayan flora. In the census of the Indian fishes given by the same author in the Journal of the Linnean Society (Vol. XIV. Zoology, p. 560) he says that the element most apparent amongst the Indian fresh- water fishes is the Malayan. There is not a single genus which is solely African or Indian, and all the African forms which extend to India are either likewise present in the Malay Archipelago, the Palearctic region, or in both. I pass now to other considerations connected with the fish and fisheries. The true Malay population on the rivers of the interior is so small that it is difficult to estimate the proportion of those who give themselves to fishing. The rivers are the highways of the interior, and the agriculture of the country is confined to their banks. This population engages in fishing as one of the means of livelihood. One meets them in their frail canoes on the rivers, in small parties of three or four, capturing their fish by hand-nets, lines, and sometimes, though rarely, spears. At night torchlight fishing is also resorted to. A great blaze is made upon the water with bamboo torches, and the fishes are struck with a long parang or hatchet-knife as they come to the surface. One sees no fishing-weirs or stream nets from one bank to another, but fish traps of various constructions are common. When at Pekan on the Pahang River, I remarked that the fishing boats, which were half-decked junks with one mast, and crews of five or six, went out beyond the bar of the river every morning when the tide served. The fish they brought back each afternoon were poor and small, and confined to a few species. I noticed the following genera which were purchased by the people from the boat side :—Serranus and Plectropoma, of the Scorpeenide, Scorpwna, Sebastes and Centropogon, Caranx and Psettus, some mackerel including a large 190 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, tasteless Pelamys, various mullets, Si/lago, some Therapons and Siluroids, a few Herrings, Eels, and many Dog-fish, Saw-fishes, shovel-nosed Sharks and Rays. But if the human enemies of fishes in the Malayan region are but few, it is not so with their other pursuers. First of all must be enumerated frogs, which are the most persistent and wide-spread devourers of fish ova that are to be found. In return the fish devour a good many frogs and their ova too. There is a fish- eating small crocodile, not the Ganges Gavial which does not come down so far as the Malay Peninsula, but uncommonly like Phyllus johnstonii, the fish-eating crocodile of North Australia. The snub-nosed or man-eating crocodiles, Crocodilus’ porosus, Schn., and C. palustris, Lesson, are found in many of the rivers along their whole course, but I do not think they are very numerous except in a few secluded streams where they are not disturbed. They consume an enormous quantity of fish. Otters too, are more destructive than any one would believe who has not had experience of their depredations. They are very common and sometimes used by the Malays to frighten the fish to the surface. But the feathered tribe supply the largest and most destructive contingent. The cormorants alone destroy fishes to an incredible extent, I have seen specimens shot with a dozen medium-sized fishes in their stomachs. In 1884 I spent some weeks dredging at Pankore, one of the Dindings or Pulo Sembilan (nine islands), situated near the mouth of the Perak river, in the Straits of Malacca. I had a small steam launch named the Kimta, lent to me by the Perak Government. In dredging I was rather unsuccessful, for the muddy estuarine bottom near the coast was most unfavourable, while all the islands had fringing reefs of coral, where dredging was impossible. I did better in fishing, but this was by going out in a prahu with the Malays. We had a seine net and fishing lines. Pankore is the largest of the islands, and there is a con- siderable population of Chinese and Malays at the village, which is called Rajah Byong. The Chinese, with the exception of a BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 191 storekeeper or two and gardeners, were entirely occupied in fishing, for which purpose they had junks of the regular Chinese pattern. They had a considerable area of bamboo staging; the floor com- posed of open split bamboo, on which the fish was placed to dry in the sun. On thearrival of the junks the fishes were taken out, and the heads and entrails removed, with a partial rubbing off of the scales. Water was repeatedly poured over them till they were thoroughly washed free from blood. When quite clean they were put into casks in layers, with a thick coating of salt between the layers. They were allowed to remain in this for two or three days, according to the season, and then laid upon the bamboo staging to dry in the sun. In the Straits of Malacca, as in all the Archipelago, there is not much sunshine. Moreover, it rains nearly every day, in tropical showers which are neither light nor brief. These conditions are very much opposed to fish-drying, and before the fish could be finally stowed away, the “ Ikan kering” or dried fish was in a semi-putrid condition. This state of things was aided to a considerable extent by the uncleanly habits of the Chinese. The heads and entrails of the fish were thrown into the water and on to the beach, and left to rot in the sun, with results which can be easily guessed. The effluvium around the village of Rajah Byong was unbearable to those who had not been inured to it by previous education. Whenever the wind blew from the village, towards our quarters, we had to leave the house. Our Chinese servants, in spite of every prohibition, spread their mats under the bungalow at night, and exposed themselves to the full force of these mephitic breezes. The consequence was, they were all stricken down with fever, and some nearly died. Pankore has the name of being a very unhealthy place, but the marvel is how anybody lives there at all. The inhabitants suffer much from what is called malarial fever, but the malaria here is undoubtedly mephitism from putrid fish offal. Yet in spite of these disadvantages, the dried salt fish of the Chinese is not such bad food. Where meat is almost unobtainable, A I TA eit ee, matt a a i a Ey O. a Rn ~ 192 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, or if obtained is coarse and uneatable, the dried salt fish is the only article of food to be relied upon, and, so far as my expe- rience goes, it is both palatable and nourishing. It is soaked and cut up into small dice, and fried until quite brown. A small quantity of this mixed with boiled rice makes a dish, which Chinese, Malays and Europeans seem equally to relish. I feel that I owe a debt of gratitude to this ‘Ikan kering,’ which I can only now imperfectly repay. When travelling through the wild, untrodden jungle, with much fatigue, and little to get in the way of nourish- ment, except the inevitable and most insipid rice, Ikan kering came as a boon and a blessing. The insipidity of the rice modified the fiery saltness of the fish, and toned it down into various flavors. It supplied just what was needed to endow it with savor, and cause the most tasteless thing in the world to be relished. For my own part I could always make a sufficient meal on rice and Ikan kering, and socould my companions, which is more than can be said of any other aliment. Moreover, it can be obtained from every Chinese store throughout Malaysia. Both in Java and the Peninsula fish-fry are dried without cleaning, and are sold to be eaten raw; but another kind of preparation which one meets with everywhere in the East, is the Ikan merah or “ Red fish.” This is one of the most agreeable delicacies of the East. It is made from Lngraulis commer- sonianus, as already stated. The following is the mode of pre- paration as described by Cantor. In fine weather the fishes are’ caught in small nets, from shoals which frequent the shore. I have captured thousands of them in this manner in the month of July. After the heads have been removed from those of the medium size, which are the best for the purpose, the fishes are placed in flat, glazed, earthern vessels. Here salt is thrown on them to the extent of an eighth part of the weight of fish. They are’ then covered with plantain leaves and heavy weights for three or four days. They are next freed from salt, and soaked in vinegar made from palm-toddy. Those who know how sour the toddy is, even when considered drinkable, can guess how strong toddy-vinegar is. Powdered ginger and black pepper-corns BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 193 are added. In some places alcoholic spirits are infused, but I think this can only be to please the taste of Europeans, for the Mahometans would object to use spirits, and it could not be obtained in many places where Red-fish is prepared. Finally, powdered ‘‘Red-rice” is superadded for the coloring matter. Mr. Cantor, following information obtained from Malacca, says that Red-rice is the variety of Oryza sativa called glutinosa (Bras pulut or Bras sepulut of the Malays). The red color is said to be derived from Cochineal. This may be the case at Malacca and Bencoolen, but in most places it is obtained from Arnatto, which is the colouring matter surrounding the seeds of Bixa orellana. After a certain time, during which the condiment is left in the pickle, a little more vinegar is added, and the bottles sealed up for sale. It is sold for about half a dolar a bottle. As a relish there is nothing equal to it. Those who are accustomed to dine in the native fashion, have with the curry and other dishes, condiments and sauces, served up in little plates on a tray. These are called ‘Sambals,’ which is the Malay name for condi- ment or seasoning. One counts as many as 23 or even more, on little plates, amongst which Ikan merah is always to be found. Most of the ‘Sambals’ are compounds of chillis and capsicums of the most fiery kind, meant to give an additional glow to the curry. It requires a long seasoning with Malay dishes to be able to bear the majority of the condiments, but red-fish is a Sambal of a type which is a favorite with all. Fisn roes or ‘‘Telor Ikan” are very popular articles of food amongst the Malays. There used to be an extraordinary fishing station in Sumatra at a place called “Bukit Batu,” (stone-hill) in the strait formed by the island of Banka. The fish caught have been already referred to, and the fishery is thus described by Mr. Moore. * “The fish is called by the Malays ‘Trubu.’ It is known in all the neighbouring seas, but found with a roe only here, which makes it certain that it repairs to this favoured place for the * Notices of the Indian Archipelago, &c., p. 29. 13 194 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, purpose of spawning, (that is to say, in shoals, for it is always plentiful at Penang, Malacca, and Singapore). The Trubu, about a cubit long, is taken in three or four fathoms of water on a mud- bank, About 300 boats are engaged at all seasons in the fishery, with the exception of four days, during dead neap tides. The roes are exported and the dried fish sent into the interior of the island. The Rajah of Siak derives an annual revenue from this fishery of 72,000 rupees, though the sum varies in proportion to the take.” This was more than 40 years ago, and I believe it has even increased since then, so that the amount of fish captured must be very large. The mode of preparation of the condiment is this. The fish is opened and the roes taken out and thoroughly salted ; and then they are dried in the sun, so as to leave them still flexible, and capable of compression. They are then tightly packed in casks for exportation. The salting is never very effectually done, so that the eggs become changed in flavour after a time. They are very much consumed in China, exported from Singapore and Penang, but the Chinese generally re-salt them and add a little arrack before they send them away. They are about eight inches long and of a beautiful amber colour. They require soaking to get rid of the superfluous salt, and are generally fried. They are highly esteemed, but to my mind seem rather tasteless, besides being exceedingly rich and indigestible. IstneLAss.—Isinglass has long been an export from Malaysia to China. It is unnecessary now-a-days to inform readers that isinglass is derived from fish-maws, or sounds, or stomachs and air bladders. It is generally supposed that it is derived solely from the sturgeon of European rivers, but there are various kinds, which, as this is not a complete treatise on the substance, need not be further described. The isinglass with which we have to deal, is known in commerce as East Indian isinglass. Ever since the Chinese have emigrated into Malaysia they have exported East Indian isinglass into their own country. It has proved a most profitable trade, as fish-maws of certain kinds are much BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, 195 sought after and valued in China. Not only has Malaysia been a source of this trade, but the Chinese dealers at Penang, Malacca and Singapore, have bought up isinglass from Bombay, Ceylon, Madras, Bengal, Tenasserim and Manila for export to China. The Indian specimens, however, which include those of Malaysia, are not highly esteemed. Most of them have an unpleasant fishy odor, which unfits them for domestic use, and greatly reduces their commercial value. They consist of an unopened swimming bladder, flattened and dried. The shape is roughly oval, from seven to nine inches long, three inches wide, the largest weighing a little over a quarter of a pound. They are dark in color and have a strong fishy odor. Another kind (Hast Indian leaf-ising- lass), is merely the sac laid open and dried. It is wider and thicker than the last. The following is a list made by Dr. Theodore Cantor of the Malayan fishes which yield isinglass. The list was made in 1850, when the scientific nomenclature of fishes was in a very unsatis- factory state. Dr. Cantor’s names and identification are often wrong, and in rectifying them his names have been preserved for reference. MALAYAN FISHES YIELDING ISINGLASS. LATES CALCARIFER, Bloch. Malay name'Ikan siyakup. This fish is found in the seas, back-waters and mouths of tidal rivers in the East, from the mouths of the Indian Rivers to the Malay Archipelago, Australia and China. I have caught this fish with a line in the Mary River 200 miles from Port Darwin in North- Australia, and it sometimes finds its way into the rivers of the north-eastern coast. I have also captured it in the upper waters of the Mitchell River, near the Palmer River gold field, and many hundred miles from the mouth of the stream in the Gulf of Carpentaria. It is easily taken with a hook, using a small land- lizard, a prawn, or a moth, as bait. For eating they are highly esteemed, though not amongst the best table fishes. They yield isinglass in the straits, but little is collected, because the fish is 196 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, not so common as others, and the air-vessel is very thin and light, that from a large fish when dried weighing little over an ounce. The species is known as the “ cock-up” amongst Europeans. PotyNemMus rnpicus, Russell. Malay name Ikan kurow. This fish is also found in Australia and extends to India. It attains four feet in length, but is rarely above 20 pounds in weight. A large fish yields about two ounces of rough isinglass, The largest specimens appear to be captured in the mouths of larger rivers. It takes a bait freely (Day). It is frequently found blind, possibly from the friction of mud in river mouths. ScLENOIDES BIAURITUS, Cantor, = COLLICHTHYS BIAURITUS, Giinther, = OTOLITHUS BIAURITUS, Cantor, Catal. p. 57. Malay name Ikan salampai. All these Scizenoids, like the Polynemide, possess air-bladders with a most extraordinary development of appendages arising from each side. In this species 52 branches issue from each side, each branch being bifurcate, and bearing smaller appendages (See Giinther, ‘On the Study of Fishes,’ edit. 1880, p. 144). Seas and estuaries of India to Malaysia and China. Adult specimens three feet long. OToLITHUS RUBER, Bl. and Schn. Malay name Jarang gigi. This species, though not esteemed much by Europeans, is largely consumed by the natives from June to August, when it is plentiful. The isinglass is considered very good, of almost the best quality. On each side of the air-vessel are 34 processes, the first four or five of which divide in four branches, the next in three, the next in two, and the last simple and longer, though all have minor ramifications. It contains about 90 per cent. of isinglass, and will set in jelly with 26 times its weight in water. Seas of India to Malaysia. Attaining two and a half feet in length. It is the commonest form in the Indian seas, especially along the Coro- mandel coast. It is pretty good for the table, spawning from March to July (Day). OTOLITHUS MACULATUS, Cuvier. Malay name Jarang gigi. The origin of this Malay name “gigi” or teeth, has reference to the BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 197 prominent, strong canine on either side of both lower and upper jaws, which makes the appearance of the mouth both conspicuous and formidable. This species has the same range as the last. SclHNA DIACANTHUs, Lacep.=JoHNIUS DIACANTHUS, Cantor, Catal. p. 67. Malay name Ikan tambareh. Seas of India, Malaysia and China. Attaining at least five feet in length. It ascends tidal rivers and estuaries, and is found in the Hooghly as high as Calcutta. A species very similar, is known as ‘Jew- fish’ in Australia. LosotEs suRINAMENSIS, Bloch, = Lopotss ERATE, Cantor, Catal. p. 80. Dr. Ginther (Catal. Vol. I. p. 338) says this fish is found on the Atlantic coasts of America from New York to Surinam, Caribbean Sea, Ceylon, Bay of Bengal, Straits of Java, Sunda, Molucca and China Seas; and I obtained it in two places in the Philippines, on the coasts of Luzon and Negros. It isalso on the east coast of Africa and the Indian seas to Malaysia. On the north coast of Borneo, when in H.M.S. ‘ Pegasus,’ we caught one nearly three feet long. It is excellent eating, yielding but little isinglass, The Malay name is Ikan batu, or Rock fish. Arius caLatus, Cuv. and Val. Malay name Ikan doonee or Saludu. This genus has already been referred to, and is easily known by its being a Siluroid with an osseous, or mailed head. The genus is the largest amongst the cat-fishes, being well repre- sented in nearly every tropical country with large rivers. Some of the species are of large size, as much as five feet long. All are well armed with formidable dorsal and pectoral spines. The eggs are mostly hatched in an extraordinary manner, that is, in the mouth and throat of the male fish. When they are captured at this time the stomach is always found to be empty, and in those examined, some of the eggs were in an early stage of development, others nearly hatched, or actually hatched with the yolk bag adherent. The eggs fill the cavity of the mouth and extend far back into the gills. Dr. Cantor mentions three species from which isinglass is derived, A. truncatus, A. militaris, and A, arius. The last-named may possibly be A. falcarius, Cuv. and Val. : the other species I have been unable to identify. The only species 198 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, [ ever saw captured in these regions is the one above-named, but six others are known, mostly of small size. The fish serve as food of inferior quality, and are best when salted. A good deal of isinglass is derived from them, but of a poor kind. Of all the above fishes Polynemus indicus seems to furnish the largest portion of the isinglass. The fish caught are of great size, but mostly when the rivers are low. A few more facts about isinglass may be mentioned here. What British people know by that name is the beautiful ribbon- isinglass. It is made from the leaf-bladder, which is first softened in the water and rolled cut under high pressure into thin leaves, several feet long. These again pass under a cylinder of numerous revolving knives, by which 6,000 of the well-known beautiful transparent fine threads are produced every minute. The Russian Sturgeon isinglass is even further enhanced in value by snow- bleaching, that is, whitened by being buried for a long period in the snow. Pipes, purses, and lumps are fish-maws which have been cleaned but not opened. These are soaked in water for two or three days and the useless parts removed, then it is rolled and cut into various dimensions. It is chiefly used to clarify beer and other alcoholic liquids, for which gelatine cannot be employed because it dissolves in hot water and alcohol, while isinglass merely swells and grows white. This is a good test to distinguish between the two ; for what is generally sold as isinglass in shops is only gelatine. The transparent glutinous substance sold in the bazaars as Chinese gelatine, and often mistaken for isinglass, is a vegetable jelly made from rice. Many algals and lichens are also made to serve the purposes of producing gelatinizing sub- stances, such as Gelidium cornewm,* from which is prepared what is known as ‘Japan isinglass.’ * « Gelidium, Lam.—A genus of Cryptonemiacez (Florideous Algz), of which one species (G. cornewm) is very common on British shores. It has a red, pinnated, horny frond, fron: two to six or eight inches high ; very variable in the appearance of its pinnate sub-divisions. Both spores and tetraspores are found on the ramules, the former in favellidia immersed in swollen ramules.”” Harvey, Marine Alge. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 199 There are a few more words yet to be said about isinglass, and my apology for saying so much is, that by giving extensive information, I may make these essays of more practical value to Malaysia. It is necessary to know what isinglass is, so that the character of the export may be increased in value, by knowing how to purify it. Isinglass is a word, the clue to whose etymology is found in the Dutch language, where Awizen means a sturgeon, and blas a bladder. The Malays call it Palongpong tkan, or Ari art ikan ; the Chinese, U. kdu (Cantor says Loo-pa, but I know not upon what authority). It was known to the ancients, who called it [chthyokolla (ids, a fish, cddda, glue). Dioscorides, who is supposed to have lived in the reign of Nero, mentions it under this name. He wrote a work on the Materia Medica* in which he mentions isinglass. I cannot quote the passage, but I will quote what is said by Pliny in his Natural History, which was probably written about the same time. ‘ Ichthyokolla is the name given to a fish with a glutinous skin, the glue from which is also known by the same name, and is highly useful for the removal of epinyctis. Some persons, however, assert that it is from the stomach of the fish and not the skin (as in the case of Bull Glue), that the Ichthyokolla is prepared. That of Pontus is highly esteemed ; it is white, free from veins or scales, and dissolves with the greatest rapidity. The proper way to use it is to cut it into small pieces and then let it soak in water or vinegar for a night and day, after which it should be pounded with sea-shore pebbles, to make it melt more easily. Itis generally asserted that this substance is good for pains in the head and tetanus.” Bk, 32. Ch. 24-5. This passage has a double interest, as showing the antiquity of the controversy about the origin of isinglass, and how ancient is the trade in this material from what is now a part of Russia. If the proper nature of the tissues which produce isinglass had been understood, and the fish that produced it were better known, both the Malayan and Indian trade in the article, with a little careful * a IleSaxiov Avookopidov mepl UAns larpixns Adyou € 200 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, European superintendence, would have vastly increased in value. So late as the year 1857 it was not known what tissue produced the isinglass, and consequently what ought to be got rid of and what retained. Care should be taken that the gelatinous portion is not contaminated by the blood or other tissues of the fish, other- wise it acquires a bad smell, and is very difficult to purify. It should be remembered, therefore, that there are a few tissues which form the several tunics of the air-bladder :—(1) A very fine membrane, which is the epithelial layer; (2) an extremely fine internal one containing crystalline corpuscles, which cause the silvery shining appearance so frequently seen ; (3) an outer membrane of fibrous texture, often attaining to considerable thickness. This is the portion which yields the isinglass. (4) Outside this isinglass there is, in many fishes, a layer of muscles. When the fish from which the isinglass is taken is caught, the air-bladder is cut out and thrown on one side without any care to cleanse or preserve it. It is during this time that it acquires the appearance and smell that deprives it of so much of its value. When Dr. Cantor first had his attention directed to the product, and the demand there was for it in China, he made lengthened inquiries into the best method of improving the trade. He found that the fish which mainly supplied the Malayan isinglass was Polynemus indicus, to which reference has already been made. This is the “Suleah fish” of Bengal. It is an exceedingly coarse fish, but when salted and spiced is converted into “ Burtah,” a piquant relish highly appreciated by Anglo-Indians, When the air bladders of the Suleah are dry they are pellucid, but so tough that they will turn the edge of a sharp knife. They are tongue-shaped, and weigh about 12 ounces (?). They have always attached to them many of the albuminous membranes, which, if the isinglass is to be of the best quality, must be removed while they are fresh. They are covered by a thin cob- _ web of small blood-vessels, which if neglected, stains and spots them with blood, and the whole becomes hard and consolidated together, and putrid in places. BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 201 The vascular membrane, therefore, should be peeled off at once, from the outside and inside, for it is found on both. Itlooks like white satin, and is seen to consist of transverse fibres, though there isan oblique fibre outside. When dry it becomes hard, horny, and translucent. The transverse fibre, of which nine-tenths of its substance consists, is perfectly pure isinglass. The oblique fibre is albuminous, but is easily removed by a little friction when dry. The Malays and Chinese fishermen take no trouble at all about the sounds; they are usually sold unopened and uncleaned, just as they are taken from the fish. The fine net-work of blood- vessels is hardened and dried upon the surface, and darkened with blood-stains. In this state it requires much soaking to soften it, and this softening and washing often dissolve much of the pure isinglass within. The article becomes thus greatly impoverished and deteriorated. If the isinglass trade is ever to be made of value in Malaysia, the Chinese and Malay fishermen must be taught to cleanse the sounds at once, and strip them of their membrane, when they should be rinsed with a little fresh water and dried in the sun. The longer they are exposed to dry in the air the better. The following references to the literature of the subject may be found useful :— On Isinglass, by THEODORE Cantor. Proceedings Zool. Soc. London, Vol. VIII., 1839. Catalogue of Malayan Fishes, by the same author. Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1849, Vol. XVIII. (pp. i.-xii., 983-1443). Introduction iii., 2, 28, 59, 60, 62, 63, 65, 68, 70, 72, 74, 81, 170, 256, 258, 259,261. CrAwFurD, Hist. Ind. Archipel. Vol. III. p. 440. Edinburgh, 1820. On Isinglass in Polynemus sele, by Dr. J. McCueiianp, Journ. Asiatic Society of Bengal, Vol. VIII. Calcutta, 1839. 202 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, Official Papers on Isinglass, in Calcutta Journ. of Nat. Hist. Vol. II., 1842.* On East India Isinglass in Cale. Journ. of Nat. Hist. Vol. IIT.,. 1843. (Polynemus sele, p. 179, Plate VI.). On the Production of Indian Isinglass, by Dr. J. F. Rois. London, 1842. The Fishes of India, by Francis Day, F.L.S. London, 1878. SHarks’ rins—As in India, there is an extensive fishery of sharks carried on in the Straits of Malacca, but by Chinese. A few Malays also fish for the same purpose off Malacca and some other points on the coast of the peninsula, as well as at Sumatra. In all the islands of the Archipelago, as well as in the Philippines, Siam, Cochin-China, all the Chinese coast right up to Japan, shark-fishery is an extensive industry, Oil may be said to be the first object, and secondly sharks’ fins, which are dried and exported to the Chinese ports for soup and for the production of gelatine. They are assorted into black and white fins. The white are the dorsal fins, which are uniformly light-colored on both sides, and are reputed to yield more gelatine than the other. The black are the pectoral, ventral, and anal fins, which realize a lower price. Shark- skin is also exported to a small extent, as it is used by Chinese carpenters and joiners for smoothing and rasping wood. The species preferred are the Ground Sharks, or Shovel-nosed Sharks, which have no teeth of a sharp projecting kind, but obtuse, ridged teeth, which form a kind of pavement on the dentary plate, which has an undulating surface. These fish are very destructive amongst marine crustacea and molluscs, and are said to live in large shoals. Owing to the great injury done by them to the pearl-oysters in Ceylon, it was proposed to close the mud-banks where they fed with stakes to prevent their egress. There are * Dr. McClelland commenced the ‘‘Calcutta Journal of Natural History” in 1841. The work extended to six volumes, which are regarded as very valuable now. In its pages are several papers upon the fishes of India, particularly on the collections made by Dr. Griffith. These fishes are now in the British Museum, BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 203 two genera, nainely :—Rhynchobatus with a broad snout, a semi- circular or elongated outline, rows of large tubercles and spines on the head and trunk, two dorsal fins, the anterior opposite the ventrals: and Rhinobatus, with two dorsal fins, the anterior situated far behind the ventrals. There are two species of the first and three species of the second, four of the five common in the Malay waters. Ido not know what the Malay name is, but from their habit of hugging the shore and moving slowly along the bottom, the Tamils call them Mannulavi, or Mud-skate. The fins of some of the rays are used, as also of the smaller sharks, and especially species of Carcharias or large man-eating sharks, which are called by the Malays Ikan hiyu ; they are, however, principally captured for the sake of the oil obtained from the liver. There are about 17 species, the largest of which is C. tricuspidatus, Day. OtHER Foop FisHes.—Hilsa or Sabti, the Indian mackerel, the Ikan tanggiri of the Malays (Cybiwm conumersoniz), makes its appearance in India in July, where it is known to Anglo-Indians as the Seer-fish, attaining to the length of four feet. When of the proper size they are considered the most delicate eating. If small, that is under a foot long, they are dry. From 18 to 30 inches is the best size ; above this they become coarse. They can be eaten boiled, baked or fried, but are generally considered very unwholesome. The natives devour them in such quantities, when the shoals come up in July, that it is said to be the cause of fatal epidemics amongst them. There is no special season for them in Malaysia, for they appear in the markets all the year round. They are cured with tamarinds in India, and form a condiment of pungent flavour, called Tamarind-fish, something like red herrings and lemons, which can be obtained at the Hindoo shops in Singapore. Mango fish or Tupsi (Polynemus paradiseus), so named in India from its visiting the rivers annually, to spawn during the mango season. It arrives as soon as the mango is formed on the tree, and disappears at the close of the season, or about the middle of July. This fish is a luxury much sought after by Europeans and 204 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, natives, on account of its delicate flavor: indeed it is said to be the most palatable fish known (in India). It is a small fish, not exceeding nine inches in length, yet ten will fetch a rupee at the beginning of the season. They are comparatively rare in Penang and Singapore. I know of no especial Malay name for them. Mullets (Mugil) are common at certain seasons in the fresh- water rivers. They are are called ‘Jumpel’ by the Malays, and Wong-mi-tsai or Uyu-t’au by the Chinese. No fish are more highly valued by the Chinese in Malaysia, on account of the great quantity of oil they contain; but they are too rich for mest Europeans, who in that climate can scarcely ever eat them with safety. There are many other much-prized table fishes in India, which are either not known or not appreciated in Malaysia, with the exception of the “ Bombay Duck,” which the Indians call Bummaloh, and the Malays Luli. It belongs to the family of Scopelide, and is the Harpodon nehereus of ichthyologists. It is highly esteemed as food, whether fresh or salted. But it is best known as a relish for curries called Bombay Duck. In this case the dried fish is parched upon a pan and eaten dry with the curry. It is very palatable, in flavour much like the dried caplins of Newfoundland and Labrador. The Bombay Duck, before it is salted and dried, is a fish of most voracious habits, gorging itself with its own species, crustacea, or fishes of nearly its own size. So that if the reason why it is called Bombay Duck be buried in mystery, one can explain the irony of fate which assigns its office to the luxurious and overfed Anglo- Indian. Naturalists tell us that it is frequently found, like our own species, with its stomach and jaws distended with prey, so that we hear without surprise that it is very short-lived. It does not live nearly so long as two other species of Harpodon, though at certain seasons, as a kind of indemnification for the brevity of its stay, the whole body becomes brilliantly phosphorescent. Gourmets assure us, that for stomachs that can bear its richness, it is a fish of most luscious flavour if eaten immediately after it is BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 205 taken. In the Straits of Malacca it is at all times very numerous, but is most common at Bombay. It occurs from Zanzibar to China, in seas and estuaries, but is rather local. Thus it is not very common at Madras, but augments in numbers up the Coromandel coast, being very abundant in the rivers and estuaries of Bengal and Burmah, and so on to the Straits. It is more rare at Java, and uncommon at Batavia. It attains at least 16 inches in length. The species figured is from Day’s ‘‘ Fishes of India,” Vol. II. Plate CXVIIL., fig. 1. In the Maldive Islands the Bonito is prepared in a peculiar way. The fish when caught has the backbone removed, and is laid in the shade, being occasionally sprinkled with sea-water. When softened by incipient decay it is wrapped up very tightly in palm- leaves, and buried in the dry coral sand, when it becomes extremely hard. The condiment thus produced is of a horny consistency and goes by the name of Cummelmums, It is grated upon the rice and gives it a flavour like that which parmesan cheese gives to macaroni. WHALE FISHING.—Malay fishermen as well as the Chinese go in pursuit of the Loma porpoise with great keenness, as the oil to be derived from it is of considerable value. So also is it with the Pari, or large Ray, which is found of large size upon the mud-banks. They are secured by harpoons in the usual manner, the porpoise by day and the skate by night. In this fishery no special appliances amongst the Malays are known except that which comes in the general way of other kinds of fishing, but the ‘Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indie’ for 1849 gives the following account of whale-fishing amongst the Solorese. “Solor is a volcanic island between Flores and Timor with an area of about 80 square miles. Its inhabitants are Bajow Malays or sea-gipsies, besides mountain aborigines with a bad reputation. The inhabitants of the coast are fishermen, and live by capturing a small whale from which they extract the oil. “These inhabitants of the shore are hardy mariners and fishers, and think nothing of approaching the whale with their little boats, 206 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, eight feet long, to attack the unwieldy monster and tow him to the shore. The way in which they capture him is as follows. Each morning all the boats put to sea to search for their prize. When a whale is observed, they make a signal to each other, and immediately every one is prepared for the attack. This takes place is small boats, in which six or eight men with small paddles row sitting. A harpooner stands in front with his harpoon, not of the best kind, which is fastened to the boat with a rattan rope of fifteen or twenty fathoms. On approaching the whale, the harpooner springs on its back, and drives the harpoon, which is fastened to the boat, with all his force into the animal. The whale, on feeling the harpoon, immediately darts away and dives to the bottom, and of course takes the boat with him. The crew remain, swimming until they are taken up by the other boats. The whale is soon obliged to come up, and the boat generally appears with it; the surrounding boats approach it, and make a second, third and fourth boat fast to the first, in order to impede the whale by the heavy drag. Being thus hindered from making rapid progress, other boats are enabled to run alongside the sea monster and to disable him entirely. The beast is still far from dead when they already crowd upon his huge carcass, cutting and chopping ; when the animal is really dead, he is towed in triumph to the shore, drawn up and cut to pieces. Every one is ready, women and children assist, and it is a real holiday for them to dispose of such a sea monster. Every one, small and great, runs with the blubber, which they speedily carry to the mountains, to barter it for maize ; while they all give themselves up to unusual enjoyment.” «The oil is not boiled out, but the blubber is hung up in the sun to allow it to drop ; the train oil running out of it is then caught in vessels; it is of a nauseous odor, butit is nevertheless made use of by the inhabitants. They find much ambergris floating in the sea; they also kill many sharks, dry the fins and gather birds’ nests, all which productions are sold to the Bugis traders for the Chinese market. The payment is made in arrack, copper work, parangs, and iron. ‘The last article is wrought by them for the construction of their prahus, which they call ‘ Kora-Kora.” BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 207 “The village which most applies itself to the whale-fishing is Lamakera, on the north-east part of the island of Solor, and lying within the Strait. It is the largest, most prosperous and most populous. The four other Mahomedan villages are Layayong, Andanara, Lamahala and Trong, which three last are situated on the island Andanara” (p. 66). OystERs.—Oysters, which the Malays call ‘‘Teran” and “Siput,” (though Siput seems to apply to a shell-fish generally) and which the Chinese name Hao or Hau or Hau-mau-lai, are gathered and sold in the Straits. I have tasted some which the Chinese had brought to Durian Sabatang, Perak, about 40 miles from the mouth of the river, and where the water was only slightly brackish. ‘The shell-fish were of pretty large size, and brown in color, but utterly tasteless. I believe this is true of all the oysters in the Straits of Malacca. Owing to the large quantity of fresh water, the shells are very thin and poor and much affected by the Poly- dora worm (See Dr. Haswell’s note on a destructive oyster Parasite in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. Vol. X., p. 273.) The Chinese never eat oysters in a raw state, thinking them too cold for the stomach. They fry them with oil and rice flour. I believe they have a method of drying them also. The oysters are taken from their shells and scalded just enough to harden the tissues, and then dried in the sun. But rock-oysters, for some unknown reason, cannot be so preserved. They are grown or cultivated, and the mode of culture is of two kinds, producing the Shihao, or Rock oyster, and Bamboo oysters, Yu-tzu-hao. Rock-oysters are cultivated thus :—pieces of stone are laid at short intervals, at low tide, on the mud banks or mangrove islands, where oysters have been observed. Localities are chosen where the current is strong, and where the influence of the tide permits the stones to be uncovered for at least three or four hours. When I enquired as to the reason for this, I was told that other- wise the mud would destroy the molluscs. Very shortly after the stones are placed in position they are covered with young oysters, which grow to full size in six months. They are then taken from 208 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, the stones and brought to market. They say that there is no particular spawning season, and that the young oysters come out like buds on the outside of the shell, subsequently freeing them- selves and getting attached to the stones. Bamboo oysters or Yu-tzu-hao, are grown as follows :—Bamboo laths about two feet long, one and a half inches wide, and about half an inch thick, are pointed at one end, and split at the other. A thin oyster shell is inserted in each split, as far as it will go without wedging the lath asunder. A large thick oyster shell, with a good round hole bored in the middle, is put over the split ends to keep them together. A number of these laths are planted over the mud flats closely together, making them look, when the tide has uncovered them, like a young vineyard. The strong currents in the tidal estuaries where the laths are always placed, are evidently charged with'embryo oysters which get caught in what we may call this young oyster nursery. In about a month these have developed into spat. These laths are then taken out and planted wider apart in more sheltered situations, the bamboos being then a foot or less apart. In less than half a year the oysters have grown to such a size that they completely encrust and cover the bamboos, and the plantation has a most odd appearance. When they are sufficiently grown they are collected and sold on the sticks. This method of oyster culture is by far the best that I have seen, and it is one of the many instances where Chinese industry and invention have been much in advance of that of Europeans. Oyster culture in our countries is a thing of the most recent origin, while amongst the Chinese it has been practised for centuries. The method here referred to is not as often seen in Malaysia as in China, partly because the Chinese cannot get from the Malays the necessary control of the mangrove swamps. BaLacHan.—Any description of the fish food of Malaysia would be incomplete without reference to Balachan or Balachong, which corresponds with what is known in India as Gnapee or Nga-pee. In Javanese it is called Trasi: in the northern Philippine islands BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 209 Bagong, and in the southern or Visayan dialects Bacalang, which, however, is merely the name of an edible shell-fish. Craw- furd, in his Dictionary of the Indian Islands, is my authority for the Tagalo name, which however, I have not been able to verify, though the condiment is known and universally used. I should say here that I do not pretend to fix the orthography of the Malay names, the differences depending on the broad or close sound given to the final ‘‘a,” and the phonetic variation in giving effect to the nasal ‘‘n” or “ng” at the end. Many think that the condiment is peculiarly Malayan, but this is not the case, though it is made in its greatest excellence at Malacca. The article is used over a wide area and by many different nations. Its use may be said to extend from India, through Burmah, Malaysia, Sulu, Siam, and Cochin- China. Crawfurd says that it is probably the condiment known to the Greeks and Romans under the name of ‘ Garuwm,’ adding that the latter is the product of a Mediterranean fish. This is a question which will be examined in a note at the end of this paper. It will be sufficient to say now that the Garwm of the ancients was certainly applied to condiments which were all modifications of the Malay Balachan, and the name seems to be used to express a briny pickle of any kind in which the principal constituents were salt and fish. In India, the Balachan, there called Nga-pee, is made of prawns, shrimps, or any cheap fish pounded with water into a fluid mass, and the brine not added until it becomes slightly putrid. The best is said to come from Siam, but I think that of Malacca is entitled to a higher reputation. There it is principally made of prawns (Hudang) and shrimps, with pepper, salt, and sea-weed (Spherococcus lichenoides), made into a stiff paste. In Anam there are two kinds, viz.:—Mam, which is a non-fermented pickle, the aspect and sell of which would for ever decide its reputation in European markets; and Mamnuoc, or Water of Mam, a fer- mented pickle of fish or Balachan, which must come somewhat nearer the Roman Garwm of ancient renown. In appearance and taste it is as good, or as bad as Japanese Soy. (See note at the end of this paper on Garum). 14 210 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, In Sumatra and many other places in the East, the Malays collect certain species of sea-weed such as Spherococcus lichenordes, Gelidium corneum, and G. spiniforme. These, well boiled down, form a jelly called, when dry, Agar-agar, which is largely exported to China. There it is used as medicine, ana by coiners for glue. These alge grow abundantly on rocks round many of the islands of the Archipelago, and quantities get washed up on the beach during the south-west monsoon. When gathered, it is first dried in the sun for two cr three days, and then all the salt and lime crystals which are encrusted upon it are carefully washed off in three and four rinsings with fresh-water. It is then spread on mats and exposed to the sun until it is bleached. About half an ounce powdered will make a quart of stiff jelly, which, when flavored with spices, lemon and sugar, makes a most palatable as well as nourishing food for invalids. Gelidium corneum and G', spiniforme are used for making a good deal of the confectionery of the Chinese, who call the substance “Yang-tsai.” It is found both on the Indian and Malayan coasts, and even as far as China and Japan. The jelly formed by boiling this sea-weed product or crude gélose in water, and allowing the solution to cool, requires a high temperature for fusion, differing in this respect from a jelly made from isinglass, which readily fuses and dissolves in warm water. This character occasions a pecu- liarity in the taste of culinary jellies made of the new material, inasmuch as they do not dissolve in the mouth like ordinary animal jelly. The jelly of gélose is but little prone to undergo change; so little indeed that sometimes, under the name of “sea- weed jelly” it is exported from Singapore, sweetened, flavoured, and ready for use, and in this state it may be kept for years without deterioration. Of late it has been much used for the purpose of Bacteria culture according to Koch’s method.* Spherococcus is one of the genera of the RHODYMENIACEA, a family of Florideous sea-weeds of purplish or blood-red colour, with expanded fronds composed of polygonal cells minute and irregularly * See Dymock’s Vegetable Materia Medica of Western India, BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 2 kL packed on the surface. The genus referred to here, has a linear frond, compressed, two-edged, with an obscure mid-rib which is distichously branched. Gelidiwm belongs to the family of sea-weeds called Cryerone- MIACE4, or purplish and rose-red algze, mostly bundles of threads of gelatinous or cartilaginous consistency, composed wholly or in part of cylindrical cells connected together into filaments. Gelidium is horny, and of very dense structure. The frond is pinnate, compressed and narrow. Fisu-Porsons.—From the number of plants which have the name of fish-poisons among all the Malay races, it would seem as if fishing by stupefying the fishes to capture them is a common practice. 1 have never seen it done in Malaysia, but I believe it is common. In Malay fish-poisons are called éwba (pronounced tooba), and I found this name applied to ten different species of plants. There may be more in use, but those enumerated are certainly the commonest. It was not always easy to distinguish between a plant that was regarded as a medicine (Obat), and that which was used as above, and the difficulty of communicating in some of the less «xnown dialects rendered it impossible to obtain correct information. The Malays, seeing me collect plants, would frequently volunteer some statement as to the properties of particular species. It was in this way that the poisonous characters were learned, which would otherwise have escaped me, for some of the species at least, are not known to possess such qualities. It may be pre- sumed that it is only in still waters of small dimensions that the process can be adopted. The poison, I believe, is simply thrown into the water, where the infusion is thought to be the cause of the stupefaction. In some of the larger ponds and lakes this can hardly be the case, and possibly the fish are brought under the influence of the drug in consequence of their swallowing small portions of the plant. Readers need hardly be reminded that this method of fishing was 4 common one amongst poachers throughout Europe. It is furtively practised perhaps everywhere. One great objection of 212 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, course of the practice, is that fish partly or wholly poisoned are exceedingly dangerous as human food, and there are not wanting instances of fatal results from eating them when captured in this fashion. The following are the plants referred :— 1. AnamirTA coccuLus, Wight, Arn. In Malay Tuba-biji, also Tuba-tuni. This is the well-known plant, more familiar to most persons under the name of Cocculus indicus, belonging to the natural order MENISPERMACEA, and is perhaps the most generally used as a fish-poison, and certainly the most efficacious. It isa climber belonging to the Malayan flora, extending over large trees, with a stout woody stem between two and three inches in diameter with a deeply-cracked, corky, ash-colored bark. It used to be called Menispermum cocculus or Cocculus suberosus, but as it has stamens combined in a central column and no corolla, it is made into a separate genus called Anamerta. Dr. Chistison recommends the medical jurist to familiarize himself with this plant because used as a medicine, it is widely used also for destroying fish, and also by brewers as a substitute for hops,* an adulteration which is prohibited under heavy penalties. What renders it more formidable as a poison is the difficulty of tracing it, for it leaves no marks on the viscera after death, by which it could be detected, The poisonous properties are principally in the fruit, which is a juicy berry, varying in size from a pea to a small cherry. It is sub-globose, notched, dark brown in color, rough and wrinkled. There is a husk which is acrid and bitter, enveloping a thin bivalved white shell, from which arises a central placenta, con- tracted at the base and divided above into two cells. , Between the placenta and the shell is a yellowish, oily, very bitter seed of semilunar form. The poisonous qualities depend on a substance called pycrotoxine,t a white crystalline suostance, usually crystal- lizing in needles, granular or in transparent plates or silky flexible *So Dr. Chistison says; but more probably to render the beer more intoxicating. + See Ann. de Chim. LXXX., p. 209; Ann. de Chim. et de Phys. liv. 181 ; Lancet, Jan. 11, 1851, p. 47. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. IS filaments. It is soluble in 150 parts of water at F. 57° or 25 parts boiling water, and in ether, alcohol, and acetic acid. It is intensely bitter, and has been found to be poisonous to dogs, goats, cows, crocodiles, birds, and some insects. On man its effects are nausea and sickness, with staggering, trembling, tetanic convul- sions and insensibility. It is very fatal to fish, roach being killed very easily, but barbel with more difficulty. The barbel is the fish which, of all others when captured by this method, has pro- duced serious results in those who ate it. It is thought that this is because these fish are less affected by the poison, and taking a longer time to die a larger quantity of it is absorbed.* The method of employing the seeds for the capture of fish is probably to throw a handful or more into the water over-night, and in the morning the fish are found lying on the surface stupefied for the most part, and a few dead. This is what is done in England, France, and to my knowledge in Australia. 2. Derris uLicinosaA, Benth. In Malay Tuba-kayu, in the Sundanese kingdom of Java Tuba-awewe. The genus contains about 35 species, most of them belonging to the flora of tropical Asia. Two extend into tropical Africa and Australia. One of these is the species above-mentioned, of which Mr. James Britten, F.L.S., in the Treasury of Botany, states that the stems are used in Zambesi Land as a fish-poison, and act very effectively and speedily. I was informed in Java that it was the bast of the stem which was thrown into the water, and very soon caused the fish to rise stupefied. It is a tall, woody, glabrous climber, and from the specific name affects swampy grounds. Leaflets in the common form five or seven, one and a-half to three inches long, obtusel y *** According to Sprengel,” says Pereira (Vol. II., Pt. II., p. 666), ‘* the fruit Cocculus indicus was introduced by the Arabians, and was described by Avicenna and Serapion under the name of Maheradsch.” In the copy, however, of the Latin translation of Avicenna (Venice, 1564), the word Maheradsch does not occur, but Mahezeheregi or Maheizhera is said to intoxicate fish. Norcan I find it inSerapion. Anamirta cocculus is some- times termed the Levant Nut or Bacca orientalis. 214 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, acuminate, shining; pod very flat and thin, obtuse at both ends, an inch to an inch and a-half long, the suture bordered by a narrow wing, with one or two seeds. This species is found on all the eastern coasts of Australia as far south as the jungles on the Hastings river. In the Asiatic tropics it is very widely dis- tributed and common. 3. DeERRIS FORSTENIANA, Bl. Tuba-perampuan or the woman’s fish-poison. I found that in the Moluccas this species has also fish-poisoning qualities attributed to it, though why it is called woman’s fish-poison I have been unable to ascertain. _ It grows in Celebes, in all the Moluccas, Borneo, and less commonly in the Malay Peninsula. 4, ARTANEMA SESAMOIDES, Benth. In Malay Tuba-berebai. This is a smal] and somewhat ornamental species of a scrophula- riaceous plant nearly allied to the Australian A. fimbriatum, and resembling the common fox-glove (Digitalis) or the sesamum plant. I was not aware that any poisonous qualities were attributed to it, but in south Sumatra the Lampong Malays use it as a fish- poison. They gather the herbaceous stems and throw them over- night into the water in considerable quantity. In the morning most of the fishes of the pool are found floating on the surface. 5. PoNGAMIA VOLUBILIS, Z. and M. (Leguminose). In Sunda named by the natives Tuba-genu. It is a climbing plant very much like Derris; in fact it is only separated from that genus and Lonchocarpus by the peculiarity of its pods, which are of an oblong form, about two inches long and an inch broad, flat, thick and hard, not winged at the edges, and containing only one thick kidney-shaped seed. In Java there is no plant so much sought after as a fish-poison. The stems, when cut into short lengths and thrown into the water, stupefy the fishes more rapidly than any other fish-poison ; sometimes in less than an hour the effects are produced. A closely allied species (P. glabra) is extensively diffused throughout southern India, Burmah, Malacca, the Indian Archipelago, 8. China, N. Australia, and the Fiji Islands. The seeds produce abundance of oil much used by the poorer classes. = * BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 215 It has a deep yellowish or reddish-brown colour, and is so thick that it solidifies at F.60°. I believe that this species also possesses in its stem fish-poisoning qualities, but much weaker than the other. 6. Mituerria sericea, W. and Arn. (Leguminose). In Malay Tuba gatel. Another genus of climbing papilionaceous plants, closed allied to Wistaria, with which it is united by von Mueller and others. It is only distinguished from such genera as Tephro- sia, Pongamia, Robinia, &c., by minor peculiarities, especially about the seed-pod. It is much sought after as a fish-poison, and by some of the natives is preferred to any other. 7. Mrityertia rostrata (?) Miq. Malay name Tuba-lalur. Another species to which the same fish-poisoning properties are attributed. 8. HartIGHSEA ACUMINATA, Miq. (Meliacee). This is a some- what large tree belonging to a genus which has representa- tives in Australia and New Zealand. In the latter islands its leaves have a bitter taste, and are used as a substitute for hops, or asa tonic. In Malay it is called Tuba-siapa, and on the west coast of Sumatra, at least, is extensively used as a fish-poison, but I do not know what part of the plant is employed. 9. Potyconum BarBatuM, L. (Polygonacee). Malay name Jukut-jaran or jarang. This species is common in tropical Asia, Africa and Australia. It is used as a fish-poison in many portions of the Archipelago, and I believe it is the same species which is used by the natives of Australia for the same purpose. 10. Tepurosia (Leguminose). A genus which has many fish- poisons amongst its species, for any representative of which I have searched in vain in the Oriental region. In Australia, however, we have a great number of species, about 28. It will assist the comprehension of the previous remarks to mention what is said by Lindley, (Veg. King. 2nd edit. 1847, p. 549.) “ Many Tephrosias ave employed as fish-poisons especially 7’. toxicaria, the young branches of which, with the leaves pounded, and sometimes mixed with quick-lime, are thrown into a pool of some mountain stream, 216 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, and have an almost immediate effect. The fish are observed to become stupefied and as it were intoxicated, and to rise to the surface, floating there with their belly upwards, so as to be readily taken by the hand. It has been remarked that the larger fish recover gradually from the effects of the poison, but that the younger fry perish. It has been suggested that the action of the plant on the human system would resemble that of Digitalis, and might prove in a climate where that plant does not grow, a desirable substitute.” It may be mentioned in connection with this subject, that the elder Pliny in the 25th book of his Natural History, Ch. Liv., attributes fish-poisoning properties to a plant which has been somewhat doubtfully identified as the Aristolochia pistolochia of Linneus. He says “The fishermen on the coasts of Campania give the round root the name of “ Poison of the earth,” and I myself have seen them pound it with lime and throw it into the sea, The fishes swam towards it at once with astonishing eagerness and were at once struck dead so as to float on the surface.” There are two species of Arzstolochia in the flora of Malaysia but to neither of them are fish-poisoning properties attributed. Fish Manures.—Small fishes and those of an uneatable kind are brought ashore by the fishermen and sold as manure. Chinese are also employed by some of the sugar planters on the coast for the especial purpose of catching fish to be employed as manure. The consequences to the health of the very numerous labourers on these plantations can be easily imaginel. Many condemn the practice as a great waste of the food-supplies of the people, but as a rule only those species are employed which are not consumed as food. The following is a list of the species which I have seen principally employed as manure. 1. AmBASSIS NALUA, Cuv. and Val. A fish belonging to the perch family, comprising the smallest of that extensive group, some of the species not exceeding an inch in length. They are most abundant on the coasts of the tropical Indo-Pacific, and in the fresh waters belonging tothat area. The species are numerous BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, AGG and very difficult to distinguish, some 30 having been described. Colour very plain, a silvery hue pervading the whole fish (Giinther). 2. Apocon Fucatus, Cantor. 3. A. QUADRIFASCIATUS, Cuv. and Val. 4, A. PonciLoprerus, Cuv. and Val. All fishes of the percoid family, representing a more highly developed form of the family than A mbassis, although of similarly small size. Their distribution coincides very much with that of Ambassis, but they are chiefly marine, very few of their species entering fresh water. They belong to the kind of fishes which from their habit are termed ‘‘Coral fishes,” being found in the greatest abundance in the neighbourhood of coral reefs, in company with Chaetodonts, Poma- centride, and others. Their colours are ornamental and highly diversified, as is generally the case in coral fishes, the majority of the species showing transverse or longitudinal bands or large spots, and numerous other smaller markings which in the dead fish soon disappear. Nearly one hundred species have been described, of which a few only occur in the Atlantic, one extending northwards into the Mediterranean (Giinther). 5. APISTUS CaRINATUS, Bl. & Schn. One of the family of Scor- penide ; of the genus there are only two species from the Indian Ocean. They are very small fishes, and like all the family exceed- ingly thorny, but of interest on account of the prolongation of their pectoral fins, by means of which they are said to be enabled to take extraordinary flying leaps out of the water. 6. Mrnous monopactytvs, Bl. & Schn. A small fish of anything but prepossessing appearance, with long pre-orbital spines, and a strong sharp spine and three shorter and blunter ones on the operculum. Greyish in color, flesh-colored along the abdomen, fins marked with black, seldom exceeding four or five inches in length. 7. EcHineis NAvucratgs, L. One of the sucking fish or Remoras, and probably the most common as well as one of the largest ; for, though a slender fish, it is not uncommonly three feet 218 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, long. The fish is not considered good for food, but it has the highest reputation as a manure, being especially recommended for fruit trees. It is never very numerous, but single individuals occur at all seasons in the Straits of Malacca. Wild pigs are at all times much attracted into the cane-brakes by the smell of decayed fish, as well as tigers and other wild animals, including the rhinoceros, as some Malays assured me. Their usual diet is fruit, but even ruminants sometimes take to a fish diet. This is no novelty, as the following quotation will show. It is inserted here, not only for its interest and connection with the subject, but because it will be probably new to imost readers. It is taken from the ‘ Barnstable Journal’ (Cape Cod, Mass., U.S., America) of Feb. 7th, 1833. “ FeEDING CatTLE oN Fisu.—The cattle at Provincetown feed on fish with apparently as good relish as upon the best kinds of fodder. It is said that some cows, kept there several years, will, when grain and fish are placed before them at the same time, prefer the latter, eating the whole of the fish before they touch the grain. Like one of old, we were rather incredulous on this subject, till we had the evidence of ocular demonstration. We have seen the cows at that place boldly enter the surf in pursuit of the offals thrown from the fish boats on the shore, and when obtained, masticate and swallow every part except the hardest bones. A Provincetown cow will dissect the head of a cod with wonderful celerity. She places one foot on a part of it, and with her teeth tears off the skin and gristly parts, and in a few moments nothing is left but the bones.” “The inhabitants of Provincetown are not the only people who feed their cattle upon fish. The natives of the Coromandel coast, as well as in other parts of the East, practise feeding their flocks and herds with fish. Herodotus mentions this. The celebrated traveller Ibn Batuta, who visited Zafar, the most eastern city in Yemen, in the early part of the 14th century, says that the inhabi- tants of that city carried on a great trade in horses in India, and at that period fed their flocks and herds with fish, a practice BY THE REV. J. E.°TENISON-WOODS. 219 which, he says, he had nowhere else observed.” See also Nat. Hist. Fishes of Massachusetts by Dr. J. V. C. Smith, Boston, U.S., 1833. See also Semper’s ‘Animal Life,’ Chap. IT., p. 64, and Note 13, p. 414. Tue Tripane Visnery.— Esculent Holothurians are found throughout the whole of the Indian Archipelago, through the Moluccas along the Australian coast, and through most of the warmer parts of the Pacific, in fact in nearly every place where coral reefs are extensively developed. The word tripang is Malay, but there are various names for the same animal in all the islands of the Indian region. In Visayan and Tagalo it is Talipan, but another quality is called Munang. In Celebes it is called Stwala and Tripang as well. There are other names, too, used in the trade which are partly corruptions of Spanish, Portuguese, and Chinese, such as Balate, Kikisan, Ginseng, &c. The Chinese call it Hoi-Sham and Hai-Shin, the white variety Pak- or Peh-Hoi-Sham, the black Hak- or Heh-Hoi-Sham, the red Hung-Hoi-Sham. As far as my observation extends, the tripang fishery is not extensively followed anywhere near the Straits of Malacca. There is more of it, perhaps, in Borneo and to the north of that island where the coral reefs are very extensive. Tripang does not seem to be abundant apart from coral reefs. The most extensive employment of Malays in this fishery is off the coast of Australia. Every year at the proper season, that is during the north-west monsoon, a fleet of 200 to 400 prahus leave the different parts of Celebes and some of the Moluccas for the Australian coasts, where they pursue the tripang fishery for some months. 1t would seem that this annual expedition has gone on from time immemorial, and no doubt, as Flinders remarks, nature has to some extent been modified by the intercourse. Possibly this is the origin of the rice-plant which is found in North Australia, the bean (Phaseolus) and the bamboo, besides several Indian weeds and food-plants. Flinders met a party of these fishermen in February, i802. They were from Macassar, and mustered about 60 prahus. The object of their expedition was tripang, which they obtained by diving in from three to eight 220 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, fathoms. These Holothurians were very abundant in Arnheim’s Bay where Flinders met the Malays, so that a diver would bring up eight or ten at a time. They were preserved by scalding them for a few minutes in boiling water after splitting them up and depriving them of their intestines. They then smoked or simply dried them in the sun stretched on pieces of bamboo after being pressed between stones. The prahus return in the beginning of the south-east monsoon, that is about the end of February. The chief of the Malay fleet told Flinders that he had been trading to Australia every year for the previous 20 years, and he believed that their fleet was the first which came there, a state- ment which we have good reason to question. The fishery is practised entirely for the Chinese market. I do not think that the Malays consume the tripang, but, as everyone is aware, it is so much sought after in China, and is an expensive luxury, which leads to a very profitable trade. Crawfurd remarks, however, that as no mention is made of the article by the early Portuguese and Spanish writers, the trade began with the comparatively modern arrival of the Chinese in the Archipelago. It is scarcely necessary to do more than mention the fishery here, unless it be to correct several popular errors about the nature of the sea-cucumber as the Holothuria is called. In the various descriptions of the trade, perhaps the best is that given by Capt. A. Cheyne to the well-known P. L. Simmonds, author of ** Animal Products and their Uses,” but it is full of expressions as to the dimensions and parts of the animal which would lead toa total misconception of its nature. Thus it is called a fish, and the ambulacral tube-feet are called teats, and it is said of a sort called Bankolungan, that it is ‘‘ brown on the back; the belly white, crusted with lime, with a row of teats on each side :? furthermore we are told that it is hard and rigid, and scarcely possesses any power of locomotion, while others are said to be known by exuding a white adhesive substance which sticks to the fingers when handled. It may be necessary, therefore, to explain that tripangs, béches- de-mer or sea-cucumbers, belong to the class EcHINODERMATA, and BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. O42 | ure the most highly organized members of it; thatis to say vermi- form animals with a leathery skin in which calcareous granules, plates and spicules are developed. There is no shell like the sea- urchins, and it need not be said there is no back or belly in the ordinary sense of the term. The so-called “teats” are usually distributed in five rows, dividing the body into an equal number of segments, but they may be partly or wholly wanting. They are the ambulacral tube-feet, corresponding with the same organs in star-fish, or in the poriferous zones of sea-urchins. Sometimes these tube-feet are scattered over the whole body, or they are restricted to what, for convenience, is called the ventral surface. There is a long convoluted intestine, a special water-vascular system ard a sand canal. The breathing is perfurmed by a respiratory tree or plume of arborescent tubes around the mouth. In the family of Synaptide there is uo respiratory tree, and the tube-feet are wanting, whilst the skin is furnished with calcareous spicules of various shapés. The Synaptide burrow in the mud or sand, and the skin is furnished with anchor-shaped spicules, with a little calcareous disc fastened loosely around the shafts of the anchor. In Chirodote the skin has minute calcareous wheels. In the Oncinolabide the skin has barbed spicules, and there are tube-feet but no respiratory tree. It is a matter of regret to me that though I have seen a good deal of tripang fishery in the Moluccas, Philippines, and Australia, and know most of the commercial varieties which will be referred to presently, 1 am unable to give any details towards their zoological identification. The commoner species collected belong to the genus Holothuria. Thus M. Dujardin (Hist. Nat. Zoophy., Echinodermes) gives as the tripang species, Holothuria edulis, Lesson ; H. peruwiana, Lesson; H. ananas, Q. and G.; but to these must be added probably some of the genera Miillera, Stichopus, Psolus, Synapta, and some others. The order is divided into (1) Apnewmona or sea-slugs, with no respiratory tree, the tube- feet wanting (Synaptide) or present (Oncinolabide), and (2) Pnew, monifera with a respiratory tree, such as S/olothuria, T'hyone- Molpadia, Psolus, Cucumeraria, &e. The genus Holothwria has 222 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, been divided into two sub-genera Thelenota and Muicrothele. Holothuria is in some sort the type of the whole order. It has a cylindrical, more or less elongated body, rounded towards the extremities, tube-feet more numerous on the crawling surface, scattered above and forming raised conical papille, mouth surrounded by 20 short tentacles, shield-like, branched at their extremity, forming a double alternating series. All the order have a singular facility for contracting to such an extent as to disgorge the whole of the interior viscera as well as the tentacles. At the end of some months the animal is said to reproduce them, Synapte are perhaps the most interesting animals of the group, with their microscopic spicules like anchors with long shanks fastened to little discs and standing out at right angles to the skin, to which they give a characteristic rough and adhesive feeling on being touched. The milk-white sticky exudation is a form of cnide ejection in which a poisoning power for defensive purposes is included as in the sea-anemones. As already stated, the coral reefs are covered at low water with a great many of these sea-slugs of all sorts of dingy colours, but only a smal] proportion of them are of use for the Chinese market. They are distinguished on the Australian coast by the names of * Black-fish,” ‘‘ Teat-fish,” ‘ Red-fish,” ‘ Cotton-fish,” and so on. Amongst the Malays in the Moluccas, Borneo, and the Philippines, the same kinds are distinguished by the names of Talipan and Munang, Lolowan, Matan, Sapatos-China, Sapatos-grande, Balate- blanco, Hanginan, Bacolongan and Kih-kih-san. Some of these names I give only on the authority of Capt. Cheyne in the “Technologist,” for I never heard them, but I have no doubt they are in use, but with a different orthography. Bacolongan is a well-known Tagalo and Visayan term for the first quality of balate or tripang. It is 11 to 15 inches long, oval, brown, with a row of tube-feet on each side. It is hard, rigid, does not move about much, and usually keeps to the deeper water, and therefore can only be obtained by diving. I have not been able to find any derivation for the name. BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 933 Kih-hih-san denotes a species prized equally with the last. It is more plentiful and is found without diving. The word is Chinese, and denotes anything poor, miserable, spiritless, or help- less, possibly referring to the habits of the animal. It is from half a foot to a foot long, black above, greyish on the crawling surface, with the tube-feet as in the last variety. Talipan is a deep mahogany-red color, narrow, and sometimes two feet long, found in two or three fathoms of water ; upper- surface covered with large conical papille. The name is a true Philippine term for a kind of balate.. Munang is a small kind, about eight inches long, quite black and smooth, without tube-feet or tentacles, probably a Synapta. The name is generally applied to a shell-fish. The above four kinds are the best qualities of tripang. The inferior sorts are as follows :— 1. Zapatos china, or the Chinese shoe, a Spanish term applied to an oval slug with a wrinkled surface found adhering to the coral. 2. Lolowan, found on various parts of the reef, similar to the last, but narrow. ‘The term is Philippine-Malay, and the meaning given to me is probably expressed by the Latin circwmeisus. 3. Balate-blanco is oval, white and orange, exuding the adhe- sive cottony threads, burying itself in the sand and coming out at night, whence they are generally gathered by moonlight. 4. Matan differs only in color from the preceding : grey, white and speckled. The name refers to some supposed peculiarity about the eyes or vision. 5. Hanganas, generally a foot long, grey or green, found on the inner side of reefs ; the name is applied also to the noise made by the surf on the edge of the reefs. Very inferior in quality. The method of curing the tripang varies slightly in different countries, Sun-dried slugs fetch the most in the Chinese market, but as this is a process which requires 20 days and more to com- plete, while smoking only requires four or five days, the latter is 224 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, generally adopted, except by the Malaysand Chinese. The methods are very simple : a low bamboo shed thatched with leaves is erected with two tiers of open drying frames. The fish are placed on the lower ones, about three feet above a trench as long as the building, nearly as wide as the frames and two feet deep. This is kept filled with burning wood. The slugs are split up, eviscerated, washed in fresh water, and placed first upon the lower frames, and then upon the upper until they are dry, care being taken not to scorch or cook them. They are stowed away in bags, and great care must be exercised in drying them from time to time in the sun, as damp and mould easily destroy them. The following directions for scalding tripang are taken from Simmonds’ “ Com- mercial Products of the Sea,” p. 110. “Bacolongon and Kih-kih-san will require to be boiled about five minutes or more, if the pot is nearly full; they should be well stirred, and should be taken out when thoroughly heated through, by which time they will feel quite hard and elastic. The cut part of the fish, when properly boiled, should be of a blue and amber color. The Talipan and Munang require to be boiled fully ten minutes. The Munang dries very quickly ; but the Talipan is very difficult to cure, and often requires two boilings before it will dry. The Zapatos china requires to be boiled about 15 minutes; if properly boiled it will dry very quickly. The Balate blanco and Matan need very little boiling, say three or four minutes, if the pot is nearly full. They should be taken out as soon as they shrink and are throughly heated through. The Hanganas should be boiled about 20 minutes. This sort must be very carefully handled when raw, as it will break in pieces if held any time in the hand. It appears to me that there are two ways of boiling béche-de-mer equally good. The first is to take them out when boiled about a minute, or as soon as they shrink and feel hard ; the other method is to boil them as before stated ;, but in boiling either way, the slugs ought, if properly cooked, to dry like a boiled egg immediately on being taken out of the pot.” It is further added that much care is required to prevent broiling or blistering, but too little heat will render it liable to get putrid in BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 225 a few hours. The splitting up and evisceration must not be delayed too long or decomposition rapidly sets in: if the fish can- not be attended to at once, they should be kept in warm water, and not exposed to the sun. ASTERIADE, STARFISHES, BritTLE Stars, &c.— The following list includes all rhe species identified by me, as well as some which I take from the list of M. Edmund Perrier.7 ASTERIAS TENUISPINA, Lamarck. CALVASTERIAS ASTERINOIDES, Perrier. *ACANTHASTER ECHINITES, Gray. CIBRELLA ORNATA, Perrier. EcHINASTER ERIDANELLA, Valenc. E. FALLAX, Miill. and Trosch. *MITHRODIA CLAVIGERA, Lamarck. *FROMIA MILLEPORELLA, Lamarck. F. monitis, Valenc. METRODIRA SUBULATA, Lamarck. *LINKIA DIPLAX, Miill. and Trosch. *L. MILIARIS, Linck. *L. MULTIFORA, Lamarck. L. PACIFICA, Gray. L. PAUCIFORIS, von Martens. L. ROSENBERGI, von Martens. *SCYTASTER AGYPTIACUS, Gray. 8. TUBERCULATUS, Miill. and Trosch. *S. VARIOLATUS. OPHIDIASTER PUSILLUS, Mill. and Trosch. +Nouvelles Archives du Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Deuxiéme Série. Tome I., 1875. 15 226 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, *+CULCITA NOVZ-GUINEZ, Miill. and Trosch. *C,. PENTANGULARIS, Gray. *O, SCHMIDELIANA, Retz. GONIASTER OBTUSANGULUS, Lamarck. GONIODISCUS CUSPIDATUS, Lamarck. G. GRACILIs, Gray. G. PLEYADELLA, Lamarck. *G, sEB#, Miill. and Trosch. *GYMNASTERIA CARINIFERA, Lamarck. G. BISERRATA, von Martens. *PENTACEROS MURICATUS, Linck. *P. optusaTus, Lamarck. P. suPERBUS, Mobius. *P. TURRITUS, Linck. PENTAGONASTER INZQUALIS, Gray. *P,. SEMILUNATUS, Linck. STELLASTER BELCHERI, Gray. *ASTERINA EXIGUA, Lamarck. *A. GIBBOSA, Pennant. *A. PENICILLARIS, Lamarck. *ARCHASTER ANGULATUS, Mill. and Trosch. *A. TYPICUS, Sars. ASTROPECTEN JAVANIcUS, Mill. and Trosch, A. POLYACANTHUS, Mill. and Trosch. *LUIDIA MACULATA, Miill. and Trosch. *PTERASTER CRIBROSUS, von Martens. BY THE REV. J, E. TENISON-WOODS. Dn The species marked with an asterisk are common to other regions. The Malayan region, according to M. Perrier, in spite of some secondary differences ought to be considered not only in the matter of the Asteriadz, but in other departments, as forming one vast region of zoological geography. The most intimate affinities unite the faunas that belong to its different portions, to which, however, he thinks more properly the term Pacific fegion should be applied. The Indian species, properly speaking, are so few in number that they may be inserted here for comparison. ASTERIAS RUBENS, L. PENTACEROS AFFINIS, Mill. and Trosch. P. REGULUS, Valenc. P. REINHARDTII, Liitk. P. vERRUCOSUS, Mill. and Trosch. P. WESTERMANNI, Liitk. DORIGONA LONGIMANA, Perrier. ASTROPECTEN EURYACANTHUS, Liitk. M. Perrier says that it is sufficient to cast one’s eyes on this list and to compare it with the preceding to see that the Malayan and Indian regions differ completely in starfishes. If the genera are nearly allied, the species are absolutely distinct. EcuinoipEa.— Hardly perhaps connected with the fisheries, but still deserving mention, are the Sea-urchins, &c. The Straits of Malacca are essentially the bome of the sea-urchin known as Diadema setosum, an urchin of great beauty in the water from its spines five and six inches long, straight, stiff and black, like hairpin wire. When the tide is out the ledges of rock are seen to be simply covered with them as closely as they can Jie. The natives call them Bulan-babi or round pig, and they regard the formidable spines with much dread. Next in numbers is Zemno- pleurus torwematicus, which was frequently brought up when dredging, together with a Salmacis. The following species have also been identified :— bo 28 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, ECHINOIDEA OF THE ORIENTAL REGION. CIDARIS METULARIA, Blainv. PHYLLACANTHUS IMPERIALIS, Lamarck. DriapEMA SETOSUM, A. Agassiz. EcHINOTHRIX CALAMARIS, Pallas. E. TuRCARUM, Schynr. CoLOBOCENTROTUS ATRATUS, L. HETEROCENTROTUS MAMMILATUS, Klein. H. trriconarius, Lamarck. ECHINOMETRA LUCUNTER, Leske. *K. OBLONGA, Bl. STOMOPNEUSTES VARIOLARIS, Lamarck. *STRONGYLOCENTROTUS TUBERCULATUS, Lamarck. TEMNOPLEURUS TOREUMATICUS, Klein. SaLMacis BICOLOR, Agassiz. S. DUSSUMIERI, Agassiz. *S. RARISPINA, Agassiz. *S. sutcata, Agassiz. MESPILIA GLOBULUS, Agassiz. TRIPNEUSTES ANGULOSUS, Leske, = Hipponoé variegata, Gray. FIBULARIA OVULUM, Pallas. *F. voLva, Agassiz. CLYPEASTER HUMILIS, Leske. LAGANUM DEPRESSUM, Lesson. L. DECAGONALE, Bell, = Peronella decagonalis, Agassiz. L. PERONII, Agassiz. BY THE REV. J. E, TENISON-WOODS. 229 ARACHNOIDES PLACENTA, L. EcHINODISCUS BIFORIS, Leske. E. tazvis, Klein. *LOVENIA ELONGATA, Gray, Celebes ; Northern Borneo. BREYNIA AUSTRALASIA, Leach. ECHINOCARDIUM AUSTRALE, Gray. BrIssus CARINATUS, Lamarck. MATALIA STERNALIS, Lamarck. *ScHIZASTER VENTRICOSUS, Gray. Locality uncertain, but pro- bably Banguey. Those specimens marked with an asterisk were collected by the author. The list, no doubt, would be much increased were a special search made. CrustTacga, Corats, Motiusca, &c.—The crustacea do not form a very important part of the fisheries of Malaysia, but they occupy a considerable place in the natural history of the region. Like the fishes, the species are widespread, though some of their pecu- liarities are somewhat local. They are not so well known, how- ever, or not so popularly known as other members of the animal kingdom from the difficulty of preserving them. But few collectors have the necessary skill for removing the perishable portions of the animal and leaving only the shell, and thus we do not often find specimens of crustaceans except in educational museums. Even there the collections are defective, and perhaps there is no portion of zoology which makes slower progress. The great naturalist of the province, George Everard Rumpf, collected in this department of the animal kingdom as in every other, and in his Z’hesawrus Imaginum Piscium Testaceorum, etc., published in Batavia in 1711, figured a good many crabs, lobsters, crayfish, &c., which are common to Malaysia and the adjoining islands. The engravings are in many cases very well executed, so yen 230 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, as to leave their recognition a matter of no difficulty. The letter- press gives a Latin name as well as the appellations by which most of the species are known in Malay, the local dialect, and Dutch. Many of the references of Linnzeus are to these figures, and thus they serve to fix the names of the species. There appears to have been little change in the Malay nomenclature during the last 180 years. Perhaps it may be well to remind readers that the class Crustacea is divided into four large sub-classes, and these again into fourteen or fifteen large orders. The sub-class MaLacosTraca is the one that contains all those singular beings which we dis- tinguish by the names of crabs, lobsters, crayfishes, prawns, shrimps, squillee, hermit-crabs, &e. Outside this sub-class there is only one species which need occupy our attention, which is in the small sub-class Merostomata, so-called because the upper ends of their legs are furnished with masticating jaws. There are only two orders in the Mrrostomata, one of which is extinct, and the other called XipHosuRA, because the tail is long and sharp like a sword. The animals which form this order are the king-crabs. Every one familiar with books of natural history must have seen a representation of the strange animal known as the Limulus or king-crab. It is one of those strange organisms which come like spectres from the domain of paleontology suggesting, by the odd combination of claws, nippers, spike and shield, an offensive thing, with all the noisomeness of the spider and the venom of a scorpion. Hugh Miller has made a Romance of Geology out of such beings from the Old Red Sandstone. We don’t expect to see them living now-a-days, but this one has strayed to us from remote paleozoic times. It is a survivor that claims relationship with forms belonging to the very morning of animal life. Its structure gives hints of trilobites, and it isan important connecting link with such strange creatures as Hemiaspis of the Upper Silurian. There is evidence that at one time there were many other orders, and that MErRrostomaTA was a sub-class which played an important part in the muddy waters of early paleozoic BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 231 times. The period is so remote that it makes us wonder to meet with even two survivors, which are all the king-crabs known to be living to the present day. The remarkable variations of the typical structure can be seen by referring to any of the recent works on paleontology, where the forms of Prestwichia, Neo- limulus, and SBellinwrus, while preserving the likeness, most curiously modify the details. A Limulus shell is divided into three parts; the cephalic, the abdominal, and the sword-like tail. The head is protected above by a semicircular dome-like shield, on the upper part of which are fixed a pair of compound and a pair of simple eyes ;_ below it has six pairs of legs, the first pair bent upwards, each having claws or nippers at the end, with masticating jaws at the base. The abdomen is protected above by a six-sided shield. Below this are six pairs of leaf-like appendages which carry gills and are used for swimming, while the first pair is an operculum which overlaps and protects the rest. To this is appended the long and sword- like tail. The Malay name is Balancar. King-crabs are by no means uncommon in the Malaysia. I have obtained many specimens from the Malays, the largest being about two feet in length, which came from Cuyo in the Philippine Islands. It is a burrowing animal which delights to thrust its shield under the mud in shallow water. It shovels away the slime on each side of it, using its tail as a fulerum, while its legs pick up its food in the shape of worms, small crustaceans, and other organisms, which are disinterred by its excavations.* *Mr, Alexander Agassiz writes as follows to the ‘‘ Sillimans Journal ”:— **Mr. C. D. Walcott has called attention to the fact that when collecting fossils he finds large numbers of Trilobites on their back (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N.Y., Vol. XI., p. 155, 1875, Twenty-eighth Report, N.Y. State Museum, Dec. 1876.) From this he argues that they died in their natural position, and that, when living, they probably swam on their backs. He mentions, in support of his view, the well-known fact that very young Limulus and other crustacea frequently swim in that position. I have, for several summers kept young horseshoe crabs in my jars, and have noticed that besides thus often swimming on their backs, they will remain in a eaten. oe 232 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, Amongst the Maracosrraca I can only pause to consider two orders of the sub-division PopoprHaLMATA, which have a carapace, and their eyes mounted on stalks. These are Sromapopa and Decapops. The former have six or eight pairs of legs, the gills are not enclosed in a cavity, and the shell is comparatively thin. The commonest example of this is the Sqwilla nepa or Squilla mantis, an animal which is often seen and taken for food amongst the islands of the Archipelago. It may be easily known by its zebra-like markings, and by the dactyli of the raptorial limbs being armed with six spines. The carapace is usually marked with more or less distinct longitudinal ribs, The long spines at the interior margin of the dactyli are formidable weapons and capable of giving deep wounds; it must therefore be handled with care. The Mantisquilla must not be confounded with the Pseudosquilla, which is much smaller, and has no longitudinal ridges on the cara- pace, while the dactyli of the raptorial limbs are armed with three slender spines including the terminal, which is the longest. The Malays call this Hudang-laut or sea-prawn. There is another small Squilla named Gonodactylus chiragra, which is allied to Pseudosquilla; but the penultimate joint of the raptorial limbs is not armed with a comb of teeth, and the dactylus is considerably dilated at the base, and is capable of giving a severe wound to those who are inconsiderate enough to meddle with these similar position for hours perfectly quiet, on the bottom of the jars where they are kept. When they cast their skin it invariably keeps the same attitude on the bottom of the jar. It is not an uncommon thing to find on beaches, where Limulus is common, hundreds of skins thrown up and left dry by the tide, the greater part of which are turned on their backs. An additional point to be brought forward to show that the Trilobites probably passed the greater part of their life on the backs, and died in that attitude, is that the young Limulus generally feed while turned on their backs; moving at an angle with the bottom, the hind extremity raised, they throw out their feet beyond the anterior edge of the carapace, browsing, as it were upon what they find in their roads, and washing away what they do not need by means of a powerful current produced by the abdominal appendages.” Amer. Jour. Sci., January 1878. a : BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 233 little creatures in the water. They are about three or four inches long, and of generally green colour. All the species are’ widely distributed throughout the oriental region, and are very common on the coral reefs of Australia. There is another species named Gonodactylus graphurus, equally widely distributed, but rarer ; distinguished by a median keel on the sixth segment and several small prominences on the tail. There are other species besides, which I need not particularise, so let us pass to the other order or Decaropa, which are so called because they have always ten legs, with a strong large shell, besides having their gills contained in an enclosed, chamber. The Drcapopa are divided into three tribes, viz., the Macrura or long-tailed, the Brachyura or short-tailed, and the Anomura or irregular-tailed. The Macrura include the lobsters, shrimps and prawns, which are very well represented in Malaysia. Most of the prawns have a wide range and extend even to Australia. Thus Peneus canaliculatus, which is commonly seen in the markets and of large size, is common on the coast of Australia as well as the south coast of China and Japan, and extends from the Gulf of Suez on the one side to the Loyalty Islands on the other. There are five or six other species which are equally widely distributed. All kinds of prawns are called Hudang by the Malays. The rivers of the Malay Peninsula and some of the islands have one species at least of freshwater prawn (Palemon ornatus ?) and probably another small species known to naturalists as Leander natator. The crabs or short-tailed Decaropa are well represented in all the waters which wash the Malayan coasts, with some land representatives as well. The Malays call them Ketam or Katam. In the Philippine dialects this becomes Catang, besides similar terms in the cognate dialects, but the spelling is liable to great variation. As articles of food, most of the species are highly valued by the natives. The methods adopted in fishing for them call for no special remark. Crab and lobster traps are used. It is in these seas that that extraordinary Brachyuran, the spinose Parthenope (P. horrida, L.) occurs. It has a singular and formidable 234 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, heart-shaped carapace, which, together with the long ponderous claws are covered with the roughest spines and tubercles. Spinose crabs are rather the rule in this region. When dredging off the Dindings almost every cast of the net brought up numbers of the long-armed and spinose species of Lambrus. The little smooth nut-crabs, Lewcosia and Myra, were equally common from about 10 fathoms. I also found more than one species of those long slender-clawed spider-crabs (Zphis), with curious projections from the carapace. The spotted crab is also a denizen of these regions, known to naturalists as Carpilius, remarkable for the round and smooth carapace with peculiar notches and projections, huge claws and three, four, or five large round red spots. In the Straits of Malacca also occurs the tortoise-crab (Calappa hepatica, L.), but it is generally distributed throughout all the oriental region, extend- ing, with Carpilius, Lambrus, Myra, &c., along all the coasts of tropical Australia. Indeed it may besaid that with regard to the crustacea, the differences between Australia and Malaysia are not numerous, while the species common to both would make too long a list for insertion here. In the tortoise-crab the carapace is wide, extending over the limbs like a dome, and perfectly covering them, even though the claws are very large and compressed, and has a wide projecting shell on the upper margin. When squatted down, with their limbs securely housed, they are like a box. The name Calappa is derived from the Malay word for cocoa-nut, but according to Rumphius the crustacean is also called Cattam-bisa or the poisoned-crab. It would be useless to attempt to enumerate all the different species of crabs that are found in this region. J may mention Ketam-batu or stone-crab, a large species, Ketam-ayam, WVeptunus pelagicus, which is the common edible crab of Sydney in Australia, Ranina dentata or Ketam-Radoc, the toothed frog-crab which is said to travel on land and clamber over the roofs of houses, This last-named is one of the very grotesque forms, with a carapace like a scoop, and disproportionately small abdomen: rough, white, spiny projections on the edge of the shell looking like artificial teeth complete the curious make-up. BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 235 On the rocks of the coast we have abundance of those half land and half sea crabs, called painted crabs (Grapsus strigosus, or variegatus ), which are found in all warm parts of the globe. The painted crab is seen on the very margin of the water, advancing with the receding tide or retreating before the water as it advances. Crowds of them may be observed standing on tiptoe on rocks, where the spray is dashing, while their somewhat small claws are incessantly going between the ground and their mouths. I think they live on the slimy Confervee and small alge, which form the green mossy coating or water marks on rocks only partially covered by the tides. They are wary creatures which keep a sharp look- out from their stalked eyes. Make any noise that you will and they go on with their feeding unconcerned ; but make a slight movement and they are off with wonderful swiftness, making jumps and performing inexplicable feats of climbing and dashing in amongst the spray, as though reckless of life or limb. I imagine that it is the self-same species that we have on all the coasts of tropical Australia. It is not eaten anywhere: I know not why. Some crabs are said to be poisonous; such as the Carpilius and Calappa. The fighting-crah or calling-crab, asthe Malays have it (Gelasimus vocans, in Malay Ketam-pangil), is found on the mangrove and muddy flats. All who are familiar with eastern tropics must know these creatures. When the tide has receded, the mud flats are seen to be riddled with their burrows, while the owners speckle the ground with moving variegations. They have one huge yellow claw as big as their whole body, so oddly disproportionate to their size indeed, as to look as if borrowed from some larger species. I believe it has been given for digging purposes alone, and if the crab is watched it will be seen to be a very effective implement. When the animal has strutted about and fed itself, and the tide is returning, it goes to the edge of its burrow, and with one sweep of its great claw puts a goodly heap of mud on the brink, and then quietly subsiding down into the pit draws the heap of mud after it, and its place is known no more. ‘The term calling-crab is probably from a sharp clicking noise they make, very like the cracking of a whip. 236 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, Ocypoda ceratopthalma, Pallas, and O. cordimana, Desmarest, are the names of two racing crabs, common in the Indian region, and known by the surprising rapidity with which they run side- ways over the sands, or burrow into them to escape detection. Their long eye-stalks, grey colour, and swiftness of foot must serve for their identification anywhere. When out exploring in Perak I found, at a height of 4000 ft. above the sea, a small, smooth green crab which probably belonged to the genus Geocarcinus. These animals are found in all tropical countries, living at some distance from the sea in burrows which they excavate near marshes or in moist forests. It is said that they feed at night, and moreover that they migrate at certain seasons to the sea to deposit their eggs ; but accurate observation is needed on these points. Amongst the long-tailed crustaceans the rock-lobster has not been mentioned, the Palinurus fasciatus, Fabr., of naturalists and Hudang-ondor of the Malays. When off Malacca in October, 1883, I had the good fortune to catch, with a hook and line, one of the largest specimens of this rock-lobster that I have seen. The antennze were enormous, being over six feet long, while the variegated white and black carapace and showy spines made it one of the handsomest species of the genus. Many persons call this a crayfish, but as that term is applied to the freshwater lobsters it had better be restricted to them. Jt will be remembered, of course, that Palinwrus has no large claw like the common lobster. The curious long-tailed lobster, Zbacus antarcticus, L., known by the wide, flat carapace, and the large and leaf-like outer antenne and partly flexible tail-pieces, is found from India to Australia, but is notcommon. It is not confined to the tropics. It need hardly be said that hermit-crabs abound on the Malay- sian coast, as they do in all tropical seas, including the genera Pagurus, Eupagurus, Diogenes, Calcinus, Cenobita and others. Any one who has been in the tropics need not be told how exceed- ingly numerous the hermit-crabs are. Such a thing as an empty sea-shell is what is rarely seen. They are filled with these adven- titious lodgers, but for the most part so carefully concealed that BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 237 some little skill in observation is required for their detection. Where it is possible, the hermit-crab having withdiawn within the spiral chamber of his borrowed house, closes the aperture with the larger of its claws. In the case of the shells belonging to the genus Werita, the resemblance of the claw to the natural opercu- lum is very close, but it will not bear inspection. A very slight attention reveals the lobster claw. As a matter of fact the animal tries the deception sometimes on shells that have not a shelly operculum. Many naturalists speak of the deception as if it was the result of some reasoning power on the part of the animal, but an attentive consideration of the facts would, I think, show that the animal acts in a blind manner in the matter. In a large number of cases there is no imitation of the operculum. Nerita seems to be the genus the shape of whose aperture especially favors it. It is also one of the commonest shells found on the beach and among the mangroves. The soft unsymmetrical abdomen, always without calcareous plates and often with ventral appendages, is very lable to injury without some very hard protecting covering such as a molluscan shell. It seems to accommodate itself in shape to the windings of the spiral chamber, so as to hold with such a tenacious grip, that the animal can seldom be extracted without injury. Sometimes the hermit-crabs will rush impetuously out of the shells through fright, butas a rule they hide themselves as best they may, keeping perfectly quiet until an opportunity of escape seems to offer. A friend of mine once, attracted by the beauty and variety of the shells on the beach at Tanjong-kling near Malacca, collected a number of these spoils of ocean for the adornment of his room. He left them on his dressing-table at the bungalow, and when he returned after dinner they were gone. All night long his slumbers were disturbed as if a game of marbles were being played upon the floor. He made sure it was a serpent in his room, and dreaded to expose his feet to the danger of being bitten by getting out to see. It was the hermit-crabs cruising about and dragging their shells along the boards. In the morning they were found scattered all over the floor, having travelled fast and far during the night. ae 238 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, Finally, some mention is due to the Birgus latro or cocoa-nut land-crabs, which, if mentioned last, are certainly not the least amongst the crustacea. The Malays call them Ketam-calappa or cocoa-nut crab, and Ketam-canary and Ketam-mulana. In Amboyna in the days of Rumphius they were called Katattut and Atattut, I presume in the Alfura dialect. The animals are not common anywhere, and as they are very destructive to cocoa- nuts they are vigorously sought after, more particularly as they are excellent eating. Amboyna and some of the Philippine Islands are the places where they seem to be best known. They are nocturnal in their habits, and live in burrows under-ground, sometimes at a little distance from the sea, and 300 feet and more above it. As to how the cocoa-nuts are procured there are conflicting accounts. Some say that the cocoa-nut tree is climbed, which seems difficult to believe. The popular account about the animal scooping out the nut through the germinal eye is absurd. The eye is beaten out, and the shell broken away by the huge claws. The husk is first completely stripped off, and the shell nipped into pieces by the powerful pincers. A great deal of oil is at certain seasons got from the tail. When in Borneo at Labuan, I saw large tracts of the low marshy ground dug up into heaps, which the natives informed me was done by land-crabs. I tried to get specimens but was unsuc- cessful. The following is a list of crustacea collected at Singapore by Surgeon-Major Archer, supplemented by a few species found by myself :— PODOPHTHALMIA. BRACHYURA. OXYRYNCHA. MAIID. MaIA MIeERsII, Walker (n.sp.) ONCINOPUS NEPTUNUS, Adams and White. DocLtea muRIcATA, Herbst. BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. D. ovis, Herbst. D. TeTRAPTERA, Walker (n.sp.) EGERIA LONGIPES, Herbst. Hyastenus oryx, A. M.-Edwards. H. pLanasius, Adams and White. H. pracantuus, De Haan. SCHIZOPHRYS ASPERA, M.-Edwards. MIcIPPA MASCARENICA, Kossman. M. curtispina, Haswell. PARTHENOPIDA, GONATONOTUS PENTAGONUS, Adams and White. CERATOCARCINUS DILATATUS, A. M.-Edwards. LAMBRUS LACINIATUS, De Haan. L. Lonerspinus, Miers. L. Loneimanus, Leach. L. pRENSOR, Herbst. CRYPTOPODIA FORNICATA, Fabr. CYCLOMETOPA. CANCRID. ATERGATUS INTEGERRIMUS, Lamarck. A. FLorIDUS, Rumph. AcT#A SponGiosa, Dana. A. AUREOLATA, Dana, var. A. RUEPPELLII, Krauss. XANTHO sCABERRIMUS, Walker (n.sp.) : LopHozozyMUs EPHELITICUS, L. ERIPHIID A. PILUMNUS VESPERTILIO, Fabr, P. DE HAANII, Miers. 239 240 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, P, LABYRINTHICUS, Miers. ACTUMNUS SETIFER, De Haan. ERIPHIA LEHVIMANA, Latr., var. Smirai, McLeay. TRAPEZIA CymMopDOCcE, Her)st. PotycrEMNUS OcHTODES, Herbst. CARCINOPLACIDE. HETEROPLAX DENTATUS, Stimpson. RHIZOPIDA, TYPHLOCARCINUS VILLOsUS, Stimpson. CERATOPLAX CILIATUS, Stimpson. GALENE BISPINOSUS, Herbst. PORTUNIDA. NeEPTUNUS PELAGICUS, L. GoNIOSOMA NATATOR, Herbst. G. CRUCIFERA, Fabr. G. INzZQUALE, Walker (n.sp.) ACHELOUS WHITEI, A. M.-Edwards. THALAMITA sma, M.-Edwards. CaPpHYRA ARCHERI, Walker (n.sp.) CATOMETOPA. MACROPTHALMID. GELASIMUS vocans, L. PopoprHaLMus VIGIL, Fabr. OcyPoDA CERATOPHTHALMA, Pallas, GRAPSID A. Grapsus stricosus, Latreille. PACHYGRAPSUS TRANSVERSUS, Gibbes. SEsARMA BocouRTI, A. M.-Edwards. a J ee fet = si * BY THE REV, J. E, TENISON-WOODS. PINNOTHERIDZ. PINNOTHERES OBESUS, Dana. Dotitta myctTriroiDEs, M.-Edwards. OXYSTOMATA. LEUCOSIID A. LEUCOSIA CRANIOLARIS, L. L. wuHiTeI, Bell. L. marmoreA, Bell. L. H&=uatosticta, Adams and White. Myra AFFINIs, Bell. M. carinata, Bell. M. austrauis, Haswell. Puityra Pisum, De Haan. Nursta pLicaTa, Herbst. OREOPHORUS RETICULATUS, Adams and White. TLos MuRIGER, Adams and White. ARcANIA 11-sprnosa, Adams and White = A. PULCHERRIMA, Haswell. ONYCHOMORPHA LAMELLIGERA, Stimpson. MATUTIDA. Matuta victrix, Fabr. M. tunaris, Herbst. M. sanksut, Leach. CALAPPIDZ. CaLApPa LopHos (Herbst), var. y, De Haan. DORIPPIDA., DoriprE stma, M.-Edwards. D. astuta, Fabr. (young specimen). 16 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, ANOMURA. DROMIIDEA. Dromia vutearis, M.-Edwards. D. rumpuil (1) Fabr. (young specimen). CONCHECETES CONCHIFERA, Haswell. PORCELLANIDA, PETROLISTHES DENTATA, M.-Edwards. P. coRALLICOLA, Haswell, var. PoLyonyx OBESULUS, White. P. comEeTEs, Walker (n.sp.) PoRCELLANELLA PIcTA, Stimpson. PAGURIDZ. DIoGENES MILES, Fabr. CLIBANARIUS VULGARIS, Herbst. CENOBITA PERLATA, M.-Edwards. DIOGENES AVARUS, Heller. GALATHEID#. GALATHEA ELEGANS, Adams and White. MACRURA. GEBIID&, GEBIOPSIS DARWINII, Miers. THALASSINID 4. THALASSINA ANOMALA, Herbst. SCYLLARID. THENUS ORIENTALIS, Herbst. PALINURID. PALINURUS ORNATUS, Fabr. BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 243 ALPHEID A. ALPHEUS COMATULARUM, Haswell. A. minus, Dana. A. EDWARDSII, Audouin., PALASMONIDA. PALEMON CARCINUS, Fabr. PEN XIDA, PrenZus MONODON (Fabr.), var. CARINATUS, Dana. P, vELUTINUS, Dana. P. arrinis, M.-Edwards. ACETES INDICUS, M.-Edwards. STOMATOPODA. SQuILLA NEPA, Fabr. GONODACTYLUS CHIRAGRA, Fabr, Motiuscan FisHeRyY.—Though I propose in another place to deal with the mollusca of the Malaysian region, this account of the zoology would be imperfect without some reference to the trade in shells for ornamental purposes. Those who have been to Singapore in one of the mail-boats will not be likely to forget the crowds of Sampans or native boats, freighted with most beautiful corals and brightly coloured shells. They are arranged in such a manner as to be really very attractive, and probably no seas can surpass this region in the beauty, variety of form, and brilliancy of colour of its corals and shells. For a few dollars, a boat-load of these curiosities may be obtained. The species principally offered are four or five species of scorpion-shells (Pteroceros lambis, chiragra, and scorpius) ; the large conch shell (Z'riton maculatus), the thorny wood-cock (Murex tenuispina), besides Murea haus- tellum, palma-rose, adustus, saxatilis, and others, About ten species of cone are commonly offered, all brightly coloured, and notably the marbled cone (Conus marmoreus). Voluta vespertilio, Mitra episcopalis, and M, vulpecula are always offered in abundance 244 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, with large and very finely shaped or colored specimens of Fusus, Pleurotoma (babylonica), Melo, Ranella, Terebra or augur-shell, and Turbinella cornigera. The finely enamelled and brilliant cowries and olives are, of course, numerously represented, notably Cyprea tigris, histrio, argus, (rarely) arabica, mappa, annulus (very common), and Ovulum ovum. The olives are confined to one or two species, such as O. irisans and O. oryza, but they are served out in bushels in beautiful preservation, with abundance of Yaticas and Neritas ; Nerita costata, atropurpurea, polita and albicilla. Trochus niloticus,and Turbo marmoratus arealsocommon, and, together with the nautilus shell, often deprived of the outer shelly coat, which is chipped off with ruthless vandalism to display the nacreous interior. The bivalve shells are well represented by the clams, Hippopus maculatus and Tridacna squamosa, always abundant and of large size; the beautiful Pecten plewronectes (both the thin red and white porcelain varieties) is common, with Placuna placenta which is used instead of glass in the window- frames in the Philippines, Macao, &.; and the clumsy-looking P. sella in all the glories of its gold and purple nacre. Curious piunz, mussels, cardiums and pearl oysters must complete this list, which has only partly enumerated the conchological splendors of the Malayaa region. Corats.—A great number and variety of corals are exposed for sale along with the shells, including, of course, a large propor- tion of branching Madrepores, such as Jf. secunda, abrotinoides, nobilis, echinata, acervata, arbuscula or rosaria, appersa, conigera, brachiata, plantaginea, subulata, spicifera, secwris, besides a good many encrusting species. The Fungia or mushroom corals are very abundant, including F. patella, dane, and echinata, with Herpetolitha limax and Polyphyllia pelvis. The large cup-shaped Furbinarias ave abundant, with the usual cespitose tufts of Seriatopera, Pocillopora, the thorny Mussas, besides numerous brain-corals, Favia, Symphyllia, Astrea, and other meandroid LITHOPHYLLACHA. Galaxea astreata is plentiful; and one day, when fishing off the Dindings, my line became entangled with a BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 245 large specimen of Dendrophyllia nigrescens, which is stated to be a Fiji species. At one time it was my intention to form a list of the species which might be considered peculiar to Singapore, but I soon found that there is absolutely no appreciable difference between the coral faunas of Singapore, the great Australian Barrier Reef, the Fiji Islands, and the islands of the Pacific. There may be local species, but these are only few in number, A good number of Malays are employed in gathering corals from the reefs, which they bleach and sell, mostly to the passengers on the mail boats. PEARL SHELL AND Prar.L FisHuries.—The eastern region has always been famous for its pearl fisheries; but more in the direction of the Aru Islands, New Guinea, and so on towards Australia, and the Sooloo Archipelago than the Indian Archipelago proper. Mother-of-pearl oysters have always been a valuable export from the Philippine Islands. Speaking of the Aru Islands, Mr. Earl says (“ Jour, Ind. Archip.” Vol. IV., p. 490) : “ But the great sources of wealth are the pearl and tripang banks which lie on the eastern side of the group, and are often several miles in width, being intersected by deep channels, some of which will admit vessels of burthen. The tripang or sea-slug is of several varieties. The greater portion is caught in shallow water, where it can be picked up off the bank without diving. The pearl oysters are of two varieties. Ist. The large oyster, with a strong thick shell, from six to eight inches in diameter, which furnishes the mother-o’-pearl shell of commerce. These are obtained by diving, and are highly prized, being nearly always in demand at Singapore for the European and Chinese markets. This oyster produces few real pearls, but certain gnarled, semi- transparent excrescences are occasionally found on the surface of the inner shell, which ave so highly esteemed by the Chinese that they often attain enormous prices. The other description is the small semi-transparent pearl oyster, having the inner surface of the shell of a bluish colour (probably a Unio). The shell is of small value as an article of commerce, but the oyster itself often 246 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, contains pearls which, although individually of no great value, are sO numerous as amply to repay the labour of collection. Pearls of sufficient size to undergo the process of boring are sometimes found, but the greater portion are what go by the name of sea- pearls, and are only marketable in China, where they are much valued when pounded and mixed with some liquid, as a medicine.” The Sooloo Archipelago has, for some hundreds of years, enjoyed a reputation for its pearl-fisheries. Barbosa, who wrote in Lisbon in 1516, referring to a time about five years earlier, says “‘ Leaving Cipit to the east we saw to the west two islands called Zolo and Taghima. Near these islands grow pearls. The two pearls of the King of Borneo, of which I have spoken, were found here.” (Primo Viaggio, p. 125). When in Sulu in November, 1885, I had an opportunity of seeing something of the pearl-fisheries. The principal dealers are the Chinese, who sometimes have some fine specimens to offer for sale. Ail that I saw were beautifully round, and of fine golden colour, for which a fair price was asked. The island may be said to be an emporium for pearl-shells and pearls. The stores where they were offered for sale were those of general dealers, a combination of grocers and provision merchants, while seemingly ready to buy and sell everything like all Chinese shopkeepers, who are traders to the manner born. They had large stocks of shell, which they were ready to retail by weight at a price which would make a pair cost about a dollar and a half. The pearl oysters of this region may be known by the peculiar rich golden color of the nacre. The island is used as a convict station by the Spaniards for Indians and Mestizos. Many of these gain a liveiihood by painting or carving upon them rough representations of the Last Supper, the Crucifixion, and other Scriptural subjects. As the waters round the island are unusually deep, the fishery requires divers of astonishing powers of endurance. I will not venture to repeat the stories that I have heard on this subject. A diver will frequently bring up about 301b. of shell. I need not describe the methods adopted, which are well known. From the Island of Labuan, also, pearls are sometimes sent to Singapore to the value - a BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 247 of about £11,000 per annum; but latterly the trade has much declined. The price of pearls varies very much. The quotations available give for a good round white pearl of three grains about 17s, to £1, and one of thirty grains from £85 to £100. OTHER SHELLS.—The trade in shells as curios has already been referred to, but there is still a small commerce in shells for manufacturing and useful purposes, such as—(1) Nacreous shells for buttons, brooches, and similar useful articles ; (2) iridescent shells for inlaying work ; (3) small shells for shell-flowers, basket- work, ladies’ ornaments ; (4) cameos ; (5) domestic articles. For some of these uses the Straits Settlements could secure an extensive trade as far as nacreous shells are concerned, and some of the smaller ornamental kinds, particularly the porcellanous cowries. Quite recently a highly fashionable ornament for ladies has been manufactured in France from the beautiful scarlet and black Strombus luhuanus, which is one of the commonest shells in the Archipelago, and might be shipped therefrom by tons. Cameo shells of a fine character might be found in the very common Murex saxatilis. A valuable export might also be obtained from the opercula of certain Turbos (used for studs, sleeve-links, &c.), and in the larger clam-shells (7'ridacna gigas, and squamosa, Hippopus maculatus, &e.), and the common large cones (Conus litteratus and millepunctatus). Curtie-FisH.—Cuttle-fish are consumed in the Malayan region as amongst all the Easterns where they can be caught; but they do not appear to be nearly so abundant as on the Chinese and Japanese coasts, The Chinese fishermen in the Straits use for their capture a set of hooks like the arms of a chandelier, made fast round a piece of wood with a sinker to which the line is fastened. The hooks are long and very sharp, but without barbs. The bait, which is generally a crustacean, is fastened to the centre- piece, and the Cephalopods are taken below by the hooks as they bite at it. A cuttle-fish boat, for there are special craft for the fishery, is one of the most interesting sights which the fishing industry affords. The capture is effected by means of a net, at 248 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, night time, the fish being attracted by lights and fires. They are lightly salted, pressed and sun-dried. All kinds are eaten, but the best is the little Sepiola, which is really a dainty morsel when properly cooked. Nore oN THE AERIAL REsPIRATION OF FisHes. — Professor Jobert of Dijon, who was lately engaged in making some zoological investigations in Brazil, at the instance of the Emperor Don Pedro, has ascertained some exceedingly remarkable facts in connection with the respiration of certain fishes. A Siluroid fish which inhabits the neighbourhood of Rio de Janeiro (Callichthys asper) and is noted for its power of living a long time out of the water, was found by him to swallow small portions of air, from which it partly absorbs the oxygen by the agency of the walls of the intestinal canal ; the carbonic acid formed and the unabsorbed nitrogen passing away by the anal aperture. On examining the structure of the intestine, Professor Jobert found its inner surface bearing a multitude of filiform appendages arranged in tufts and composed essentially of blood-vessels. A somewhat analogous case was observed in several other fishes inhabiting the valley of the Amazon. They live in stagnant water the temperature of which often exceeds 104° F.; but this does not appear to be sufficient to support their respiration, and they are obliged to come frequently to the surface for a supply of air. Sometimes also, the water in which they have been living is dried up, when they are seen making considerable journeys by land in search of more favourable localities, crawling on the ground by means of their pectoral fins. Some of these are species of Cal- lichthys, and like the C, asper of Rio de Janeiro, they possess a double respiration—respiring the air contained in the water surrounding them by means of their gills, and also the atmospheric air which they swallow, and which passes through their intestine. The escape of the exhausted air from the anal aperture of these fishes is said to produce a constant bubbling in the water which they inhabit, and M. Jobert’s investigations, though imperfect, sufficed to convince him that the air evacuated contained much BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 249 carbonic acid, and less oxygen than atmospheric air. The vascular tufts clothing the wall of the intestine originate from adjacent veins in the same way as the afferent vessels of a lung. Species of Doras and Hypostomus inhabiting the Upper Amazon, respire air in the same way as the Callichthys, but in the Hypostomi the used air is returned towards the mouth, and escapes by that orifice or by the branchial apertures. In Sudis gigas and some species of Hrythrinus aerial respiration takes place by the agency of the swimming-bladder, which in the latter, has long been known to communicate with the outer world through the cesophagus, and to be furnished internally with numerous cells formed by membranous folds. Prof. Jobert finds that the walls of the swimming-bladder, including all these folds, are richly provided with blood-vessels, mostly originating from the venous system, and that it is thus converted into a true lung, by the possession of which the fishes are enabled to live for a long time out of water. Of the reality of this respiration Prof. Jobert convinced himself experimentally by obstructing the air-duct leading to the bladder ; the fish soon died by suffocation. ‘These observations are particularly interesting as establishing further bonds between the true fishes, the Lepidosiren, and the perenni- branchiate Batrachians, which possess at the same time branchiz and true lungs. (Comptes Rendus, Ap. 15, 1878). Nore on THE GARUM oF THE ANCIENTS.— Crawfurd appears to have quoted second-hand, so it may be of interest to show what the ancients said on the matter. There is a good deal explained by the elder Pliny in Book XXXI., chapter 44, and a doubtful reference in Horace, 8th Satire, line 46. The follow- ing is what Pliny says :— “ Another liquor, too, of a very exquisite nature is that known as Garum. It is prepared from the intestines of fish and other portions of offal, macerated in salt, and in fact it is the product of their putrefaction. Garum was formerly preserved from a fish called ‘Garos,’ by the Greeks.” 250 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, This word ‘“‘Garos” occurs again in Book XXXITI., chap. 53, where Pliny gives the names of all the animals that exist in the sea, 176 in number. Like the majority of the names enumerated there, Garos has not been identified. By a strange coincidence the Malay word for salt at the present day is Garam, and it is just possible that we may trace in this an Indian origin for the condiment. Just as our word indigo, from the Latin Indicum, asserts the Indian origin of the pigment brought from the East amongst the Greeks and Romans; and the Sanscrit names for elephant, ivory, monkey, and peacock amongst the Hebrews, tell us of the intercourse between the Hindoos and Jews in ancient times, and the country from which these animals were derived; so the word Garum in Latin and Garos in Greek traces the origin of this classico-oriental condiment. Now the Sanscrit word for salt is “Sara,” and this word is represented in the Malay “Garam,” the Roman “ Garum,” and the Greek ‘ Garos,” and even the Javanese “Trasi.” For the natives of South Celebes use for salt the word “Gara” and “Sela.” In Sulu the term used is ‘Gasi;” in Buru (North Moluccas\, “Sasi ;’ in Gilolo, *Gasi ;’ in Amboyna, “Tasi ;’ in some small islands south-east of the Moluccas (Matabello), “ Sira.” But let us go on with Pliny, and finish with what he says about Balachan. ‘At the present day, however, the most esteemed kind of Garum is that prepared from the Scomber in the fisheries of Carthago Spartasia ; it is known as ‘Garum of the allies,’ and for a couple of congii we have to pay but little less than one thousand sesterces, Indeed there is no liquid hardly, with the exception of the unguents, that has sold at higher prices of late ; so much so, that the nations which preduce it, have become quite ennobled thereby. There are fisheries too of the Scomber on the coasts of Mauretania, and at Carteia en Beetica, near the Straits, which lie at the entrance to the ocean ; this being the only use that is made of the fish, For the production of Garum, Clazo- menz is also famed, Pompeii too, and Leptis; while for their Muria, Antipolis, Thurii, and of late Dalmatia, enjoy a high reputation. BY THE REY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 250 In Chapter XXXIV. in the same book, the following passage occurs: “ Alex,’* which is the retuse of Garum, properly consists of the dregs of it when strained ; but of late they have begun to prepare it separately, from a small fish that is otherwise good for nothing, the Apua of the Latins or Aplaisze of the Greeks, so called from the fact of its being engendered from rain. The people of Forwm Juli (the present Frejus in the south of France) make their garum from a fish to which they give the name of Supus. In process of time Alex has become quite a luxury and an infinite number of various kinds is prepared. Garum also is manufactured of a color to imitate old honied wine, and flavored so that it can be taken as a drink. Another kind again is dedi- cated to those religious observances which enjoin strict chastity,f and that prepared trom fish without scales is used.” } Pliny makes other references to Garum, as for instance, in Book IX., Chapter XIX., in a passage which enables us to identify the fish which he names Scomber in the preceding quotation. “ All kinds of fish grow with remarkable rapidity, and more especially those in the Huxine; the reason of which is the vast number of rivers which discharge their fresh water into it. One fish, the growth of which is quite perceptible, day by day, is known as the Amia. These fish and the Pelamides, together with the Tunnies, enter the Euxine in shoals, for the purpose of obtain- ing a sweeter nutriment, each under the command of its own leader, but first of all the Scomber appears, which is of a sulphurous tint when in the water, but when out of it resembles other flsh in colour. The salt water preserves of Spain are filled with these last fish, but the Tunnies do not consort with them.” In Book IX., chapter 30, there is another reference to Garum. Pliny is writing of the various kinds of Mullet, and he *(Qy.—adukn (t) written also hellex, a pickle or brine, or a salt liquor at the bottom of salt-pits? Cato uses the term Alex also for a small fish. tIn the festival of Ceres, the votaries were obliged to abstain from meat, but were allowed the use of Garum.—Dr. Bostock in the “ Sacred Rites of the Jews.” + This is probably a mistake of Pliny’s, as the Jews were not allowed to eat fish without scales. See Lev., Chap. XL. Ver. 10. 252 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION, says:—‘“ The masters in gastronomy inform us that the Mullet when dying assumes a variety of colours and succession of shades, and that the hue of the red scales, growing paler and paler, gradually changes, more especially if it is looked at enclosed in glass. M. Apicius, a man who displayed great ingenuity in all that related to luxury, states that it is a most excellent plan to let the Mullet die in the pickle known as the ‘Garum Sociorum ;’”* for we tind that even this has found a surname ; and he offered a prize for anyone who should invent a new sauce made from the liver of this fish. I find it much easier to relate this fact than to state who it was that gained the prize. In Book XX., chapter 23, treating of garlic, he says that it is a remedy for leprosy when reduced to ashes and applied as an ointment with oil and garum. Horace refers to Garum in the 8th Satire, line 46. This poem, as most readers will remember, relates the particulars of the supper given by Nasidienus to Maecenas, Horace, and some of his friends. In the conversation a contemptuous description of the fare is given, with ridiculous comments from the host by way of making every dish pass for something extraordinary. Speaking of a lamprey he says :— ** His mistum jus est oleo quod prima Venafri Pressit cella, Garo de succis piscis Iberi, Vino quinguenni, &c ;” Or, this sauce is of the primest Venafrian oil mixed with Garum, made from the juice of Spanish fish, five-year-old wine, &e.” Commentators vary in their interpretation of the passage. Some say that the Garum was a juice or pickle of certain fishes called Gari which were suffered to dissolve in salt. It is, how- ever, a gratuitous assumption that there ever were such fishes, and if there were it is hard to believe that they were so very soft as to let themselves be dissolved in brine. It is difficult to reconcile this with any kind of evolution which made them salt- water fishes. * Bostock and Riley translate this expression as ‘‘ Garum of the Allies,” but I prefer to leave it as it is, regarding it as a popular name for the sauce in question. BY THE REV. J, E. TENISON-WOODS. 253 Others translate the Garum and the Spanish fishes by the words Spanish Mackerel, and they bolster up the assumption by stating that these fishes were, or are, very common on the Spanish coast. There is no ground that I know of for the statement ; Mackerel have no more right to be called Spanish than Finnish. It is to be hoped that this specimen of classical criticism is not a sample of the whole. The word is found in Greek lexicons also as ydpov and yapos translated garum, or a pickle of fish made with salt. To sum up: the result of these quotations seems to be beyond all doubt, that the Garum or Garos known to the Romans and Greeks was a sauce composed of fish preserved in brine. It must have been very like the Indian Balachan, which is partly fluid, from the fish of which it is composed being allowed to ferment and disintegrate. There appear to have been different kinds amongst the ancients. The word Garum is, no doubt, of Sanscrit origin derived from the name of sauce or pickle, represented in Malay and its dialects in the present day by the same, or nearly the same designation. Professor Stephens of the Sydney University has added at my request the following note :— Tt may seem at first sight so improbable that a Malay word should have gained a footing in the vocabulary of Greek and Latin cooks or epicures, that it may be worth our while to consider very briefly the circumstances of the case. The earliest mention of ‘‘Garum” is made by Cratinus, in the fifth century before the Christian era (apud Ath. II., xxv., 75), “ Your basket shall be filled to the rim with Garwm.” Pherecrates, about the same date has ‘‘ He got his beard with the Garum all befouled” (Ath. l.c.). Sophocles (ibid.), “ Of the Garum of salt fish.” Plato, the comic dramatist, ‘ With stinking Garwm will they drench and smother me.” Another passage is quoted by Athenzeus from Adschylus, to show that the noun might be masculine or neuter (ydpos or ydpov). Tn like manner Pliny uses both Garo and Garuwm, H.N., XXXI., 254 FISHERIES OF THE ORIENTAL REGION. 43-44. This uncertainty as to the proper form points to a foreign origin for the word, for which an otherwise unknown fish, ydpos, is evidently invented to account. Pliny (l.c.) also gives a string of confused notes upon the subject, taken as it seems from his commonplace book, and set down with several errors, omissions, and misplacements. It is, however, plain from this author, as well as from allusions in Horace and Martial, that Garum was obtained from the Spanish peninsula, and mainly at Carthagena. It was believed to have been originally made, like the Italian Halec, of small fish, but finally at least the best quality of Scomber. This is certainly not Mackerel, but according to Pliny’s description, H.N., IX., 19, perhaps the Coryphana, commonly called Dolphin. This looks like the advertisement of a manufacturer. The splendour of colour for which this fish is renowned would to a Roman imagina- tion assuredly suggest some more exquisite flavours than could be found in more homely fish, and this prejudice the foreign pickle merchant would of course turn to his own advantage. Anyhow, it is plain that the Romans knew nothing for certain about its manufacture, but that they obtained what they called Muria— made from Tunny—from Byzantium ; that Halee was prepared in Italy from all sorts of fish, and that Garum was regarded as infinitely superior to either. The Pheenician origin of Carthagena, and the Eastern commerce of the Pheenicians, reaching as far as Ceylon and Malacca,* might reasonably account for the introduc- tion of an Oriental term into the dictionary of trade; and since the word is evidently foreign to Latin and Greek, the hypothesis of a Malay origin for Garwm seems probable enough. Note.—A description of the mode of manufacture is, it must be observed, given in the ‘‘Geoponica,” at the end of Book XX. ; but the work, compiled about a.p. 800, is of slight authority, and is practically anonymous ; although, indeed, the account tallies well with the quotation given above from Cratinus, which con- tains the first mention of the word. * For the ancient commerce of Ceylon, see ‘‘ Heeren’s Asiatic Nations,” Vol. II., Appendix XI, BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 255 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Fig. 1. Harpodon nehereus, C. and V. (The Bombay Duck). 2. Mastacembelus armatus, Lacep. 3. Ophiocephalus micropeltes, C, and V. 4, Arius celatus, C. and V. (a Siluroid). 5. Periophthalmus koelreuteri, Pall. (Hopping Fish), Nors.—The above figures are copied from Day’s Fishes of India, 256 BACTERIOSCOPICAL EXAMINATION OF ICE SUPPLIED IN SYDNEY, NOTES ON THE BACTERIOSCOPICAL EXAMINATION OF ICE SUPPLIED IN SYDNEY. By Dr. Oscar Katz. The old-fashioned opinion that water in the frozen state, 7.e., as ice, is free from any germs of vegetable micro-organisms, how- ever impure the original water may have been, has, under the weight of modern methods of biological research, had to give way to a contrary view. By recent investigations it has been shown that not only are bacteria capable of enduring a temperature of 0° C., and even a greater cold, but are also endowed with the power of developing after having been exposed to excessively cold temperatures, for a considerable length of time. C. Frankel* examined by means of an extended series of culture-experiments, different samples of ice from the supply in Berlin, both natural raw ice and artificial or crystal ice made from ordinary well-water as well as from distilled water. He found that with the exception of ice prepared from distilled water, in which case bacteria were almost entirely absent, the ice never corresponded to the demands of modern hygiene, in so far as it contained too large an amount of bacterial germs. T. M. Prudden}t, investigating the natural raw ice consumed in New York, likewise noticed in the samples an abundance of living micro-organisms, the number of which exceeded consider- ably the average number in the drinking water of that city. *“ Ueber den Bacteriengehalt des Eises.” Zeitschr. f. Hygiene, Bd. I., Heft 2, Leipzig, 1886, pp. 302-314. +‘* On bacteria in ice and their relation to disease, with special reference to the ice supply of New York City.” Medical Record, 1887, Nos. 13, 14. —Abstract in Centralblatt f. Bakteriologie und Parasitenkunde, Bd. L., No. 22, 1887, p. 650. BY DR. 0. KATZ. 257 So also did G. Bordoni-Uftreduzzi* with reference to the natural ice used in Turin. On the other hand, the labours of these three investigators resulted in showing that, by the process of freezing, the water rids itself to a large extent from the living bacterial material originally init. Frankel, as the first, pointed out (l.c.) that the power of bacteria to resist a great cold was only a limited one, so much so that the ice always contained much fewer bacteria than the original water, that therefore, even water containing a good many microbes may furnish a tolerably good ice. Hence ice rich in bacteria must be looked upon as coming from a very impure water, and in such a case a certain precaution in using it is indicated. Prudden (l.c.) and Bordoni-Uffreduzzi (l.c.), both arrived at the conclusion that by moderately prolonged freezing, about nine- tenths of the water-bacteria are killed, so that only a small fraction (one-tenth) remain alive. Prudden (l.c.) undeitook also a series of experiments with the view of ascertaining how a limited number of known microbes— pathogenic and non-pathogenic ones—behaved themselves when exposed (in sterilised water) to the effects of an artificially pro- duced cold, as far as — 24°C., for a period up to 103 days. He obtained the remarkable result that pathogenic species withstood such an excessive cold much longer than non-pathogenic ones. While, for instance, Micrococcus prodigiosus, showing before freezing 6300 colonies in 1 ccm., was killed after 51 days’ unin- terrupted freezing; a liquefying bacillus from water, with at first 800,000 in 1 cem.,, after 4 days; Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus derived from a vigorous culture, with innumerable gernis in 1 cem. of water at the commencement, still contained 50,000 living individuals after 66 days; and the bacillus of typhoid fever, showing after 11 days one million germs, 7000 colonies in lcem. after 103 days. On the other hand, an alternate freezing *«“ Die biologische Untersuchung des Eises in seiner Beziehung zur offentlichen Gesundheitspflege ” Centralbl. f. Bakteriologie und Parasiten- kunde, Bd. II., No. 17, 1887, pp. 489-497, 17 a eC Ue eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee = Ppa 258 BACTERIOSCOPICAL EXAMINATION OF ICE SUPPLIED IN SYDNEY; and thawing of the water mixed with bacteria, causes them to perish in a comparatively short time. The ability possessed by bacteria to resist great cold differs according to the species, and is dependent on the conditions of life in which the organisms were before being subjected to the experiments under consideration. (As [ have been unable to consult the Medical Record I do not know whether any of the bacilli experimented upon by Prudden were in a spore-formation or not; this, of course, has to be taken into account when judging of the relative degree of the power of resistance of microbes against excessive cold or otherwise.) Bordoni-Uffreduzzi (l.c.), in contradistinction to Prudden (who employed artificial excessive cold), found that the natural raw ice. six months after its formation, exhibited nearly the same quantity of bacterial germs as on the first day. This result, which is con- trary to Prudden’s conclusion that the number of micro-organisms in naturally frozen water diminishes in proportion to the duration of freezing, is, he says, to be accounted for by the divergence of the conditions under which the experiments were carried out in either case. From a sanitary point of view a biological investigation of the ice from the supply in Sydney, seemed to me to be not without interest; so much the more as the consumption of ice in this City and its suburbs, during the summer months, is by no means insig- nificant. For instance, the weekly sale from the works of the “ New South Wales Fresh Food and Ice Company,” is about 120 tons, of which almost all is used here. The investigations made by me were chiefly for the purpose of ascertaining the quantity of bacterial life in the different ice samples. I could not examine the water which was used each time for the preparation of ice—as a matter of course we have here only artificially produced ice—but I could refer, to some extent, to the analyses of pipe-water (from the tap in the Linnean Hall) which I had made during 1886 and 1887, and also to a few recently made examinations. This water comes from the same source (Nepean River), as that supplied to the Sydney Ice-works BY DR. 0. KATZ. 259 As will he seen below, the ice is nearly always used soon after it ismade, so that the question as to the living contents of ice- samples of various ages is only of subordinate significance. For the sake of uniformity I always analysed the ice-samples when they were fresh, no more than about one day old. There are at the present time three local ice-manufacturing companies. (1) The above-mentioned “New South Wales Fresh Food and Ice Company,” Harbour-street. To Mr. W. G. Lock, Manager of this Company, I am indebted for the following information which Tam permitted to give verbatim.* “The water used by this com- pany for the manufacture of ice is that supplied to the City and Suburbs of Sydney, but previous to being thus employed it is carefully filtered, first througn a quantity of compressed sponges and then through beds of animal charcoal. The ice is generally supplied to customers as soon as manufactured, but on account of the irregularity of the trade, and the necessity of not being entirely dependent on the working of the machines for the extra quantities of ice required during the hottest weather, a stock of some 400 or 500 tons is accumulated during the winter months which gradually diminishes during the summer, so that occasionally the ice sent out has been stored here for some three to nine months. Our average weekly sale is about 120 tons, so that the quantity distributed of ice that has been kept is a very small proportion. The principle of preparing the ice may be thus described. The water must be frozen from cells formed of two vertical plates placed equidistant in a large tank containing the filtered water; these cells have a hollow space in them through which the refrigerating medium is made to flow, the water in the tank is gradually frozen from the cells outwards, until the ice has attained a thickness of from four to five inches when the liquid circulating through the cells is heated, the ice released from them, hoisted, and cut up by machinery. By this method of freezing from one side of the plate only and never allowing the formation *I have also to acknowledge with thanks his liberality in providing all the ice required gratis. 260 BACTERIOSCOPICAL EXAMINATION OF ICE SUPPLIED IN SYDNEY, on two different plates at certain distances from each other to freeze together, any remaining impurities are thrown off from the ice into the water, leaving the former perfectly clear and trans- parent.” (2) The “City Ice Company,” Dibbs’ Wharf, Miller’s Point. According to the information kindly furnished to me by the Manager, Mr. C. 8S. Walker, the water used here is also the City water, but condensed (distilled) before being put into the moulds. The ice is supplied according to the demands, both directly it is manufactured and after having been in stock for from one day to three months. The machines are worked on the ammonia absorption principle. (3) The “Sydney Ice Company,” Harris-street, Pyrmont. With regard to the ice from the works of this company, I regret not to be able to give any satisfactory data, because my letters asking for information, or for the delivery of samples of ice, remained unanswered. Yet I examined (see below), a few samples obtained elsewhere. The water used at these works is also the common Sydney water, and the process of ice-manufacture will, in principle, be the same as that in use at the others. Before giving notice of the results of the bacterioscopical examination of the Sydney ice as to their contents of microbian life, I wish to say a few words about the method of examining employed by me. It is, I think, needless to repeat the funda- mental rules to be observed in the carrying out of such or similar work ; in speaking of the nutritive gelatine, of glass vessels, &c., used, it is a matter of course implied that they were properly sterilised. The ice-samples which I receieved from the “N.S.W. Fresh Food and Ice Company” (in 10lbs. blocks), and from the “ City Ice Company ” (in 8lbs. blocks) were, as already alluded to, not more than about one day old ; samples coming from the “Sydney Ice Company ” I obtained in about 3lbs. pieces from a shop near Elizabeth Bay. I was told that they were freshly made. —— a BY DR. O. KATZ. 261 In order to secure, in a suitable and unobjectionable manner, a sufficient quantity of ice-water for analysis—the ice having, of course, to be melted—I derived from the samples, by means of a clean hammer, several medium-sized pieces, which, held by a sterilised brass-tongue, were thoroughly washed by allowing filtered rain-water carefully and for some time to flow over them. (This rain-water had been boiling over the open flame for about three hours). They were then placed and gathered ina glass funnel (holding about 200 ccm.), which was covered by another glass funnel of the same dimensions, and having a cotton- wool stopper at its apex. After about ten minutes, during which time a quantum of ice-water was allowed to waste, I put a small Erlenmeyer’s (or parting) flask (of 120-130 ccm. capacity) under, the remaining portion of the mouth of which was covered with sterile cotton-wool. In this way any possible contamination from without was avoided. According to the temperature of the room —the examinations took place in January and February, that is, in the middle of our semi-tropical summer —it lasted from three- quarters to one hour, till 30-50 ccm. of melted ice had accumulated in the glass-flask. I then removed it, replaced the stopper, shook its contents gently and repeatedly, and immediately after- wards proceeded to prepare cultures. The fact that the number of bacteria in any sample of water increases considerably when the latter is allowed to stand for some time, especially at favourable temperatures, renders the immediate examination of the water (or of the melted ice) a matter of necessity. For instance, a sample of fresh ice-water yielded in 1 ccm. on the average 407, in } ccm. 194 bacterial colonies. After 54 hours, at a temperature up to 28°C., the same sample contained in one drop (=1-18 ccm.) innumerable numbers of colonies. The nutritive soil which served me for the cultivation of the germs in the ice was a 10}.c. nutritive gelatine, of a slightly alkaline reaction. To each sample of ice I took four gelatine- tubes, of which two were inoculated each with lccm., and the two others each with 4 ccm. of the ice-water. The liquid gelatine mixed homogeneously with such quantities of water, I solidified after Esmarch’s “ roll-method,” which is sufficiently known. The 262 BACTERIOSCOPICAL EXAMINATION OF ICE SUPPLIED IN SYDNEY, temperature at which these culture-tubes were kept, amounted in its maximum to 79°F.=26)C., in its minimum to 71°F. =212°C. The colonies were counted after 40-70 hours’ incubation ; the appearance in the tubes of rapidly liquefying colonies rendered an early counting now and then necessary. Where it was possible, the colonies were counted throughout ; in other cases the number of germs was calculated from the average number of colonies in 6-10 Qem., or (one case) in quite as many } Gem. [ will now put together the results of the examination of the ice-samples from the three works in tables, the arrangement of which scarcely needs any further explanation. “NEW SOUTH WALES FRESH FOOD AND ICE COMPANY.” S28 | £28 | §3 | Temperature of incubation. counted colonies mee | ase | Bn | oe calenised | Gata A E 1cem.|} com 1888. | 1888. incre G Jan.18| Jan. 20} 40 75-79°F. = 235-265°C. |Counted...| 7 | 3 pil r2 Ot lsat Bol, Oe 74-77°F. = 233-25°C. |Counted...| § » 20| 3, 29) 48 74-77°F. = 233-25°C. |Counted ...| § | 2 », 30| Feb. 1] 50 73-78°F. = 22%-253°C. Counted...) § | % Pept) 4 | 464 74-78°F. = 233-253°C. |Counted...| & : » 4] 4, 7| 70 | 73°5-77°F, =233-25°C. |\Counted...| 2 , Peer oe, TU 73-77°F. = 223-25°C. |Counted...| 3 : » 10) ,, 13) 70 | 72:5-76°F. = 221-24#C,. /Counted...| 9 ‘ irabiel nasi 141760 | 74-75°F, = 233-239°C. |Cal.(1ccm.) Ctd.(3cem.)} 498 | 203 » 15| ,, 17) 48 | 72-74-5°R. = 223-23"°C. \Calculated | 17674 | 9878 Keir tole, Beak ico 71-74°F. = 213-232°C. |Counted...| 8 : » 19/ 4, 21) 48 | 72-76-5°F, = 225-241°C. (Counted...) 4 | 2 Se BY DR. 0. KATZ. 263 In looking over this table one notices at once a rather great difference between the individual results obtained. In the great majority of cases there was only a limited number of germs in lecm. and dccm. respectively ; in some there were none at all; while in two the colonies amounted to some hundred, and in one case to the enormous number of 17,000-18,000 per ccm. From the given figures we may well conclude that the quantity of bacterial germs in the ice from the above company kept in general within reasonable limits, and that in those few cases where several hundred or several thousand colonies made their appearance, I must have hit upon spots where the water before freezing was much contaminated, some how or other. We shall have to come back once more to this ice. “CITY ICE COMPANY.” = o Bo. a spa) (P| Colonies Bee | ae Ones Number of sae GE Ne Temperature of incubation. counted colonies E33 wes |S2 throughout < ae Age |z or calculated. | jin in = 2 1cem.| $ ccm. 1888. | 1888. Jan. 17|Jan. 19}! 1) | vse 75-79°F. = 238-26!°C. \Calculated| 238 | 12 5, 19) 5, 22/67| 75-78°F,=235-257°C. Counted...) % | i » 21] ,, 24/67] 74-76°F. =231-24°C. |Counted...| 8 | 2 » 24], 27/66] 72-5-76°F.=22194C, |Calculated| 348 | 1639 26| ,, 28) 48 74-77°F., = 233-25°C. |\Counted...| 23 |iquenea > 28), 30| 42|72:5-76-5°F, = 221-2410, |Counted...| 2 | 2 » ol\Feb, 2/54) 735-78°F. = 231-255°C. iCounted...| 28 | 3 ep, 2\.9 -0 GG 74-78°F, = 231-25°°C. |Counted...| S41 | 385 » 414 7/70] 73-5-77°F, =232-25°C. |Counted...| 2 | ° 7 10| 70 73-77 °F. = 227-25°C. |\Counted...| % 53 » 9|,, 12] 70] '72*5°76°R.—221-24°C. (Counted...) 2% | 13 Wis. 1a) O2 74-75°R., = 231-23°°C. |Counted...| 6 b 264 BACTERIOSCOPICAL EXAMINATION OF ICE SUPPLIED IN SYDNEY, As will be seen these figures are, on the whole, higher than those with regard to the ice from the works of the N.S.W. Fresh Food and Ice Company, while, it must be acknowledged, in two in- stances the samples werefree from living micro-organisms. This fact of the presence of a multitude of colonies in the majority of the samples tested is somewhat surprising, because the City Ice Com- pany uses (for the time being) only water that has been condensed from vapour before being put into the iron-moulds to freeze. Therefore, we can only say that this condensed or distilled water became contaminated when transferred to the moulds—the samples of ice which I obtained were derived from moulds containing about 16lbs. water—or while in them. More than once I met with quite an assortment of the most different colonies of bacteria (pigment-bacteria, etc.), which are usually not inhabitants of Sydney tap-water. A feature common to the condition of the ice of both the named works was that liquefying colonies were in proportion nearly always exceedingly few. The proportion of liquefying colonies to non-liquefying ones in the water from the Sydney supply has proved to be larger. “SYDNEY ICE COMPANY.” = i) cf 8 S.. a Colonies | Sse s 32 either = : g a — E S Temperature of incubation counted sts Pee | Paes 128 F . throughout colonies aie C ; F . gS Rae 18 or calculated. | jn in Qa 5 1 ccm. | } cem. | | 1888. 1888, Feb. 15 Feb. 17/48) 72-74°F, = 222-23"°C, ‘Calculated! 2 | % 20) ,, 22/42) 74-76-5°F, = 231-24"°C. \Counted...| #8 | 27 23| ,, 25/46! 74-78°F. = 231258°C. |Counted...| 7% | 4 ” ? In reference to the behaviour of the cultures from this ice, which to judge from the few tests made, contained too many germs, at least in the first two instances, I may mention that they differed at first glance from those of the ice from the two other works, in BY DR. 0. KATZ. 265 so far as liquefying colonies were proportionately far more numerous, thus resembling, as it were, cultures made from the ordinary Sydney tap-water. From the results thus obtained, it may be inferred that the quality of the Sydney ice could not always be pronounced to come up to what a good drinking-water is required to be from the stand- point of public sanitation. While, on the one hand, it was gratifying to learn that not few samples (notably with reference to the ice from the works of the N.S.W. Fresh Food and Ice Company), proved themselves absolutely free or tolerably free from living bacterial elements, on the other hand, some objection must be taken to a series of other samples, since they were inhabited by rather too Jarge numbers of living microbes to be passed as fit for being used as additions to articles of food, or in the treatment of wounds. But it would be unjustifiable to say that a sample of water or ice must be looked upon as objectionable, solely for the reason of its containing large quantities of germs; as has already been pointed out by other observers, the danger is that if such is the case, pathogenic species might possibly also be present among them, However, a rough examination of the colonies obtained in the gelatine-tubes from the Sydney ice showed that there were, so far as known, no infectious organisms. As already alluded to, the colonies were not always exclusively such as we are accustomed to find in the water from the Sydney supply. My impression is, that the water to be transformed to ice received, somehow or other, at least in a number of instances, secondary microbian mate- rial from without. Were we to apply to the condition of the Sydney ice in each case the law made out by Prudden (l.c.), and Bordoni-Uffreduzzi (l.c.), namely, that 90p.c. of the water-bacteria become destroyed by the process of freezing, we should arrive at figures which, my examinations of the Sydney Tap Water (these Proceedings, 2nd Series, Vol. I, pp. 907, 1205; Vol. II, pp. 151, 329.), lead me to believe, do not appear to hold true for this water. The bacteriological analysis of fifty-six samples of water from the Sydney supply (derived from a tap in the Linnean Society’s 266 BACTERIOSCOPICAL EXAMINATION OF ICE SUPPLIED IN SYDNEY. Laboratory, Elizabeth Bay* made during 1886-1887, resulted in showing that the average number of bacterial colonies in lecm. was 246, that the majority of figures kept within reasonable limits, and that in two cases only there were 2000 colonies for lecm. According to a few tests of the same water, made while I was examining the Sydney ice, the number of colonies did not exceed 200. We may conclude by saying that the Sydney ice would always be found perfectly pure, that is free from any germs of whatever description, if, instead of filtered water, only distilled water was used, and the chances for secondary contaminations during the process of freezing, carefully avoided. *This water, as mentioned above, comes from the same source (Nepean River), as that supplied to the Ice-works in Sydney. I am well aware that a comparison of the above kind can only be approximative ; more satisfactory it would have been if a test had been made of the water from the works just before being made to ice, but it was not possible for me to do so. FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. By E. Haviuanp, F.L.S. No. 8.—List o¥ PLANTS FLOWERING IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF SYDNEY DURING THE MONTHS OF ApRiIL, MAY AND JUNE, IN ADDITION TO THOSE ENUMERATED IN FORMER LISTS — Myrtacezee— Eucalyptus corymbosa Beckea linifolia. Proteaceze — Petrophila pulchella. Convolvulacee— Ipomea palmata. Epacridexe— Dracophyllum secundum. Apocyneze— Lyonsia reticulata. Leguminosee— Acacia linearis » aspidula, Epacrideze — Astroloma pinifolia E humifusa. Orchidex— Pterostylis ophioglossa Corysanthes fimbriata. APRIL. Labiatze— Mentha satureoides. Orchidese— Pterostylis obtusa - acuminata Acianthus exsertus Prasophyllum striatum. May. Compositse— Craspedia Richea. Vernonia cinerea Siegesbeckia orientalis. Jasminexe— Notelwa longifolia. Campanulaceze— Lobelia purpurascens. Proteacesze— Hakea gibbosa. Myrtacesze— Melaleuca leucadendron 268 FLOWERING SEASONS OF AUSTRALIAN PLANTS. JUNE. Rutaceze— Orchideerx— Acronychia levis Liparis reflexa Zieria levigata Prasophyllum rufum. Eriostemon Crowet. Euphorbiaceee— Leguminosee— Croton Verreauxw Vigna lutea Myrtaceze— Phyllota phylicoides Eugenia Ventenatir Acacia linifolia. Beckea diffusa. Saxifragese— Bauera capitata. NOTES ON THE NESTING OF ALCYONE PULCHRA, GOULD. By A. J. Nortn, F.L.S. In a collection of birds recently formed on behalf of the Trus- tees of the Australian Museum, by Messrs. E. J. Cairn and Robt. Grant, in the neighbourhood of Mt. Bellenden-Ker, Northern Queensland, are two specimens of Alcyone pulchra. One of them was obtained with great difficulty, on the Barron River, about thirty miles inland from the coast, by Mr. Cairn, who, having shot the bird, had to swim to procure it. The other was captured on the nest by Mr. Grant. It is worthy of note that, after comparing these birds with a large series of A. pulchra from Cape York, Port Essington and Port Darwin, the flanks are not tinged so deeply with rich lilac as in the specimens from the extreme northern localities ; but are similar to others of the same species procured by Mr. Cairn at Derby, North-western Australia in 1886. Mr. Grant has kindly supplied me with the following information relative to the taking of the nest. “On the 26th of December 1887, at Riverstone, about sixteen miles inland from Cairns, in company with an aboriginal called “ Charlie” (native name Euryimba), I saw a Kingfisher fly into a hole in the bank of a creek ; after running forward and placing my hat over the entrance, I with my sheath-knife enlarged the opening, and putting my hand in caught one of the parents ; while engaged in securing it, my attention was drawn away from the nest for a moment, when to my surprise another bird flew 270 NOTES ON THE NESTING OF ALCYONE PULCHRA, GOULD. out, so both of the parent birds were in the hole at the same time. The bird I captured, afterwards upon dissection, proved to be a male. The nest if worthy of the name, was placed near the end of the tunnel, which was about sixteen inches in length, and inclined upwards; it was composed of a few cast fish bones, and small pieces of decayed roots, but in all not sufficient to protect the eggs from the sandy soil at the bottom. The nest contained five eggs, three of which were unfortunately broken.” The two remaining eggs, which I exhibit here to-night, are similar to those of the southern representative, A. azurea, being rounded in form, pearly white, with the texture of the shell fine and very glossy. Length (A), 0°87 x 0°73 inch ; (B), 0:85 x 0-74 inch. (From the Aust. Mus. Coll. ) CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, INCLUDING THE ISLANDS OF NEW IRELAND, NEW BRITAIN, DUKE OF YORK, ARU, MYSOL, WAIGIOU, SALWATTY, KEY, AND JOBIE. By Grorce Masters. Family CICINDELID®. CICINDELA. Linné. 1 Axsertist, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879, p. 554. Fly River, New Guinea. 2 pEcEeMGUTTATA, Fabr. Syst. El. I. p. 241; Guér. Voy. Coquille, 1830, p. 58, t. 1, £ 1; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879, p. 555. Fly River, New Guinea. 3 DELIcATA, Bates, Ent. Month. Mag. X. 1874, p. 265. New Guinea. 4 Durvituel, Dej. Spec. V. p. 225; Guér. Voy. Coquille, 1830, p. 58, t. 1, f. 2; Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. X. 1884, p. 701. New Guinea. ‘5 FunerRATA, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. 1835, p. 4, t.6, £. 1; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879, p. 556; Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 137. Fly River, New Guinea. 6 InTERRUPTA, Fabr. Syst. El. I. p. 243; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879, p. 556. Katow, New Guinea. 7 Kraarzi, Dokht, Rev. Mens. Ent. I. 1883, p. 10. New Guinea. 8 LatrEILLE!, Guér, Voy. Coquille, 1830,-p. 57, t. 1, f. 5. Latreilleana, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. IT. p. 2. New Guinea. 9 Lucasi, Dokht, Rev. d’Ent, I. 1882, p. 274, New Guinea, 272 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, 10 Marno, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. I. 1876, p. 165. Katow, N. Guinea. 11 pxactpa, Schaum, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1863, p. 60. Mysol. 12 pupitLaTa, Schaum, l.c. p. 60. Mysol. 13 puPILLIGERA, Chaud. Cat. Coll. 1865, p. 59. New Guinea. 14 TETRACHOIDES, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. VIII. 1876, p. 514. Hatam, Fly River, &c., New Guinea. 15 varriotosa, Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, IV. p. 6, t. 1, f. 4. New Guinea. DISTYPSIDERA. Westwood. 16 papuaNna, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 556. Katow, Fly River, New Guinea. THERATES. Latreille. 17 BasALis, Dej. Spec. II. p. 437; Jc. I. t. 6, f. 6; Guér. Voy. Coquille, Ins. t. 1, f. 6; d’Urville, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 7; Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 137. Fly River, &c., New Guinea. 18 carutevs, Latr. Jc. I. p. 64, t. 1, f. 2. New Guinea. 19 picHRromus, Thoms. Arc. Nat. 1859, p. 92. New Guinea. 20 FEstivus, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. p. 13; Schaum, Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1860, p. 184. New Guinea. 21 vaBiatus, Fabr. Syst. El. I. p. 232; Dej. Spec. I. p. 158 ; Bon. Mem. Ac. Torin. XXIIT. p. 248, f. 1-11; Lacord. Gen. Atl. t. 1, £. 5, a. New Guinea. 22 MISORIENSIS, Raffray, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) VIII. 1878, p- Xcvi. New Guinea. ; 23 scapuLaris, Chaud. Cat. Coll. 1865, p. 55. Mysol. i TRICONDYLA. Latreille. 24 apterA, Oliv. Ent. II. 33, p. 7, t. 1, f. 15; Dej. Spec. II. p.,483 ; Jc. t. 2, f£. 6; Guér. Jc t. 3; £ 35, Maels Proc: Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 137. connata, Lamark, Anim. s. verteb. ed. 2, IV. p. 677. Fly River, &c., New Guinea. 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 33 34 35 BY G. MASTERS. To Family CARABID Ai. ODACANTHA. Fabricius. puBIA, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 558. Fly River, New Guinea. CASNOIDEA. Castelnau. DIMIDIATA, Fairm. Notes Leyd. Mus. IX. 1887, p. 192. Aru. DRYPTA. Fabricius. SULCICOLLIS, Putzeys, Ann, Mus. Genov. VII. 1875, p. 721. Andai, New Guinea. FUMIGATA, Putzeys, lc. p. 721. Andai, New Guinea. PLANETES. W.S. Macleay. unicotor, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, ae Le Fly River. POGONOGLOSSUS. Chaudoir. ScHaumil, Chaud. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 204. Mysol. PHEROPSOPHUS. Solier. PAPUENSIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.I. 1876, p. 166; Le. (2) I. 1886, p. 137. Katow, Fly River, &c. BRACHINUS. Weber. FRONTALIS, Chaud. Col. Nov. I. 1883, p. 18. Fly River, New Guinea. COPTODERA. Chaudoir. CYANELLA, Bates, Ent. Month. Mag. 1869, p. 75. New Guinea. LINEOLATA, Bates, l.c. p. 75. New Guinea. LEBIA. Latreille. PAPUENSIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. I. 1876, p. 167. Katow, New Guinea, 18 274 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, PHLZODROMIUS. Macleay. 36 pLaciatus, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. I. 1876, p. 167. 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Yule Island, New Guinea. CATASCOPUS. Kirby. Amenvs, Chaud. Berl. Zeit. 1861, p. 120. New Guinea. ARUENSIS, Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1863, p. 458, t. 17, f. 5. Aru. ELONGATUS, Saund. l.c. p. 466, t. 18, f. 5, a-b. Dorey, New Guinea. CUPRICOLLIs, Chaud. Col. Noy. I. 1883, p. 24. Fly River, New Guinea. OBLIQUATUS, Fairm. Le Nat. 1881, p. 381. New Britain. Wattacel, Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1863, p. 462, t. 17, f. 4, a-b. Waigiou. STRICKLANDIA. Macleay. PERICALLOIDES, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 139. Fly River. PAMPONERUS. Fairmaire, GopDEFFROYI, Fairm. Le Nat. 1881, p. 381. Duke of York Island, MISCELUS. Klug. MORIOFORMIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. I. 1876, p. 168. Hall Sound, New Guinea. sTYGiIcus, Putzeys, Ann. Mus. Genov. VII. 1875, p. 726. New Guinea. PERIGONA. Castelnau. PLAGIATA, Putzeys, Ann. Mus. Genov. VII. 1875, p. 734. Aru. SUBCYANESCENS, Putzeys, l.c. p. 732. New Guinea. SUTURALIS, Putzeys, l.c. p. 728. New Guinea. PSEUDOZENA. Castelnau. ALTERNATA, Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. i152, t. 24, f. 2. Duke of York Island. 51 53 54 56 57 60 6 p= BY G. MASTERS. 275 MORIO. Latreille. LONGIPENNIS, Putzeys, Ann. Mus. Genov. VII. 1875, p. 727. New Guinea. STOLIDUS, Chaud. Bull. Mosc. LV. p. 336; Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 140. Fly River, New Guinea. CHLANIUS. Bonelli. GcuTtTatus, Esch. Zool. Atl. V. p. 26, t. 25, f. 8; Fairm. Rev. Zool. 1849, p. 282; Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVII. 1883, p- 3. New Britain. NIGRIPES, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p- 140. Fly River, New Guinea. OODES. Bonelli. 5 La#vissimus, Chaud. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) IT. 1882, p. 361, New Guinea. HOPLOLENUS. Laferté. CYLLODINUS, Fauvel, Rev. d’Ent. I. 1882, p. 266. New Guinea. HARPALUS. Latreille. PAPUENSIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. I. 1876, p. 168. Hall Sound, New Guinea. LESTICUS. Dejean. pouitus, Chaud. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XI. p. 156 ; Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 141. Fly River, New Guinea. DRIMOSTOMA. Dejean. NOVE-BRITANNIA, Fairm. Le Nat. V. 1883, p. 238. New Britain. SUBSINUATUM, Chaud. Col. Nov. I. 1883, p. 38. Fly River, New Guinea. PLATYCOELUS. Blenchard. DEPRESSUS, Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, 1853, p. 25, t. 2, £. 10. New Guinea. 276 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, 63 64 for) i) COLPODES. W.%S. Macleay. vioLackus, Chaud. Mon. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1859, p. 351. Aru- CILLENUM. Curtis. ALBERTISI, Putzeys, Ann. Mus. Genoy. VII. 1875, p. 748. New Guinea. Family DYTISCID A. COPELATOS. Erichson. HHMORRHOIDALIS, Régim. Notes Leyd. Mus. V. 1883, p. 229. Aru. PoLitus, Sharp, Trans. Dubl. Soc. II. 1882, p. 568. New Guinea. HYDATICUS. Leach. FLAVocINcTUS, Guér. Voy. Coquille, II. p. 61, t. 1, f. 18. New Guinea. 7 BIHAMATUS, Aubé, Spec. p. 174; Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XVII. 1883, p. 3. New Guinea and New Britain. Family GYRINID A, MACROGYRUS. Régimbart, BuLaANcHARDI, Régim. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, (6) IT. 1882, p. 442. New Guinea. ELONGATUS, Régim. L.c. p. 447. Aru. OBERTHUERI, Régim. l.c. p. 446. New Guinea. PURPURASCENS, Régim. l.c. p. 453, t. 12, f. 64. New Guinea. ENHYDRUS. Castlenau. ALBERTISI, Régim. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. XVIII. 1882, p. 70. Fly River Froeeatti, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2) 1886, p. 141. Fly River. BY G. MASTERS. po iy | DINEUTES. W. 8. Macleay. 74 MARGINATUS, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 56. quadrispina, Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1878, p. 88. Fly River. 75. PECTORALIS, Régim. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) II. 1882, p. 419. Andai, New Guinea. Family HYDROPHILIDA. ALLOCOTOCERUS. Kraatz. 76 Brpeuti, Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. XX VII. 1883, p. 15. New Guinea. Family STAPHYLINIDA. ALEOCHARA. Gravenhorst. 77 AstatTica, Kraatz, Wiegm. Arch. 1859, I. p. 15. japonica, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1874, p. 8; Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 306. Aru, &¢, POLYPEA. Fauvel, 78 coRALLI, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 302, t. 2, £. 37. : Aru. FALAGRIA. Mannerheim. 79 BASALIS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 310. Aru, Salwatty, New Guinea. 80 FORMICARIA, Fauv. l.c. XV. 1879-80, p. 120. Fly River. OPHIOGLOSSA. Fauvel. 51 NOV#-GUINES, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 308, t. 2, £. 39, New Guinea, MYRMECOPORA. Saulcy. 82 INSIGNICORNIS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 303, t. 2, £, 38. Hatam, New Guinea. 278 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, 8 ew 89 90 9 bo ~I BOLITOGHARA. Mannerheim. ANNULARIS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 118. Dorey, New Guinea. spinosa, Fauy. l.c. XII. 1878, p. 307. | Dorey, New Guinea. HOMALOTA. Mannerheim. ARUENSIS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genoyv. XII. 1878, p. 296. Aru. BASALIS, Fauy. l.c. p. 295. Dorey, Andai, New Guinea. LACHRYMOSA, Fauv. l.c. XV. 1879-80, p. 111. Dorey, New Guinea. HATAMENSIS, Fauv. l.c. XII, 1878, p. 295. Hatam, New Guinea. THAMIAR#A. Thomson. INSIGNIVENTRIS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genoy. XII. 1878, p. 299, t. 2, £. 36. Andai, New Guinea. THECTURA. Thomson. CRIBRUM, Fauv. Mus. Genoy. XII. 1878, p. 297. Andai, New Guinea. GYROPHAZNA. Mannerheim. BASICORNIS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 292. Key Island. EBENINA, Fauv. l.c. p. 290. Aru, MICROCEPHALA, Fauv. l.c. p. 293. Hatam, New Guinea. QUADRA, Fauy. Le. p. 290. Hatam, New Guinea. VARIOLOSA, Fauyv. l.c, p. 292. Hatam and Key Island. MYLL-ENA. Erichson. PAPUANA, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 288. Hatam, New Guinea. COENONICA. Kraatz. PUNCTICOLLIS, Kraatz, Linn. Ent. 1857, p. 46; Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 113. Dorey, New Guinea. 98 99 100 101 BY G. MASTERS. 279 TACHYUSA. Erichson. pivisa, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 115. Dorey, New Guinea. THORACICA, Fauyv. l.c. p. 116. Fly River, New Guinea. usta, Fauy. le. p. 115. Dorey, New Guinea. SILUSA. Erichson, PAPUANA, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 117. ‘ Fly River, New Guinea. CILEA. Jacq. Duval. ALUTACEA, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 284. New Guinea and Aru. ancusTA, Fauv. l.c. p. 281. New Guinea and Salwatty. ANTENNARIA, Fauv. l.c. p. 285. Salwatty. ASPERA, Fauv. l.c. XV. 1879-80, p. 107. Dorey, New Guinea. BASICORNIS, Fauy. le. XII. 1878, p. 280. Hatam, &c., New Guinea. CLAVICORNIS, Fauv. l.c. XII. 1878, p. 283. Hatam, New Guinea. CURTICORNIS, Fauv. l.c. p. 281. Hatam, New Guinea. DIMIDIATA, Fauv. Le. p. 282. Yule Island, New Guinea. GLABRA, Fauyv. lc. p. 285. New Guinea. LEVIUSCULA, Fauv. l.c. p. 280. New Guinea and Aru. PARTITA, Fauv. l.c. XV. 1879-80, p. 108. Dorey, New Guinea. RUGOSELLA, Fauv. l.c. XII. 1878, p. 279. Hatam and Andai, New Guinea. SPECULUM, Fauv. l.c. p. 283. Vandamen, New Guinea. SUBDEPRESSA, Kraatz, Wiegm. Arch. 1859, I. p. 57; Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 284. Andai, New Guinea, 280 116 alg 118 126 127 128 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, TACHINODERUS. Motschulsky. ALUTACEUS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 277. New Guinea and Aru. CONURUS. Stephens. LEVICEPSs, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 110. Fly River, New Guinea. OCELLARIUS, Fauyv. |.c. p. 109. Mysol. QUEDIUS. Stephens. CHALCEIVENTRIS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 275. Hatam, New Guinea. CYANEO-RUFUS, Fauv. Le. p. 274, t. 2, f. 35. Aru, Dorey, New Guinea. SPLENDIDUS, Fauv. l.c. p. 273. Hatam, New Guinea. ACTINUS. Fauvel. IMPERIALIS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 250, t. 2, ee Fly River, New Guinea. LEUCITUS. Fauvel. ARGYREUS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 254, t. 2, f. 28. New Guinea, Mysol, Aru. PARADISEUS, Fauv. l.c. XV. 1879-80, p. 96. Fly River, New Guinea. MYSOLIUS. Fauvel. AURICHALCEUS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 256, t. 2, £29; lic. XV. 1879-80, p. 97. Aru, &e. PHILONTHUS. Curtis. ALBERTISI, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 260, t. 2, bok. Andai, New Guinea. AUROSCUTATUS, Fauv. l.c. p. 261. Hatam, New Guinea. Beccaril, Fauv, l.c. p. 262, t. 2, f. 32. Dorey, Aru, &e. 129 cincuLaTus, Fauv. l.c. p, 259, t. 2, f. 30. Andai, New Guinea, 130 131 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 BY G. MASTERS. 281 DISCIPENNIS, Fauv. l.c. XV. 1879-80, p. 100. Fly River, New Guinea. Doria, Fauv. lic. XIT. 1878, p. 262, t. 2, f. 33. Hatam, New Guinea. ERYTHROPUS, Kraatz, Wiegm. Arch. 1859, I. p. 88; Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 104. New Guinea. . Gestrol, Fauv. l.c. XIL. 1878, p. 263. Andai, New Guinea. HUMERALIS, Fauv. l.c. p. 267. New Guinea, Aru. INCLITUS, Fauv. l.c. p. 264. Aru. LONGICEPS, Fauv. l.c. XV. 1879-80, p. 104. Fly River, New Guinea. OCCIPITALIS, Fauv. l.c. p. 103. Fly River, New Guinea. PICICORNIS, Guér. Voy. Coquille, Zool. IT. p. 62, t. 1, f. 21, Fauy. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 260. Fly River, Dorey, &c., New Guinea. PICTICOLLIS, Fauv. l.c. XV. 1879-80, p. 102. Amberbaki, New Guinea. QUADRICOLOR, Fauv. l.c. p. 99. Amberbaki, New Guinea. RUFITHORAX, Fauv. l.c. XII. 1878, p. 264. New Guinea. SERICEICOLLIS, Fauv, l.c. p. 266. New Guinea and Aru. SHarpl, Fauv. lic. XV. 1879-80, p. 101. Dorey, New Guinea. SPECULARIS, Fauv. l.c. XII. 1878, p. 267. Hatam, New Guinea. SQUALIDUS, Fauv. le. XV. 1879-80, p. 105. New Guinea. STENOIDES, Grav. Mon. p. 90; Kraatz, Wiegm. Arch. 1859, I. p. 93, nota; Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 253. New Guinea. TETRAMERUS, Fauy. l.c. p. 265, Hatam, New Guinea. THERMATUM, Aubé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1850, p. 316; Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genoy. XII. 1878, p. 268. New Guinea, Salwatty, wc. CAFIUS. Stephens, DENSIVENTRIS, Fauv, Ann, Mus, Genov. X. 1877, p 258, Aru. 150 15 15 15 1 2 3 154 15 5 160 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, EMUS. Curtis. A.BeERTIsI, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genoy. XY. 1879-80, p. 95. Fly River, New Guinea. BELONUCHUS. Nordmann. ZNEIVENTRIS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 270. Andai, Yule Island, &c. FUSCIPES, Fauy. lc. p. 270. New Guinea, Aru, Salwatty. LIMBATUS, Fauv. lc. p. 271. Andai, New Guinea. LIVIDIPES, Fauv. lc. p. 271. Andai, New Guinea. LEPTOMICRUS. Fauvel. TEREDO, Fauv, Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 241. Hatam, New Guinea. PACHYCORYNUS. Motschulsky. ANALIS, Fauv. Ann, Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 240. New Guinea and Salwatty. DIMIDIATUS, Mots. Bull. Mosc. III. 1858, p. 204; Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 239. Aru. LEPTACINUS. Erichson. PAPUENSIS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 242. New Guinea and Salwatty. XANTHOLINUS. Serville. ALBERTISI, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. X. 1877, p. 246, t. 1, f. 46 ; lc. XII, 1878, p. 245. Aru, New Guinea, &c. AURICEPS, Fauv. l.c. p. 244. Hatam, New Guinea. HOLOMELAS, Perroud, Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, XI. 1864, p. 84; Fauy. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1874, p. 436; Fauv. Ann, Mus. Genov. X. 1877, p. 244 ; XII. 1878, p. 246. Aru, New Guinea, &c. Lorquini, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genoy. XII. 1878, p. 245, t. 1, f. 25; XV. 1879-80, p. 93. Aru, 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 Wi 178 BY G. MASTERS. 283 LITHOCHARIS. Lacordaire. ANNULOSA, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. X. 1877, p. 220; XII. 1878, p. 232. New Guinea and Salwatty. cincTa, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. X. 1877, p. 222. New Guinea. GIGANTEA, Fauy. Le. XII. 1878, p. 230. New Guinea, Salwatty, dc. HIRTA, Fauv. l.c. p. 231. Hatam, New Guinea. IMMANIS, Fauy. lc. XV. 1879-80, p. 87. Amberbaki New Guinea. LANIGERA, Fauy. l.c. XII. 1878, p. 231. Andai, New Guinea; Key Island. OCHRACEA, Gray. Micr. p. 59; Fauv. Le. p. 234. Yule Island, &c. PARVISTRIA, Fauv. l.c. p. 233. Hatam, New Guinea. PARVICOLLIS, Fauv. l.c. p. 232. Yule Island, New Guinea. THINOCHARIS. Kraatz. BREVICORNIS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 228. Ramoi, New Guinea. NIGRELLA, Fauv. l.c. p. 227. New Guinea and Salwatty. SUNIUS. Stephens. RuFus, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 85. Dorey, New Guinea. STRIGICEPS, Fauv. l.c. p. 84. Dorey, New Guinea. STILICUS. Latreille. HIEROGLYPHICUS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 86. Dorey, New Guinea. PAIDERUS. Fabricius. AubertisI, Fauv. Ann, Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 236, t. 1, £, 24, Hatam, New Guinea. comBusTvs, Fauv. l.c. XV. 1879-80, p. 88. Fly River, New Guinea. 186 187 193 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, CYANELLUS, Fauv. Le. p. 88. New Guinea. Doriz, Fauv. l.c. p. 89. Fly River, New Guinea. FusciPEs, Curtis, Ent. Brit. III. t. 108; Fauv. l.c. p. 89. Fly River, &., New Guinea. 2 Gesrrol, Fauv. l.c. XII. 1878, p. 237. Hatam, New Guinea. POLITUS, Fauv. l.c. p. 237. Hatam, New Guinea. CRYPTOBIUM. Mannerheim. LucIDIPES, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 92. Fly River, New Guinea. SQUALIDIPES, Fauv, l.c. p. 91. Fly River, New Guinea. PALAMINUS. Erichson. LIMBIFER, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 82. Hatam, New Guinea. NOVE-GUINEX, Fauv. .c. XII. 1878, p. 225. Hatam, New Guinea. STENUS. Latreille. CAVICEPS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. X. 1877, p. 207; XII. 1878, p. 223. Katow, &c., New Guinea. CCELESTIS, Fauv. l.c. XII. 1879, p. 224. New Guinea and Mysol. PRISMALIS, Fauv. l.c. p. 222, t. 1, £. 19. Hatam, New Guinea. TROGOPHL(CUS. Mannerheim. LATIPENNIS, Fauy. Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-89, p. 81. Fly River, New Guinea. PAPUENSIS, Fauv. l.c. p. 81. Dorey, New Guinea. CORALLIS. Fauvel. POLYPORUM, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 213, ua, AT: Aru and Key Island. 194 195 196 197 BY G. MASTERS. 285 OSORIUS. Latreille. CARINELLUS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 211. Yule Island, New Guinea. DISCICOLLIS, Fauv. I.c. XV. 1879-80, p. 78. Fly River, New Guinea. HATAMENSIS, Fauv. l.c. XII. 1878, p. 211. Hatam, New Guinea. HIRTUS, Fauv. lc. p. 211. Ramoi, New Guinea. PILOSUS, Fauv. l.c. p. 212. Hatam, New Guinea. STRIOLA, Fauy. l.c p. 210. Aru and New Guinea. OXYTELUS. Gravenhorst. CLAVICORNIS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genoy. XII. 1878, p. 219. Andai, New Guinea. DENTIFER, l.c. p. 218. Andai, New Guinea. OPACICOLLIS, Fauv. l.c. p. 217. Fly River, New Guinea. PLUMBEUS, Fauv. l.c. p. 218. Hatam, New Guinea, SPINIFER, Fauv. l.c. p. 216. Hatam, New Guinea. HOLOTROCHUS. Erichson. MINUSCULUS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 79. Mysol. LEPTOCHIRUS. Germar. ALBERTISI, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 188, t. 1, f. 4, Andai, &c., New Guinea. ALTERNUS, Fauv. l.c. p. 191, t. 1, f. 8. Hatam, &c., New Guinea. ANTENNARIUS, Fauyv. l.c. p. 187. Hatam, &c., New Guinea. Beccaril, Fauv. lc. p. 191, t. 1,f.9. Arnand New Guinea. BIFURCATUS, Fauv. lc. XV. 1879-80, p. 74. Amberbaki and Dorey. CAVIFRONS, Fauv. l.c. XII. 1878, p. 194, t. 2, £. 14. Key Island ; Fly River, New Guinea. 286 212 213 214 215 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, CONICOLLIS, Fauv. lc. p. 189. Amberbaki, New Guinea. EXTENSUS, Fauv. l.c. p. 189, t. 1, £5. Hatam, New Guinea. Haack, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 142. Fly River, New Guinea. Lorquint, Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 190, t. 1, ES, Waigiou. MINUTUS, Fauv. l.c. p, 186. Andai, New Guinea. MONILICORNIS, Fauv. l.c. p. 193, t. 2, f, 11. Aru and New Guinea. OPACICOLLIS, Fauv. l.c. p. 193, t. 2, f. 12. Ramoi, New Guinea. parcus, Fauv. lc. p. 187. New Guinea. QUADRIFIDUS, Fauv. l.cq. p. 194; 1880, p. 73. Fly River, &c., New Guinea. ruGOSUS, Fauv. lc. XV. 1879-80, p. 74. Amberbaki, New Guinea. SAMOENSIS, Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. 1853, IV. p. 54, t. 6, f. 11; Fauv. le. X. 1877, p. 184; XII. 1878, p. 192, 4.4, % 10. Aru, New Guinea, &e. SPINOSULUS, Fauy. l.c. XII. 1878, p. 190, t. 1, £. 7. Hatam, New Guinea. VITULUS, Fauv. l.c. p. 195, t. 2, £. 15. W. New Guinea, LISPINUS. Erichson. AQUALIS, Fauv. Ann, Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 205. New Guinea ; Key Island. ALUTACEUS, Fauv. Le. p. 205. Hatam, New Guinea. CASTANEUS, Fauv. l.c. p. 206. New Guinea, Aru, Key Island, Salwatty. CURTICOLLIS, Fauv. }.c. p. 204. Key Island. FOVEATUS, Fauyv. lc. p. 204. Aru; Key Island ; New Guinea. LEVIOR, Fauv. l.c. p. 203. Hatam, New Guinea. LINEIPENNIS, Fauv. lc. p. 202. Mysol ; Hatam, New Guinea. 232 233 243 244 245 246 247 BY G. MASTERS. 287 NITIDUS, Fauv. l.c. p. 203 Hatam, New Guinea. QUADRILUM, Fauv. l.c. XV. 1879-80, p. 76. Dorey, New Guinea. suBopAcus, Kraatz, Wiegm. Arch. I. 1859, p. 187; Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 206. New Guinea, Aru, Key, Salwatty. UNISTRIATUS, Fauv. l.c. p. 202. Ramoi, &., New Guinea. ELEUSIS. Castelnau. DIVERSICOLLIS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 77. Mysol. LONGICEPS, Fauv. l.c. XII. 1878, p. 208. Ramoi, Yule Island, New Guinea. PUNCTIGERA, Fauyv. lc. p. 208. * Hatam, New Guinea. RUFICOLLIS, Fauv. lc. p. 207. Hatam, New Guinea. THORACOPHORUS. Motschulsky. CRENICOLLIS, Fauv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 196, tw 1, £16: Key Island. DUPLICATUS, Fauv. l.c. p. 197. Aru. HOLOSUS. Motschulsky. POLITULUS, Fauv. Ann, Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 199. Hatam, New Guinea. SUBSTRIATUS, Fauv. l.c. p. 199. Aru. ANCAIUS. Fauvel. ARUENSIS, Fauy. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 200. Aru. Family PSELAPHIDA. BATRISOMORPHA. Raffray. CLAVATA, Raff. Rev. d’Ent. I. 1882, p, 40. New Guinea. CRASSICORNIS, Raff. le. p, 49. New Guinea. PILOSELLA, Raff. l.c. p. 40. New Guinea. 288 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, STICTUS. Raffray. DENTICOLLIS, Raff. Rev. d’Ent. I. 1882, p.51. New Guinea. FEMORALIS, Raff. l.c. p. 51. New Guinea. PUNCTATISSIMUS, Raff. l.c. p. 50. New Guinea. SUNORFA. Raffray. cAPiTaTA, Raff. Rev. d’Ent. I. 1882, p. 28. New Guinea. TMESIPHORUS. Leconte. 2 PAPUANUS, Raff. Rev. d’Ent. I. 1882, p. 11. © New Guinea. TYRUS. Aubé. ELEVATUS, Raff. Rev. d’Ent. I. 1882, p. 29. New Guinea. CURCULIANELLUS. Westwood. DOREIANUS, Westw. Le. p. 128. New Guinea. GLABRICOLLIS, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 127. New Guinea. NITIDUS, Schauf. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) IT. 1882, p. 44. New Guinea. BATRISUS. Aubé GEsTROI, Schauf. Ann. Mus. Genov. XVIII. 1883, p. 374. Hatam, New Guinea. HATAMENSIS, Schauf. l.c. p. 397. Hatam, New Guinea. PALLIDUS, Raff. Rev. d’Ent. I. 1882, p. 74. New Guinea. PAPUANUS, Raff. l.c. p. 57. New Guinea. PUNCTATISSIMUS, Raff. l.c. p. 60. New Guinea. SIMPLEX, Raff. l.c. p. 58. New Guinea. TESTACEUS, Raff. l.c. p. 59. New Guinea. TRICUSPIDATUS, Raff. l.c. p, 76. New Guinea. BRYAXIS. Leach. LONGIPENNIS, Raff. Rev. d’Ent, I. 1882 p. 37. New Guinea. LucIDA, Raff. l.c. p. 37. New Guinea. PAPUANA, Raff. l.c. p. 34. New Guinea. VILLOSULA, Raff. l.c. p. 34. New Guinea. 275 284 285 286 287 BY G. MASTERS. 289 CYATHIGER. King. SYLVESTRIS, Raff. Rev. d’Ent. I. 1882, p.4. | New Guinea. EUPLECTUS. Leach. ARMIPES, Raff. Rev. d’Ent. I. 1882, p. 81. New Guinea. crassus, Raff. l.c. p. 84. New Guinea. 2 ELEGANTULUS, Raff. l.c. p. 82. _ New Guinea. FEMORATUS, Raff. lc. p. 82. New Guinea. MAJOR, Raff. l.c. p. 80. New Guinea. Family SCYDM ANID 4h. SCYDMANUS. Latreille. BILATUS, Schauf. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) I. 1884, p. 397. Hatam, New Guinea. EUMICRUS. Castelnau. ARUENSIS, Schauf. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) I. 1884, p. 407. Aru. Avrora, Schauf. l.c. p. 417. New Guinea, BaAuMEISTERI, Schauf. ].c. p. 413. Hatam, New Guinea. BELLUS, Schauf. l.c. p. 410. New Guinea. BULBOSUS, Schauf. l.c. p. 411. Key Island. EXPLICATIONIS, Schauf. l.c. p. 418. New Guinea. InTACTUS, Schauf. Le. p. 413. New Guinea. ROBINIZ, Schauf. l.c. p. 418. Aru; Andai, New Guinea. TENUICORNIS, Schauf. l.c. 416. Key Island, &e. TRICOLOR, Schauf. l.c. p. 407. Hatam, New Guinea. tyTHopPs, Schauf. l.c. p. 410. New Guinea. sae (Vi Schauf. Le. p. 412. New Guinea. ( 290 288 bo Ne) bo 294 295 296 297 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, Family SILPHID. NECRODES. Leach. OScULANS, Vigors, Zool. Journ. 1825, I. p. 537, t. 20, f. 2. bifasciatus, Spin. De}. Cat. 3 ed. p. 132. Port Moresby, New Guinea. Family SCAPHIDID. SCAPHIDIUM. Olivier. CYANIPENNE, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 559. Fly River, New Guinea. METALLESCENS, Gestro, l.c. p. 560. Ely River, New Guinea. SCAPHICOMA. Motschulsky. LONGIPES, Reitter, Verh. Ver. Briinn. X VIII. 1880, p. 49. Mysol. HISTERID/. HOLOLEPTA,. Paykull. BATCHIANA, Mars. Mon. 1860, p. 588, t. 1, f. 2; Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 254. New Guinea, Aru, &c. SIDNENSIS, Mars. l.c. p. 587, t. 11, f. 1; le. XVI. 1880-81, p. 254. Katow, New Guinea. APOBLETES. Marseul, AMPHIBIUS, Mars, Abeille, I. 1864, p. 288; Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 259. Duke of York Island; Hatam, &., New Guinea. ARUENSIS, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 291. New Guinea, corReEctus, Mars. l.c. p. 289. New Guinea. ESURIALIS, Reitt. Deutsche Ent. Zeit, X XIX. 1885, p. 459. New Guinea. | aa 298 299 300 301 302. 303 304 305 306 307 308 BY G. MASTERS. : 291 EXPANSUS, Mars. Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 258. New Guinea. MysoLicus, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 289; Ann. Mus, Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 260. Ramoi, New Guinea. PLATYSOMA. Leach. ABRUPTUM, Erichs. Jahrb. 1834, p. 109; Mars. Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 260; Le. XVI. 1880-81, p. 152. Fly River, New Guinea. AUREOLIFERUM, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 303. New Guinea. Bonvoutorri, Mars. Mon. p. 147, t. 3. nr. 11, f. 7. Fly River, Katow, New Guinea. CANALICOLLE, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 297; Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 260. Andai, New Guinea. CERAMBICOLA, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 298; Ann. Mus. Genov. XVI. 1880-81, p. 152. Fly River, New Guinea. CLARENTIAE, Mars. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIII. 1871, p. 72. Fly River, New Guinea. COMPLETUM, Mars. Le. 1869-70, p. 71; Le. p. 268. Hatam, New Guinea. conpitumM, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 307; Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 269. Duke of York Island ; New Guinea, Jobie, &c. CRIBROPYGUM, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 302; Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 267. Aru ; New Guinea, &e. Daupau, Mars. Mon. 1861, p. 148, t. 3, ££ 8; Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 267. New Guinea, Salwatty, Key Island. DEBILE, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 308. New Guinea. EMPTUM, Mars. l.c. p. 304; Ann. Mus, Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 268. Soron, New Guinea. FALLACIOSUM, Mars. Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 261. Andai, New Guinea. HATAMENSE, Mars. l.c. p. 264. Hatam, New Guinea. HEMISTRIUM, Mars. l.c. p. 265. Aru; Fly River, New Guinea. 292 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, 315 sopiENsE, Mars. l.c. p. 264. Jobie, New Guinea. 316 miranpum, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 305. New Guinea. 317 moxtuccanum, Mars. lc. p. 306; Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 268. Aru ; New Guinea, &c. 318 ovatum, Erichs. Jahrb. 1834, p. 108; Mars. Mon. 1853, p. 257, t. 7, #1; Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV, 1879, p. 260. Ramoi, New Guinea. 319 Paveamt, Le Guillou, Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 233; Mars. Mon. 1853, p. 264, t. 7, f.9; Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 266. Yule Island, New Guinea. 320 pLatypycum, Mars. l.c. p. 260. .Ramoi, New Guinea. 321 ramorcota, Mars. lc. p. 263. Ramoi, New Guinea. 322 sexquistRiaTuM, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 300; Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 264. Hatam, New Guinea. 323 sSORONENSE, Mars. l.c. p. 262. Fly River, &c., New Guinea. 324 suTuRisTRiIuM, Mars. l.c. p. 267. Hatam, New Guinea. 325 trripistrRiatuM, Mars. lc. p. 266. Hatam, New Guinea. 326 Urvitiet, Le Guillou, Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 223; Mars. Mon. 1853, p. 260, t. 7, f.5; Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 264. Ramoi, New Guinea. CORYPHEHUS. Marseul. 327 Watuacel, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 311. Fly River, New Guinea PHELISTER. Marseul. 328 contusus, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 317. New Guinea. 329 LEPorINvS, Mars. Le. p. 318. New Guinea. 330 sPECULIPYGUS, Mars. Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 271. Aru ; New Guinea. EPIERUS. Erichson. 331 Biscissus, Mars. Ann. Mus. Genov. XVI. 1880-81, p. 158. Katow, New Guinea. 347 BY G. MASTERS. 293 PAROMALUS. Erichson. 2 cxavis, Mars. Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 274. Key Island; New Guinea. DISPEcTUS, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 333; Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 276. New Guinea; Aru. EVANESCENS, Mars. l.c. p. 275. Aru. KEICOLA, Mars. ].c. p. 277. Key Island. mus, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, ‘p. 331. New Guinea. musicus, Mars. l.c. p. 333. New Guinea. ocEANITIS, Mars. Mon. 1855, p. 110, t. 8, nr. 23, f. 4; Ann. Mus. Genov. X1V. 1879, p. 274. New Guinea, Salwatty, Aru, &. . Prapaul, Mars, Abeille, I. 1864, p. 331; Ann. Mus, Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 275. New Guinea, Aru, &e. Roperti, Mars. Lc. p. 278. Andai, New Guinea. vittuLA, Mars. l.c. p. 276. Ramoi, New Guinea. TRIBALLUS. Erichson. Koenicius, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 334; Ann. Mus. Genov. EVE, 1879) pxrksg, Fly River, New Guinea. SAPRINUS. Erichson. CYANEOCUPREUS, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 337. New Guinea. HYLA, Mars. l.c. p. 339. New Guinea. NITIDULOIDES, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. X XVII. 1883, (2) p. 3. New Britain. OPTABILIS, Mars. Mon. 1855, p. 438, t. 17, f. 65 ; Ann. Mus. Genov. XVI. 1880-81, p. 159. Fly River, New Guinea. TRYPON AUS. Eschscholtz, ALBERTISI, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. VII. 1875, p. 994 ; Mars. ].c. XIV. 1879 p. 254. Andai, New Guinea. 294 348 349 390 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, ANDAIENSIS, Gestro, Le. p. 995; XIV. 1879, p. 256. Andai, New Guinea. Gestrol, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 255. Dorey, New Guinea, GILoLous, Mars. l.c. p. 282; Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 255. Andai, New Guinea. TEREBELLUS, Mars. lc. p. 282; Ann. Mus. Genov, XIV. 1879, p. 255. Andai, New Guinea. ACRITUS. Leconte. Auctus, Mars. Ann. Mus. Genov. XIV. 1879, p. 284. Aru. CINGULIDENS, Mars. l.c. p. 282. Hatam, New Guinea. HEMISPHEROIDES, Mars. l.c. p, 284. Hatam, New Guinea. INSIPIENS, Mars. l.c. p. 285. Aru, TORQUILLUS, Mars, l.c. p. 283. Andai, New Guinea. WOKANENSIS, Mars. l.c. p. 283. Aru. PL-AKSIUS. Erichson. ELLIPTICUS, Mars. Mon. 1853, p. 227, t. 6, f. 2. Aru, New Guinea, &e. pupicus, Mars. Abeille, I. 1864, p. 285. Aru, New Guinea, &c. Family NITIDULIDA. CARPOPHILUS. Stephens. BIGUTATTUS, Motsch. Etud. Ent. 1858, p. 43 var. nigrinus, Murray, Mon. 1864, p. 373. Waigiou. var. robustus, Murray, l.c. p. 373. New Guinea. PALLESCENS, Murray, l.c. p. 380. Waigiou. ustuLatus, Murray, lc. p. 391. New Guinea. HAPTONCUS. Murray. ovaLis, Murray, Mon. 1864, p. 403. New Guinea. 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 379 376 BY G. MASTERS. 295 ALBERTISI, Reitter, Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 455. Yule Island, New Guinea. LITERATUS, Reitter, l.c. p. 127. New Guinea. IDETHINA. Murray. SOBRINA, Olliff, Notes Leyd. Mus. VI. 1884, p. 73. Aru. ADOCIMOS. Murray. BELLUS, Murray, Mon. 1864, p. 311, t. 36, f. 5. Mysol. DIMIDIATUS, Reitter, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XX VII. 1877. p. 127. New Guinea. NIGRIPENNIS, Reitter, Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 125. New Guinea, ITHYPHENES. Murray. cucusIFoRMIs, Reitter, Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 454. Fly River, New Guinea. GesTrROI, Reitter, lc. p. 125. New Guinea. USTIPENNIS, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg, XX VIT. 1883 (2) p. 4. New Britain. ISCHANA. Erichson. INTERSTITIALIS, Reitter, Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 456. Fly River, New Guinea. STRONGYLUS. Herbst. RUFICEPS, Reitter, Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 459. Yule Island, New Guinea. ANCYRONA. Reitter. Gestrol, Reitter, Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1879-80, p. 459. Yule Island, New Guinea. LASIODACTYLUS. Perty. ATTENUATUS, Reitter, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XX VII. 1887, p- 169. Dorey, New Guinea. 296 377 378 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, Family TROGOSITID. LEPERINA. Erichson. OPATROIDES, Léveillé, Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) I. 1884, p. 637. New Guinea. LATOLEVA, INCENSA, Olliff, Notes Leyd. Mus. VI. 1884, p. 76. Aru; Salwatty ; New Guinea. GAURAMBE. Thomson. REITTERI, Olliff, Notes Leyd. Mus. VI. 1884, p. 77. Aru. PACHYCEPHALA. Fairmaire. TERMITIFORMIS, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII, 1883 (6) p. 9. New Britain. Family COLYDID. PHORMESA. Pascoe. DETRACTA, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. II. 1863, p. 131. Mysol. HEROS, Pascoe, l.c. p. 130. Dorey, New Guinea. INORNATA, Pascoe, l.c. p. 32. New Guinea. LUNARIS, Pascoe, l.c. p. 32, t. 3, f. 6. New Guinea. SuHarpt, Reitter, Stett. Ent. Zeit. XX XVIII. 1877, p. 326. Mysol. CEBIA. Pascoe. RuGOSA, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1863, p. 125, t. 8, £. 6. Mysol. OCHOLISSA. Pascoe. HUMERALIS, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. IT. 1863, p. 133. Mysol. METOPIESTES. Pascoe. CASTANEUS, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. II. 1863, p. 135. Mysol. HIRTIFRONS, Pascoe, l.c. p. 38, t. 3, f. 2. New Guinea. 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 BY G. MASTERS. 297 BOTHRIDERES. Erichson. INSULARIS, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. II. 1863, p. 136. Mysol. NOCTURNUS, Pascoe, l.c. p. 35, t. 3, £. 12. New Guinea. RHYSODOIDES, Pascoe, l.c. p. 35, t. 3, f. 11. New Guinea. DASTARCUS. Walker. CONFINIS, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. I. 1860, p. 108, t. 6, f. 6. New Guinea. DECORUS, Reitter, Stett. Ent. Zeit. XX XVIII. 1877, p. 326. New Guinea, &c. PENTHELISPA. Pascoe. MoORIO, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. II. 1863, p. 142. Mysol. CERYLON. Latreille, PUSILLUM, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. II. 1863, p. 142. Mysol. Family CUCUJIDA. HECTARTHRUM. Newman. porRIz, Grouv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XVIII. 1883, p, 275, teats tl New Guinea. SocIALE, C. O. Waterh, Ent. Month. Mag. XIIT. 1876, p. 119. New Guinea. ANCISTRIA. Erichson. Beccari, Grouv. Ann, Mus. Genov. XVIII. 1883, p. 277, taf fe. De Aru, New Guinea, &c. INO. Castelnau. EPHIPPIATA, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. I. 1862, p. 322, t. 16, £, 2; Dorey, New Guinea. TREPIDA, Pascoe, l.c. p. 322. Dorey, New Guinea. INOPEPLUS. Smith. FASCIIPENNIS, Fairm. Ann, Ent. Belg. XXVII. 1883 (2) p. 4, Duke of York Island. 298 403 404 405 406 416 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, VIOLACEIPENNIS, C. O. Waterh. Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) IIL. 1877, p. 214. Dorey, New Guinea. TELEPHANUS. Erichson. ANTENNATUS, C. O. Waterh. Ent. Month. Mag. XII. 1876, p. 125. Dorey, New Guinea. cRUCIGER, C. O. Waterh. Ent. Month. Mag. XII. 1876, p. 125. Dorey, New Guinea. PSAMMCECUS. Latreille. BREVIUSCULUS, Reitter, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, XX VII. 1877, p. 178. Dorey, New Guinea. LAMOPHL@GUS. Castelnau. Beccaril, Grouv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XVIII. 1883, p. 286, RW ae be Aru. DORSALIS, Grouv. l.c. p. 285, t. 7, f. 12. Aru ; Salwatty ; New Guinea. GestroI, Grouv. l.c. p. 281, t. 7, f. 8. Fly River, New Guinea. HUMERALIS, Grouv. l.c. p. 283, t. 7, £. 10. Aru; Salwatty ; New Guinea. NEGLECTUS, Grouv. l.c. p. 282, t. 7, f. 9. Yule Island, New Guinea. SUBGRANULATUS, Grouv. l.c. p. 284. Yule Island, New Guinea. SUBTESTACEUS, Grouv. l.c. p. 284, t. 7, £. 11. Jobie ; New Guinea. PSAMMCCUS. Latreille. BIANGULATUS, Grouv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XVIII. 1883, peo tits 1h 28, Hatam, New Guinea. DENTATUS, Grouv. l.c. p. 290, t. 7, £. 20. Hatam, New Guinea. SILVANUS. Latreille. ALBERTISI, Grouv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XVIII. 1883, p. 294, t. 7, & 26. Yule Island, New Guinea. BY G. MASTERS. 299 CATHARTUS. Reiche. 417 Rucosus, Grouv. Ann. Mus. Genov. XVIII. 1883, p. 295, t. 7, f. 28. Jobie ; New Guinea. Family MYCETOPHAGID &. ATHASSIA. Pascoe. 418 prtosa, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. I. 1800. p. 117, t. 6, f. 4. New Guinea. Family DERMESTID 2. 419 CADAVERINUS, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 55; Oliv. Ent. IT. 9, p. 7, t, 2; 49; ab. Fly River, New Guinea. Family LUCANIDZ. LAMPRIMA. Latreille. 420 ruLGIDA, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 231 ; Burm. Handb. V. p. 413 ; Dupont, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 193. Waigiou. NEOLAMPRIMA. Gestro. 421 apoLpuin#®, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genoy. VII. 1875, p. 997. Mount Arfak, New Guinea. 422 Gestroi, Kirsch, l.c. XIV. 1879, p. 18. Yule Island, New Guinea. CLADOGNATHUS. Burmeister. 423 assimiLis, Parry, Cat. Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. (3) II. 1864. p. 25, 9. productus, Parry, Proc. Ent. Soc. 1862, p. 109, @. Waigiou. 424 Bison, Fabr. Ent. Syst. II. p, 238; var cinctus, Montr.; Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. X XVII. 1883, p. 5. Duke of York Island. 300 425 430 434 435 436 437 438 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, EURYTRACHELUS. Thomson. ARFAKIANUS, Lansb. CR. Ent. Belg. X XITI. 1880, p. exv. New Guinea. coRANUS, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. XVI. 1880-81, p. 321, fig. New Guinea. GHILIANII Gestro, l.c. p. 315, fig. Key Island. INTERMEDIUS, Gestro, l.c. p. 317, fig. New Guinea. TERNATENSIS, Thoms. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1862, p. 423 ; Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, p. 5. Duke of York Island. DORCUS. W.S. Macleay. niTIpus, Kirsch, MT. Mus. Dresd. Heft II. 1887, p. 138. New Guinea. GNAPHALORYX. Burmeister. APER, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genoy. X VI. 1880-8], p. 324, fig. Fly River, New Guinea. 2 curtus, Kirsch, MT. Mus. Dresd. Heft IT. 1877, p. 138. New Guinea. MILES, Snell. v. Vollenh. Tijdschr. v. Ent. III. 1865, p. 155, t. 11, f. 5; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. XVI. 1880-81, p. 324, Ramoi, Fly River, &c., New Guinea. SCULPTIPENNIS, Parry, Cat. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (2) 1864, p. 52. New Guinea. TauRvs, Fabr. Syst. El. II. p. 250; Parry, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II 1864, p. 90; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genoy. XVI. 1880-81, p. 323. New Guinea; New Britain. AEGUS. W.S. Macleay. BLANDUS, Parry, Cat. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (2) 1864, p. 57, &. New Guinea. GLABER, Parry, l.c. p. 59; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. XVI. 1880-81, p. 327. | New Guinea. MINUTUS, Gestro, l.c. p. 329, fig. New Guinea. 439 440 44 448 449 45 — BY G. MASTERS. 301 PLATYODON, Parry, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1862, p. 112; Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. IT. 1864, p. 56, t. 10, f. 1; Gestro, le, p- 332. New Guinea. PUSILLUS, Gestro, l.c. p. 328, fig. J obi. CYCLOMMATUS. Parry. MARGINATA, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. IX. 1877, p. 324. Fly River, New Guinea. FIGULUS. W.S%. Macleay. 2 ALBERTISI, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. IX. 1877, p. 335. Fly River, New Guinea. ATER, H. Deyr. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 412; Gestro, Le. p. 337. Mysol, Andai, &c. MENTO, Albers, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. X XVII. 1883, p. 226. New Guinea, NITIDULUS, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. IX. 1877, p. 335. PAPUANUS, Gestro, l.c. p. 336. Key Island; Fly River, New Guinea. REGULARIS, Westw. Ann. Sc. Nat. (2) I. 1834, p. 120; Gestro, l.c. p. 334. New Guinea. CARDANUS. Westwood. ALFuRUS, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. IX. 1877, p. 339. Andai, New Guinea. TRICHOSTIGMUS. Kaup. GLABER, Kirsch, MT. Mus. Dresd. Heft II. 1877, p. 139. Jobi, MASTOCHILUS. Kaup, oBLiquus, Kirsch, MT. Mus. Dresd. Heft IT. 1877, p. 140. LEPTAULAX. Kaup. DENTATUS, Weber, Obs. Ent. I. p. 82. quadridentatus, Sturm, Cat. 1826, p. 182. New Guinea.’ 302 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, ERIOCNEMIS. Kaup. AUSTRALIS, Boisd. Voy. Astrol, 1835, p. 246, t. 6, f. 24; Kaup, Col. Heft III. p. 24. foveicollis, Montrouz. Ann. Soc. Agr. Lyon, II. 1887, p. 28. New Britain ; Dorey, New Guinea. COMPERGUS, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. 1835, p. 244; Kaup, Col. Heft III. p. 24. New Guinea. prox, Kaup, l.c. p. 25. Aru. ACERAIUS. Kaup. PELTOSTICTUS, Kaup, Col. Hefte, IV. 1868, p. 5. Aru. PUERILIS, Kaup, Lc. p. 6. Aru. Family SCARABAIID. TESSERODON. Hope. ELONGATUM, Lansb. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) II. 1885, p. 375. Fly River, New Guinea. TEMNOPLECTRON. Westwood. #NEOLUM, Lansb. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) II. 1885, p. 375, Fly River, New Guinea. COPTODACTYLA. Burmeister. PAPUA, Lansb. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) II. 1885, p. 393. Fly River, New Guinea. ONITIS. Fabricius. Corypon, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 154; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p- 159. New Guinea. ONTHOPHAGUS. Latreille. ALBERTISI, Harold, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. 1877, p. 71. New Guinea. ASPERICOLLIS. Lansb. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) II. 1885, p. 391. New Guinea. 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 BY G. MASTERS. 303 CATENATUS, Lansb. Notes Leyd. Mus. V. 1883, p. 45. New Guinea. cENTURIO, Lansb. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) II. 1885, p. 378. Fly River, New Guinea. CONSENTANEUS, Harold, Col. Hefte, II. 1867, p. 33; Ann. Mus. Genov. X. 1877, p. 74. Aru; Yule Island, New Guinea. Doria, Harold, l.c. p. 76. Andai, New Guinea. INVESTIGATOR, Lansb. l.c. (2) IT. 1885, p. 385. Fly River, New Guinea. Ir18, Sharp, Col. Hefte, XIII. 1875, p. 54. Waigiou. KraatzEAnus, Lansb. Notes Leyd. Mus. V. 1883, p. 45. New Guinea. Kraatzit, Harold, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. XXIV. p. 349. New Guinea. Mayenrt, Harold, Col. Hefte, XV. 1876, p. 118. Jobi, New Guinea, NITEFACTUS, Harold, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. 1877, p. 83. Aru. OLEIPENNIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 145. Fly River, New Guinea. ORBICULARIS, Lansb. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) IT. 1885, p. 387. Fly River, New Guinea. PAPUENSIS, Harold, l.c. X. 1877, p.65. Andai, New Guinea. Parryt, Harold, Col. Hefte, V. 1869, p. 99; Ann. Mus, Genoy. X. 1877, p. 64. Aru ; New Guinea. PLANICEPS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 145 Fly River, New Guinea. RETICOLLIS, Macl. l.c. p. 145. Fly River, New Guinea. RIPARIUS, Lansb. Ann, Mus. Genov. (2) II. 1885, p. 384. Fly River, New Guinea. SIGNIFER, Harold, l.c. X. 1877, p. 65. Andai, New Guinea, TETRICUS, Harold, l.c. p. 70. Andai, New Guinea, vipuus, Lansb. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) II. 1885, p. 388. Fly River, New Guinea, 304 483 484 485 486 489 491 493 494 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, ATAENIUS. Harold. GRANULATOR, Harold, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. 1877, p. 95. , Ramoi, New Guinea. SPINATOR, Harold, Le. p. 94. Hatam, New Guinea. OXYOMUS. Castelnau. INTERSTITIALIS, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883 (2) p. 5. New Britain. SAPROSITES. Redtenbacher. CAPITALIS, Fairm. Le Nat. V. 1883, p. 238. New Britain. PHEOCHROUS. Castelnau. 7 ALTERNATUS, Fairm. Jour. Mus. Godef. XIV. 1879, p. 112. Duke of York Island. LIPAROCHRUS. Harold. ALTERNANS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. (2) I. 1886, p. 146. Fly River, New Guinea. MULTISTRIATUS, Harold, Col. Hefte, XII. 1874, p. 48. Fly River, New Guinea. papuus, Lansb. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) II. 1885, p. 397. Fly River, New Guinea. BOLBOCERAS. Kirby. MULTICosTATUS, Lansb. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) II. 1885, p. 395. Fly River, New Guinea, TROX. Fabricius. canpipus, Harold, Col. Hefte, IX. 1872, p. 981; Ann. Mus. Genov. l.c. p. 104, Yule Island, New Guinea. PERIGNAMPTUS. Harold. SHaArpPI, Harold, Ann. Mus. Genov. X. 1877, p. 107. Yule Island, New Guinea. SYNARMOSTES. Germar. AMPHICYLLIS, Sharp, Col. Hefte, XIV. 1875, p. 66. New Guinea. 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 BY G. MASTERS. 305 MASCHIDIUS. W.S. Macleay. LUNIcEps, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883 (2) p. 8. New Britain. HETERONYX. Guérin. BREVIOR, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883 (2) p. 8. Duke of York Island. INSULARIS, Fairm, l.c. p. 8. Duke of York Island. APOGONIA. Kirby. ARTA, Kirsch, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch. XX VI. 1882, p. 123. New Guinea. PAPUA, Lansh. CR. Ent. Belg. XX VIIT. 1880, p. cxix. New Guinea. LEPIDIOTA. Hope. QUINQUELINEATA, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. IX. 1884, p. 701. Maclay Coast, Fly River, New Guinea. SCUTELLATA, Macl. l.c. p. 702. Maclay Coast, New Guinea. 502 squauipa, Macl. Lc. (2) I. 1886, p. 146. 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 Fly River, New Guinea. LACHNOSTERNA. Hope. NIGRICOLLIS, Kirsch, MT. Mus. Dresd. Heft II. 1877, p. 141. New Guinea. SQUAMULIGERA, Kirsch, lc. p. 141. New Guinea. RHOPEA. Erichson. ARUENSIS, Lansb. CR. Ent. Belg. XXII. 1879, p.cut. Aru. UNIFORMIS, Fairm. Le Nat. I. 1879, p. 70. Duke of York Island. ANOMALA. Somouelle. HNEIVENTRIS, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883 (2) p. 6. New Britain. HNEOTINCTA, Fairm. l.c. p. 7. New Britain. ERUGINOSA, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 190; d’Urville, Dej. Cat. ee p. 173. Waigiou. “! 306 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, 510 assimuis, Boisd. l.c. p. 191; d’Urville, l.c. p. 173. Waigiou. 511 Fuscoviripis, Blanch. Cat. Coll. Ent. 1850, p. 192; Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, IV. p. 115, t. 8, £. 4. New Guinea, 512 pyaipiaLis, Kirsch, MT. Mus. Dresd. Heft II. 1877, p. 141. New Guinea. CAELIDIA. Dejean. 513 maroinaTa, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 187, t. 6, f. 17; d’Urville, Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 172. New Guinea. 514 nigromacuLaTa, Blanch. Cat. Col. Ent. 1850, p. 216 ; quinquemaculata, De}. Cat. 3 ed. p. 172. New Guinea. PARASTASIA. Westwood. 515 curtutata, Fairm. Ann, Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, p. 9. Duke of York Island. 516 marmorata, Gestro, Ann, Mus. Genov. VIII. 1876, p. 514. New Guinea. 517 Monrrovuziert, Fairm. l.c. p. 10. Duke of York Island. 518 zoraip&, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genoy. VIII, 1876, p. 515. New Guinea. PEMELOPUS. Erichson. 519 Hupsnenri, Fairm. Le Nat. I. 1879, p. 46. Duke of York Island. ORYCTODERDS. Boisduval. 520 CanDEzEI, Lansb. CR. Ent. Belg. XXIII. 1880, p. cxx1. New Guinea. 521 coronatus, Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 185; Jour. Mus, Godeff. XIV. 1879, p. 112. New Britain. 522 GopEFFRoyI, Fairm. Pet. Nouv. II. 1877, p. 185; Mus. Godeffr. XIV. 1879, p. 93. New Britain. 523 LaTITARSIS, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 160, t. 9, f. 5, Burm. Hand. V. 74; Lacord. Gen. Atl. t. 36, f. 2. Dorey, New Guinea. 524 PLATYGENIOIDES, Fairm. Le Nat. III. 1881, p. 340; Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, p. 11. Duke of York Island. eK? Cie he. 525 526 527 533 BY G. MASTERS. 307 MELANHYPHUS. Fairmaire. K.ernscumiptl, Fairm. Le Nat. IIT. 1881, p. 389; Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, p. 11. New Britain. ORONOTUS. Burmeister. QUADRITUBER, Fairm. Le Nat. III. 1881, p. 340. Duke of York Island. DIPELICUS. Hope. nasutus, Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 153, t. 24, f. 4; Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. IX. 1884, p. 702. Duke of York Island; Maclay Coast, New Guinea. TEMNORHYNCHUS. Hope. INTEGRICEPS, Fairm. Pet. Nouv. II. 1877, p. 185; Mus. Godefir. XIV. 1879, p. 112. New Britain. HATAMUS. Sharp. TARSALIS, Sharp, Ann. Mus. Genov. IX. 1877, p. 322. Hatam, New Guinea. SCAPANES. Burmeister. AUSTRALIS, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 158, t. 9,f 4; Burm. Handb. V. p. 206. Menalcas, Casteln. Hist. Nat. II. p. 114. Dorey, New Guinea. PoLitus, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. IX. 1884, p. 703. Maclay Coast, New Guinea. CHALCOSOMA. Hope. Becoaril, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. VII. 1876, p. 515. Mount Arfak, New Guinea. XYLOTRUPES. Hope. GIDEON, Linné, Syst. Nat. I. 2, p.541 ; Oliv. Ent. I. 3, p. 14, t. 11, f. 102; Fairm. Aun. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, p. 16. New Britain, &c. 308 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, 534 550 D5 ~ LOMAPTERA. Gory et Percheron. ADELPHA, Thoms. Arch. Ent. I. p. 428, t. 16, f. 3; Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. [X. 1884, p. 703. Aru; Fly River, Maclay Coast, New Guinea. ALBERTISI, Gestro, Pet. Nouv. VI. p. 427; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. VII. 1874, p. 499. Andai, &., New Guinea. } ADOLPHIN#, Lansb. CR. Ent. Belg. XXIII., 1880, p. exxiv. New Guinea, AMBERBAKIANA, Thoms. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) VII. 1877, p. clxxxvi. Amberbak, New Guinea. ANGULICOLLIS, Lansb. l.c. p. exxvil. New Guinea. ARUENSIS, Thoms. Arch. Ent. I. p, 428, t. 16, f. 4. Aru. Beccaru, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genoy. VI. 1875, p. 501. Andai, New Guinea. cHLORIS, Gestro, l.c. p. 516. Roro, New Guinea. concinNA, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) IV. 1868, p. 542, t. 12, f. 1. Aru. DIAPHONIA, Kraatz, Notes Leyd. Mus. II. 1880, p, 215. New Guinea. picnropus, Lansb. CR. Ent. Belg. XXIII. 1880, p. exxvi. New Guinea. pistincTA, Lansb. l.c. p. cxxv. New Guinea. porEIca, Mohnike, Arch. fiir Naturg. XX VII. 1871, p. 261. New Guinea. Dori, Gestro, Ann, Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 27. Andai, Hatam, New Guinea, D’Urvitte!, Burm. Handb. III. p. 315; Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, Col. p. 135, t. 9, f. 7. New Guinea. FUSCIPENNIS, Kirsch, MT. Mus. Dresd. Heft IT. 1877, p. 142. New Guinea. GILNIcKII, Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. X XIX. 1885, p. 85. Aru, cLoriosa, Raffray, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) WIII. 1878, p. Ixxxvii. New Guinea. = BY G. MASTERS. 309 2 HUMERALIS, Lansb. CR. Ent. Belg. XXIII. 1880, p. exxvi. New Guinea. INERMIS, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (8) IV. 1868, p. 545, t. 12, f. 2. New Guinea. JAMEsI, Waterh. Ann. Nat. Hist. (4) XVIII. p. 442. Yule Island, New Guinea. Laeuaizi, Lansb. CR. Ent. Belg. XXII. 1879, p. cliv. Amberbak, New Guinea. MACROPHYLLA, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. VI. 1875, p. 506. Andai, New Guinea. MUCTEROPHALLOIDES, v.d. Poll, Notes Leyd. Mus. VIII. 1886, p. 185. Salwatty. Papua, Guér. Voy. Coquille, II. Col. p. 91, t. 3, f. 11; Gory et Perch. Mon. p. 309, t. 60, f. 4, New Guinea. PYGMHA, Kraatz, Notes Leyd. Mus. II. 1880, p. 216. New Guinea. Risstl, Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. X XIX. 1885, p. 85. Aru. ruFA, Kraatz, Notes Leyd. Mus. IT. 1880, p, 215. New Guinea. SaLvapDortil, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. VIII. p. 516. Roro, New Guinea. 563 SUBAROUENSIS, Thoms. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) VII. 1887, p. clxxxv. Aru, 564 vatipirgs, Thoms. Arch. Ent. I. p. 427, t. 16, f. 2. Aru. 565 Watwacel, Thoms., l.c. p. 426, t. 16, f. 1. Aru. 566 xanTHoPYGA, Gestro, Pet. Nouv. VI. p. 451. New Guinea. MICROLOMAPTERA. Kraatz,. #NEA, Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. X XIX. 1885, p. 88, tb es Aru, ISCHIOPSOPHA. Gestro. BIFASCIATA, Quoy et Gaim. (Cetonia), Voy. Uran. Zool. p. 548, t. 82, f. 5. Dumerili, Lesson (Cetonia), Cent. d. Zool. p. 54, t. 13. 310 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, 581 bivittata, Gory et Perch. (Lomaptera) Mon. Cet. p. 308, t. 60, f. 3. Jasciata, Burm. (Lomaptera) Handb. ITI. p. 313 ; Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) IV. 1868, p. 510; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genoy. VI. 1874, p. 495. New Guinea. Bruyn, Lansb. CR. Ent. Belg. XXIII. 1880, p. exxiii. New Guinea. pives, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. IX. 1887, p. 87. Salwatty. EMARGINATA, Ritsema, Notes Leyd. Mus. I. 1887, p. 186. New Guinea. 2 Gesrrot, v.d. Poll, Notes Leyd. Mus. VIII. 1886, p. 184. New Guinea. 3 IGNIPENNIS, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. VIII. 1876, p. 517. Roro, New Guinea. NIGRILOBA, Ritsema, Notes Leyd. Mus. I. 1887, p. 185. Dorey, New Guinea. DIGENETHLE. Thomson. Rarrrayl, Lansb. CR. Ent. Belg. XXIII. 1880, p. exxviii. New Guinea. RAMULOSIPENNIS, Thoms. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) VIL. 1877, p. clxxvi. New Guinea. SPILOPHORA, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genoy. XIV. 1887, p. 14. Fly River, New Guinea. var. nigerrima, Kraatz, Deutsche, Ent. Zeit. X XIX. 1885, p. 36. Aru. ANACAMPTORRHINA. Blanchard. 3 CORRUSCA, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genoy. VIII. 1876, p. 517. Jobi, New Guinea. FULGIDA, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) IV. 1868, p- 563, t. 13, £ 2. New Guinea. 1GNIPES, Blanch, Cat. Col. Ent. 1850, p. 20; Voy. Pole Sud, p. 136, t. 9, f. 9. New Guinea. DICHROSOMA. Kraatz. LaANSBERGII, Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. X XIX. 1885, p. 90, t. 1, figs. 6 and 6a. Aru 586 587 588 589 590 593 594 BY G. MASTERS. 311 SCHIZORRHINA. Kirby. aRuAvA, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 1868, p. 562. Aru. CHLATA, Gestro, Ann, Mus. Genov. VI. 1875, p. 510. Andai, Hatam, &c., New Guinea. Emixia, White, Proc. Zool. Soc. XXIV. 1856, p. 16, t. 41, f. 9. New Britain. TRUNCATIPENNIS, Ritsema, Notes Leyd. Mus. ITI. 1881, p. 1. Aru. EUPOECILA. Burmeister. BALTEATA, Vollenh. Mohn. Revis. Arch. fiir Naturg. XX VII. LOTT. ps 261, 0. ©, 1.3. Waigiou. PLATEDELOSIS. Kraatz. PINGUIS, Janson, Cist. Ent. II. 1880, p. 605, t. 11, f. 2. New Guinea. EURYOMIA. Burmeister. INFIMA, Thoms. Typi Cetonid. 1878, p. 25. New Guinea. LATERALIS, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) IV. 1868, p. 569, t. 13, £. 9. Fly River, New Guinea. MACULATELLA, Thoms. i.c. p. 25. New Guinea. RUFITINCTA, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 147. Fly River, New Guinea. MUCTEROPHALLUS. 2 LEVIPENNIS, v.d. Poll, Notes Leyd. Mus. VIII. 1886, p. 187. Aru. PROTATIA. Burmeister. INDECoRA, Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. XXIX. 1885, p. 91. Aru. GLYCYPHANA. Burmeister. AROMATICA, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) IV. 1868, p. 577, t. 14, £. 3; Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XX VIT. 1883, p. 16. Duke of York Island. 600 607 608 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, FALLACIOSA, Kraatz, Notes Leyd. Mus. II. 1880, p. 322. New Guinea. INCERTA, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) IV. 1868, p. 575, t. 14, £, 1-2. Duke of York Island. Mouniku, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. VI. 1875, p. 514. RUFO-TINCTA, Kraatz, Deutsche Ent. Zeit. X XIX. 1885, Dp. fo. New Britain. VELUTINA, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 148. Fly River, New Guinea. Family BUPRESTID. CHALCOPHORA. Solier. ARROGANS, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p, 72. New Guinea. var. Stephensi, Thoms. Arch. Ent. I. p. 432, t. 16, f. 8. Aru. var. aurifera, Cast. et Gory, Mon. I. p. 14, t. 4, £. 19; Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII, 1883, p. 16. Duke of York Island. AUROFOVEATA, Guér. Voy. Duperry, Ins. p. 64, t. 2, f. 2; Cast. et Gory, Mon. I. p. 5, t. 2, f. 5. New Guinea. 2 Browni, Waterh. Ann Nat. Hist. (5) XV. 1885, p. 380. Duke of York Island. HELOPIOIDES, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 79, t. 6, f. 5; Cast. et Gory, Mon. I. p. 4, t. 1, f. 4. New Guinea. JANSONII, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIII. 1864, p. 22. New Guinea. INCERTA, Deyr. l.c. p. 24. Waigiou. LEVIPENNIS, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 70; Dej. Cat. 3 ed. p. 87. New Guinea Lortinil, Boisd. l.c. p. 71, t. 7, £. 1; Cast. et Gory, Mon. I. p. 15, t. 4, f. 20. New Guinea RADIANS, Guér. Voy. Duperry, Ins. p. 63 ; Cast. et Gory, l.c. p. 3; 4. 15 £23. New Ireland 609 BY G. MASTERS. 313 REVISA, Laferté. i. litt. =, levipennis, Cast. et Gory, l.c. p. 6, t. 2, f. 7. New Guinea. 610 XANTHOCERA, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 76, t. 6, f. 4; Cast. et Gory, Mon. I. p. 10, t. 3, f. 12. New Guinea. CYPHOGASTRA. Deyrolle. ABDOMINALIS, Waterh. Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) XV. 1885, p. 381. Duke of York Island. HNEOFOVEATA, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. [X. 1877, p, 352. Misori Island. ALBERTISI, Gestro, l.c, p. 352. Yule Island, New Guinea. AURIVENTRIS, Kirsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. X XIX, 1885, p. 114. Duke of York Island. Bruyni, Lansb. CR. Ent. Belg. X XITI. 1880, p. cxxxiii. New Guinea. CALEPYGA, Thoms. Arch. Ent. I. p. 430, t. 16, f. 6. Aru; Fly River, New Guinea. cauDaTA, Lansb. CR. Ent. Belg. X XIIT. 1880, p. cxxxiv. New Guinea. FOVEICOLLIS, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. p. 78, t. 6, f. 35; Cast. et Gory, Mon. I. p. 24, t. 6, f. 31. Aru, FOVEOLATA, Deyr. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1864, p. 46. , New Guinea. GEELWINKIANA, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. IX. 1877, p. 353. ; Misori Island. GLoriosa, Gestro, l.c. p. 352. Misori Island. IMPRESSIPENNIS, Gestro, l.c. p. 353. J obi. Mniszecui, Deyr. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1884, p. 40; Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. TX. 1884, p. 703. Maclay Coast, New Guinea. PISCIFORMIS, Deyr. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1864, p. 42. Waigiou. ReIDELI1, Kirsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. X XIX. 1885, p. 113. Aru, &e, RONENSIS, Lansb. CR. Ent. Belg. XXIII. 1880, p. exxxii. New Guinea, 641 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, SULCIPENNIS, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. [X, 1877, p.352. Jobi. VENEREA, Thoms. Arch. Ent. I. p. 431, t. 16, £. 7. Aru. DICERCOMORPHA. Deyrolle. GROSSE-PUNCTATA, Thoms. Typi Buprestidarum, 1878, p. 37. New Guinea. MULTIGUTTATA, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. 1864, p. 56. New Guinea. MELOBASIS. Castelnau et Gory. AuRATA, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIII. 1864, p. 72. Aru. INTRICATA, Deyr. l.c. p. 70. Aru. mMopDESTA, Lansb. CR. Ent. Belg. XXITI. 1880, p. cxxxiv. New Guinea. SUTURALIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 148. Fly River, New Guinea. SEMNOPHARUS. Van de Poll. APICALIS, v.d. Poll, Notes Leyd. Mus. VIII. 1886, p. 241. Aru, SPONSOR. Castelnau et Gory. CUNEIFORMIS, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIII. 1864, p. 79. New Guinea. CALODEMA. Castelnau et Gory. JOHANN#, Snell. v. Voll. Tijdschr. Ent. VIII. 1865, p. 62, t.1,, LI Aee Waigiou. Ripsel, v.d. Poll, Notes Leyd. Mus. VII. 1885, p. 31, Cols Pi ale Aru. Wattacel, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIII. 1864, p. 78, Se ie ge New Guinea. BELIONOTA. Eschscholtz. @NEA, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIII. 1864, p. 82. New Guinea. FULGIDICOLLIS, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. IX. 18/7, p. 356. New Guinea. 2 Husneri, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883 (2) p. 16. New Britain. 660 BY G. MASTERS. 315 CHRYSOBOTHRIS. Eschscholtz. AMBERBAKIANA, Thoms. Typi Buprestidarum, App. I. 1883, p. 46. Amberbaki, New Guinea. ARUENSIS, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIII. 1864, p. 111. Aru. AURICORNIS, Deyr. l.c. p. 112. Mysol. Aavropunctata, Deyr. l.c. p. 110. Dorey, Fly River, New Guinea. cHurysonota, Deyr. l.c. p. 110. New Britain. KEYENSIS, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. [X. 1877, p. 356. Key Island. MICROSTIGMA, Gestro, l.c. p. 356. Ramoi, New Guinea. NIGROVIOLACEA, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIII. 1864, p. 106. New Guinea. CISSEIS. Castelnau et Gory. AURICEPS, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIII. 1864, p. 117. New Guinea. 2 BRACHYFORMIS, Deyr. l.c. p. 117. Mysol. DimipiaTus, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 148. Fly River, New Guinea. CORCEBUS. Castelnau et Gory. HNEIFRONS, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIII. 1864, p. 117. Mysol. CUPRICOLLIS, Deyr. l.c. p. 124. Dorey, New Guinea. NIGRO-C@RULEUS, Le, p. 133, t. 3, f. 4. Waigiou. SAMBUS. Deyrolle. 7 ARGENTATUS, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. [X. 1877, p. 358. Ramoi, New Guinea. GautiERI, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIIT. 1864, p. 214. Waigiou VERMICULATUS, Deyyr. l.c. p. 215. Dorey, New Guinea. AGRILUS, Stephens. ANEIPENNIS, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIII. 1864, p. 181. New Britain. 316 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 G76 677 678 679 680 68 682 — 683 684 685 686 687 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, AMETHYSTICOLLIS, Deyr. l.c. p. 192. Dorey, New Guinea. ANTHRACINUS, Deyr. l.c. p. 106. Mysol. auRATUS, Deyr. l.c. p. 209. Aru. AURIPES, Deyr. l.c. p. 180 Mysol. CHALYBEUS, Deyr. lc. p. 193. Dorey, New Guinea. conoavus, Deyr. l.c. p. 203. New Guinea. CUNEIFORMIS, Deyr. !.c. p. 187. Mysol. DORSALIS, Deyr. l.c. p. 180. Mysol. ELONGATUS, Deyr. lc. p. 151. New Guinea. FUNEBRIS, Deyr. l.c. p. 188. New Guinea. HIRSUTULUS, Deyr. l.c. p. 210. Waigiou. INDIGACEUS, Deyr. ].c. p. 161. New Guinea. NIGERRIMUS. Deyr. l.c. p 204. Mysol. NIGROENEUS, Deyr. l.c. p. 176. Waigiou. NIGROVIOLACEUS, Deyyr. l.c. p. 195. Waigiou. oLympicus, Deyr. l.c p. 183. Mysol. orNATuS, Deyr. l.c. p. 155. Duke of York Island. PINII, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. IX. 1877, p.360. New Guinea. PUNCTIFRONS, Deyr. l.c. p. 149. Mysol. PAPUANUS, Gestro, Ann, Mus. Genov. IX. 1877, p. 360. New Guinea, SPINIPES, Deyr. l.c. p. 153. Mysol. ROROENSIS, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. IX. 1877, p. 359. Yule Island, New Guinea. SUBTRIFASCIATUS, Deyr. l.c. p. 191. New Guinea. SYLVESTRIS, Deyr. l.c. p. 206. Mysol. TRICOLOR, Deyr. l.c. p. 194. Mysol. vuLcanus, Deyr. lc. p. 179. Mysol. ANTHAXOMORPHUS., Deyrolle. FEMORALIS, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIII. 1864, p. 222. Key Island. 688 689 690 703 704 BY G. MASTERS. BAW PAPUANUS, Deyr. l.c. p. 221. Dorey, New Guinea. APHANISTICUS. Latreille. DIABOLICUS, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIII. 1864, p. 225. New Guinea. IMPRESSICOLLIS, Deyr. l.c. p. 224. New Guinea, ENDELUS. Deyrolle. APICALIS, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIII. 1864, p. 233. New Guinea. 2 INTERMEDIUS, Deyr. l.c. p. 234. Mysol. TRACHYS. Fabricius. ALBOGRAPHA, Deyr. Ann. Ent. Belg. VIII. 1864, p, 249. Aru. AZUREA, Deyr. l.c. p. 247. Mysol. cARINATA, Deyr. l.c. p. 248. New Guinea. conFusa, Deyr. lc. p. 263. Mysol. DECORATA, Deyr. l.c. p. 259. Salwatty. HUMILIS, Deyr. l.c. p. 266. New Guinea. NUBILA, Deyr. l.c. p. 254. ; Mysol. PARALLELICOLLIS, Deyr. l.c. p. 267. Mysol. SETOSULA, Deyr. l.c. p. 254. New Guinea. ZEBRINA, Deyr. l.c. p. 253. Mysol. Family EUCNEMID. ARISUS. Bonvouloir. ATRIPENNIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. IX. 1884, p. 703. Maclay Coast, New Guinea, DROMALOLUS. Kiesenwetter. FERRUGINIPES, Bony. Mon. Ann. Fr. 1870, p. 208, t. 9, f. 7. Waigiou. 318 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 "og een CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, SEMIGRISEUS, Bonv. lec. p. 238, t. 10, £ 7. Dorey, New Guinea. TIBIALIS, Bonv. l.c. p. 215, t. 8, f. 8. Aru. FORNAX. Castelnau. ADNEXuUS, Bonv. Mon. Ann. Fr. 1870, p. 359, t. 17, f. 2. New Guinea. ATER, Bonv. l.c. p. 312, t. 13, f. 4-5. New Guinea. COSTULATUS, Bonv. l.c. t. 20, f. 5. Mysol. Latus, Bony. Le. p. 325, t. 14, f. 6. Aru. LINEATUS, Bonv. l.c. p. 403, t. 20, f. 2. New Guinea. MYSOLENSIS, Bony. l.c. p. 364, t. 17, £. 5. Mysol. pictus, Bony. l.c. p. 317, t. 13, fi 9. Dorey, New Guinea. PLANUS, Bony. Lc. p. 410, t. 20, f. 6. Waigiou. SEPONENDUS, Bonv. lc. p, 330. Mysol. SUBACUMINATUS, Bonv. l.c. p. 346, t. 15, f. 8. Dorey, New Guinea. SCYTHON. Castelnau. BICOLOR, Casteln. Silb. Rev. III. 1835, p. 170; Bonv. 1.c. p. 499, t 25,f. 1. melanopterus, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. p. 102, t. 6, £. 9. New Guinea. NIGRIVENTRIS, Bony. lc. p. 496, t. 24, f. 8. Mysol. MELANOCOLEUS. Bonvouloir. Grossus, Bony. Mon. Ann. Fr. 1870, p. 507, t. 25, £. 5. New Guinea. MICRORRHAGUS. KEschscholtz, BASALIS, Bony. Mon. Ann. Fr. 1870, p. 570, t. 27, £. 6. Mysol. DERELICTUS, Bonv. l.c. p. 544, t: 26, f. 2, Dorey, New Guinea. FLABELLATUS, Bony. l.c. p. 582, t. 28, f. 3. New Guinea. PICTURATUS, Bony. l.c. p. 572, t. 27, f. 7. Mysol. 724 725 726 731 732 733 734 735 BY G. MASTERS. 319 RUGOSIPENNIS, Bonv, l.c. p. 569, t. 2, f. 4. Mysol, SUBPARALLELUS, Bonv. l.c. p. 594, t. 29, f. 2. New Guinea. HYLOTASTES. Bonvouloir. ForMosus, Bony. Mon. Ann. Fr. 1870, p. 691, t. 33, f. 7. New Guinea, HYPOCOELUS. Eschscholtz. ASPERATUS, Bonv. Mon. Ann. Fr. 1870, p. 701, t. 34, f. 1. Aru. AETEROTAXIS. Bonvouloir, MYRMIDON, Bonv. Mon. Ann. Fr. 1870, p. 792, t. 38, f. 4. Mysol. POTERGUS. Bonvouloir. FILIFORMIS, Bonv. Mon. Ann. Fr. 1871, p. 11 Dorey, New Guinea. ARGANUS. Bonvouloir. DISTINCTUS, Bonv. Mon, Ann. Fr. 1871, p. 159. Mysol. CAFOLUS. Bonvouloir. Mestus, Bonv. Mon. Ann. Fr. 1870, p. 780, t. 37, f. 9. Fly River, New Guinea. GALBA. Guérin. AURICOLOR, Bonv. Mon. Ann. Fr. 1870, p. 821, t. 39, f. 8. Fly River, New Guinea, MARMORATA, Guér. Voy. Coquille, p. 68, t 2, £3; Bonv. le. p. 811, t. 39, f. 3. Fly River, &c., New Guinea. NivEo-PictTA, Bonv. l.c. p. 809, t. 39, f. 2. New Guinea. Wattacrl, Perroud, Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 1864, p. 98; Bonv. l.c. p, 822, t. 39, f. 9, and t. 40, f. 1. Fly River, &c., New Guinea. Family ELATERID, AGRYPNUS. Eschscholtz, Gestro1, Candz, Ann, Mus. Genov. XVI. 1880, p. 188. New Guinea, 320 737 756 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, sORICINUS, Candz. Mém. Liége, (2) IX. 1882, p. 1. New Guinea. LACON. Castelnau. ASPERULATUS, Candz. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 102. Yule Island, New Guinea. CINERASCENS, Candz. Lc. p. 103. Yule Island, New Guinea. imPREssuS, Candz. I.c. p. 102. New Guinea. Laxus, Candz. Mém. Liége, (2) IV. 1874, p. 143. Mysol. Limosus, Candz. l.c. (2) IX. 1882, p. 10. New Guinea, SUBSERICEUS, Candz. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 102. New Guinea. TRISTIS, Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. p. 86, t. 6, f. 8. New Guinea. ALAUS. Eschscholtz. AconTias, Candz. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 107. Yule Island, New Guinea. ALBERTISI, Candz. l.c. p. 104. New Guinea. ARFAKIANUS, Gestro, l.c. VII. 1875, p. 1003. Mount Arfak, New Guinea. BITUBEROSUS, Fairm. Le Nat. III. 1881, p. 381; Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, p. 16. Duke of York Island. BREVIPLICATUS, Fairm. l.c. p. 17. Duke of York Island. Doria, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genov. VII. 1875, p. 1000. Mount Arfak, New Guinea. INFUMATUS, Candz, Mem. Liége, (2) IV. 1874, p. 144. Fly River, &c., New Guinea. OBLIQUUS, Candz. l.c. p. 143. Fly River, &c., New Guinea. scops, Candz. lc. p. 143. New Guinea. VELUTINUS, Candz. Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1880, p. 189. New Guinea. PSEPHOS. Candéze. GUINEENSIS, Candz, Mém. Liége, (2) IX. 1882, p. 27. New Guinea. PAPUENSIS, Candz. Le. p. 35. New Guinea. 757 758 770 BY G. MASTERS. all SIMODACTYLUS. Candeéze. CINNAMOMEtS, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Col. p. 106; Candz. Mon. TL..pg Li Oy iehs. i015. Duke of York Island. FASCIOLATUS, Fairm. Le Nat. V. 1883, p. 238. New Britain. 9 TERTIUS, Candz. Mém. Liege, (2) IX. 1882, p. 44. New Guinea, MONOCREPIDIUS. Eschscholtz. AROUENSIS, Candz. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 112. Aru. conTicuus, Candz. lec. p. 114. New Guinea. coRNIcULATUS, Candz. lc. p. 113. Ramoi, New Guinea. cRIsTaTus, Candz. l.c. XV. 1880. p. 190. New Guinea. HORISTONOTUS, Candz. I.c, XIT. 1878, p. 112. New Guinea. MUCRONATUS, Candz. lc. p. 110. Hatam, New Guinea, PAUPERATUS, Candz. l.c. p. 113. New Guinea. SIMILIS, Candz. l.c. p. 111. New Guinea. UMBRACULATUS, Candz. Mém. Belg. XVII. 1865, p. 25. New Guinea. 9 YULENSIS, Candz. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 112. Yule Island, New Guinea. HETERODERES. Laitreille. PUSILLUS, Candz. Mém. Belg. X VII. 1865, p. 26. New Guinea. ANCHASTUS. Leconte. ALBERTISI, Candz. Ann. Mus. Genov. XV. 1880, p. 191. New Guinea. LONGICORNIS, Candz. Mém. Belg. X VII. 1865, p. 28. New Guinea, NITIDULUS, Candz. Ann. Mus. Genoy. XIT. 1878, p. 119. Hatam, New Guinea. PiscicuLus, Candz. l.c. p. 119. Hatam, New Guinea. y}. a 322 783 784 785 786 787 788 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, MEGAPENTHES. Kiesenwetter. AGRIOTIDES, Candz. Mém. Belg. XVII. 1865, p. 31. Dorey, New Guinea. DORSALIS, Candz. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 123. New Guinea, PUNCTATUS, Candz. l.c. p. 122. Ramoi, New Guinea. SUTURALIS, Candz. ].c, p. 122. Andai, New Guinea. MELANOXANTHUS. Eschscholtz. 3 ANGULATUS, Candz. Ann. Mus. Genov. XIJ. 1878, p. 129. Hatam, New Guinea. MELANOCEPHALUS, Fab. Spec. Ins. 1781, I. p. 272; Candz. Mon. II. p. 512, t. 7, £. 12. Duke of York Island. RUFICOLLIS, Candz. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p, 127. Andai, New Guinea. TETRASPILOTUS, Fairm. Le Nat. V. 1883, p. 239. New Britain. CRYPTOHYPNUS. Eschscholtz. SUTURALIS, Candz. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 131. Hatam, New Guinea. CARDIOPHORUS. Eschscholtz. PAPUENSIS, Candz. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 132. Yule Island, New Guinea. MELANOTUS. Hschscholtz. £QUALIS, Candz. Ann. Mus. Genov. XII. 1878, p. 136. Andai, New Guinea. ALBERTISI, Candz. Le. p. 135. Dorey, Hatam, &c., &c., New Guinea. OXYSTETHUS. Fairmaire. SCAPULATUS, Fairm. Le Nat. V. 1883, p. 238. New Britain. HAPATESUS. Candéze. HIRTELLUs, Candz. Mém. Liége, (2) TX. 1882, p. 98. New Guinea. 789 790 793 797 798 799 BY G. MASTERS. 323 LUDIUS. Latreille. DILATICOLLIS, Fairm. Le Nat. V. 1883, p. 239. New Britain. ERUBESCENS, Candz, CR. Ent. Belg. X XI, 1878, p. cxct. New Guinea. VARIEGATUS, Candz. l.c. p. CXct. Aru. AGRIOTES. Eschscholtz. AUSTRALASI#, Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, IV. p. 90, t. 6, £. 11. Aru. TETRIGUS. Candéze. pexus, Candz. Mem. Liege, (2) IV. 1874, p. 157. Dorey, New Guinea. AGONISCHIUS. Candéze. oRNATUS, Candz. Notes Leyd. Mus. IT. 1880, p. 10. New Guinea. Family RHIPIDOCERID A. CALLIRRHIPIS. Latreille. CASTANEA, Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, IV. p. 81, t. 6, f. 5. New Guinea. PICEIVENTRIS, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 18. Duke of York Island. Family MALACODERMID. LYCUS. Fabricius. DEPLANATUS, Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 109. Dorey, New Guinea, LUTEOLUS, Waterh, I.c. p. 113. Aru. METRIORRHYNCHUS, Guérin. ANGUSTULUS, Waterh. Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 57, t. 14, £. 5, Dorey, New Guinea. 324 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, ATER, Waterh. l.c. p. 57, t. 14, £. 7. Aru; Dorey, New Guinea. pitutus, Waterh. l.c. p. 58. t. XIV, f. 6. Mysol. Dotescuatt, Redt. Leis. Novar. IL p. 101, t. 3, f 12. Duke of York Island. EPHIPPIGER, Guér. Voy. Coquille, 1830, p. 73; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. p. 117. New Guinea. FLAVOLATERALIS, Waterh. Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 56, OG ae ae Aru. FUNESTUS, Guér. l.c. p. 73; Boisd. Le. p. 117. New Guinea. immErsvus, Waterh. Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 53, t. 13. fA; New Guinea. inFuscatus, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 151. Fly River, New Guinea. nosiLis, Waterh. Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 54, t. 13, fo. New Guinea. PAPUENSIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. IX. 1884, p. 704. Maclay Coast, New Guinea. PARALLELUS, Guér. Voy. Coquille, 1830, p. 72; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. IT. p. 114. Fly River, &c., New Guinea. PUNCTICOLLIS, Waterh. III. Col]. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 57, t. 14, f. 3. Dorey. Rusticus, Waterh. Lc. p. 51, t. 13, f 2. Mysol. SERRICORNIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1866, p-. 150. Fly River, New Guinea. TENUIS, Macl. l.c. p. 150. Fly River, New Guinea. THORACICUS, Fabr. Syst. El. II. p. 117 ; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. pnd 2D, t.6,.f. 14, New Guinea. DITUA. Waterhouse. DEPLANATA, Waterh. III. Coll. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 34, t. 8, i Gi Dorey, New Guinea. XYLOBANUS. Waterhouse. mixtus, Waterh. Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 43, t. 11, ty Bs Waigiou. 830 831 833 834 BY G. MASTERS, 325 opscurus, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 151. - Fly River, New Guinea. REGULARIS, Waterh. Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 41, t. 10, fig: Dorey, New Guinea. CALOPTERON. Guérin. AMPLIPENNE, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 151. Fly River, New Guinea. pDIcHROMA, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. IT. p. 123, t. 6, f. 12. New Guinea. 2 porycum, Boisd. ].c. p. 118, t. 9, f 9; Blanch. Voy. Pole Sure Vere (iets 0, 7h.0 9, New Guinea. FLAVICANS, Blanch. le. p. 76, t. 5, f. 13. Aru; Fly River, New Guinea. RUFOSTERNALE, Blanch. Lc. p. 76, t. 5, f. 11. New Guinea. CLADOPHORUS. Guérin, ABERRANS, Waterh. Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 65, t. 14, Da oe Aru. APICALIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 152. Fly River, New Guinea. cinctus, Fabr. Syst. El. II. p. 113; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. p. 120. New Guinea. suturalis, Guer. Voy. Coquille, Ent. p. 73. New Guinea. COLLARIS, Guer. l.c. p. 73; Boisd. lc. p. 121. New Guinea. DETRACTUS, Waterh. Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 64, t. 16, f. 4. Aru. FORMOSsUS, Guér. Voy. Coquille, Ent. p. 73; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. IT. p. 121. dimidiatus, Guér. l.c. t. 2, £. 9. New Guinea. FuscaTus, Waterh. Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 64, fe bos t.G, Waigiou, INGENUUS, Waterh. l.c. p. 64, t. 16, f. 2, Fly River, Dorey. LONGICORNIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 152. Fly River. NIGRESCENS, Macl. l.c. p. 152. Fly River, 326 843 844 acuraneuLus, Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 114; CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, NIGRICEPS, Kirsch. MT. Mus, Dresd. Heft II. 1877, p. 143. New Guinea. OCHRACEICOLLIs, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 22. Duke of York Island. orNATUS, Waterh. Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 65, t. 16, ZA; New Guinea. REstTRICTUS, Waterh. lc. p. 66, t. 16, f. 5. Waigiou. RUFICOLLIS, Guér. Voy. Coquille, Ent. p. 73, t. 2, f. 8. New Guinea. crocicollis, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. p. 116. New Guinea. SEMIRUFUS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) 1886, p. 152. Fly River. CALOCHROMUS. Guérin. DISTINGUENDUS, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 21. Duke of York Island. GLAUCOPTERUS, Guér. Ann. Fr. 1833, p. 159, t, 7, B. £. 1-5. New Guinea. ENICLASES. C. O. Waterhouse. LUTEOLUS, Waterh. Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 66, $16, £12, Aru. TRICHALUS. Waterhouse. 2 Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus, I. 1879, p. 68, t. 17, £. 1. Dorey. 845 mmuLus, Waterh. l.c. p. 114; lc. p. 69, t. 16, f. 9. Aru. 846 apicatis, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. p. 152. Fly River. 847 perractus, Waterh. Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 70, bets, f. 5. Waigiou. 848 GRiseus, Waterh. l.c. p. 69, t. 17, f. 3. Dorey. 849 nicREsceNS, Waterh. l.c. p. 70, t. 17, f. 4. Mysol. 850 PALLIDIPENNIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, 851 p. 152. Fly River. PERTURBATUS, Waterh, Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus. I. 1879, p. 70, Fe Af ee ES Dorey. 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 865 866 BY G. MASTERS. oat ENYLUS. Waterhouse. SEGREGATUS, Waterh. Ill. Coll. Brit. Mus. I, 1879, p. 72, t. Liigds 10: Mysol. STROPHICUS. Waterhouse. NIGELLUS, Waterh. Ill, Coll. Brit. Mus. 1, 1879, p. 73, t. Wi VL Mysol. LUCIOLA. Castelnau. ANTENNATA, Ern. Oliv. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) II. 1885. p. 365, t. 5, f, 8. Fly River. ANTHRACINA, Ern. Oliv. l.c. p. 368. Yule Island. AUSTRALIS, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 201 ; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. p. 125. New Ireland, &c. Guérint, Casteln. Essai, p. 151, nota. MICROTHORAX, Ern. Oliv. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) II. 1885, p. 364, t 5, f. 7. Hatam, New Guinea. RUFICOLLIS, Guér. Voy. Coquille, Ent. p. 75; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. IT. p. 128. Dorey, Maclay Coast. TARSALIS, Ern, Oliv. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) IT. 1885, p. 360, ie of. 0. Fly River. PYROPHANES. Ern. Olivier. APPENDICULATA, Ern. Oliv. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) IT. 1885, p- 369. Ramoi, New Guinea. Beccaru, Ern. Oliv. le. p. 369, t. 5, f. 12. Aru. TELEPHORUS. Schiffer. ACUTIPENNIS, Guér. Voy. Coquille, p. 75; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. p, 132. Fly River, &e. BASICORNIS, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 20. Duke of York Island. preustus, Guér. Voy. Coquille, p. 75; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. p. 132. New Guinea. ScHarreErl, Guér. Lc. p. 76; Boisd. Lc. p. 133. New Guinea. TYLOCERUS, Dalman. ANTENNATUS, Guér, Voy. Coquille, Ent. p. 74, t. 2, f. 6; Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S. W. (2) I. 1886, p.153. Fly River. 328 867 868 869 870 871 CO ~I bo 877 878 879 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, LAIUS. Guérin. CYANEuS, Guér. Voy. Coquille, Ent. p. 78, t. 2, £ 10; heterocerus, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. Col. p. 136. New Guinea. CARPHURUS. Erichson. CYANIPENNIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 153. Fly River. RUBRIVENTRIS, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 21. Duke of York Island. RUBROSEGMENTATUS, Fairm. l.c. p. 20. Duke of York Island. SERRICORNIS, Fairm. l.c. p. 21. New Britain. Family CLERID. CYLIDRUS. Latreille. ALCYONEUS, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. I. 1860, p. 44. New Guinea. Vescozl, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. (2) XX VII. 1883, p. 22. Duke of York Island. ALLOCHOTES. Westwood. APICALIS, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1875, p. 242. New Guinea. CHRYSOMELINA, Westw. l.c. p. 242. Dorey. ANISOPHYLLUS. Westwood. opscurus, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 494, t. 2, rd. Mysol, STIGMATIUM. Gray. CINEREUM, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 165. New Guinea. NITIDICEPS, Chev. Rev. Mag. Zool. (3) II. 1874, p. 314. Dorey. OMADIUS. Castelnau. MucRONATUS, Kirsch, MT. Mus. Dresd. Heft IT. 1877, p. 144. Mysol. 880 888 889 890 891 BY G. MASTERS. 329 NOVEGUINEENSIS, Chev. Rev. Mag. Zool. (3) Il. 1874, p. 319. New Guinea. PICTIPES, Chev. l.c. p. 319. New Guinea. TENERUS. Castelnau. DIFFICILIS, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 407. New Guinea. DOREYANUS, Gorham, l.c. p. 405. New Guinea. FRONTALIS, Fairm. Le Nat. III. 1881, p. 389. Duke of York Island. INcERTUS, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1887, p.408. Aru. PERSIMILIS, Gorham, l.c. p. 408. Dorey. PRIONOPHORUS. Blanchard. BICOLOR, Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, IV. p. 64, t. 5, f. 16. New Guinea. Family LYMEXYLONIDA. HYLECCTUS. Latreille. JAvANIcus, Chev. Icon. Reg. Anim. p. 57 ; t.16,£.95; Fairm. Notes Leyd. Mus. IX. 1887, p. 155. Andai, New Guinea. Family BOSTRYCHID &. RHIZOPERTHA. PAPUENSIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 154. Fly River. RELIGIOSA, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. p. 140; Fairm. Rev. Zool. 1850, p. 50. New Britain; New Guinea, dc. Family TENEBRIONIDA. OPATRUM. Fabricius, HISPIDOCOSTATUM, Fairm, Ann. Ent. Belg. (2) XX VII. 1883, p- 23. New Britain. 330 893 906 907 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, BRADYMERUS. Perroud. 2 GRANATICOLLIS, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. (2) XX VII. 1883, p. 23. Duke of York Island. SEMIASPERATUS, Fairm. l.c. p. 24. New Britain. LEIOCHRINUS. Westwood. FULVICOLLIS, Westw. Tijdschr. Ent. XX VI. 1883, p. 70, t. 3, f. 14. New Guinea. 5 NiIGRICORNIS, Westw. l.c. p. 70, t. 5, figs. 1-7, details. New Guinea. RUFOFULVUs, Westw. l.c. p. 71. Aru. LEIOCHRODES. Westwood. AGATHIDIOIDES, Westw. Tijdschr. Ent. XX VI. 1883, p.75. Aru. NIGRIPENNIS, Westw. Lc. p. 72. Dorey, &c. PARVULUS, Westw. Le. p. 74. Dorey. PICICOLLIS, Westw. l.c. p. 73. Mysol. SUBPURPURASCENS, Westw. l.c. p. 73. Dorey; Aru; Waigiou. HOPLOCEPHALA. Castelnau et Brullé. JANTHINA, Casteln. et Brullé, Ann. Sc. Nat. XXIII. 1831, p. 343. New Guinea. CEROPRIA. Castelnau et Brullé. INTERMEDIA, Harold, Stett. Ent. Zeit, XX XIX. 1878, p. 354. New Guinea. METALLICA, Chev. CR. Ent. Belg. XXI. 1878, p. cl. New Guinea. VIRIDULA, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. (2) XX VII. 1883, p. 24. New Britain. TOXICUM. Latreille. NUDICORNE, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 24. Duke of York Island. PICTICOLLE, Bates, Ent. Month. Mag. X. 1873, p. 45. New Guinea. RUFIPES, Kirsch, MT. Mus. Dresd. Heft II. 1877, p. 145. New Guinea. _ BY G. MASTERS. 331 CILIBE. Bréme. ELONGATA, Bréme, Mon. I. p. 38, t. 7, £6; Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, IV. p. 148, t. 10, f. 4-5. New Guinea. NYCTOZOILUS. Guérin. CRENATICOLLIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 154. Fly River. NYCTOBATES. Guérin. ILLESICOLLIS, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 25. Duke of York Island. 2 Lortini, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. p. 257; Montrouz. Ann. Soc. Agr. Lyon, 1855, VII. p. 3i. New Guinea. PUNCTULATOR, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XXVII. 1883, (2) p. 26. Duke of York Island. ZOPHOPHILUS. Fairmaire. CURTICORNIS, Fairm. Le Nat. III. 1880, p. 359; Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 26. Duke of York Island. LYPROPS. Hope. ATRO-NITENS, Fairm. Ann Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 27. New Britain. PROPHANES. Westwood. CUPREIPENNIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p- 155. Fly River, New Guinea. SUBMETALLICUS, Macleay, l.c. p. 154. Fly River, New Guinea HEMICYCLUS. Westwood. DISCICOLLIS, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VIT. 1883, (2) p. 27. Duke of York, Island. CHARIOTHECA. Pascoe. CUPRIPENNIS, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. I. 1860, p. 126. New Guinea. IMPRESSICOLLIS (Thesilea), Fairm, Le Nat. I. 1879, p. 70; Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VIT. 1883, (2) p. 28. Duke of York Island. LITIGIOSA, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. I. 1860, p.126. New Guinea. 332 922 936 937 938 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, THALASSINA, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 28. New Britain. VIOLACEA, Pascoe, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) 1887, p. 17. Dorey. AMARYGMUS. Dalman. CONVEXIUSCULUS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 156. Fly River. cuprevus, Guér. Voy. Coquille, IT. 1830, p. 102, t. 5, £2; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. Il. p. 272. Fly River, &c., New Guinea. FOVEO-STRIATUS, Fairm. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. 1878, p-35; Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2)p.29. New Britain. FOVEO-SERIATUS, Fairm. Journ. Mus. Godeffr. XIV. 1879, p. 114. Duke of York Island. Haaail, Kirsch, MT. Mus. Dresd. Heft II. 1877, p. 146. New Guinea. HYDROPHILOIDES, Fairm. Rev. Zool. 1849, p. 450. Duke of York Island, &e. INORNATUS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 155. Fly River. MUTABILIS, Guer. Voy. Coquille, IT. p. 101, t. 5, f. 1; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. p 271. New Guinea. 2 ocuLevs, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 156. Fly River. PAPUENSIS, Macl. l.c. p. 156. Fly River. puncTicEps, Macl. lc. p. 156. Fly River. RUFIcRUS, Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, IV. p. 181, t. 12, f. 6. Aru, DIETYSUS. Pascoe. ORIENTALIS, Fairm. Ann. Ent Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 29. New Britain. STRONGYLIUM. Kirby. LEVICOLLE, Kirsch, MT. Mus. Dresd. Heft II. 1877, p. 146. Jobi. niTipuM, Miklin, Mon. Act. Fenn. 1864, p. 319. New Guinea. 939 940 941 943 944 945 946 947 948 BY G. MASTERS. 333 PARALLELUM, Miklin, lc. p. 319. New Guinea. TUBERIPENNE, Fairm. Le Nat. III. 1881, p. 359; Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 30. Duke of York Isiand. ALLECULA. Fabricius. PAPUENSIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 156. Fly River. Family PYTHID. , RHINOSIMUS. Latreille. 2 Wattacel, Pascoe, Journ. of Ent. I. 1860, p. 128. New Guinea. Family LAGRITIDA. LAGRIA. Fabricius. AUREOPILOSA, Le Guillou, Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 225. New Guinea. AZUREIPENNIS, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p: 157. Fly River. CASTANEA, Guér, Voy. Coquille, II. p. 104, t. 5, f. 6; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. IT. p. 288. New Guinea. LONGICOLLIS, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. p. 288. | New Guinea. PALLIATA, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 157. Fly River. PULCHELLA, Guér. Voy. Coquille, II. p. 104, t. 5, £5 ; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. p. 288; Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, IV. paleo, ¢: 12, 14. New Guinea. Family MORDELLID Ai. MORDELLA. Linné. DECEMGUITATA, Fabr. Syst. El. II. p. 123; Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II, p. 289. New Guinea. DuRvit.el, Boisd. l.c. p. 291, t. 7, f. 7. New Guinea, LEUCOSPILA. Fairm, Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 30. Duke of York Island. 334 952 953 954 955 957 CATALOGUE OF THE KNOWN COLEOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA, Lorttintl, Boisd. Voy. Astrol. II. 1835, p. 291. New Guinea. TEXTILIS, Montrouz. Ann. Soc. Agr. Lyon, VII. 1855, p. 34 ; Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XXVIT. 1883, (2) p. 31. New Britain. Family RHIPIDOPHORIDE. PELECOTOMOIDES. Castelnau, MURINA, Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud, IV. 1853, p. 187, t. 12, f. 13. New Guinea. TRIGONODERA. Gerstiicker. PRUINOSA, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 32. New Britain. ZONITOIDES. Fairmaire. MEGALOPS, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 32. Duke of York Island. Family Q@DEMERID/#. ANANCA. Fairmaire et Germain. OPACIPENNIS, Fairm. Ann. Ent. Belg. XX VII. 1883, (2) p. 32. Duke of York Island. NACERDES. Schmidt. RUFIPES, Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) I. 1886, p. 157. Fly River. DANERCES. Westwood. APICALIs, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1875, p. 231. Dorey. BIPARTITA, Westw. lc. p. 230, t. 7, f. 3. Dorey. FRATERNA, Westw. l.c. p, 230. Dorey. FULVA, Westw. l.c. p. 231. Dorey. FULVICOLLIS, Westw. l.c. p. 230. Dorey. LATICORNIS, Westw. l.c. p. 232. Aru. LUTEICORNIS, Westw. lc. p. 229. Dorey. nicgrA, Westw. lc. p. 230. Dorey. Picea, Westw. l.c. p. 230. Dorey. SUTURALIS, Westw. lc. p. 231. Dorey. NOTES AND EXHIBITS, Mr. Etheridge exhibited the fossils described in his paper. Mr. Fletcher exhibited a collection of about sixty species of plants obtained by Mr, Froggatt in the neighbourhood of Derby, King’s Sound, N. W. Australia, which Baron von Mueller had kindly determined. In this collection, which Mr. Macleay has generously presented to the Society’s herbarium, was the specimen of Ptilotus Macleayi described in Baron von Mueller’s paper. Mr. Fletcher also stated that, with the plants collected at our various excursions, together with those presented by the Hon. W. Macleay, Mr. Whitelegge (fifty named species of Hepatice), and several other gentlemen, we had now the nucleus of a fair herbarium, and that he would be glad to receive specimens of the rarer plants of the County of Cumberland, as well as of plants from other localities. Mr. Deane pointed out that a specimen of Dodonea polyzyga in the collection of plants from Derby, exhibited by Mr. Fletcher, had bisexual flowers in contradistinction to the common species which are dicecious. Mr. Maiden exhibited specimens of a fungus (Xylostroma giganteum, Fries,) from the wood of the spotted-gum (Hucalyptus maculata), but he stated that he had also seen it in the concentric circles of the wood of the Blood-wood (#. corymbosa). This fungus is remarkably like chamois-leather in appearance and texture, and has already been recorded by Rey. Dr. Woolls as occurring in the wood of the Red-Ironbark (Z. siderophloia). Mr. Maiden also showed a collection of specimens of fifty rare plants from the neighbourhood of Milparinka, collected by Mr. Baeuerlen, among which were a number not hitherto recorded from N.S. Wales. Especially worthy of note were a new G'revillea, CG. Kennedyana, F.v.M., and Hakea lorea, R. Br Mr. Maiden stated that the collection would be left at the Hall for a week for the inspection of members. 336 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. Whitelegge exhibited five new species of Mosses, lately described by Dr. Carl Miiller in the ‘ Ratisbon Flora” (No. 1, 1888), as follows :—Archidium stolonaceum, O.M. (Paddington, Nov., 1884); Astomum viride, C.M. (Mossman’s Bay, Aug., 1884) ; A. brachycaulon, C.M. (Paddington, Aug., 1884) ; Bruchia Whitelegget, C.M. (Moore Park, July, 1884); 3. amoena, C.M. (near Moss Vale, Nov., 1884). Dr. Katz exhibited under the microscope the bacillus of fowl- cholera in a quite recent section from the liver of a hen which had died of this disease (in Germany). He pointed out some peculiar features in the life-history of this interesting micro-organism, and said that it must be entirely left to experiment to decide whether it will prove of any service in the eradication of rabbits in Aus- tralia. He regretted that for the present it was not possible for him to show Members the living organism ; since, unfortunately, a tube containing a pure culture of it, sent to him from Germany about a year ago, contained on arrival no living individuals. It was not improbable that the disease (also called poultry-typhoid) existed already in Australia. He also showed diagrams of the above bacillus. Mr. 8. C. Burnell exhibited a living specimen of Pygopus lepidopodus 25 inches in full length, from Wentworthville near Parramatta. The President exhibited some fossils, probably species of Pentame- rus, Cyathophyllum, Lithostrotion, and Favosites, from the lower beds of Limestone, Clieveden, Molongulli, county Bathurst. These lower beds are highly argillaceous and shaly, and much altered by pressure, heat and other metamorphic agencies. There is some reason to regard them as the same (or contemporaneous) with the auriferous shales which occur at the junction of the Belubula River and Mandurama Creek, which were formerly worked as the Junction Reefs. Also a fragment of limestone with Pleistocene Bone Breccia attached, from a cave in Clieveden. NOTES AND EXHIBITs. 3a6 Also, for Mr. Norton, an internal cast, in sandstone, of a new Crinoid, probably from the carboniferous formation in the neigh- bourhood of the Shoalhaven. Mr. Etheridge stated that a single specimen of the same fossil, otherwise unique, has been obtained by Mr. Barnes while collecting for the Australian Museum, in the locality indicated. Mr. Douglas-Ogilby exhibited a snake from the South Solitary Island, which he had shown previously to Mr. Macleay, with whom he agrees that it is the representative of a new genus. It is closely allied to Pseudechis, but differs from it in having a single nasal shield, a point which seems to be considered of great im- portance. Mr. North exhibited skins of Alcyone pulchra, Gould, together with the nest and eggs described in his paper. The President read the following notes, and exhibited specimens of the Plants therein referred to, on behalf of Dr. Woolls:— I. Jussicwa repens (Linn.) Baron Mueller has recently been engaged in investigating the Australian species of Jussiwa, and has come to the conclusion that our J. repens (Linn.), is not identical with the Indian species. He inclines rather to refer it to J. diffusa (Forskael), and as such he proposes to call it in his forthcoming “ Key to the Dichotomous System,” In our plant (at all events that growing near Sydney or the Hawkesbury), the petals of the flowers are yellow and entire, whilst the roots seem to be destitute of the natatory organs which mark the Indian plant. In Mr. Bentham’s description, it is described as creeping in mud or floating in water, “often sustaining itself by the vesicles round the imsertion of the leaves ;” but it demands further investigation to ascertain whether this refers to the Australian or the Indian plant. In order to settle the matter, the Baron is sending specimens of our plant to Dr, Schwainfurth, now engaged in scientific pursuits at Cairo, to be compared with the plant growing in the Nile, which was collected there in 1763, and thus to determine whether our Jussiwa repens is to be 22 338 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. referred to the African J. diffusa, or the Indian plant. It is just possible that, as our plant extends from the north-eastern coast to Victoria and South Australia, it may vary in the colour of the petals and the development of the natatory organs, so that whilst the northern specimens resemble those of India, the southern ones may approach nearer the African form. Members of the Linnean Society residing in different parts of Australia, would do service by collecting specimens of this Jussiwa, and forwarding them to the Council of the Linnean Society for comparison. II. On some PLANTS FROM THE LACHLAN. (1) Hibiscus Sturtit (Hook.). This plant which was first noticed by the late Sir Thomas Mitchell (see Trop. Aust. p. 363), is remarkable for its monophyllous involucre, almost wholly con- cealing the calyx. The flowers are described as purple, but they are probably pink when fresh. Mr. Bentham, who had before him specimens from different parts of Australia, says the species is very variable, but that it may always be known by its cup- shaped involucre. (2) Glycyrrhiza psoraleoides (Benth.) was collected by Mitchell and Sturt, and Baron Mueller has figured it in his “ Litho- grams of Victorian Plants.” The genus was named originally from the sweetness of its roots, but the Liquorice of commerce is now known as Liquoritia officinalis. (3) Helichrysum semipapposum (DC.). There are many varieties of this plant in the Australian colonies, and Mr. Bentham was inclined to include them all under ZH. apiculatwm. The specimen from the Lachlan seems to be distinct, and differs very much in habit from any varieties near Sydney, though agreeing in pappus. (4) Isoetopsis graminifolia (Turez.) is a very curious little composite. It is the solitary species of a genus endemic in Aus- tralia, and common to four of the colonies. (5) Justicia procumbens (Linn.) in its small and erect variety is common to Asia and Africa, as well as Australia. WEDNESDAY, 281TH MARCH, 1888. The President, Professor Stephens, M.A., F.G.S., in the Chair. MEMBERS ELECTED. Miss Fanny Hunt, B.Sc., was elected an Associate Member ; Mr. C. W. Musson of Narrabri, and Mr. Sydney Cox of Sydney were elected Ordinary Members. The President made the following announcements :— (1) That the Council had elected the Rev. T. Blackburn, B.A.., of Adelaide, a Corresponding Member of the Society. (2) That the monthly issue of post cards, giving notice of the Ordinary Meetings, has been suspended for the present ; that, instead, cards giving the fixtures for the rest of the year will be sent out, and that each Abstract will contain a note in reference to the date of holding the succeeding meeting. (3) That the next Excursion would take place on April 21st, Members to meet at Circular Quay at 10 a.m., for a harbour cruise. A steamer and refreshments will be provided, Tn order to facilitate arrangements, Members intending to be present are requested to notify the same to Mr, Fletcher by the preceding Thursday. 340 DONATIONS. DONATIONS. ‘International Fisheries Exhibition, London, 1883.—The Fisheries Exhibition Literature.” (14 Vols.); ‘“ Donovan’s Exotic Insects.” Vol. I. (Insects of China), II. (Insects of India and the Indian Seas), III. (Insects of New Holland, New Zea- land, New Guinea, &., &c.); ‘‘The Microscopic Journal and Structural Record for 1841 and 1842 ;” “The Transactions of the Microscopical Society of London.” Vols. I.-III. (1844-52) ; “Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science.” 1st Series (8 Vols.), (1853-60) ; 2nd Series, Vols. L.-X XI. (1861-81); ‘The Philo- sophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London,” from 1665- 1800 (Abridged), 18 Vols. 4to. ; “ Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,” XLVI. Band, Heft 1 (1887); ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum.” Vol. IX., No. 4 (1887). ‘Archives de Bio- logie.” Tome VI., Fasc. 4, and T. VII., Fasc. 1 (1887). From the Hon. W. Macleay, F.LS., &e. “The Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society.” Vol. IL, No. 4 (1887). From the Society. “ Bulletin de la Société Belge de Microscopie.” X1V. Année, Nos. 2 et 3 (1887). From the Society. “ Abstracts of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 17th Jan., and 7th Feb.,1888.” From the Society. “ Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou.” , Année 1887. No, 4; Supplément (Meteorological). From the Society. “ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” XI. Jahrg., Nos. 270 and 271 (1888). From the Editor. “The Forest Flora of South Australia.” Part 8. By J. E. , Brown, F.L.S., Conservator of Forests for the Government of S.A. From the Government Printer, Adelaide. DONATIONS. 341 “The American Naturalist.” Vol. XXI., No. 12 (December, 1887); XXII., No. 253 (Jan., 1888). From te Editors. “ Bulletin of the American Geographical Society.” Vol. XIX., No. 4 (1887). From the Society. “The Canadian Record of Science.” Vol. III., No. 1 (1888). From the Natural History Society of Montreal. * Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada.—Catalogue of Canadian Plants. Part iiii—Apetale.” By John Macoun, M.A., F.LS., F.R.S.C. From the Director. * Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales.” Vol. XXI., Part 3 (1887). From the Society. “Comptes Rendus des Séances de l Académie des Sciences, Paris.” Tome CV., Nos. 24-26 (1887). From the Academy. “ Revue Coloniale Internationale.” Tome V., No. 6 (December, 1887). De la part de lAssociation Coloniale Néerlandaise a Amsterdam. “The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. IV., No. 11 (March, 1888). From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. “Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 208 (Feb., 1888). From the Editor. “Mémoires de la Société des Naturalistes de Kiew.” Tom. VIILI., Livs. 1 et 2 (1886-7) ; “Supplement au Tome VIII.” From the Society, “ Scientific News for General Readers.” New Series. Vol. L, Nos. 1 and 2 (1888). From the Editor. “ Monatliche Mittheilungen des naturwissenschaftl. Vereins des Reg.-Bez. Frankfurt.” Jahrg. V., Nos. 7 and 8 (1887). rom the Society. 342 DONATIONS. “ Australian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. III., No. 27 (March, 1888). From the Editor. “‘ Hore Societatis Entomologice Rossice.” Tom. XXI. (1887). From the Society. “ Mémoires de la Société Royale des Sciences de Liege.” Deux- iéme Série, Tome XIV. From the Society. “ Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, 1888.” Part I. (February). rom the Society. “Australian Museum—History and Description of the Skeleton of a New Sperm Whale,” &. By W. 8. Wall. (Reprint.) From the Trustees. PAPERS READ. NOTES ON THE HEMIPTERA OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. By Rev. T. Buacksurn, B.A. (Communicated by Hon. W. Macleay, F.L.S.) In my collection of Hemiptera from the Hawaiian Islands there are a few species that it seems desirable to describe of which I have only a single specimen in sufficiently good condition to be treated as the type of a species, and a few which occurred to me only immediately before my departure from the islands, when I had not time to examine them. I propose now to furnish descriptions of some of these, together with remarks on certain other species that it is not practicable for me to name on the existing material, and some general observations. SCUTATINA. In this family .#chalia is the predominant form. It is extremely abundant on various trees (especially Alewrites) at almost all elevations exceeding 1000 feet above the sea. I see Dr. White (Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., May, 1878) considers that I have sent him two species (patruelis, Stiil, pacifica, Stil). I do not feel very fully satisfied myself on this point. It is difficult to obtain two precisely similar specimens of the genus; and though I was at first disposed to believe the species numerous, I ended by being unable to divide them at all. How- ever, | bow to superior authority. I havea single specimen from the north-east of Hawaii—a very much narrower and more parallel insect than the common one—which seems distinct ; but it is mutilated and unfit for description, and, moreover, may be 44. grisea, Burm., (of which I have not seen the description). 344 NOTES ON THE HEMIPTERA OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, Of Coleotichus I have a mutilated specimen taken from a spider’s web on Konahuanui, Oahu, at an elevation of some 2000 feet, which appears to be distinct from C. Blackburnie, White. It is more elongate, with the surface of the thorax uneven, but is not fit to describe fully. Between Geotomus subtristis, White, and G. jucundus, White, I can find only colour differences. The two occur in company, and form, in my opinion, only one species. LYGAINA. I have three specimens, not in first-class condition, of what I believe to be Dysdercus Peruvianus. They were obtained singly by sweeping ferns at a considerable elevation on the Waianae Mountains, Oahu, and Haleakala, Maui. Nysius. NV. longicollis, sp.nov. Angustus, nec nitidus, pallide griseo- testaceus ; antennarum articulo primo, et pedibus, nigro maculatis ; antennarum articuli secundi apice et articulis 3-4 totis, capitis lateribus, vitta transversali post thoracis marginem anteriorem, scutelli parte media, et corii margine apicali (partim) vittisque duabus discoidalibus, nigrescentibus; membrana nigro-umbrata:- Subtus griseo-niger; antennis sat brevibus; capite pronoto scutelloque densius nec fortiter punctulatis; pronoto antice sat fortiter augustato, longitudine latitudini eequali. Long. 44 mm. Allied to my Wysius no. 72 (in the hands of Dr. White), as regards the shape of the pronotum. There is a broad transverse band (which is somewhat enlarged backwards about its centre) of a blackish colour. The middle part of the apical margin of the corium is broadly blackish, and two broad blackish fascize proceed from this blackish margin along the disc to a little past the middle of the corium. The nervures are of a pale brown colour. The beak is shorter than in Vyszus no. 72, the distance of its apex from the front margin of the eyes being not greater than that from the front margin of the eyes to the back of the head. BY REY. T. BLACKBURN. 345 My specimen is a male; it occurred on Oahu, but the particu- lars of its capture have been lost. NV. Mauiensis, sp.nov. Oblongus, nitidus, glaber, testaceo-ebur- neus, nigro et fusco maculatus ; antennis brevibus, articulo ultimo incrassato ; capite obscure punctulato nec ruguloso ; pronoto trans- verso parce fortiter punctulato, margine antico quam margo posticus }breviore ; scutello fortiter 3-radiatim carinato ; corii clavique venis marginibus et maculis nonnullis magnis confusis fusco- nigris; membrana conspicue fusco-umbrataé; corii marginis costalis parte quarta basali recta. Long. 5 mm. This insect is allied to WV. arboricola, White, from which it differs as follows. The antenne are evidently shorter with the apical joint more thickened ; and they are much more conspicu- ously variegated in colour, each joint (except the last) having several strongly contrasted rings of colour,—black, testaceous, or ivory white. The head is black, and very smooth as compared with that of arboricola, a conspicuous line of ivory yellow runs down the beak, and another surrounds each eye. The thorax is so mottled with colour as to be difficult to describe, but it does not much differ from that of arboricola, except in having the limits of its colours more sharply defined and the punctuation even more irregular than in that species, for it consists of about five distinct wavy lines of punctures somewhat interrupted here and there, among which there are many shining glabrous spaces. The corium is considerably more strongly and extensively clouded with fuscous than in arboricola, and the membrane bears a single very conspicuous and broad dark fuscous stain which runs from the base to the apex.. [I may observe here that in some of my speci- mens of arboricola the membrane is marked with five or six obscure pale fuscous clouds of which none are entire and some are much shortened,—a character not mentioned in Dr. White’s description]. The elytra have the peculiar shape noticed in those of NV. Blackburni, White. The femora are very distinctly black- spotted, and the tibize and tarsi are conspicuously ringed with dark fuscous. 346 NOTES ON THE HEMIPTERA OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, My single specimen (taken on Haleakala, Maui, at an elevation of about 4500 feet) isa male, and I do not notice that it differs in any conspicuous way on the underside from the same sex of J. arboricola, White. NV. Whitei, sp.nov. Oblongus, nitidus, glaber, rufo-testaceus fusco- maculatus ; antennis mediocribus ; capite vix punctulato, obscure transversim rugato ; pronoto transverso parce fortiter punctulato, antice angustato ; scutello fortiter 3-radiatim carinato ; corli et clavi venis rufo-brunneis, hujus margine apicali infuscato, illius trimaculato; membrana juxta mediam basin infuscataé ; femoribus posticis ccnspicue fusco cingulatis; corpus subtus nigrum rufo- notatum. Long. 33mm. This insect is another ally of VV. arboricola, White, though it is very differently coloured. The legs and antenne are uniformly reddish-yellow, except the hind femora, which have a broad con- spicuous dark fuscous ring near the apex. The rest of the upper surface is of a yellowish-brown colour, somewhat varying in shade and with the following dark fuscous markings, viz., an obscure longitudinal line on each side of the beak, a spot at each posterior angle (and another at the middle of the base) of the thorax, the apical margin of the clavus, three spots along the apical margin of the corium, a spot near the middle of the basal margin of the membrane, and a scarcely traceable cloud extending from near the base of the membrane to the apex. The head is almost absolutely glabrous. The underside is black,—the margins (broadly), and some marks near the hind margins of the apical segments, being red. The apical segments of the hind body are not notably emar- ginate behind. Differs from WV. Mauiensis, inter alia by its much longer antenne of which the apical joint is but little incrassated. A siagle Q example was obtained by beating flowers at an elevation of about 4000 feet on Mauna Loa, in the month of February. BY REY. T. BLACKBURN. 347 METRARGA. MZ. contracta, sp.nov. Sat elongata, fusco-brunnea, testaceo- marmorata; antennis, pedibusque elongatis; capite sat crebre punctulato; pronoto transverso fortius interrupte punctulato, angulis anticis rotundatis ; scutello punctulato ; corii marginis costalis parte basali recta. Long. 9 mm. This fine insect rather closely resembles WU. nuda, White, in general appearance. The markings are very similar, save that the corium and membrane have a somewhat less mottled appear- ance ; the legs, antenne, and rostrum are all longer; the punc- turation is somewhat finer throughout ; and the thorax is without the anterior spines, and is evidently shorter. The most striking character, however, is the straightness of the basal part of the costal margin of the corium, the arched dilatation commencing at a distance from the base equal to about a fifth of the length of the whole costal margin. This gives the insect, when the elytra are in repose, a peculiar contracted appearance in the middle. I do not observe any remarkable character on the underside of my specimen—which is a female—but I observe that in the female of M. nuda, White, (which sex I was unable to send to Dr. White), the penultimate ventral segment is rather strongly emarginate (in a rounded manner) behind. This species occurred among decayed leaves, &c., on Kona- huanui, Oahu, at an elevation of about 2500 feet. M. obscwra, sp.nov. Ovalis, sordide fusco-brunnea testaceo- marmorata ; antennis, pedibusque mediocribus ; capite prothor- aceque confertim nec fortiter punctulatis ; hoc antice utrinque acute spinoso; scutello profunde punctulato; corii margine costali regulariter arcuato. Feminz abdominis segmento pen- ultimo postice vix emarginato. Long. 8 mm. This species is closely allied to M@. nuda, White, but appears to be really distinct by the following characters:—the colour is more obscure, the puncturation finer and closer, the apical joint aa 348 NOTES ON THE HEMIPTERA OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, of the antenne entirely of a more or less dark fuscous colour, and the penultimate segment of the hind body is much less emarginate behind in the female. A few specimens occurred among vegetable refuse on Mauna Loa, Hawaii, at an elevation of about 4000 feet above the sea. N.B.—I possess a single specimen of Metrarga from Kauai which appears to me to be so close to M. nuda, White, that I hesitate to treat it as distinct. At the same time I feel little doubt (on the sexual characters alone) that it is distinct, for my specimen (which is a Q) has the penultimate ventral segment scarcely emarginate. CAPSINA. The Capsina are, comparatively speaking, rather plentiful in the Hawaiian Islands. I possess upwards of forty species, of which I have not been able to send much more than a dozen to Dr. White. Unfortunately these are among the frailest of insects, and a great many of my species are represeuted by single types, some of them in inferior condition. From collecting expeditions I was usually obliged to bring home most of my captures unmounted, in sawdust, and the Capsina often suffered. The obscurity and difficulty of this group are so great that I think an entomologist who has not made them a special object of study would be more likely to hinder than assist future workers if he attempted to deal with them in print, and I act on this opinion by passing on without further remark to the ANTHOCORINA. This group is not richly represented, as far as I have observed, in the Hawaiian Archipelago. .... 279 x 0:b0: Antenne slender, nearly half the length of the body, black, with a minute pale pubescence ; joints of the scapus black, sparsely pubescent ; flagellar joints sub-sessile, about 2} times 694 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, as long as broad, the terminal joint longer. Head black. Eyes contiguous above. Palpi black or very deep brown. Thorax black, levigate, with three longitudinal rows of golden-yellow hairs, the intermediate one a single row of short hairs, rather indistinct, reaching almost as far as the other two, the lateral rows double, with somewhat longer hairs extending almost to the scutellum; also some long golden-yellow hairs just anterior to the origin of the wings; scutellum sparsely covered with long golden-yellow hairs. Halteres deep pitch-brown, with a very short sparse pubescence, the stem paler. Abdomen wider than the thorax, deep pitch-brown, somewhat paler between the segments, covered with a very short yellowish pubescence ; lam- ell of the ovipositor small, oval. Coxe deep pitch-brown, ferru- ginous at the apex, and with some rather long yellowish hairs on the upper side. Femora deep pitch-brown with a tolerably dense, short pubescence. Tibiz and tarsi almost fuliginous on account of their dense pubescence. In the fore-legs the tarsi about 4 longer than the tibiz ; in the intermediate legs the tarsi somewhat longer than the tibize; and in the hind-legs the tibize and tarsi are of about equal length. Spurs about the length of the fourth tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi about 24} times the length of the second ; second joint nearly } longer than the third ; third joint 4 longer than the fourth, and somewhat longer than the fifth joint. Wings pellucid with an almost fuliginous tint; costal and two first longitudinal veins obscure brown ; brilliant margaritaceous reflections. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa a short distance before the base of the fork and a little beyond the tip of the posterior branch of the fourth longitudinal vein ; cross-vein distinct, a short distance beyond the middle of the first longi- tudinal ; petiole very pale and indistinct, shorter than the pos- terior branch of the fork; branches running almost parallel for the greater part of their length, slightly divergent at the tips; the posterior branch very little arcuated at the base. fg nearly 33 times the length of gh; kl shorter than Im. Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Masters). May. BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 695 114. SclaRa VECORS, sp.n. Q.—Length of antennz...... 0:050 inch ~—...._—-:1'27 millimetres. Expanse of wings........ 0:100 x 0:030 ... 2°54 x 0°76 Size of body .. ...... Sains 0:080 x 0-015 ... 2:02 x 0:38 Antenne rather slender, black, with a minute, very dense, pale pubescence ; joints of the scapus sparsely haired ; flagellar joints sub-sessile, 2 to 24 times as long as broad. Palpi black or deep brown. Eyes contiguous above. Head black, sub-nitidous. Thorax black, sub-nitidous, with three longitudinal double rows of short pale hairs, the intermediate one indistinct, reaching to the middle of the thorax, the lateral ones run- ning almost to the scutellum, also some long hairs between the scutellum and the humeri; scutellum with some long hairs. Halteres deep brown, the stem paler brown, with appar- ently no pubescence. Abdomen black, rather sparsely covered with a short pale pubescence; lamelle of the ovipositor black, oval. Legs obscure pitch-brown, the coxe almost black. In the fore-legs the tarsi are a little longer than the tibiz ; in the inter- mediate-legs the tibize and tarsi are of almost equal length ; and in the hind-legs the tibiz are a very little longer than the tarsi. Spurs as long as the fifth tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi about 24 times the length of the second; second joint almost } longer than the third and nearly equal to the fourth and fifth together ; third joint 4} longer than the fourth and somewhat longer than the fifth, Wings almost hyaline, with a very pale greyish-brown tint, the veins light umber-brown ; brilliant rosy and blue margaritaceous reflections when viewed at a certain obliquity. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa a short distance before the base of the fork and a little beyond the tip of the posterior branch of the fourth longitudinal vein; petiole considerably paler than the fork, and about equal in length to the anterior branch; branches running almost parallel, very slightly divergent at their tips; posterior branch very little arcuated at the base. fg rather more than 24 times the length of gh; kl about ? the length of Im. 696 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, Halb.—tTenterfield, New England (Skuse). February. Obs.—The ouly specimen I have seen of this 1 took from a cobweb. 115. ScIARA ERRATICA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-030 inch ... 0°76 millimétre. Expanse of wings........ 0:085 x 0-030 ... 2:14 x 0°76 Size of body...........0006 0:090 x 0°015 ... 2°27 x 0°38 Antenne slender, one-third the length of the body, black or deep brown, with a short dense yellowish pubescence ; joints of the scapus brown, with a very short sparse pubescence; flagellar joints sub-sessile, 2 to 2} times as long as broad. Head black, with a short, rather sparse, yellowish pubescence. Hyes contiguous above. Palpi brown. Thorax black, levigate, with three longitu- dinal double rows of yellowish hairs, coalescent at the scutellum; a few lateral hairs before the humeri; scutellum black with some short yellowish hairs. Halteres pale brown, ochraceous at the base, with a few very short hairs. Abdomen deep umber-brown, pale between the segments, sparsely clothed with a moderately long yellowish pubescence; lamella of the ovipositor very small, umber-brown, elliptical, not very densely pubescent. Coxe honey-yellow, with a few longish yellow hairs. Femora, tibize and tarsi ochraceous-brown, the two latter, particularly the terminal joints of the tarsi, darker on account of their dense pubescence. In the fore-legs the tarsi about } longer than the tibiz ; in the intermediate-legs the tibiz almost imperceptibly longer than the tarsi ; in the hind-legs the tibiz only a little longer than the tarsi. Spurs very short. First joint of the tarsi 2} times the length of the second ; second joint ; longer than the third ; third joint about } longer than the fourth and a little longer than the fifth. Wings almost hyaline, with a yellowish tint, margarita- ceous reflections when viewed at a certain obliquity. Veins yellowish-brown. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa con- siderably before the base of the fork, and about opposite to the tip of the posterior branch of the fourth longitudinal vein ; cross- vein somewhat indistinct ; petiole almost invisible, somewhat BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 697 shorter than the anterior branch of the fork ; branches of the fork running almost parallel, a little divergent at their tips, the posterior branch scarcely arcuated at its base. fg about + longer than gh; ki rather shorter than /m. Hab.—Hexham (Skuse). April. 116. SctaRaA APPROXIMATA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-040 inch ... 1:01 millimétres. Expanse of wings... .... 0:°080 x 0:030 ... 2°02 x 0-76 Sze Of DOUY...5...0c000 5 0-075'x.0°015 ... 1:89'x 0-38 Antennze slender, deep brown, longer than the head and thorax together, with a short, dense, pale yellowish pubes- cence ; joints of the scapus deep brown, sparsely, haired ; flagellar joints sub-sessile, twice as long as broad. Head black, nitidous, sparsely pubescent. Eyes non-contiguous but very close. Palpi ochraceous-brown. Thorax black, nitidous, with three indistinct longitudinal double rows of yellowish hairs, the lateral ones reaching almost to the scutellum; also a few long hairs between the origin of the wings and the humeri, and on the scutellum. Halteres deep brown, almost black, ochraceous at the base of the stalk, club sprinkled with some very short hairs at the base. Abdomen very deep umber-brown, of a lighter shade between the segments, with a tolerably dense pubescence; lamelle of the ovipositor very small, brown, elliptical, with brownish- yellow pubescence. Coxe and femora ferruginous-ochraceous. Tibiz and tarsi dusky-brown. In the fore-legs the tarsi a little longer than the tibiz; in the intermediate-legs the tibiz and tarsi of equal length ; in the hind-legs the tibize a little longer than the tarsi. Spurs very short. First joint of the tarsi 3 times the length of the second; second joint a little longer than the third; third and fifth joints of about equal length, and } longer than the fourth. Wings pellucid, with a pale yellowish-brown tint ; brilliant margaritaceous reflections, Veins yellowish-brown. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa a short distance: before 698 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, the base of the fork; cross-vein thick; petiole very pale, almost as long as the anterior branch of the fork; branches running almost parallel, a little divergent at the tips; posterior branch very little arcuated at the base. fg about 5 times the length of gh; kl shorter than Im. Hab..—Sydney (Skuse). January. 117. SclARA EVANESCENS, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-030 inch ... 0°76 millimétre. Expanse of wings........ 0:080 x 0:030 ... 2°02 x 0°76 BRM DODY «05 0ciieesses 0075x0015 ... 1:87 x 0°38 Antenne slender, not as long as the head and thorax together, umber-brown, with a short, dense, yellowish pubescence ; joints of the scapus lighter brown, sparsely pubescent; flagellar joints sub-sessile, 1} times as long as broad, the terminal joint very slender and almost twice the length of the joint immediately preceding it. Head black, levigate. Eyes contiguous above. Palpi light brown. Thorax deep brown, almost black, levigate, with three longitudinal double rows of brownish-yellow hairs, the intermediate row very indistinct, stopping before the middle, the lateral ones sparse, not extending quite to the scutellum and not coalescent ; some long hairs between the origin of the wings and the humeri, also on the scutellum. Halteres deep brown, the base of the stalk brownish-yellow ; a few very short hairs about the base of the club. Abdomen deep umber-brown, almost black on the lust few segments, rather densely clothed with a moderately long pale pubescence ; lamellae of the ovipositor small, deep brown, oval. Legs pitch-brown, the tibie, and particularly the tarsi, darker on account of their dense pubescence. The tibize and tarsi of the fore-legs short, of equal length; in the inter- mediate-legs the tibize and tarsi a little longer than the last, the tibies being about } longer than the tarsi; in the hind-legs the tibie } longer than the tarsi. Spurs as long as the fourth tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi in the fore- and intermediate-legs BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 699 21 times, and in the hind-legs 3 times the length of the second ; second joint a little longer than the third ; third and fifth joints of about equal length and } longer than the fourth. Wings pellucid, with a pale yellowish-brown tint; reflecting brilliant zeneous and chalybeous tints when viewed at a certain obliquity. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa a little before the base of the fork ; petiole very indistinct, somewhat shorter than the anterior branch of the fork ; branches pale, running almost parallel, slightly divergent at the tips, the posterior branch very little arcuated at the base. fg about 4 times the length of gh ; Al a little shorter than lm. Hab.—Sydney (Skuse). December. 118. ScraRA SCITULA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-035 inch ... 0°88 millimetre. Expanse of wings........ 0:080 x 0:030 ... 2°02 x 0-76 Size Gf OGY esr ferastee 0-070 x. O05) 22) ale x 0738 Antenne black or deep brown, with a minute pale pubescence; slender, as long as the head and thorax combined ; joints of the scapus with a very sparse and minute pubescence ; flagellar joints sub-sessile, 2 to 24 times as long as broad, the terminal joint nearly 4 times as long. Head black, sub-nitidous. Eyes almost contiguous above. Palpi reddish-brown. Thorax black, sub- nitidous, with three longitudinal double rows of yellowish- brown hairs, the intermediate one somewhat indistinct, reaching only to the middle of the thorax, the lateral ones running almost as far as the posterior margin; also a row of longer hairs on the lateral margins between the origin of the wings and the humeri; scutellum with a few moderately long hairs. Halteres pitch-brown, a few short hairs on the club. Ab- domen deep brown appearing almost black, with a short sparse yellowish-brown pubescence, dense at the extremity ; lamellz of the ovipositor deep brown, small, oval. Cox honey-yellow. Femora, tibize and tarsi pitch-brown. In the fore- and intermediate- legs the tarsi somewhat longer than the tibixw ; in the hind-legs 700 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, the tibie a little longer than the tarsi. Spurs shorter than the fourth tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi rather more than twice the length of the second ; second joint longer than the third ; third and fifth joints of about equal length and about } longer than the fourth. Wings pellucid, almost hyaline, with a very pale yel- lowish-brown tint; brilliant blue and purple reflections when viewed in a certain light. Veins pale yellowish-brown. First longitudinal vein joining the costa a short distance before the base of the fork; cross-vein distinct, considerably beyond the middle of the first longitudinal ; petiole very pale and indistinct, about the same length as the anterior branch of the fork ; branches gradually separating as they proceed to the margin, and slightly divergent at their tips; posterior branch very little arcuated, and very little nearer the apex of the wing than the tip of the second longitudinal vein. fy about 2} times longer than gh ; kl rather shorter than lm Hab.—Sydney (Skuse). 119.—SctaARA BREVIFURCA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-030 inch ~~ ...._-—- 0°76 millimetre. Expanse of wings........ 0-055 x 0025 ... 1:39 x 0°62 Size OF DOGY. cecispsver cos 0:050 x0°0°5 ... 1:27 x 0°38 Antenne slender, rather more than half the length of the body, deep brown, almost black, with a short dense yellowish pubescence ; joints of the scapus umber-brown, sparsely pubescent ; flagellar joints a little longer than broad, the termiual joint nearly twice the length of the one immediately preceding it. Head black, levi- gate. Eyes almost contiguous. Palpi light umber-brown. Thorax deep brown, levigate, with three longitudinal double rows of short yellowish- brown hairs, the intermediate one very indistinct reaching only to about the middle, the lateral ones extending to the scutellum, but not coalescent ; some moderately long hairs between the origin of the wings and the scutellum, also a few on the scutellum ; scutellum umber-brown. Halteres umber-brown, BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE, 701 the base of the stalk yellowish, sprinkled with a few short hairs on the club. Abdomen faded olivaceous-brown on the dorsal segments, paler between the segments and underneath, sparsely clothed with a short pubescence ; ovipositor dusky-brown, the lamellz small, elliptical. Legs faded olivaceous-brown. In the fore-legs the tibiee and tarsi are very short, the tarsi a little longer than the tibiz ; in both the intermediate- and hind-legs the tarsi somewhat longer than the tibiz. Spurs very minute. First joint of the tarsi twice the length of the second ; second joint some- what longer than the third ; third and fifth joints of equal length, each about } longer than the fourth. Wings hyaline, the veins tinted with pale brownish ; cupreous reflections when viewed at a certain obliquity. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa some distance before the base of the fork, and opposite to the tip of the posterior branch of the fourth longitudinal fork; cross-vein indistinct ; third longitudinal vein, with its fork, indistinct ; the petiole longer than the fork; fork very angular at the base, gradually widening to the margin of the wing, tips somewhat divergent ; in some specimens the fork is most indistinct at the base; branches of the fourth longitudinal vein more distinct than the third longitudinal. fy rather more than twice the length of gh; kl somewhat shorter than /m. Hab.—KElizabeth Bay (Skuse). January to May. 120. ScIARA DIVERSA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0025 inch =... 0°62 millimétre. Expanse of wings....... 0:060 x 0°025 ... 1:54 x 0°62 Bize of DOdY.7s.u.ss0e. 0:060x0:015 .... 1:54x0°38 Antenne very slender, nearly half the length of the body, deep umber-brown, with a short dense yellowish pubescence ; joints of the scapus with a very short sparse pubescence ; flagellar joints sub-sessile, near the tip about 7 longer than broad, the terminal joint rather more than twice as long as broad, Head black. Eyes almost contiguous above. Palpi brown. Thorax black, sub-nitidous, with : 702 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, three longitudinal double rowsof short pale brownish hairs from the collare to the scutellum, also some long hairs between the origin of the wings and the scutellum ; scutellum black, sub-nitidous, sparsely covered with a short pubescence, with two or three very long sete. Halteres deep brown, the base of the stem almost ochraceous-brown, with no perceptible pubescence. Abdomen black or very deep brown, with a sparse covering of short, pale brownish, pubescence; lamelle of the ovipositor rather small, ovate. Legs light pitch-brown. In the fore-legs the tibiz and tarsi very short, the tarsi a little longer than the tibize; in the inter- mediate-legs the tibize and tarsi of about equal length; in the hind-legs the tibize about } longer than the tarsi. Spurs about the same length as the fourth tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi about 2% times as long as the second; second joint } longer than the third ; third joint 4 longer than the fourth, and somewhat longer than the fifth. Wings hyaline, with brown veins and golden and roseous reflections. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa some distance before the base of the fork and abou opposite the tip of the posterior branch of the fourth longitudinal fork ; cross-vein distinct ; petiole paler than the fork, and shorter than either branch ; fork not pointed at the base, the branches running almost parallel for the greater part of their length, but divergent towards their tips, posterior branch slightly arcuated at the base; branches of the fourth longitudinal vein rather more distinct than the last. fg about } longer than gh; kl about ° the length of Um. Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Masters). May. 121. SciARA MINUTELA, sp.n. g.—Length of antenne...... 0-030 inch ... 0°76 millimétre. Expanse of wings........ 0°050 x 0020 .... 1:27 x 0°50 Size of abdomen ......... 0:050x0:010 .... 1:27 x 0-25 Q.—Length of antennz...... 0:026 inch _....__- 0°62 millimétre. Expanse of wings........ 0:055 x 0020 .... 1:39 x 0-50 Size of abdomen........ 0°050x0:010 .... 1:27x 0-25 BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 703. ¢.—Antenne slender, more than half the length of the body, deep umber-brown, with a short dense yellowish pubescence ;. joints of the scapus deep brown, rather sparsely pubescent ; flagellar joints sub-sessile, twice as long as broad, the terminal joint one-half longer than the one immediately preceding it. Head black. Eyes contiguous above. Palpi yellow. Thorax black, levigate, with three longitudinal double rows of short yellowish hairs, the intermediate one stopping beyond the middle of the thorax, the lateral ones reaching the scu- tellum ; a few hairs anterior to the origin of the wings and on the scutellum. Halteres deep brown, the base of the stalk somewhat paler, with a few short hairs. Abdomen black, or very deep brown, nearly as wide as the thorax, covered with short yellowish hairs; forceps not as, wide as the abdomen, densely pubescent. Legs brownish-ochraceous. In the fore-legs the tarsi very slightly longer than the tibize; in the intermediate- legs the tarsi j, longer than the tibie; in the hind-legs the tibie almost imperceptibly longer than the tarsi. Spurs as long as the fourth tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi 23 times the length of the second; second joint a little longer than the third ; third joint } longer than the fourth and slightly longer than the fifth joint. Wings almost hyaline, with a more or less brilliant aurichalceous reflection when viewed at a_ certain obliquity. Veins yellowish-brown, the third and fourth longi- tudinals pale. First longitudinal vein joining the costa con- siderably before the base of the fork, and somewhat before the tip of the posterior branch of the fourth longitudinal; cross-vein pale ; petiole scarcely visible, longer than the anterior branch of the fork ; branches little arcuated, particularly the anterior one making the fork rather angular at the base; tips distinctly divergent. fy exactly the same length as gi; ki a little shorter than /m. Q.—Antennee very slender, almost half the length of the body, with a very short dense pubescence; flagellar joints one-halt longer than broad ; terminal joints twice as long as broad. Head, thorax and abdomen deep brown; lamellze of the ovipositor small, 704 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, oval. Petiole scarcely paler than the fork, shorter than the anterior branch, about the same length as the posterior branch. fg nearly twice the length of gh. Hab.—Glenbrook, Blue Mountains (Masters). November. 122. ScIARA ATRATULA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-020 inch _...._- 0°50 millimétre. Expanse of wings....... 0:050 x 0°020 .... 1:27 x 0°50 PU OF DOOY...0cc0s0snee 0045x0010... 1.13 x 0°25 Antenn slender, as long as the head and thorax together, black, with a dense brown pubescence; joints of the scapus brown, with apparently no pubescence ; flagellar joints sub-sessile, rather longer than broad towards the tip, the terminal joint about twice as long as broad. Head black. Eyes almost contiguous above. Palpi black or deep brown. Thorax black, levigate, with three very indistinct longitudinal double rows of very short brownish hairs, the intermediate one particularly indistinct, apparently only extending to the middle of the thorax, the lateral ones wider, running almost to the scutellum; a few long brownish hairs anterior to the origin of the wings; apparently no pubescence on the scutellum. Halteres black, the base of the stem sordid ochraceous ; club very little thickened ; apparently no pubescence. Abdomen rather wider than the thorax, deep olive- brown, darker between the segments, clothed with a very short dense pubescence ; lamellz of the ovipositor very small, elongate. Coxe and femora fuliginous-ochraceous. Tibiz and tarsi almost fuliginous. In the fore-legs the tarsi nearly } longer than the tibie; in the intermediate- and hind-legs the tibize and tarsi of equal length. Spurs very small. First joint of the tarsi twice the length of the second ; second joint about } longer than the third ; third and fifth jomts of equal length, about } longer than the fourth. Wings pellucid, with an almost fuliginous tint ; cupreous and violaceous reflections. Costal and two first longitudinal veins fuliginous. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa considerably BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 705 before the base of the fork and somewhat before the tip of the posterior branch of the fourth longitudinal; petiole paler than the fork, longer than the anterior branch ; branches, particularly the posterior one, little arcuated, making the fork rather angular at the base; tips non-divergent. fg a little more than 3 times the length of gh; kl somewhat shorter than lm. Hab.—Hlizabeth Bay (Skuse). May. 2. Palpi yellow. B. Cross-vein situated at the middle of the first longitudinal vein. b. Pip of the second longitudinal vein and tip of the posterior branch of the fork equally near the apex of the wing. 123. ScIARA LUCULENTA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0:085 inch ... 2°14 millimétres. Expanse of wings....... 0120x0045 ... 3°04x1:13 Bize-ot boty 1. ves 0:120x 0-020 ... 3:04x 0-50 Antenne slender, more than two-thirds the length of the body, black, with a short dense pubescence ; joints of the scapus light pitch-brown, with a few golden-yellow hairs longer than the pubescence of the flagellar joints; flagellar joints sub-sessile, 21 to 4 times as long as broad, the terminal joint rather longer than the preceding. Head black, with a greenish reflection. Eyes contiguous above. Palpi pale yellow. Thorax ferru- ginous-ochraceous, levigate, with three longitudinal double rows of short golden-yellow hairs, the lateral ones also with a row of moderately long black hairs; intermediate row reaching almost as far as the lateral ones, which extend nearly to the scutellum ; a few long black hairs, with some short golden yellow hairs, between the origin of the wings and the humeri ; scutellum with a few very long black hairs interspersed with a sparse short golden-yellow pubescence. Halteres pale brown with a few short hairs, stem honey-yellow. Abdomen deep brown, 706 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, almost fuliginous on the dorsal segments, between the segments and underneath sordid ochraceous ; short moderately dense pubes- cence ; ovipositor long, ochraceous-brown, the lamellz small, oval. Coxee and femora pale yellow, the former with rather long brownish hairs in the upper side. Tibiz and tarsi cinereous. In the fore- and intermediate-legs the tarsi a little longer than the tibie ; in the hind-legs the tibie and tarsi of about equal length. Spurs long, equal in length to the third tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi about 3 times the length of the second ; second joint 3 longer than the third and equal to the fourth and fifth together ; fourth joint same length as the fifth. Wings pellucid, with a pale yellowish-brown tint ; opaline reflections. Veins yellowish-brown. Fork of the third longitudinal vein and apical portion of the petiole fringed with short brown hairs. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa a little before the base of the fork, and considerably beyond the tip of the posterior branch of the fourth longitudinal ; petiole much paler than the fork, as long as the anterior branch ; branches running almost parallel to one another, scarcely divergent at the tips; posterior branch a little arcuated at the base; fourth longitudinal vein more distinct than the last. fg nearly twice the length of gh; kl slightly longer than Im. Hab.—Middle Harbour, near Sydney (Froggatt and Skuse). April. ce. Tip of the posterior branch of the fork nearer the apex of the wing than the tip of the second longitudinal vein. 124. SCIARA FUMIPENNIS, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-050 inch ... 1:27 millimétres. Expanse of wings........ 0090 x0°040 ... 2°:27x1-01 Size of body............... 0-085 x 0-015 ... 2:14x 0°38 Antenne slender, more than half the length of the body, deep brown, with a dense pale brownish pubescence; joints of the scapus deep brown, sparsely haired ; flagellar joints sub-sessile, 2} to 3 times as long as wide, the terminal joint longer. Head BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 707 black. Eyes contiguous above. Palpi yellow. Thorax reddish- brown, levigate, with three rather indistinct longitudinal double rows of very short brownish hairs extending nearly to the scutellum, not coalescent; also a few short hairs between the origin of the wings and the humeri; scutellum with some short brownish hairs and a few long brown sete. Halteres light reddish-brown, with a few very short hairs, the base of the stem yellowish. Abdcmen umber-brown on the dorsal segments, pale between the segments and underneath, rather densely clothed with a moderately long pubescence ; lamelle of the ovipositor small, elongate. Coxe honey-yellow, the femora more ochraceous ; tibie and base of the metatarsal joint dusky pitch-brown, the remainder black. In the fore-legs the tarsi nearly } longer than the tibie ; in the intermediate-legs the tibiz and tarsi of about equal length ; in the hind-legs the tibize a little longer than the tarsi. Spurs about the length of the third tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi in the fore- and intermediate-legs rather more than twice the length of the second, in the hind-legs 2} times the length ; second joint } longer than the third and somewhat longer than the fourth and fifth together ; third joint about 4 longer than the fourth ; fourth and fifth joints of almost equal length. Wings pellucid, very pale smoky brown, with dusky brown veins ; brilliant margaritaceous reflections. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa a short distance before the base of the fork ; cross-vein distinct ; petiole very pale, shorter than the anterior branch of the fork ; both branches fringed with very short, stiff, brown hairs, running almost parallel to one another for the greater part of their length, and slightly divergent at the tips ; the posterior branch almost as much arcuated at the base as the anterior one. fg rather more than twice the length of gh; kl equal to lm. Hab.-—Woronora (Masters and Skuse). October. C. Cross-vein situated beyond the middle of the first longitudinal vein. a. Tip of the second longitudinal vein nearer the upex of the wing than the tip of the posterior branch of the fork. 46 708 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 125, SctaRa UNICA, sp.n. 6.-—Length of antennz...... 0:060 inch ... 1°54 millimétres. Expanse of wings........ 0:095 x 0040 ... 2°39x 1:01 Sine ’of body). .22..2..4.5 0-085 x 0-012 ... 2:14x 0°30 Antenne slender, about three-fourths thelength of the body, black with a dense pale pubescence ; joints of the scapus black, very sparsely haired; flagellar joints sub-sessile (minute pedicels percepti- ble towards the tip) 2 to 3 times as long as broad, the terminal joint longer and more slender. Head black, levigate. Eyes contiguous above. Palpi yellowish. Thorax black, levigate, with three longitudinal single rows of very short golden-yellow hairs, running nearly parallel to one another ; also a few scattered short golden- yellow hairs on the lateral margins before the origin of the wings, and on the scutellum. Halteres cinereous, the base of the stem ochraceous; club sparsely covered with very short hairs. Abdomen slender, black, sparingly clothed with some moderately long pale hairs; forceps rather elongate, not so wide as the terminal abdominal segment. Coxz and femora ochraceous; tibiz and first joint of the tarsi ochraceous-brown, the remaining joints black. In all the legs the tarsi a little longer than the tibie, about } longer in the fore-legs. Spurs pale yellow, shorter than the fourth tarsal joiut. First joint of the tarsi nearly 23 times the length of the second ; second joint } longer than the third, and as long as the fourth and fifth together ; third joint } longer than the fourth ; fifth joint a little longer than the fourth. Wings pellucid, with a somewhat fuliginous tint, costal and two first longitudinal veins fuliginous ; margaritaceous reflections. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa a short distance before the base of the fork, and opposite the tip of the posterior branch of the fourth longitudinal ; petiole very indistinct, shorter than the posterior branch of the fork ; branches almost equally arcuated at the base, running nearly parallel for the greater part of their length, divergent at the tips; tip of the second longitudinal BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 709 vein somewhat nearer the apex of the wing than the tip of the posterior branch. fg twice the length of gh; kl almost as long as Im. Hab.—Gosford (Skuse). February. b. Zip of the second longitudinal vein and tip of the posterior branch of the fork equally near the apex of the wing. 126. SciarA WINNERTZI, sp.n. g.—Length of antenne...... 0°110 inch ... 2°79 millimetres. Expanse of wings........ 0:100x 0-040 ... 254x1-01 RIZE OL ORY a scsanesses << 0:7110x0-015 ... 2°79 x 0:38 Antenne slender, black, with a dense pale pubescence ; joints of the scapus obscure pitch-brown, with very few hairs ; flagellar joints sub-sessile, three to five times as long as broad, the terminal joint considerably longer; pedicels very short. Head black. Eyes contignous above. Palpi honey-yellow. Thorax obscure pitch-brown, levigate with three longitudinal double rows of pale brownish hairs, the intermediate one run- ning about two-thirds of the distance to the scutellum, the lateral ones a little convergent, reaching almost to the scutellum ; also some setaceous hairs between the origin of the wings and the humeri ; humeri tipped with ochraceous-brown ; scutellum pitch- brown, with a few setaceous hairs, Halteres light pitch-brown, with a few short hairs, the stalk honey-yellow. Abdomen slender, dorsal segments deep brown, between the segments and under- neath honey-yellow ; densely clothed with a moderately long pale brownish pubescence ; forceps pitch-brown, wider than the last two segments, densely pubescent. Coxe and femora honey-yellow, the former with a somewhat reddish tinge, and long hairs on the front. Tibiz pitch-brown. Tarsi almost black, on account of their dense pubescence ; the metatarsal joint brownish at the base. In the fore-legs the tarsi somewhat longer than the tibie; in the intermediate-legs the tibice and tarsi of about equal a — ° opp ee j

<> 0:080 x 0:012 ... 2:02 x 0:30 Antennz slender, not quite the length of the body, deep brown, with a dense pale yellowish pubescence ; joints of the scapus deep brown, with very little pubescence ; flagellar joints sub-sessile, 2 to 41 times as long as broad, the terminal joint longer. Head black. Eyes contiguous above. Palpi yellow. Thorax black, levigate, with three longitudinal double rows of short brownish-yellow hairs, the intermediate row extending almost as far as the lateral ones, these latter almost reaching the scutellum ; also some similar hairs along the lateral margins and on the scutellum, interspersed with a few long brown setz. Halteres light brown, the base of the stalk yellowish, sparsely covered with very short hairs. BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 711 Abdomen about as wide as the thorax, black or very deep brown on the dorsal segments, pale underneath, densely clothed with a short pubescence; forceps not so wide as the thorax, densely pubescent. Coxze and femora honey-yellow, tibiz and tarsi pale pitch-brown, In the fore-legs the tarsi 7 longer than the tibiz ; in the intermediate-legs the tarsi somewhat longer than the tibie ; in the hind-legs the tibiz a little longer than the tarsi. Spurs honey-yellow, about as long as the fourth tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi twice the length of the second; second joint 1 longer than the third and longer than the fourth and fifth together ; third joint 4 longer than the fourth; fourth joint rather longer than the fifth. Wings hyaline, the costal and two first longi- tudinal veins brown, the rest very pale; briliant yellow-green and roseous reflections. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa a short distance before the base of the fork ; cross-vein rather pale ; petiole almost invisible, longer than the anterior branch of the fork; both branches very indistinct at the base; running almost parallel for the greater part of their length, a little divergent at the tips ; the posterior branch only very slightly arcuated at the base. fg twice the length of gh; ki rather shorter than lin. ‘ Hab.—Glenbrook (Masters); Berowra and Knapsack (fully (Masters and Skuse). August to November. 128. ScIARA ORNATULA, sp.n. 6:-—Length of antenne...... 0055 inch ~—...._—s«:1°89 millimetres. Expanse of wings........ 0:065x0-025 ... 166 x 0-62 Size Of Deeysiraset tects 0:065x0-010 ... 1°66 x 0°25 Antenne slender, not quite the length of the body, deep brown, with a dense pale yellowish pubescence ; joints of the scapus deep brown, very sparsely pubescent ; flagellar joints 2} to 43 times as long as broad, with very short pale pedicels, the terminal joints very slender. Head black. Eyes contiguous above. Palpi yellow. Thorax light ferruginous-brown, levigate, with three ee 4 712 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, longitudinal double rows of very short brownish-yellow hairs, the intermediate row extending a little beyond the middle of the thorax, the lateral ones not quite reaching the scutellum; a very few long set on the lateral margins above the origin of the wings, also two long sete on the scutellum, with a sparse sprinkling of short brownish-yellow hairs. Halteres obscure umber-brown, the root of the stem yellowish, club. sparsely covered with very short hairs. Abdomen dusky umber- brown, whitish between the segments, somewhat sparsely clothed with a short pubescence; forceps light ferruginous- brown, rather small, considerably narrower than the abdomen, densely covered with a minute pubescence. Coxe and femora honey-yellow, the tibiz and tarsi darker on account of their minute dense pubescence. In the fore-legs the tarsi about } longer than the tibiz ; in the intermediate-legs the tarsi somewhat longer than the tibiz; and in the hind-legs the tibize a very little longer than the tarsi. Spurs honey-yellow, shorter than the fourth tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi in the two first pairs of legs about twice the length of the second, in the hind-legs rather more than twice its length ; second joint about } longer than the third and equal in length to the fourth and fifth together ; third joint about 4 longer than the fourth; fourth and fifth joints of equal length. Wings hyaline, the costal and two first longitudinal veins brownish-yellow, the rest pale; purpureous reflections. First longitudinal vein reaching the cqsta some distance before the base of the fork ; cross-vein rather pale ; petiole a little paler than the fork, longer than the anterior branch; branches running almost parallel for the greater part of their length, tips a little divergent. fy about 34 times the length of gh; kl shorter than J. Hab.—Sydney (Skuse). September. 129. SciaRA AMABILIS, sp.n. 6:—Length of antenne...... 0-045 inch ... 1:13 millimetres. Expanse of wings........ 0°085 x 0-035 ... 2:14 0°88 Size Of body. 0-080 x0°012 ... 2:02 x 0°30 BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 713 Antenne slender, rather more than half the length of the body, black, densely covered with a very short pale pubescence ; joints of the scapus black, sparsely haired ; flagellar joints sub-sessile, 2 to 3 times as long as broad, becoming very slender towards the tip. Head black. Eyes contiguous above. Palpiyellow. Thorax black, sub-nitidous, with three longitudinal double rows of short yellowish-brown hairs, the intermediate row extending for about three-fourths of the distance to the scutellum, the lateral ones almost reaching the scutellum, not coalescent; some short yellowish- brown hairs, interspersed with long brown setz, on the lateral margins hetween the origin of the wings and the humeri, and on the scutellum. Halteres dusky-brown, with a sprinkling of very short hairs, the base of the stem brownish-ochraceous. Abdomen as wide as the thorax, deep brown, appearing almost black, densely clothed with a moderately long brownish pubescence ; forceps deep brown, broader than the terminal abdominal segment. Coxe ferruginous-ochraceous ; femora, tibize and tarsi dusky pitch- brown, the last three joints of the tarsi nearly black. In the fore-legs the tarsi nearly +longer than the tibie ; in the intermediate- legs the tarsi about } longer than the tibiz ; in the hind-legs the tibize and tarsi of equal length. Spurs shorter than the last tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi twice the length of the second ; second joint } longer than the third and equal to the fourth and fifth together ; third joint about } longer than the fourth ; fourth joint somewhat longer than the fifth. Wings almost hyaline, but having a faint greyish tint, the costal and two first longitudinal veins brown, the rest of the veins greyish; violaceous and purpureous reflections. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa a short distance before the base of the fork ; cross-vein somewhat indistinct ; petiole hardly visible, a very little longer than the anterior branch of the fork ; both branches distinct, the posterior branch less arcuated at the base than the anterior one, running almost parallel to one another for the greater part of their length, the tips considerably divergent ; fourth longitudinal vein distinct. fy about } longer than gh ; kl somewhat shorter than /m. Hab.—Sydney (Masters and Skuse). September. ee eee 714 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 130. SctaRA LUCIDIPENNIS, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-030 inch ...._- 0°76 -millimetre. Expanse of wings....... 0070x0025... 1:77 x 0°62 Gize. of ‘bodyiwic. 0.2.3: 0070x0015... 1:77 x0°38 Antenne deep brown, with a minute pale pubescence ; slender, not half the length of the body; joints of the scapus rather paler brown than those of the flagellum, with very little pubescence ; flagellar joints sub-sessile, 2 to 23 times as long as broad, densely haired. Head black, levigate. Eyes con- tiguous above. Palpi yellow. Thorax obscure reddish-black, with three longitudinal double rows of minute yellowish-brown hairs from the col!are to the scutellum, also a few long hairs on the lateral margins between the origin of the wings and the humeri, and on the scutellum; pleurz obscure reddish-brown. Halteres obscure olivaceous, with a few very minute hairs on the apex, stem yellow. Abdomen broader than the thorax, olivaceous, paler between the segment and on the underside, rather sparsely clothed with a minute pubescence; lamellee of the ovipositor minute, elliptical, rather densely pubescent. Legs greyish-ochraceous, the front of the femora, and the tibize and tarsi considerably darker than the rest. Coxe with tolerably long hairs on the front. Femora, tibiz and tarsi with a minute pubescence, much less dense on the femora. In the fore- and intermediate-legs the tarsi a little longer than the tibiz ; in the hind-legs the tibiz and tarsi of about equal length. First joint of the tarsi shorter than the four following combined, and 2} times the length of the second ; second joint about } longer than the third and shorter than the fourth and fifth together ; fourth joint somewhat shorter than the fifth. Wings almost hyaline, with a very pale brownish tint; the costal and two first longitudinal veins obscure yellowish-brown ; tip and posterior margin with brilliant cupreous reflections, the anterior portion violaceous and bright neous. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa considerably before the base of the fork and opposite to the tip of the posterior branch of the fourth BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. FS, longitudinal vein ; petiole paler than the fork, and longer than the anterior branch; posterior branch very little arcuated at the base; anterior branch more divergent at the tip than the pos- terior branch. fg about 2} times the length of gh; kl shorter than Im. Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Skuse). April. c. Tip of the posterior branch of the fork nearer the apex of the wing than the tip of the second longitudinal vein. 131. SciaARA NUBICULA, sp.n. Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-060 inch ...._—- 1°54 millimétres. Expanse of wings. ...... 0:095x0'035 .. 239x0°88 Size of body.......... eee) OU OrOke aU lara «Onno Antenne very slender, two-thirds the length of the body, deep brown, densely pubescent ; joints of the scapus pitch-brown, sparingly haired ; flagellar joints sub-sessile, 3 to 34 times as long as broad. Head black. Eyes contiguous above. Palpi yellow. Thorax deep brown, sub-nitidous, with three longitudinal single rows of brown hairs, double just before the collare, also a few very long sete just before the origin of the wings and on the scutellum. Halteres dusky brown, with a very short sparse pubescence, the base of the stem yellowish. Abdomen umber-brown on the dorsal segments, whitish between the seg- ments and underneath, densely clothed with a short brown pubescence ; lamellze of the ovipositor very small, oval. Cox and femora ochraceous ; tibiz and tarsi ochraceous-brown, the last joints of the tarsi dusky, In the fore-legs the tarsi nearly 4 longer than the tibiz ; in the intermediate-legs the tarsi about } longer than the tibiz; in the hind-legs of equal length. Spurs honey-yellow, about the length of the fourth tarsal joint, First joint of the tarsi in the fore- and intermediate-legs twice the length of the second, in the hind-legs 2} times the length ; second joint } longer than the third and equal to the fourth and fifth together ; third joint } longer than the fourth ; fourth joint about 716 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, 1 longer than the fifth. Wings pellucid with a greyish tint, the costal and two first longitudinal veins umber-brown ; brilliant opaline reflections. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa a short distance before the base of the fork; cross-vein distinct ;. third longitudinal vein very pale; petiole scarcely visible, | longer than the anterior branch; fork narrow, the branches almost equally arcuated at the base, running parallel to one i another for the greater part of their length, a little divergent at the tips. fy twice the length of gi; kl somewhat shorter than /m. Hab.—Middle Harbour (Froggatt and Skuse). April. 132. ScIARA SPECTABILIS, sp.n. ¢.—Length of antenne... .. 0:070 inch ... 1:77 millimétres. Expanse of wings... .... 0-080 x 0:030 ... 2:02 x 0-76 BOL DOTY ison nena- nse 0:080 x 0-012 ... 2:02 x 0°30 Q.—Length of antenne...... 0-045 inch ... 1:13 millimétres. | Expanse of wings........ 0-095 x 0-040 .... 239x101 | Size of body ......402 s+ 0-095 x 0-015 ... 2:39 x 0:38 Antenne slender, nearly the length of the body, deep brown, ¥ with a dense brownish-yellow pubescence ; joints of the scapus sparingly haired, the first joint ochraceous, the second deep brown ; | flagellar joints sub-sessile, 24 to 4 times as long as broad, the terminal joints very slender. Head black. Eyes contiguous above. . Palpi yellow. Thorax pitch-brown, levigate, with three darker narrow longitudinal stripes, each with a single row of deep brown hairs, the intermediate one stopping a short distance from the ; scutellum, the lateral ones not coalescent, reaching the scutellum; | the lateral margins and scutellum setose. Halteres dusky-brown, ) the base of the stem yellow, club sparingly covered with a short pubescence. Abdomen brown on the dorsal segments, whitish underneath and between the segments ; densely pubescent ; forceps | brown, a little wider than the termina] segment. Coxe and femora honey-yellow ; tibiz and tarsi almost cinereous. In the | fore-legs the tarsi } longer than the tibiz ; in the intermediate-legs BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. (ANG the tarsi almost imperceptibly longer than the tibize ; in the hind- legs the tibiz nearly ! longer than the tarsi. Spurs honey-yellow, as long as the last tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi about 3 times the length of the second ; second joint 4 longer than the third ; third joint 4 longer than the fourth ; fifth joint somewhat longer than the fourth. Wings pellucid, with a pale yellowish tint, the costal and two first longitudinal veins yellowish-brown ; brilliant margaritaceous reflections. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa some distance before the base of the fork and somewhat before the tip of the posterior branch of the fourth longitudinal ; petiole almost invisible, considerably longer than either branch of the fork; branches running almost parallel for the greater part of their length, slightly divergent at the tips, the posterior branch very little arcuated at the base ; the petiole just before the fork and both branches ciliate, in some specimens more so than in others. fy rather more than 23 times the length of gh; kl somewhat shorter than /m. Q.—Antennz a little longer than the head and thorax together; joints of the scapus ochraceous; flagellar joints 2 to 3 times as long as broad. Thorax brown-ochraceous, with no darker stripes but two distinct rows of deep brown hairs, and a very indistinct intermediate one, extending a little beyond the middle of the thorax. Abdomen of a lighter orown on the dorsal segments than in the ¢; ovipositor pale brown, the lamelle small, elongate. Tibial spurs longer than the fourth and fifth tarsal joints. Petiole almost invisible, about equal in length to the anterior branch of the fork. Cross-vein not so much beyond the middle of the first longitudinal vein as in the g. fy three times the length of gh ; kl almost as long as lm, Hab.—Sydney and Berowra (Masters and Skuse). November to January. 133. ScIARA IGNOBILIS, sp.n. d-—Length of antennz...... 0:045 inch ~=..._—-:1°13 millimetres. Expanse of wings....... 0070x0030 ... 1:77 x 0°76 Size of body.............+. 0065x0012 ... 1:66 x 0°30 718 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, Antenne slender, nearly three-fourths the length of the body, black, with a dense short yellowish pubescence ; joints of the scapus black, very sparsely haired ; flagellar joints visibly pedi- celled, the pedicels } the length of the joints ; joints twice as long as broad, the terminal one a little longer. Head black. Eyes contiguous above. Palpi yellowish. Thorax black, levigate, with three longitudinal double rows of yellowish hairs, the intermediate row scarcely perceptible, apparently terminating before the middle of the thorax, and the lateral ones extending nearly to the scutellum, the hairs sparse, long ; also some long yellowish setz on the lateral borders, and on the scutellum. Halteres dusky brown, with a few short hairs, the stem yellowish. Abdomen as broad as the thorax, obscure olivaceous, pale between the segments and underneath ; rather sparsely haired ; forceps rather wider than the terminal segment, densely pubescent. Coxe and femora yellowish-brown ; tibize and tarsi dusky brown, the last four tarsal joints black. In the fore-legs the tarsi longer than the tibiz by the last joimt; in the intermediate-legs the tibize and tarsi almost of equal length, the tibiz being somewhat longer ; in the hind-legs the tibize a very little longer than the tarsi. Spurs shorter than the fourth tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi 24 times the length of the second; second joint } longer than the third ; third joint about } longer than the fourth and somewhat longer than the fifth. Wirgsalmost hyaline, but having a yellowish tint, the costal and first two longitudinal veins umber-brown ; rather weak opaline reflections. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa some distance before the base of the fork ; cross-vein some- what indistinct ; petiole much paler than the fork and shorter than the anterior branch; branches almost imperceptibly divergent for the whole of their length, not at the tips ; the posterior branch very little arcuated at the base; branches of the fourth longitudinal vein more distinct than the last. fy nearly twice gh; kl somewhat longer than /m. Hab.—Berowyra (Masters and Skuse). August. BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. 719 134, ScraRA INFREQUENS, sp.n. 6-—Length of antenne...... 0-040 inch ... 1:01 millimetres. Expanse of wings....... 0:060 x 0025 ... 154x062 Size Ob badly S25. .sscness- 0:055 x 0°010 .... 1:39 x 0°25 Antenne slender, rather more than two-thirds the length of the body, brown, with a dense brownish-yellow pubescence ; joints of the scapus with scarcely any pubescence ; flagellar joints sub- sessile, 3 to 4 times as long as broad, the joints very slender towards the tip. Head black. Eyes contiguous above. Palpi yellow. Thorax reddish-brown, levigate, with three longitudinal single rows of brownish hairs from the collare to the scutellum, not coalescent posteriorly ; also a few brown setze between the origin of the wings and the humeri and on the scutellum. Hal- teres dusky-brown, sprinkled with a few very short hairs, the stem yellowish at the base. Abdomen slender, black or very deep brown on the dorsal segments, pale between the segments and underneath, densely clothed with a moderately long pubescence ; forceps somewhat elongate, narrower than the terminal segment, ochraceous-brown, densely pubescent. Coxze and femora honey- yellow ; tibize and tarsi ochraceous. In the fore-legs the tarsi somewhat longer than the tibie; in the intermediate-legs the tibize somewhat longer than the tarsi; in the hind-legs the tibize j. longer than the tarsi. Spurs as long as the fourth tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi about 23 times the length of the second ; second joint } longer than the third, and equal to the fourth and fifth together ; third joint almost 4 longer than the fourth ; fourth joint somewhat shorter than the fifth. Wings hyaline, the costal and two first longitudinal veins umber-brown ; smaragdine and golden reflections. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa considerably before the base of the fork; cross-vein rather indistinct ; petiole almost invisible, somewhat longer than the anterior branch of the fork ; branches moderately arcuated at the base, the posterior less than the anterior, running almost 720 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, parallel to one another for the greater part of their length, slightly divergent at the tips. fg nearly3 times the length of gh; kl somewhat shorter than Im. Hab.—Elizabeth Bay (Skuse). January. B. Halteres yellow or whitish. 1. Palpi black or brown. B. Cross-vein situated at the middle of the first longitudinal vein. c. Tip of the posterior branch of the fork nearer the apex of the wing than the tip of the second longitudinal vein. 135. ScraRA NOTATA, sp.n. 3.—Length of antenne...... 0-095 inch... 2°39 millimétres, Expanse of wings......... 0-105 x 0040 .... 267x 1-01 ize Of DOGY <.csaece tests 0-100 x 0°017 .... 2°54 x 0°42 Antenne slender, almost the length of the body, black, with a short, dense brownish pubescence ; first joint of the scapus black, second pitch-brown, sparsely haired ; flagellar joints with very minute pedicels, the joints 3 to 6 times as long as broad, those towards the tip being very slender. Head black. Eyes con- tiguous above. Palpi brown. Thorax black, levigate, with three longitudinal rows of golden yellow hairs, the intermediate row single, not very distinct, extending a little beyond the middle of the thorax, the lateral ones double, the hairs much longer than those of the intermediate row, and very long just before the scutellum ; also some golden-yellow pubescence and brown setz on the lateral borders and on the scutellum. Halteres honey- yellow. Abdomen not so wide as the thorax, black in the dorsal segments, deep brown underneath, densely pubescent; forceps short, robust, rather wider than the terminal segment. Coxe and femora bright pitch-brown ; tibize and tarsi dusky brown, the tips of the tarsi fuliginous. In the fore-legs the tarsi about 5 longer than the BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. pea! tibiz ; in the intermediate-legs the tarsi a very little longer than the tibiz ; in the hind-leg the tibiz and tarsi very long, of equal length. Spurs as long as the fourth tarsal joint. First tarsal joint in the fore- and intermediate-legs about twice the length of the second, in the hind-legs 22 times the length ; second joint about } longer than the third, and rather longer than the fourth and fifth joints together ; third joint about 4 longer than the fourth ; fourth joint a little longer than the fifth. Wings pellucid with a pale smoky tint, the costal and two longitudinal veins umber-brown ; pale opaline reflections. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa a short distance before the base of the fork ; cross-vein somewhat indistinct ; petiole very pale, about as long as the anterior branch of the fork; branches running almost parallel to one another, a little divergent at the tips; the pos- terior branch very little arcuated at the base, its tip very little nearer the apex of the wing than the tip of the second longi- tudinal vein ; fourth longitudinal vein with its branches well- defined. fg about 24 times the length of gh; & a little shorter than Im. Hab.—Glenbrook, Blue Mountains (Masters). November. 2. Palpi yellow. C. Cross-vein situated beyond the middle of the first longi- tudinal vein. b. Tip of the second longitudinal vein and tip of the posterior branch of the fork equally near the apex of the wing. 136. ScrARa PICTIPES, sp.n. d-—Length of antenne...... 0:075 inch ..» 1:89 millimétres. Expanse of wings........ 0:090x 0035 ... 2:27 x 0°88 Size of body... .cvcsssisses 0:080 x 0.015 ... 2:02 x 0°38 Antenne slender, particularly towards the tip, nearly the length of the body, black, with a very dense greyish-brown pubescence ; 722 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA, joints of the scapus very sparsely haired; flagellar joints sub- sessile, 2} to 4 times as long as broad, the terminal joint con- siderably longer. Head black. Eyes contiguous above. Palpi yellow. Thorax black, levigate, with three longitudinal double rows of minute yellowish pubescence, the intermediate row indistinct, reaching a little beyond the middle of the thorax, the lateral ones very distinct, extending almost to the scutellum, not coalescent ; some short yellowish pubescence and long setee between the origin of the wings and the humeri, also on the scutellum. Halteres pale yellow, with very little visible pubescence. Abdomen nearly as wide as the thorax, uniformly black, moderately clothed with a short yellowish pubescence ; forceps short and robust, as wide as the terminal abdominal segment. Coxe and femora ochraceous; tibize and tarsi brownish-ochraceous, the tips of the tarsi dusky. In the fore-legs the tarsi nearly } longer than the tibie ; in the inter- mediate-legs the tarsi somewhat longer than the tibiz ; in the hind-legs the tibize about {, longer than the tarsi. Spurs as long as the last tarsal joint. First joint of the tarsi in the fore- and intermediate-legs about twice the length of the second, in the hind-legs 22 times the length ; second joint about } longer than the third and somewhat longer than the fourth and fifth together ; third joint } longer than the fourth ; fourth joint } longer than the fifth. Wings pellucid, with a very pale smoky appearance, the costal and two first longitudinal veins deep brown; bright margaritaceous reflections. First longitudinal vein reaching the costa a short distance before the base of the fork ; cross-vein dis- tinct, situated a little beyond the middle of the first longitudinal ; petiole very pale, shorter than the anterior branch of the fork ; branches running almost parallel to one another for the greater part of their length, divergent at the tips; the posterior branch very little arcuated at the base. fg nearly twice the length of gh; kl somewhat shorter than /m. Hab.—In the neighbourhood of Narrabeen Lagoon (Skuse). October. BY FREDERICK A. A. SKUSE. (ies: Genus 2. TricHos1a, Winnertz. Trichosia, Winnertz, Beitr. z. Mon. d. Sciarinen, 1867. Characters the same as in Sciara, with the difference that the surface of the wings is distinctly hairy. Only a very few species of this distinct genus have yet been described, but they come from widely different parts of the world, so that this genus is no doubt represented in most countries. The following is the first described from Australia ; others have been recorded from Europe and North America :— 137. TricHos1A MAasTERsI, sp.n. 6.—Length of antenne...... 0-088 inch ... 2°14 millimetres, Expanse of wings........ 0:090 x 0035 ... 2:27 x 0°88 Size of ody: t:esh2--.-. 0:085 x 0:020 ... 2:14 0°50 Q.—Length of antennz...... 0-047 inch .-- 1:23 millimetres. Expanse of wings........ 0100x0040 ... 2.54 1.01 Size of, Daddy su3. » @emula. Fig. 4. “ Trichosia Masters. Fig. 5. Diagram illustrating ‘the terminology for the veins and cells as applied to the Sciaride. [The dextral column gives the German eyuivalents employed by Winnertz, (Beit. zu einer Mon. der Sciarinen, 1867 )]. Veins. Adern. Costa (v. costalis). a, e, g. Randader. Transverse shoulder-vein (v. transversa humer- alis). b. Hiilfsader, Auxiliary (v. auxiliaris). c. Ist longitudinal (v. long. Ima). a, e. Unterrandader. Cross-vein (v. transvers marginalis ). d. Querader. 2nd longitudinal (v. long. 2da). a, f. Mittelader + Ellbogenader. ee (v. long. 2da ramus an- } Brachiala ee 8rd longitudinal (2. long. 3a). n, p, k. Mittlere Scheibenader. Anterior branch (v.long.3a ramus anterior). h. Obere Scheibenader. 4th longitudinal (v. long. 4a). a, m. Hinterader, Anterior branch (v. long. 4a ramus anterior). 1, Untere Scheibenader, 5th longitudinal (v. long. da). n. (Rudi- } Achselader. mentary ). 726 DIPTERA OF AUSTRALIA. Cells. Zellen. Sub-costal (c. subcostalis), A. Randzelle. Inner marginal (c. marginalis interior). B. Schulterzelle. Marginal (c. marginalis). C. Vordere Cubitalzelle. Ist sub-marginal (c. submarginalis Ima). D. Hintere Cubitalzelle. 2nd sub-marginal (c. submarginalis 2da). E. Obere Scheibenzelle. 3rd sub-marginal (c. submarginalis 8a). F. Mittlere Scheibenzelle. lst posterior (c. posterior Ima). G. Untere Scheibenzelle. 2nd posterior (c. posterior 2da). H. Hinterzelle. Axillary (c. axillaris), I. Achselzelle. SOME EXPERIMENTS WITH THE “CATTANACH DIS- INFECTANT AND DEODORANT,” AS COMPARED WITH THE ORDINARY CARBOLIC POWDER. By Dr. Oscar Karz. For some time past a Sydney Company, the “‘Cattanach Chemical Works Company, Limited,” has produced a preparation in the shape of a powder, called the “Cattanach Disinfectant and Deodorant,” which is guaranteed by the firm “to destroy all disease germs and to thoroughly deodorize and disinfect all fecal, foul, or decaying animal and vegetable matter.” The inventor of this “improved disinfectant and deodorant,” H. M. Caldwell, had it patented in Sydney, in August, 1887. From his specification as to its composition and mode of application I derive the following : —lIt represents a mixture of two different preparations ; let them be termed A and B. The former (A) consists of equal parts of nitrate of potash, peroxide of manganese, and hydroxide of potash, of which the first two are carefully mixed while the third is added after having been dissolved in a sutticient quantity of water. The moisture is then evaporated ; the now dry mass ground to powder, fused at a low red heat for about 24 hours, and steamed till it assumes a suitable running consistence. After this process it is neutralised with sulphuric acid and allowed to crystallise by evaporation. The second preparation (B) is sulphate of iron, “from which all sulphuric acid is driven off by roasting at 212° to900°F.” This is “to minimise the action of any sulphuric acid upon vessels in which the powder may be used.” “One part of (A) is then carefully mixed with 48 parts of (B), and with one part of peroxide of 728 EXPERIMENTS ON “CATTANACH DISINFECTANT AND DEODORANT,” manganese, and one part of hydroxide of sodium, and the whole ground together.” That constitutes the “ Cattanach Disinfectant and Deodorant,” of which five to six ounces shall suffice for about one cubic foot of noxious matter.* For medicinal disinfection, the. inventor says, in cases of epidemics of cholera, typhoid, &c., one part of corrosive sublimate is added to the above product before package, but, he says further, witb or without corrosive sublimate it acts as described + *Supposing such noxious matter to have the same or about the same specific gravity as distilled water, and taking the mean out of the above quantities, i.e., 54 oz., the proportion in weight of the disinfectant and deodorant to such noxious matter, would be about 1:180. In taking, how- ever, nightsoil for instance to be treated in the way indicated, this propor- tion would, of course, turn out to be still smaller. +The samples used in my experiments were obtained at different times _ from Elliott Bros., wholesale druggists, Sydney, in tins of about 10oz. contents. They all bore the same label with regard to directions for use, and to their eflicacy of destroying germs, &c. These samples did not contain any corrosive sublimate. Iregret to have been without knowledge of there being a variety of the above powder containing sublimate till the undermentioned experiments were nearly concluded. The effect of corro- sive sublimate by itself as an antiseptic and germicide for numerous bacteria is well studied; and should we find, what is highly probable, that the ‘* Cattanach preparation”’ is more effective with the addition of bichloride of mercury to it than without it, it stands to reason such an action is brought about by the latter-named substance only. The powder is packed in tins of various sizes; the retail price of about 10o0z., as con- tained in the smallest tins, is 6d. As is seen by the variability of the colour of this powder and other appearances, the process of preparation does not appear to be always constant. On opening a number of tins I have found it to exhibit different shades of a grey or greenish-grey colour, There was no perceptible smell in any of these specimens. On the other hand, the contents of two other tins which I received too late in order to compare their properties with those of the above-named description, were of a reddish-brown colour, accompanied with a smell like that of eucalyptus oil. All the samples that have come under my notice contained a small amount of fine particles of charcoal. BY DR. OSCAR KATZ, 729 It is not known to me that exact experiments, especially on pure cultures of pathogenic bacteria, have yet been made with this novel preparation, and as there seems to be a large weekly output of, and a good sale for, this article in some of the Aus- tralian colonies, I thought it worth while to test its alleged efficacy in a few cases. I may mention before-hand that for each series of experiments carried out I used a freshly opened tin, the contents of which showed a greyish or greenish-grey colour (conf. above). It being advisable to submit to the very same tests, and under precisely the same circum- stances, another largely used substance, with the effects of which in regard to disinfection and deodorization those of the “ Cattanach preparation” could be compared, I chose the well-known flesh- coloured “Carbolic Disinfectant, Antiseptic, and Deodorizing Powder,” which is sold in yellow tins, with black scripture printed on them. From a practical point of view it seemed very desirable to know what, if any, value the new substance under consideration has, as a germicide for the bacillus of typhoid fever, this disease being the most fatal of infectious human diseases in Australia. It will, I think, not be quite out of place here to point out in a few words that only a few years have elapsed since the time when we became acquainted with pure cultures of the above micro-organism. A number of investigators have since been at work in the study of this bacillus, and although it has not been proved yet that by transmission of the cultivated micro-organism into either animais or man, it can proliferate and set up the disease, typhoid fever (or, at least, a similar complexion of symp- toms with regard to animals), most observers hold the above bacillus to be the causal excitor of the disease. The material to be experimented upon by the “ Cattanach Disinfectant and Deodorant” was obtained from a pure culture 730 EXPERIMENTS ON “CATTANACH DISINFECTANT AND DEODORANT,” that had been derived from a mesenteric gland of an undoubted case of typhoid fever, and had been transferred from gelatine to gelatine during a period of somewhat less than a year. It did not in any way differ from the Bacillus typhi abdominalis of Eberth-Gaffky. Of the purity of the above culture I convinced myself by means of Koch’s plate-process; from the isolated typical colonies fresh gelatine-tubes were sown. The arrangement of the experiments was as follows :—In a first series I inoculated with the bacillus some small Erlenmeyer’s flasks containing ordinary meat-broth of a slightly alkaline reaction,* and placed in a thermostat for two days at a temperature of 32-34°C. After this period the nourishing liquid had assumed a suitable degree of turbidity. I then mixed the contents of all the flasks together, and filled a number of sterilised 1 oz.=28 cem. flasks, each with 10 ccm. of the infected broth (conf. p. 736). These were then charged with certain quantities of the ‘‘Cattanach powder,” and in a parallel manner with the “Carbolic powder.” Tests for ascertaining the effect of these substances were made from time to time, as will be seen from the table below. I may here at once state that in these experiments as well as in the following ones, liquid and powder, immediately after the addition of the latter, were carefully mixed with one another, then allowed to stand at the temperature of the room undisturbed till a test was to be made, when they were stirred up again, and so on. base of hydrotheca, from behind. Fig. 18.— ,, _ gonotheca, with contents. Fig. 19.—__,, Rs = less advanced. (All except 17 magnified 40 diameters ). PLATE XIV. Fig. 1.—Halecium gracile, n.sp., with male gonotheca. Port Jackson. x 40. Fig. 2.— - Sy Port Stephens. x 40. Fig. 3.— ‘ 5 female gonotheca. x 40. Fig. 4.— 7 parvulum, n.sp. Bondi. x40. Fig.5.— ,, a with female gonotheca. x 40. Fig. 6.—Pasythea quadridentata, Ellis and Sol. Bondi. x 25. Fig. 7.— ie 3 Coogee. x 25. Fig. 8-9.— ,, hexodon, Busk. Moreton Bay. x 25. BY W. M. BALE. 197 Puate XV. Fig. 1.—Sertularella indivisa, Bale. Port Phillip. Fig. 2.— a5 a Portland, Vict. Fig.3.— 5; solidula, Bale. Port Phillip. Fig. 4.— FP op Bondi, Fig. 5-7.— ,, variabilis, u.sp. Port Jackson, Hig. 8.— 7 5 a variety with longer teeth. Fig, 9.— Ae at a slender variety, with calycles nearly smooth, and directed to the front soas to show inside the aperture. (All magnified 40 diameters.) Pirate XVI. Fig. 1-2.—Sertularella divaricata, Busk, var. dubia, n. var. Bondi, Fig. 3-4.— 3 divaricata, var. sub-dichotoma, n. var. Port Jackson. Fig. 5-6.— re longitheca, u.sp. Port Denison. Fig. 7.— os cylindrica, nu.sp. Port Jackson. Fig, 8.— Pe microgona, v. Lend. Port Phillip. (From one of Dr.von Lendenfeld’s types) (All magnified 40 diameters). Puate XVII. Fig, 1-2.—Syntheciwm orthogonia, Busk. Port Jackson, Fig. 3.— 5 25 a Specimen with calycles directed towards the front. Fig. 4.—Synthecium orthogonia, gonotheca, narrower aspect. Fig. 5.— f oe broader aspect. Fig. 6-9.—Sertularia geniculata, n.sp. Port Jackson, Fig. 10-11.—_ ,, yy gonothece. (All magnified 40 diameters). Pirate XVIII. Fig, 1-2.—Sertularia complexa, Clarke. Bondi. x 40. Fig. 3-4.— i Pe gonothece. x 40. Fig. 5,—Thuiaria subarticulata, Coughtrey. New Zealand. x25. 798 SOME NEW AND RARE HYDROIDA IN THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, Fig. 6-7.—Thuiaria subarticulata, hydrothece, more enlarged. Fig. 8.— ” “ (=Sertularia fertilis, v. Lend.) with all the calycles except one broken away. x25. (From Dr. von Len- denfeld’s type). Fig, 9-10.—T. sinuosa, n.sp. Port Molle. x25. PuaTE XIX. Fig. 1-4.—Azygoplon productum, Bale. Various forms of hydrothece. x 80. Fig. 5.-— * 9 adnate gonotheca. x25. Fig. 6.—Plumularia alata, n.sp. x80. Fig. 7-10.—_,, oo” OES: Fig, 11.— a spinulosa, Bale, variety from Coogee. x 80. Fig. 12-13.— ,, a4 gonothece. «x 20. Fig. 14.— _,, compressa, Bale, small variety, Botany. x 80. Fig. 15-17.— ,, aurita,n.sp. Botany. x 80. Fig. 18-19.— ,, » gonothece. x20. PLATE XX. Fig, 1-2.— Plumularia campanula, Busk. A rubra, v. Lend. These figures apply equaliy to both species. (From Dr. von Lendenfeld’s type of P. rubra). x 80. Fig. 3.—Plumularia campanula, female gonotheca. (From Dr, von Lenden- feld’s type P. Torresia, P. campanula, from Port Phillip Heads, has exactly similar gonothece). x 25. Fig. 4.—Plumularia campanula and P. rubra, male gonotheca. (From Dr. von Lendenfeld’s type P. rubra). x 25. Fig. 5.—Plumularia campanula and P. rubra, female gonotheca, (From a N.S. Wales specimen of P. campanula). x 25. Fig. 6.—Plumularia campanula and P. rubra, male gonotheca. (From. same as last), x25. Fig. 7.—Plumularia setaceoides, Bale. Lax variety, with thickened cell- wall. x80. Fig. 8.—Plumularia setaceoides. Small variety, much thickened. x 80. Fig. Fig. Fig, Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. BY W. M. BALE. 799 9.—Plumuluria caliculata, n.sp. Port Jackson. x 80. 10-11.— ,, a Gonothecz, front and side views. x25. 12-13.— ,, turgida, n.sp. Lyttleton, N.Z. x80. 14.——s,, setacea, Ellis. Port Phillip. x80. 1.— ,, . », (From v, Lendenfeld’s type P. tripartita). x 80. 16.— fi », Gonotheca. (Same as last). x25. 17-18.— ,, » Gonothece. Port Phillip. x25. Puate XXI. 1-2,—Aglaophenia sinuosa, n.sp. Port Denison. x 80. 3-4.— a macrocarpa, n.sp. Off Port Jackson. x 80. 5.—Lytocarpus Phillipinus, Kirch. Moreton Bay. x 80. 6-7.—- s, - Gonothece in different stages. x 20. 8.—Aglaophenia (?), Whiteleggei, n.sp. x 80. 9-10,— op phyllocarpa, u.sp. Port Denison. x80. 800 CARBONIFEROUS AND SILURIAN FOSSILS FROM CENTRAL N.S.W.,. CARBONIFEROUS AND SILURIAN FOSSILS FROM CENTRAL NEW SOUTH WALES. By Rev. J. Mitne Curray, F.G.S. The central district of New South Wales lying between the Lower Bogan and Upper Darling, has not, up to the present, yielded any organic remains. Palzontologically speaking, it is decidedly the most barren area in the colony. No mention is made of fossils from any of its rocks in De Koninck’s Recherches, or in the lists published by Stutchbury, Strzelecki, and Clarke, or in the valuable Reports of the Department of Mines. The latest geological maps. represent part of this country as “not geologically examined,” while the remainder is coloured as being occupied by granite, Silurian or Devonian rocks. The Silurian and Devonian formations are represented without doubt, but their identification has depended entirely on general lithological or petrological resemblances. In collecting materials to work out some points in the geology of this little known part of the colony, I have discovered some interesting fossils, which have been so far identified as to give a definite position to the beds containing them. As it may be a long time before I get an opportunity to make use of all the facts that have come under my notice, I may be allowed to place on record the discovery of the fossils named below. It will lend some importance to these notes to remember that over the greater portion of this part of New South Wales “accurate geology is simply impossible.” There is no good topographical map in existence. The country is in great part clothed with “ Mallee” scrub, and pine forests. Fossils are rare, and over long distances the bed rock is hidden by superficial deposits. There are no running streams, and no ravines to expose natural sections. I am fairly well acquainted with the country between Bourke on the north, and the “divide” of the BY THE REV. J. MILNE CURRAN. 80r Bogan and Lachlan waters at Nangeribone to the south, a distance of 160 miles in a direct line. There is not, to my knowledge, in this stretch of country one natural cutting exposing any section of strata worth noting. We have here many thousand square miles of land, naturally waterless, with no mountains properly so-called, elevated on an average nine hundred feet above sea level, and yet suffering no denudation. Detrital matter from the hills is simply spread out at their bases. Judging from analogy and allowing for a smaller rainfall, the general surface should suffer to an appreciable extent. Asa matter of fact the district loses nothing, for our creeks even in flood time rarely reach the Darling or the Lachlan, much less the sea. No matter representing disintegrated rock is carried to any distance, and any denudation there is, is purely local. The fossiliferous beds herewith enumerated are all that, at the present time, are known to exist in an area measuring one hundred by one hundred and fifty miles. Lower CARBONIFEROUS.—BABINDA SANDSTONES. As a rule basalt and igneous rocks are rare in this district, but at New Babinda Station on the road from Nymagee to Nyngan, patches of basalt, quartz-porphyry, and diorites are met with. Intimately connected with these rocks is a series of coarse and fine-grained ferruginous sandstones. They are limited in extent, not occupying more than 50 square miles at the outside. These sandstones owe their preservation in a great measure to a selvage of the intrusive rocks referred to. For some years I have collected fossils from the rocks in this locality. I endeavoured, without success, to engage the attention of various paleontologists in Europe, and it was not until I sent a small collection to Mr. R. Etheridge, jun., of the British Museum (now of Sydney), that I was able to get reliable information about these shells.. The Babinda fossils are not well preserved; the matrix is coarse and friable. Unhappily the imperfect condition of the specimens sent to Mr. Etheridge, rendered it impossible for him to do more than 802 CARBONIFEROUS AND SILURIAN FOSSILS FROM CENTRAL N.S.W., identify the following :—Spirifer duodecimcostata, McCoy ; a Pterinea-form, the shell easily distinguished by its sharp radiating tuberculated ridges, and new to N. 8S. Wales; a Gervillea-like bivalve, probably allied to some shells figured by Dana in the “Geology of the U. 8. Exploring Expedition.” The greatest interest naturally attaches itself to the Spirifer. In this colony 8, duodecimcostata seems a purely Carboniferous species. De Koninck gives, on the authority of Clarke and McCoy, the following - Jocalities for the same shell, Wollongong, Bombaderra Creek, Stroud, and Adelong. It is also mentioned in Clarke’s “Southern Gold Fields” as a Carboniferous fossil. From an examination of the rocks at New Babinda, I should incline to class the beds as Devonian. But if, on the slender evidence we have, we assign them to any horizon “the balance of evidence points rather to the Carboniferous than Devonian ” (Etheridge, MS. Nov. 1, 1886). The following directions will guide future investigators to the locality. On the Parish Map of Babinda, County of Flinders, find the point where the northern boundary of the parish cuts the Nymagee and Nyngan surveyed road. Mark off one statute mile due west from this point, The sandstone hills hereabout are fossiliferous. Two miles north-west from this point fossils may be readily detected in the sandstone ridges. PULPULLA SANDSTONES. DEVONIAN NYMAGEE AND SANDY CREEK SANDTONES. To the north-west of Cobar there is an extensive development of sandstones, with massive conglomerates at their base, and minor beds of conglomerates at higher levels. The only fossils known are, casts of crinoidal stems, tracks of a Crustacean (?) on slabs with ripple-marks. Crinoidal casts are also found in an altered sandstone, or quartzite, eight miles to the west of Cobar. The sandstones at Pulpulla have furnished some beautiful examples of ripple-mark on large slabs, on some of which are found the tracks of a small animal probably a crustacean. It isobvious that these BY THE REY. J. MILNE CURRAN. 803 parallel and wavy ridges, left by the last ripple of water, will play an important part when the origin of the sandstones comes to be dealt with. Ifa single impression on either side of the median line be substituted for the double mark in Fig. 113b. of Prestwich’s Geology, Vol. II., a fairly correct idea may be formed of the track-marks at Pulpulla. Rookery LiMESTONES. West GRENFELL SANDSTONES. Upper SILURIAN Batowra LIMESTONE. HermMITAGE LIMESTONE. On the Rookery Station, twenty-two miles south-east of Cobar, limestone is abundant. The beds are highly inclined with a westerly dip. Wherever the limestone is not altered to a saccharoid texture, it is found to be more or less fossiliferous. Mr. Etheridge determined the following species from this locality :— Chonetes sp.; Strophomena corrugatella, Davidson ; Spirifer plica- tella, linn. In addition to these I have found fragments of a gasteropod resembling Loxonema, Orthoceras, and some indetermin- able corals. The Rookery beds will yield an abundant harvest to a systematic search for fossils. Spirifer plicatella, it need hardly be stated, is one of the characteristic fossils of the Wenlock, which have become familiar through the cuts in Geological Text-books (see Prestwich, Vol. II., Plate 11. fig.10). Ithasnot beea found before in N. 8. Wales, but is recorded from the Upper Silurian of Kilmore Creek, Victoria. We may with some show of reason refer the Rookery limestones to the Upper Silurian. The fossils may be found in the limestone of the Homestead paddock, a few hundred yards to the north-west of Mr. Hurley’s house ; and in limestone on the station generally. On Mount Grenfell Station, about twenty-four miles north-west of Cobar, fossils are found in water-worn boulders over many parts of the run. In situ, they are abundant at the new dam thrown 52 804 CARBONIFEROUS AND SILURIAN FOSSILS FROM CENTRAL N.S.W. across the creek at Bevan’s. The matrix is a fine-grained sand- stone stained with iron. The moulds left by the removal of the original shells are again filled in, and the casts can be easily separated from the enclosing rock. JI am once more indebted to Mr. Etheridge for examining some specimens sent to the Depart- ment of Mines. The following were recognised :—Rhynchonella Wilsoni, var. Davidsoni, McCoy ; Orthis sp. The first-named shell is another characteristic form from the Wenlock limestone of England. I can find no record of its occurring elsewhere in New South Wales. Prof. M‘Coy (Prog. Rept. No. IV., p. 155) makes mention of it in a tabular list of Victorian fossils, with the remark, “limited to the Upper Silurian.” At Balowra, fourteen miles south-east of Nymagee, about a square mile of limestone is exposed, on the road to Nangeribone. In some places the stone seems entirely composed of indeterminable casts of Crinoidal stems ; a limestone with Crinoidal casts is also found twenty-five miles to the east of the Rookery beds already referred to, The little that is yet known of the rocks and fossils enumerated, the nature of the country, the scarcity of any sections of strata, and the difficulty of even getting together the slender materials for the above observations, may give these notes some little value. Nore.—Since this paper was written, the Annual Report of the Department of Mines, New South Wales, for the year 1887, has been published. On p. 166, Mr. Etheridge, Paleeontologist to the Geological Survey, records the following additional species from the Rookery Limestones, from specimens collected by Mr. W. Anderson and myself :—Beyrichia sp. ; Fenestella sp. ; Heliolites sp. ; Chonetes striatella, Dalman ; Spirifera crispa, Linn. ; Atrypa reticularis, Linn.; Pentamerus sp.; and Rhynchonella Wilsont, Sby. NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. By THE Rev. T. Buacksurn, B.A., Corr. Mem. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. The following memoir, like others that I have written under a similar title, is of a somewhat miscellaneous character. The very limited amount of leisure time at my disposal and the shortness of the intervals in which it occurs, render it very difficult for me to make an exhaustive study of an individual family, or even genus ; and I have usually to be content with merely noting from time to time the characters of new genera or species that may come hap- hazard into my hand, observations on synonymy, and aught else that may appear to call for publication. This I trust will be accepted as an apology for the too miscellaneous contents of the memoir. I have the greater pleasure in offering the memoir to the Linnean Society, because it gives me the opportunity of expressing in the pages of their Proceedings my acknowledgments of the assistance I have received in its preparation through the courtesy of the Hon. William Macleay, who has been good enough to compare with his types some South Australian forms, and so enable me to feel confident that I am working in harmony with the many valuable publications on Australian Coleoptera that he has put forth. CARABID A. SILPHOMORPHA SPRETA, Sp.nov. Lata ; depressa ; minus nitida; supra nigra; labro, mandibulis, antennis, et marginibus lateralibus rufescentibus; elytris magn& 806 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, parte flavis ; subtus (capite nigro excepto), cum pedibus, rufo-picea ; elytrorum epipleuris basi intus late flavis. [Long. 5 lines, lat. 24 lines. The lateral margins of the prothorax and elytra are narrowly, obscurely reddish pitchy; each elytron bears a large yellow spot which almost reaches both base and apex, and is separated from the lateral margin by only about a fifth of the width of the elytron, its outline next the suture being deeply emarginate ; if the yellow color be regarded as the ground tint of the elytra they would appear to be margined rather widely at the side, and very narrowly in front and behind, with black, and to beur a large common black mark which (viewed with the head of the insect towards the observer) has the appearance of an open umbrella standing up on its handle, the widest part of this mark extending about half-way across each elytron. The head is wide, and short in front of the eyes; the clypeus is rather deeply emar- ginate ; on either side of the head a well-defined oblique furrow runs (a little within the eye) from the front nearly to the base,— these furrows converging but not nearly meeting hindward. The surface of the head and prothorax is evenly and finely coriaceous, The latter is slightly and undefinedly uneven on the disc with its front margin strongly bisinuate and its base nearly straight. The elytra have rather wide, and rather decidedly turned up, lateral margins ; their surface is coriaceous uniformly with the head and prothorax, and bears also about eight rows of very faintly impressed punctures. The underside is pitchy much variegated with reddish, the darkest parts being the head, the tibiz and tarsi, the epipleur of the prothorax, the same of the elytra down their middle part, and the hinder part of the hind body. The conspicuous bright yellow color of the inner part of the base of the epipleure of the elytra is a striking character. This species must resemble S. marginata, Castln., from the Paroo River, the description of which however (beyond the words “ broad, depressed”) deals only with color. In that species BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 807 the elytra are said to be yellow at the base, and the comparison of the markings to those of nitiduloides, Guér., implies (rather vaguely) that the yellow color almost touches the lateral margins. The decription, however, is so vague that S. spreta may possibly not resemble it very much. Northern Territory of 8. Australia ; collected by Mr. J. P. Tepper ; a female specimen. S. BOOPS, sp.nov. Supra colore variabilis (ferruginea plus minus infuscata, vel tota picea) ; corpore subtus antennis palpis pedibusgue ferrugineis ; capite prothoraceque vix evidenter punctulatis, illo lateribus sub- depressis, oculis prominentibus ; elytris plus minus punctulato- striatis. Long. 6 lines, lat. 35 lines. This species belongs to the very difficult and obscure group in the genus of which S. fallax, Westw., is a member. Mr. Macleay te'ls me that it is distinct from his S. Mastersi, which is said to be more strongly punctulate-striate on the elytra than S. fallax. The present insect is evidently a very variable one ; the series before me varies in the color of the upper surface from nearly uniform ferruginous to nearly uniform piceous, and in the sculpture of the elytra from being nearly smooth to being as strongly punctulate- striate as a typical S. fallax. The head and prothorax scarcely differ from the same parts in S. fallax, except in the less con- vexity of the former (especially at the sides), which makes the eyes appear more prominent; and in the latter being wider in proportion to the length of the whole insect, its width being scarcely less than half the whole length. The elytra are decidedly wider in proportion to their length than those of S. fallax, being scarcely more than an eighth again (in fallax they are about a quarter again) as long as together wide, and the lateral margins are wider, and decidedly more (though still not at all strongly) rounded than in that species. Northern Territory of 8. Australia; collected by Mr. J. P. Tepper. 808 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, GNATHAPHANUS DarwWINI, sp.nov. Niger, vix senescens ; antennis, palpis, pedibusque plus minusve rufescentibus ; prothorace antice minus angustato, angulis posticis rotundato-rectis ; elytrorum interstitiis 3° (duplici serie) 5° et 9° seriatim punctulatis, Long. 34 lines, lat. 14 lines. The front of the labrum, the palpi, and the basal joint of the antenne are brownish testaceous, the remaining joints of the latter being of the same color more or less marked with piceous; the legs are brown. The surface of the head is even behind the clypeal suture except that there is a puncture in a feeble depression on either side in front, and another near the inner margin of each eye. The prothorax is not quite half again as wide as it is long down the middle, its front margin not much narrower than its base ; its sides are moderately rounded, the flattened margin being very narrow in front, but widening considerably hindward ; the dorsal channel is well marked, the arched impression in front fairly defined, the basal impression on either side shallow, but not small; the surface is devoid of punctures, except the setiferous one on either lateral margin. The elytra are rather strongly striated, the abbreviated stria rather long and well-defined ; the interstices are flat; the 3rd interstice bears four large punctures in its front half and two (far apart) in its hinder half close to its outer edge, and also (in its hinder half) close to its inner edge several similar ones ; the 5th interstice bears six or seven (similar) close to its outer edge, and the 9th a somewhat more numerous series inter- spersed with some smaller punctures. The double series of punctures en the 3rd interstice seems to distinguish this species from all its allies. Northern Territory of South Australia; collected by Mr. J. P. Tepper. HypuHArRPAX PARVUS, Chaud. I have very little doubt that this is identical with Harpalus (Hypharpax) inornatus, Germ. BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 809 CRATOGASTER MELAS, Cast. The Baron de Chaudoir (Ann. Mus. Gen. Vol. VI., p. 574) has stated that he has examined the original type of this insec:, and found it to be identical with Feronia (Cratogaster) sulcata, Blanch. It, therefore, appears to be by an oversight that the two stand in Mr. Masters’ Catalogue as distinct. RHYTISTERNUS SULC ATIPES, Sp.nov. Sat depressus; niger; antennis palpis tarsisque elongatis gracilibus plus minus rufescentibus ; prothorace vix transverso, postice utrinque bistriato,—striis haud in excavatione per- spicua positis, lateribus postice haud sinuatis; elytris striis 5, 6, et 7-a plus minus obsoletis; tarsis posticis extus sat fortiter sulcatis. Long. 7 lines, lat. 22 lines. A depressed parallel somewhat slender insect, having much the build of the European Adelosia picimanus, Heer. The antenne and tarsi are longer and much more slender than those of £&. lioplewra, Chaud. ; the palpi also are more slender, otherwise the head does not differ noticeably. The prothorax is scarcely a quarter as wide again as it is long down the middle, its base scarcely narrower than its front margin, which is slightly concave, with anterior angles scarcely produced ; the sides are moderately and rather evenly rounded, but so that the prothorax is at its widest just in front of the middle (though less in front of the middle than that of &. liopleura) ; they are not at all sinuate behind ; the hind angles are very obtuse, but not quite rounded, and not in the least ‘subdentate” (as they are in R&. lioplewru, Chaud.) ; the transverse impression on the front of the disc is scarcely marked, the dorsal channel fairly strong but not very nearly reaching either the base or the front margin; there are two well-detined sulci on either side behind, which are not placed in an excavation, but are separated by a space continuous with the general surface of the prothorax ; of these the inner one is 810 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, linear and sharply cut, the outer more obscure and foveiform. On the elytra the 5th, 6th, and 7th strie from the suture are progressively fainter than the preceding four, so that the 7th (though traceable throughout with a good lens) is extremely faint ; in the apical 6th part of the elytra these are as strongly marked as the inner strie, the 5th being at the extreme base also not much feebler than the 4th. The clearly-defined sulcus on the external] side of the hind tarsi is a conspicuous character. The prosternum is not margined between the anterior cox. None of the elytral interstices except the 9th are convex unless slightly so close to the apex. The puncturation of the 9th interstice resembles the same in R&. liopleura. The sculpture of the prosternal episterna is very strong. The species of this genus (or subgenus) are very close to each other and difficult to identify. The Baron de Chaudoir has described one as having the sides of the prothorax not sinuate behind (R. liopleura), and named three other species without describing them (merely pointing out some differences from liopleura in respect of two, and from one of those two in respect ot the third). The Count de Castlenau has also described most of these under different names from those of de Chaudoir, but his descriptions are of little value, the type of the genus which he used for comparison with other species having been stated by de Chaudoir to have been wrongly named. The insect I have just described differs from the description of liopleura (and from specimens which I believe to be that insect) in having the hind angles of the prothorax not in the smallest degree dentate, and the two basal sulci of the same not placed in an excavation, in the external sulcation of the hind tarsi (de Chaudoir gives as a generic character “ hind tarsi generally not sulcate,” and does not mention lioplewra as forming an exception), and in the very much more slender antennz and tarsi. From /’. levilatera, R. sulcatipes differs inter alia in not having the 5th, 6th, and 7th striz on the elytra “altogether obliterated ;’ from &. cyathodera in not having the thorax “much wider and shorter (than that of liopleura) ;’ and from &. misera in being very much larger, with elytra differently striated, &. BY THE REY. T. BLACKBURN. 811 I may say that Baron de Chaudoir’s description of &. liopleura appears to me faulty in calling the sides of the prothorax ‘ not” sinuate behind, and the 7th elytral stria “altogether obliterated.” The former would be better described as ‘scarcely sinuate,” and the latter as “almost obliterated.” I have no doubt of the correctness of this emendation, because the baron states that specimens ticketed F, Australasie in Castelnau’s collection (which species Castelnau speaks of as having the sides of the prothorax sinuate behind) are identical with his liopleura; moreover, Castelnau states that this insect (his F. Australasie, Dej., but, according to Chaudoir, not really that species) is common in South Australia ; and there is a Ahytisternus, the only one common in South Australia, well known to me, which I had purposed describing as new until I noticed this discrepancy between de Chaudoir’s and de Castelnau’s descriptions, but which I now have no doubt is the species that de Chaudoir described as Kiopleura, and that de Castelnau called Feronia Australasie, Dej., and it has the sides of the prothorax slightly sinuate behind, and the 7th -elytral stria, though excessively faint, yet certainly traceable with a good lens. I have specimens of the insect described above from the neighbourhood of Adelaide and from Yorke’s Peninsula; it appears to be rare. PRISTONYCHUS AUSTRALIS, sp.nov. Minus convexus; subnitidus; niger vel piceo-niger ; antennis palpis tarsisque rufo-piceis; elytris subcyaneis ; prothorace postice vix angustato, angulis posticis obtusis, subdentiformibus ; elytris striatis, striis subtiliter punctulatis ; tarsis sat brevibus. [ Long. 7 lines, lat. 22 lines. The head and prothorax are nitid, the former with a strong longitudinal sulcus on either side between the eyes. The pro- thorax is about a quarter again as wide as long, the front margin and base nearly equal in width, the former slightly concave, the latter gently bisinuate; the sides are gently arched in front, and 812 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, lightly sinuate behind the middle; the front angles are feebly defined and rounded, the hind angles obtuse but nearly right angles, with the extreme apex however rounded off, and directed somewhat outward; on the surface the anterior transverse im- pression is strong, the dorsal channel well defined but reaching neither the front margin nor the base, and the basal fovea on either side elongate and extremely deep. The elytra are at their widest behind the middle, their sides gently rounded; they are moderately strongly striated, the striz finely and neither closely nor very noticeably punctulate, the interstices somewhat convex in front, but scarcely so behind ; the abbreviated stria near the scutellum on each elytron is long (about equal to the basal two joints together of the antennz) and very deep, almost foveiform at the apex,—the suture between them being more elevated than behind. The eighth stria bears an irregular row of rather large punctures. Resembles the European P. subcyaneus, Illig., but differs from it inter alia as follows :—the prothorax is much less narrowed behind with the hinder part of its sides much less strongly sinuate, the striation of the elytra is feebler, the tarsi are less elongate and not quite so hairy on the upper surface, and the claws are slightly more crenulate on their inner edge. Port Lincoln, Wallaroo, and near Roseworthy. CYBISTER GRANU LATUS, Sp.nov. QOvalis; depressus; posterius conspicue latior ; minus nitidus ; supra olivaceus, capite antice prothoracisque lateribus testaceis ; elytris crebrius granulatis, margine externo (cum epipleuris) sat late testaceo ; subtus piceus, metathoracis episternis abdominisque lateribus testaceo-maculatis ; pedibus 4 anterioribus testaceis, femoribus anterioribus fusco-maculatis, tibiis intermediis et tarsis anterioribus fusco-testaceis, tarsis intermediis pedibusque posticis piceis ; antennis testaceis. Long. 12 lines, lat. 7 lines (vix). This species is colored almost exactly as the common widely distributed C. tripunctatus, Ol., save that the front tarsi are BY THE REY. T. BLACKBURN. 813: darker, and that the dark color of the hind part of the head is rather strongly and angularly produced in the middle into the testaceous color of the front. Its shape, however, is very different, being very much less convex than that of C. tripwnctatus, with the elytra more dilated behind,—at the widest part behind the middle these are considerably more than half again as wide as at the base,—their sides running in an almost straight line, absolutely from the base, to the widest part and the lateral vitta being of quite even width from base to apex. The head, prothorax, and basal portion of elytra bear a few long irregular scratches. The rows of punctures on the elytra scarcely differ from the same in C. tripunctatus, but the general surface of the elytra is more closely and evidently coriaceous so as to appear much less nitid, and is evenly and rather closely studded with small elevated round pustules which, however, become gradually smaller and _ less elevated from the base to the apex. Immediately within the inner line of punctures, these pustules run in two even parallel rows from the base to the apex, having a narrow smooth space between them. ‘There is some indication of a similar sculpture immediately within the external row of punctures, but these outer rows of pustules leave their line of punctures near the front and bend obliquely acress to the base of the inner rows. Northern Territory of South Australia; taken by Professor Tate. PALPICORN ES. STERNOLOPHUS TENEBRICOSUS, sp.nov. Convexus; minus elongatus; nitidus; niger; antennis, labro antice, palpisque labialibus, rufo-testaceis; supra subtilissime crebre punctulatus ; capite prothorace et elytris punctis majoribus seriatim positis (his capillos subtiles ferentibus) instructis ; pro- thorace antice squaliter emarginato, subtus subtiliter crebre punctulatus, crebre breviter pubescens, [Tong. 54 lines, lat. 23 lines (vix). 814 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, The basal joint of the maxillary palpi is testaceous, the 2nd and 3rd nearly black, with the extreme apices paler, the 4th reddish pitchy ; the anterior tarsi are reddish pitchy. Apart from generic characters, size and color, this insect is so extremely similar to Hydrobiomorpha Tepperi that the description of that species will suffice for it, subject to the following remarks :—the prothorax is evenly emarginate in front, without any bisinuation ; the punctures forming the series on the head, prothorax, and elytra are evidently finer ; and the elytral series are not so regular, the inner four appearing to consist each of two closely adjacent rows confused together, while the series close to the Jateral margin is wanting. The general form also is less elongate. Probably this insect is allied to S. nitidulus, Macl., the description of which is rather brief ; but that species is said to have the palpi red and to have “faint traces of a few rows of punctures on the elytra.” In S. tenebricosus the rows are perfectly well-defined and conspicuous.* Asingle example taken near Palmerston, N.T., by Mr. J. P. Tepper. HyproslomorPHA, gen.nov. (HYDROPHILID2). Mentum antice leviter rotundatum haud sinuatum, angulis anticis vix emarginatis, Mandibula apice bilobata. * Since writing the above I have found in the South Australian Museum a specimen (in wretched condition) which is probably S. nitidulus, Macl. It is extremely like S. tenebricosus, but differs in having the maxillary palpi red, and the sculpture of the elytra faint and running more regularly in single rows. The sternal spine also differs ; in both species it reaches nearly to the apex of the first ventral segment and is pointed behind, but in tenebricosus the point forms the apex of the Jowe edge of the spine (i.e., that nearest to the surface of the body), so that the upper outline of the carina viewed from the side is declivous at the extreme apex ; while in the other species this is reversed and the point forms the apex of the upper edge of the spine, so that the upper outline of the carina viewed from the side is straight to the apex. BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 815: Prosternum (ut in gen. Hydroo) carina elevata& postice spinos4 instructum. Tarsi postici (nec intermedii) vix remiformes. Maris palpi maxillares fortiter dilatati, femine gracillimi. The insects for which I propose this name have very much the appearance of Hydrobius at the first glance. They seem to be to some extent intermediate between M. Lacordaire’s subfamilies Hydrophilides and Hydrobiides, having the continuous sternal keel (free at the apex, which is about level with the hind- most edge of the hind coxe) of the former, with hind tarsi approaching the latter in structure (being narrower and less distinctly remiform than the intermediate tarsi). The following are the leading characters of the genus :—maxillary palpi of male: with the joints (especially the third) dilated, of female very long and slender, their second and 3rd joints nearly equal, the 4th only a little shorter; prothorax in front very strongly bisinuate; antennee very peculiar, 9-jointed, the basal 5 not much different from the same in Hydrophilus ; the 6th joint smooth and shining like the preceding, but forming a kind of saucer on which the 7th joint is laid in such fashion that very little of the 6th joint can be seen from above, and very little of the 7th from beneath; the 7th joint is almost exactly of the shape of the bone of a chicken known as the “merry-thought ;” it (as well as the following two) is Opaque and pubescent, and ciliated with long golden hairs; the 8th joint is attached to the apex of the thicker lobe (which lies flat on the saucer-like 6th joint) of the 7th ; it (the 8th) is very short, and very strongly produced in an upward direction so as almost to meet the apex of the thinner lobe of the 7th ; the apical joint is an arched transverse plate, its upper surface the concave one. The hind body is roundly (not, as in Hydrophilus, angularly) convex down the middle line. The mandibles.end in two lobes, the external one much the shorter and longer ; as far as T can see (without dissection) they are not toothed within. The carinated prosternum, and claws dentate at their base on all the legs, distinguish this genus from Zropisternus ; the latter character distinguishes it from Hydrous and Sternolophus. 816 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, H. Bovitui, sp.nov. Minus convexa; sat elongata; nitida; nigra; clypeo labroque antice rufis; palpis, antennis (in media) et tarsis rufescentibus ; supra subtiliter sat crebre punctulata; capite prothorace et elytris punctis majoribus seriatim positis (his capillos subtiles ferentibus) instructis; subtus subtiliter crebre punctulata, crebre breviter pubescens. Long. 74 lines, lat. 3 lines. The head is moderately wide (across the eyes about two-thirds the width of the prothorax) ; the red anterior margin of both clypeus and labrum is very conspicuous ; the puncturation (which covers it and the rest of the upper surface very evenly) is about equally fine with that of the same parts in the European Hydrous caraboides, L., but is quite evidently less close ; the larger punc- turation is as follows :—a pair of punctures placed transversely in front, and about five placed in a transverse row on either side of the base of the dark part of the clypeus; and on either side an elongate cluster just within the eye, and another curving in a half circle forward from just in front of the eye. The prothorax is at the base quite twice as wide as it is long down the middle, and about half again as wide as its front margin; its anterior angles are well advanced and rather sharp, its hind angles roundly rectangular, and its lateral margins nearly straight; the large punctures run in two series on either side obliquely backward from near the front and about the middle of the lateral margin. The elytra are about three and a half times longer than the pro- thorax, truncate at the base, very gently and arcuately contracted hindward, with humeral angles little marked; the fine lateral margin is continued along the base on either side to the scu- tellum ; the rows of larger punctures run as follows—two rows (very little larger than those of the general surface) near the scutellum on either side, the inner of which in front forks forward into two branches at about twice the distance of the scutellum from the base, and does not reach the apex though both its branches reach the base; then three rows of punctures about BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 817 ‘equal in size to those in the prothoracic series, followed by two rows rather close together near the margin; of these rows the 1st and 3rd are not continuous near the base, and all (especially the lateral ones) are somewhat irregular through some of the punctures being out of line. A single specimen of this very interesting insect has been sent to me by Dr. Bovill, who took it near Palmerston, in the Northern Territory of South Australia. H. TEPPERI, sp.nov. Sat convexa; sat elongata; nitida; nigra, clypeo labroque antice rufis; palpis, antennis (articulis ultimis exceptis), tarsis, non nuilis exemplis femoribus etiam, rufescentibus ; supra subtiliter sat crebre punctulata; capite prothorace et elytris punctis majoribus seriatim positis (his capillos subtiles ferentibus) instructis; subtus sub- tiliter crebre punctulata, crebre breviter pubescens. [ Long. 7 lines, lat. 3 lines. Decidedly more convex than the preceding, and much more parallel-sided, the elytra being quite as wide a little behind the middle as at the base ; the prothorax is not so strongly bisinuate in front; the puncturation of that segment and of the head scarcely differs from the same in Bovilli ; the sculpture of the elytra is very different, as the rows of ‘punctures intermediate in size between the uniform surface punctures and the five rows of much larger punctures are altogether wanting. In all other respects the description of the former insect would apply to this one. Palmerston, N.T. (Mr. J. P. Tepper); also Yam Creek, N.T. (Prof. Tate). Hyprosivus. According to Dr. Sharp (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1884) H. assimilis, Hope, which was founded on a specimen from Port Essington, is a common Australian species and is identical with H. Zealandicus, Broun (from New Zealand). Iam well acquainted with a common and widely distributed (in Southern Australia) species that is 818 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, apparently not separable from the New Zealand insect. Dr. Sharp does not say that he has examined Hope’s type, but I have little doubt he has done so, as the description would hardly suggest the idea of identity with H. Zealandicus. I have seen several. collections from the Northern Territory containing Palpicornes, in none of which were there any examples of the common Southern Australian species, although I have seen a species from that locality very different from it which appeared to me not unlikely to be H. assimilis. Assuming Dr. Sharp to be right in his identification (as I have no doubt he is) I offer the following description of H. assimilis, Hope, as likely to he interesting to Australian students, who certainly are not likely to identify the insect on Hope’s description. H. asstmitis, Hope. Nitidus ; minus elongatus ; piceo-niger; antennis palpis pedi- busque rufescentibus; abdomine rufo-maculato; crebre subtilius punctulatus et punctis majoribus seriatim instructus; elytrorum interstitiis planis ; subtus crebre breviter pubescens. [Long. 43 to 5 lines, lat. 2} to 22 lines. The fine evenly-distributed puncturation of the upper surface is decidedly finer than in the European H. fuscipes, Linn. ; a row of larger punctures runs across the labrum, another (arched and interrupted in the middle) across the clypeus, and a third curves round the inner margin and front of each eye. On either side of the prothorax two similar lines run from the margin inwards,—one in front of, the other behind, the middle. On thie elytra a sutural stria commences faintly about the middle and runs back deepening to the apex: outside this there are nine rows of punctures similar to those of the thoracic series which are obsolete in front (especially those near the suture), but become strongly defined behind ; between the 1st and 2nd, 3rd and 4th, 5th and 6th, 7th and 8th of these, and outside the 9th, there is in each case an irregular row of still larger punctures. The red marks on the hind body are not at all conspicuous and consist of BY THE REY. T. BLACKBURN. 819 a small spot on either side close to the margin on each of the basal four segments. The metasternum is roundly convex as in H. fuscipes ; the meso- and pro-sterna are acutely carinate as in HH. oblongus, Hbst., moderately long cilia springing from each carina. The general form is longer and more parallel than in H. fuscipes, with the anterior angles of the prothorax less defined. A variable insect. The following is, so far as I have seen, about the extreme of its variety :—a little smaller thar the type; color a deeper black ; no red markings on the underside ; the punctura- tion throughout a little less close ; the rows of punctures better defined, all being clearly traceable to the base; the interstices quite strongly convex in their posterior third part. It is possible this may be a good species. Common in South Australia. H. MACER, sp.nov. Nitidus ; angustus; convexus; elongatus; olivaceo-niger; antennis palpis pedibusque rufis; prothorace elytrisque anguste testaceo- marginatis ; crebre subtiliter punctulatus et punctis majoribus seriatim instructus ; elytrorum interstitiis planis ; subtus crebre breviter pubescens, piceo-ferrugineus, obscure rufo-maculatus. [Long. 4 lines, lat. 14 lines. The description of H. Australis might be read to apply to this species in all respects except color and shape, the sculpture of the segments presenting no noticeable difference. It is, however, a notably narrower, more convex, and more parallel insect, with elytra very little less than twice as long as together they are wide, while those of Australis are scarcely half again as long as wide. A single specimen in my collection, from Victoria; exact locality not known. PARACYMUS. Dr. Sharp (loc. cit.) mentions that he has seen in the collection made by the Count de Castelnau examples of Hydrobius (Para- cymus) nitidiusculus, Broun (a species described on New Zealand 820 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, specimens), which came from Australia. I have met with a species which agrees very fairly with Captain Broun’s description, and as the insect has not yet been described in any Australian publication, the following will probably be of interest to Austra- lian readers. I may add that I can discover only eight joints in the antennee of this and the two following species, which would associate them with P. wneus, Germ., a species for which Dr. Sharp has pointed out in the Ent. M. Mag. (Vol. xxi., p. 112), that a new generic name may be necessary on account of this character. It should be noted also that the two species I have named Lindi and sublineatus will probably eventually be considered generically distinct from all their allies yet described, since they differ from Paracymus in the tendency of the elytral puncturation to run in rows, in the absence of a prosternal keel, and in the shape of the mesosternal keel, which is very peculiar indeed ; on the front half of the mesosternum it is non-existent, but in the hinder (almost perpendicular) portion the external margin seems to be formed by a keel which also runs round the rather wide base, and emits from the middle of the latter a central keel which runs forward (down the declivity of the mesosternum) for a short distance. Hence, viewed from above the mesosternum seems to rise from the general surface (not as in Paracymus as a sharp point, but) in the form of a transverse ridge, which (on account of the convexity of the mesosternum) is of a curved shape, its convex side being turned forward. The general resemblance to Anacena as well as the inclination towards that genus of the structural peculiarities sug- gests the probability that other forms intermediate between Paracymus and Anacena may yet be discovered; I therefore think it better for the present to regard these insects as forming merely a section of Paracymus; to which for convenience of reference the name Paranacena might suitably be applied. P. niTipiuscutus, Broun. Breviter oblongus; sat convexus; nitidus; supra eneus ; antennis (clava picea excepta), palpis, marginibus lateralibus, et pedibus, plus minus rufescentibus ; zequaliter minus fortiter, minus BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 821 crebre, punctulatus; elytris (strié suturali antice abbreviata excepta) haud striatis; subtus niger, subtiliter coriaceus, brevis- sime pubescens. Long. 14-12 lines, lat. 2 line. There is a considerable variation in the distinctness of the ferru- ginous tone of the lateral margins of the prothorax and elytra, and in the color of the legs, which are almost black in some speci- mens. This insect scarcely differs specifically from the European Faracymus nigro-eneus, Sahl., except in respect of its punctura- tion, which is considerably finer and scarcely so close. Appears to be common in South Australia ; I have it, or have seen it, from Port Lincoln, York’s Peninsula and various localities near Adelaide; I have taken it in Western Victoria also. P. (Paranacena) LInDI, sp.nov. Breviter oblongus ; sat convexus ; nitidus; supra nigro-fuscus ; capite ad latera ante oculos, palpis, antennis, marginibus later- alibus, et pedibus plus minus dilutioribus; capite subtilius cerebre, prothorace sparsius etiam subtilius, elytris fortius vix sublineatim nec crebre, punctulatis; his (stria suturali antice abbreviata excepta) haud striatis; subtus niger, subtiliter cori- aceus, brevissime pubescens. Long. 12 lines, lat. 3 line. The color varies from that above described to an almost uniform pale brown with the paler parts nearly testaceous. Extremely like the European Anacena variabilis, Shp., in general appearance but differing from it, znter alia, in the evidently stronger and more sparing puncturation of the elytra and in the tendency (evident though slight) of the same to run in rows. Port Lincoln. P. (PARANACENA) SUBLINEATUS, sp.nov. Breviter oblongus ; sat convexus ; nitidus; supra niger ; antennis (clava excepta), palpis, marginibus lateralibus, et pedibus, plus minus rufescentibus ; capite prothoraceqve vix evidenter, elytris 822 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, sublineatim minus fortiter nec crebre, punctulatis; his (stria suturali antice abbreviata excepta) haud striatis ; subtus niger, subtiliter coriaceus, brevissime pubescens. Long. 14 lines, lat. 2 line (vix). * Not very much like any other species known to me. Its general appearance at the first glance is much that of an Anacena, but on closer inspection the very feebly punctured head and prothorax, and the very evident tendency of the elytral puncturation to run in rows, give it a distinctive character among its allies. I have seen only a single specimen, and have little doubt that a long series would show as much color variation as in the preceding. Roseworthy, 8. Australia. PHILHYDRUS LEVIGATUS, Sp.nov. Ovalis ; nitidus; brunneus, capite obscuriore, prothoracis disco et elytrorum sutura infuscatis; antennis palpisque testaceis ; his apice vix infuscatis ; capite prothoraceque subtilissime, elytris subtiliter, punctulatis ; subtus niger, pedibus rufis, femoribus vix infuscatis Long. 14 lines, lat. ? line. The head is of a dark pitchy color, the clypeus (especially at the sides) paler; the prothorax has a large obscure fuscous cloud in the middle of the disc; the elytra are infuscate along the suture and at a short distance within the margins. In size, shape and coloring of elytra, this species resembles the European P. marginellus, Fab., but the head and prothorax (as also the palpi, antenne, and legs) are quite differently colored, and the punctura- tion of all parts is very much finer; the puncturation (especially that of the head and prothorax) can scarcely be discerned at all under a less powerful lens than a Coddington. There is no indication whatever of any striz on the elytra except the sutural one, which is wanting in the anterior third part. I took a single specimen in Western Victoria; there is also a specimen in the Scuth Australian Museum, taken by Mr. Tepper BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 823 at Border Town, in which the ground color is paler but more suffused with brownish, so that the dark suture is less con- spicuous, Hypropaticus AUSTRALIS, sp.nov. Ovalis; minus convexus; minus nitidus; brunneus, fusco- umbratus ; prothorace antice quam postice sat evidenter angus- tiori ; crebre sat fortiter duplo-punctulatus ; elytris obscure striato- punctulatis. Long. 24 lines, lat. 14 lines. Head almost wholly testaceous; clypeal suture well defined ; front of clypeus decidedly emarginate; surface of head strongly and not very closely punctured; labrum black; palpi and antenne testaceous, the latter with the club dusky. Prothorax considerably wider than long (as 5 to 3), narrowed from base to apex with gently curved sides; base about half again as wide as apex, the former nearly straight, the latter slightly emarginate ; hind angles slightly marked, obtuse; front angles quite rounded off; surface reddish testaceous with some fuscous markings the most conspicuous of which are two longitudinal lines placed in the hinder half one on either side of the middle, closely and rather strongly punctured (the punctures of different sizes con- fusedly mixed together). Elytra rounded at the apex, each with about 10 rows of punctures placed in scarcely impressed striz, the punctures very closely packed in the rows; the interstices quite flat and confusedly studded with punctures similar to those in the rows, and also (in about equal numbers) with much smaller punctures. The underside is black, very minutely and closely punctured ; the femora are black, the tibize and tarsi reddish. Somewhat variable in color. I have seen specimens, which I cannot separate specifically, with the legs and the whole upper surface testaceous except the two dark lines on the prothorax which are equally well defined in all the specimens I have seen, and therefore more conspicuous in the lighter-colored examples. Apparently common throughout South Australia; I have it also from Victoria. ee. eS — ll i OS eS Te 824 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, N.B.—This insect no doubt resembles ZH. tristis, Macl., and luridus, Macl., (from Queensland), but differs ia having the thorax decidedly wider at the base than in front, and doubtless in other particulars. Mr. Macleay has done me the favor of looking at this insect and informing me that it is distinct from the two he has described. HyGroropHus nutans, Macl. I should say that M. Fairemaire is quite mistaken in thinking that his Berosus externespinosus is identical with this insect. I have specimens before me which I believe to. be H. nutans. From the description it would appear to be a much smaller insect than B. externespinosus, and covered with pubes- cence. If I am right in my identification I cannot regard the verticality of the head or the rounded basal outline of the thorax as a satisfactory generic character. The former depends much on accident (I have specimens of typical Berosus before me with the head so declivous as to be quite vertical), and the latter is a mere question of degree. At the same time the insect has a very distinctive appearance, and does not seem at home in Berosus. Structurally I can see very little to distinguish it, but its hind tarsi much narrower on their widest face than their tibiz, together with the dense pubescence of the elytra, and the transverse nature of - the prothoracic sculpture are very noticeable characters. In the specimens before me the thorax is uot much more rounded behind than that of some species of Berosus. I believe the genus to be a good one. BEROSUS MAJUSCULUS, sp.nov. Oblongo-ovatus ; convexus ; supra testaceus ; palpis apice, capite postice, prothoracis disco, et elytris, plus minus fusco-nigro-notatis ;. subtus (capite antice, prosterno in parte, abdomine nonnullis exemplis postice, et pedibus, pallidis exceptis) niger ; capite pro- thoraceque fortius minus crebre punctulatis ; elytris apice emargi- natis, punctulato-striatis, interstitiis planis subtilius nec crebre punctulatis. Long 24-4 lines, lat. 1-12 line. BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 825 Compared with the European B. spinosus this insect is more elongate (with the elytra at their widest very evidently behind the middle and much more elongated to a point behind), the punctura- tion of the head and thorax is a little finer and not nearly so close, and the striz on the elytra are a little stronger. The color is rather variable; the head is usually yellowish- brown, becoming darker behind, but in some examples the clypeus is pale lemon yellow and in others there is hardly any posterior infuscation ; the prothorax is yellowish-brown, generally with an elongate dark vitta on either side of the middle; the elytra are very pale fuscous, clouded with a much darker tinge, except along the lateral margins and at the apex,—generally to such an extent that the ground colour is more or less overborne, the darker shade here and there forming rather distinct large blotches. The sculpture of the elytra is quite uniform, not becoming feebler either laterally or apically. The elytra are drawn out considerably at the apex, the apex itself being more or less strongly emarginate, the sides of the emargination being about equal and more or less sharply pointed. The underside is rugosely finely and very closely, but not deeply, punctured. A carina runs along each of the sterna; on the metasternum, however, it is very feeble and is cleft to form the sides of a small smooth central slit ; the elevated flattened central space of the metasternum is very well defined and sharply pointed behind, its point projecting considerably between the hind cox. In the female the hind body of dried specimens is of very small size, its plane is very much below that of the metasternum not filling up a quarter of the space included in the cavity of the elytra, its apex bears two long testaceous filaments, its ventral segments are of even length (or nearly so) all across, and the antepenultimate is about the same width as the penul- timate. Iu the male the hind body is much larger and has no apical filaments, its third and fourth ventral segments are much longer at the sides than in the middle, and the fifth is very much longer in the middle than the fourth, the hind margin of the fifth segment, moreover, being raised into a prominence on either side of the middle, and each of these prominences running backward 826 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, on the segment as a scarcely defined carina, the intervening space being flattened. The base of the femora is sculptured as in the following species, but the part so sculptured being unicolorous with the rest of the surface, is less noticeable. Two Australian species of Berosus with elytra apically emarginate have been previously described, Australie, Muls., and externespinosus, Fairm. B. majusculus differs inter alia from the former of these by the striz and puncturation of its elytra being even over the whole surface (or perhaps slightly stronger near the apex), from the latter by the equality of the apical points of the elytra (which, however, may be a variable character) and by its unicolorous legs. Widely distributed in South Australia ; I have seen specimens from Port Lincoln, Adelaide, and Sedan. B. GRAVIS, sp.nov. Oblongo-ovatus; convexus; supra testaceus; palpis apice summo, capite postice prothoracis disco, et elytris, plus minus fusco- nigro-notatis ; subtus (capite, et prosterni lateribus, pallidis exceptis) piceus vel nigro-fuscus; capite antice sparsius subtilius postice gradatim crebrius fortius, prothorace fortius etiam sparsius, punctulatis ; elytris apice emarginatis, punctulato-striatis, inter- stitiis planis subtilius nec crebre punctulatis; pedibus testaceis femoribus 4 posterioribus basi nigris. [ Long. 33-4} lines, lat. 13-2 lines, This fine large species is closely allied to B. majusculus from which it scarcely differs in the color and markings of the upper surface. On the underside its entirely testaceous head and the four hinder femora nearly black in their basal two-thirds dis- tinguish it. In respect of sculpture the front part of the head is much more finely punctured than in 4. majusculus, the remainder of the sculpture presenting little distinction. The head is pro- portionately much narrower-and more elongate. In the male the dilated joints of the anterior tarsi are much wider, and the surface BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 827 and hind margin of the 5th ventral segment are quite simple. In the females that I have seen the apical filaments are wanting, but they may have been accidentally broken off. From B. Austrahe, Muls., this insect may be known by its elytral sculpture not becoming feebler near the apex ; and from B. externespinosus, Fairm., by the two apical spines of each elytron being about equally developed. In various localities in South Australia, Finniss River, Murray Bridge, We. B. DECIPIENS, sp.nov. Oblongo-ovatus ; convexus; supra testaceus, palpis apice vix infuscatis ; prothorace fusco-irrorato, antice vix infuscato ; elytris fusco-irroratis et maculatis; subtus ferrugineus, femoribus ab- domineque fusco-notatis ; capite prothoraceque equaliter sparsim sat subtiliter punctulatis; elytris apice leviter emarginatis, punctulato-striatis, interstitiis planis sat fortiter punctulatis. [ Long. 34 lines, lat. 12 line. Resembles 5. majusculus, but with the puncturation of the head and prcthorax very much finer and more sparing. The punctures are of a fuscous color, but otherwise those parts are almost unicolorous. The sculpture of the elytra is scarcely feebler near the apex than in front; their apex is only minutely emarginate, with the sides of the emargination scarcely spiniform (probably a variable character), and their infuscation is very undefined, show- ing no tendency to be concentrated into a fascia. On the underside the punctured part of the femora is infuscate, and the segments of the hind body are transversely marked with blackish-brown. The specimen before me is a female, and presents no very conspicuous sexual character that I can find beyond the slenderness of the front tarsi. The fine sparing puncturation of the head and prothorax (a little finer on the clypeus but otherwise even in distribution and intensity) seems the most distinctive character of this insect amongst those of its Australian allies that have the elytra emarginate at the apex. From B. Australie, Muls., (in the ‘description of which the puncturation of those parts is not 828 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES,. mentioned), it seems to differ widely in color and markings, also in having (so far as the example before me is concerned) the elytra not distinctly spined at the apex, and strive 4-6 of the elytra not differing from the rest. Taken in the Northern Territory of South Australia by Mr. J. P. Tepper. B. DUPLO-PUNCTATUS, sp.nov. Ovatus; sat brevis; fortiter convexus ; supra fuscus, capite et prothoracis disco wneis, cupreo vel aureo micantibus, elytris nigro punctulatis et maculatis; subtus niger, palpis (apice excepto), antennis, pedibus (femoribus 4 posticis basi exceptis), et prosterni lateribus, testaceis; capite prothoraceque rugose fortiter crebre (huic interstitiis subtiliter perspicue) punctulatis ; elytris apice rotundatis, fortiter crenato-striatis, interstitiis sub- convexis subfortiter nec crebre punctulatis. [ Long. 24-3 lines, lat. 11-13 line. An extremely convex species ; viewed from the side the elytra appear considerably more than half as high (7.¢., from the level of the lateral margin to thut of the suture) as long. The blotches on each elytron are as follows : one on the shoulder, two down the suture almost touching it, and one near the lateral margin, but in some examples they are ill-defined, and in some examples some of them are wanting; the striz and punctures on the elytra are blackish. Compared with the European B&. luridus, Linn., this species is even more convex (especially about the hinder part of the elytra), its head and prothorax are more coarsely punctured, its scutellum is more elongate, and the elytral interstices are a little move convex. It differs from B. luridus also in the absence of any raised line on the prothorax, and in the presence on that segment of a system of very distinct (though small) punctures interspersed among the larger ones. ‘The puncturation of the underside is close and fine, but rugose. The sternal keel is trace- able only on the mesosternum (which is more declivous than in B. luridus), where, however, it is extremely sharply elevated, its hinder elge being truncated and standing out between the inter- mediate legs much above the level of their cox (a similar were A BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 829: structure but less developed is seenin B luridus). The flattened space on the middle of the metasternum is somewhat trapezoidal, having its narrowest end directed backwards, but not at all passing the front margin of the hind coxe, and bearing a large fovea in the ‘centre. The basal third part of the lower face of the four posterior and (obsoletely of the anterior) femora (as in B. luridus) is nearly black and is opaque, densely and very finely punctulate, and minutely pubescent. My three specimens are of the same sex, apparently female; the 5th ventral segment is widely and somewhat squarely emarginate at the apex, each side of the emargination forming a strong spine; the 6th segment is barely discernible, projecting from the crenulated base of the emargination. Probably allied to B. ovipennis, Fairm., (from Queensland), but much larger, without elevated or impressed lines on the head, with elytral interstices not flat, &c., &c. Adelaide and Port Lincoln. B. DISCOLOR, sp.nov. Oblongo-ovatus; convexus; supra testaceus; capite et pro- thoracis macula postica nigro-viridibus, elytris fusco-maculatis ; subtus niger; palpis (apice infuscato excepto), antennis, pro- sterni lateribus, et pedibus testaceis ; capite rugulose subtilius confertim, »rothorace fortius sparsius haud rugulose, punctulatis ; elytris minus fortiter punctulato-striatis, interstitiis planis confuse sparsius punctulatis, apice leviter spinoso. [Long. 2 lines, lat. 1 line (vix). In my type of this insect the prothorax is yellowish testaceous, while the color of the elytra inclines to pale fuscous. The spot on the prothorax is transverse, and occupies the middle third part of the surface being about half as long as the whole segment, and placed just in front of (but not touching) the base. On each elytron there is an elongate fuscous spot on the first interstice at about a quarter of its length from the base, a larger and blacker 830 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, one spreading out on the 2nd interstice a little less than half-way from the former to the apex, and a third close to the lateral margin at about half its length ; the punctures and strie are dark fuscous or black. The puncturation of the head is rugulose but very fine and close (much more so than in B. duplopunctatus), that of the prothorax smooth and neither strong nor close (not unlike that of £. majusculus). The elytral sculpture resembles that of B. majus- culus, except that the interstices are much more closely punctured ; the whole organs too are considerably less drawn out towards the apex than in that species, the apex itself being not emarginate but produced in a short sharp spine, The underside of the male closely resembles that of 2. majusculus, except in having the whole undersurface of the head black or nearly so, and the hind margin of the metasternum less produced backward. The palpi are not narrowly tipped with black as they are in 4. majusculus, but are rather strongly infuscate in the apical two-thirds of the last joint. I possess a single example (also a male) from the same locality as that described above, which differs from the type in being slightly smaller, and of darker color, with a somewhat foveiform impression at the middle of the clypeal suture, and also in being somewhat more coarsely sculptured throughout, the elytral inter- stices especially being less flat and more strongly punctured ; as the specimen is not in very good condition and the differences are all rather slight, | abstain from besiowing a new name upon it, but I think it can hardly be regarded as a mere variety of B. discolor. The unispinose apex of the elytra will distinguish B. discolor from all the hitherto described Australian species of Berosus, unless it be B. sticticus, Fairm., the elytra of which are stated to be “obtusely acuminate behind ;’ but even if this expression indicates a similarity in the apex of the elytra, the head of B. sticticus is said to be “ almost impunctate in front” while that of B. discolor is punctured over its whole surface more closely than in any other Berosus known to me. Port Lincoln. BY THE REV. T, BLACKBURN. 831 B. FLINDERSI, sp.nov. Oblongo-ovatus ; convexus ; supra testaceus, capite prothacisque disco zneis vel nigrozneis ; elytris fuscis nigro maculatis ; subtus niger, palpis (apice anguste nigro excepto), antennis, prothoracis lateribus et pedibus testaceis ; capite prothoraceque crebrius sat fortiter punctulatis ; elytris fortiter punctulato-striatis, interstitiis subconvexis fortius nec crebre punctulatis, apice sat acutis. [Long. 13 line, lat. + line. I have examined many specimens of this insect without finding any tendency to vary in size. The brassy spot on the prothorax occupies the whole disc save that the anterior margin, or base, or both, may be narrowly testaceous. The black spots on the elytra are placed much as in 4, discolor, but generally that near the lateral margin is alone conspicuous, the others being almost lost in a fuscous cloudiness that suffuses the entire disc. The head and prothorax are rather evenly and moderately strongly and closely punctured ; the latter bears traces of the basal end of a longitudinal channel, and the former is a little foveated at the middle of the clypeal suture. The striz on the elytra are nearly as deep as, and the interstices not much less convex than, those of B. duplopunc- tatus, the latter being punctured scarcely less strongly than the prothorax. Iy the male the fifth ventral segment is somewhat roundly truncate, in the female it is roundly emarginate in a some- what upward direction, and two filaments (broken off in most examples) project from the apex of the very small sixth segment. In both sexes there appears to be a very minute tiiangular excision in the middle of the apical margin ot the fifth segment. The resemblance of this insect to the European B. luridus is extremely close. It is much smaller and somewhat more elongate, and less convex. In color and sculpture there is scarcely any difference except that the punctures in the elytral striz are smaller and closer. The sexual characters, however, ditter considerably, and the mesosternal carina is of somewhat even prominence, not raised up at the hinder apex (as it is in B. dwridus) into a free erect process. The femora are sculptured at their base as in B. duplo- punctatus, 832 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, The species of Berosus described by M. Fairemaire, are all said to have their elytra either “ emarginate,” or ‘‘obtuse” at the apex, with one exception,—B8. sticticws,—in which however the front of the head is said to be impunctate (“lisse”). Not rare near Port Lincoln. B. SIMULANS, sp.nov. Oblongo-ovatus; convexus; supra testaceus; capite pro- thoracisque macula nigro-gneis, elytris vix fusco-maculatis ; subtus niger, antennis palpis pedibusque testaceis: capite crebre, prothorace sparsius, fortiter punctulatis ; elytris sat fortiter striatis, striis punctis magnis nec profundis instructis, interstitiis vix convexis fortiter nec crebre punctulatis, apicibus separatim spinoso-acuminatis. Long. J} line, lat. $ line (vix). Resembles the preceding, but the head is more, and the pro- thorax less, closely punctured. The punctures in the elytral striz are long and shallow. In the example before me the elytra are separately pointed in the form of a small acute spine, but the value of this character is doubtful, as I find some variety in the form of the apex of the elytra in most species of Berosus of which I have seen numerous specimens. In one specimen of B. Flindersi the apex of one elytron is much more acute than that of the other. The example before me is a male; it is pinned in such fashion that I cannot bring a strong lens to bear on its ventral segments, but as far as I can see the 5th ventral segment is gently emarginate, the middle of the emargination being thickened, and its sides slightly pointed. The palpi are entirely testaceous, while in B. Flindersi they are conspicuously infuscate at the apex. The dark mark on the prothorax is not very sharply defined and occu- pies the hinder half of the disc—but is probably variable. In the Adelaide University Museum ; taken in fresh water near Rivoli Bay. Hyprocuus ADELAIDA, sp.nov. Sat elongatus ; brunneus, capite prothoraceque obscurioribus, palpis (apice excepto) antennis pedibusque testaceis, tarsorum BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 833 apice nigro ; capite prothoraceque fortiter rugulose punctulatis ; hoc vix inequali; elytris crasse profunde seriatim punctulatis, interstitiis vix conspicuis. Long. 2 lines (vix), lat. 3 line. The clypeus is nearly black, shining and not very closely, strongly or roughly punctured, the clypeal suture fairly defined and a little angulous behind, the hinder part of the head obscurely and very roughly punctured. The prothorax is punctured as the hinder part of the head; it is slightly wider than long, nearly twice as wide in front as behind, its sides are gently rounded in the front two-thirds, nearly straight behind, and owing to the coarseness of the sculpture they appear to be strongly crenulate ; the surface bears a vague elongate impression on either side near the posterior angles with an obscure rounded impression close in front of its anterior end. The elytra are at their widest behind the middle; their shoulders are quite rounded off; their sculpture cousists of ten rows of round deep fovez, the fovee near the base, apex and lateral margins smaller than the rest; the rows are not very regular and the intervals between them are not longitudinally continuous, being in width and prominence similar to those separating fovea from fovea in the rows; the sutural line is very elevated. I know no other species closely resembling this, but in order to make a comparison I may say that, placed beside the European H. angustatus, Germ., independently of color, the prothorax is wider in front and shorter, and the elytra are much wider behind with very much less regular and coarser puncturation. JT havea single specimen taken in the River Torrens near Adelaide. H. REGULARIS, sp.nov. Elongatus ; brunneus, capite prothoraceque obscurioribus, an- tennis pedibusque brunneo-testaceis, tarsorum apice piceis ; capite prothoraceque fortiter rugulose punctulatis ; hoc inaquali ; elytris fortiter seriatim punctulatis, interstitiis manifeste notatis. [Long. 12 lines, lat. 2 line. 834 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, The whole of the head is uniformly punctured, and there is a well-defined narrow longitudinal furrow between the eyes. The prothorax is much more coarsely and less closely punctured than the head; it is decidedly transverse and not very much wider in front than behind ; its sides are only slightly rounded in front, scarcely sinuate behind, and with very little appearance of crenu- lation ; its surface is uneven in a manner very difficult to define, —from the centre of the base an obscure rib runs forward about a third the length of the segment, and then forks into two branches which run obliquely for a short distance towards the anterior angles and then turn towards the front margin and fade into the general surface, from the point where they turn forward a similar rib being given off on either side which runs back in a slight curve nearly to the base half-way between the central rib and the posterior angles; the spaces among and immediately outside all these ribs are obscurely depressed. The elytra are very slightly at their widest behind the middle; their anterior margin is very strongly defined, their suture strongly elevated ; each of them bears ten very regular rows of square, and deep, but not very large punctures, the intervals between the rows being well defined, the intervals outside the middle a little the most conspicuous. Compared with the preceding this is a narrower and more parallel species, with defined inequalities on the prothorax, and elytra very much more finely punctured, the punctures in even rows and the interstices between the rows regular. The elytral sculpture is not unlike that of H. angustatus, Germ., but the interstices between the rows are narrower and more defined. I have a specimen of this insect from Murray Bridge, and another from Western Victoria. H. Vicrort&, sp.nov. Sat elongatus ; piceus, antennis, palpis pedibusque dilutioribus, tarsorum apice nigris; capite prothoraceque fortiter rugulose punctulatis ; hoc vix inequali; elytris fortiter confuse sculptur- atis, interstitiis alternis sat fortiter elevatis. [ Long. 12 lines, lat. 3 line. BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 835 The head and prothorax are coarsely and very rugosely sculp- tured, the clypeal suture fairly defined, the prothorax with an ill-defined impression across the middle, which widens into a vague fovea on either side. The prothorax is equally long and wide, its front margin nearly twice as wide as its base, its sides strongly rounded, their edges (owing to the coarseness of the sculpture) appearing crenulate. The elytra are considerably dilated to behind the middle; their puncturation is very ill-defined, owing to the roughness and irregular elevation of the interstices between puncture and puncture in the rows which almost obliterate the interstices between the lst and 2nd, 3rd and 4th, &v., rows; the interstices between the 2nd and 3rd, 4th and 5th, &., rows are well-defined and keel-like in front, but become fainter behind, that between the 4th and 5th being the strongest and most continuous; the sutural line is well elevated. A very distinct species. The punctures in the rows on the elytra are about the same size as in H. regularis, but are very much less distinct, the spaces between the raised alternate interstices appearing irregularly transversely ribbed (or from some points of view almost tuberculate) rather than distinctly biseri- ately punctulate. I have two specimens taken at Ararat, Victoria. OcHTHEBIUS AUSTRALIS, sp.nov. Sat latus; nitidus; antennis, palpis, pedibus et prothoracis marginibus plus minus testaceis; capite et prothorace fortiter ineequalibus vix perspicue punctulatis; elytris fortiter equaliter punctulato-striatis. Long. #-1 line, lat. ;3,-2 line. The clypeal suture is arched and very deep; the portion of the head behind it is sculptured in such fashion that there appear to be (when looked at from directly in front) a raised space at each corner and another in the centre, into which the surface is divided by extremely deep channels. The prothorax is decidedly trans- verse, of equal width in front and behind, with srtongly explanate 54 836 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, margins, the margin on either side of nearly even width and scarcely narrower than half the width of the disc ; the middle of the disc is occupied by a very strong dorsal channel, on either side of which an equally strong impression runs from close to its base obliquely forward to about the middle of the lateral ridge of the disc ; there is also a strong foveiform impression on either side just within the anterior corner of the disc; the surface of the explanate margins is noticeably but less definedly uneven ; their hinder third part (or rather more) is membranous ; their outline (inclusive of that of the membrane) is gently and evenly convex ; the anterior angles are well-marked, sharp, and minutely pointed forward ; the hinder angles of the membrane are scarcely defined. The surface of the elytra is not quite even and is marked with well-defined coarsely punctate strize, which are scarcely enfeebled behind ; the interstices are moderately convex and impunctate, the apex of the elytra is moderately pointed. The underside is rather shining, and I cannot find that it bears any distinct puncturation. I do not observe any notable sexual differences in the structure of the ventral segments. No Avstralian species of this genus has been described hitherto, so far as 1 know. Of European species O. bicolon, Germ., is the one that O. Australis seems more particularly to resemble. Com- pared with it (apart from the difference in size), the maxillary palpi of O. Australis are much shorter and less stout, the in- equalities on its head and prothorax are more strongly defined, its prothorax is not (or scarcely) punctulate, the sculpture of the elytra continues, without becoming obsolete, to the apex. I have taken this little insect in the River Tod near Port Lincoln and in the Torrens near Adelaide. Hyprana TorRENSI, sp.nov. Oblonga, postice minus dilatata ; supra obscure livida, capite piceo ; clypeo subtiliter, capite postice prothoraceque sat fortiter, punctulatis; hoc transversim et longitudinaliter biimpresso ; ad BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 837 elytris subtiliter striato-punctulatis (striis, nec puncturis, postice obsoletis) apice separatim acuminatis; subtus nigra, antennis palpis pedibusque lividis. Long. 1 line, lat. 2 line. The difference between the puncturation of the clypeus and of the rest of the head is very noticeable. There is an obscure longitudinal depression on either side between the eyes. The head behind the clypeal suture is punctured very similarly to the prothorax, rather coarsely and deeply but not very closely. The prothorax is decidedly transverse by measurement, but to the eye only very slightly so, its front margin decidedly narrower than its base; its puncturation (especially when viewed obliquely from the side) seems to run in longitudinal wrinkles; two transverse depressions run from one lateral margin to the other, dividing the surface into three nearly equal spaces; a transverse depression also runs obliquely from just within the posterior angle on either side to the front margin, so that the entire surface is divided by these four depressions into nine spaces, of which the three down the middle are much larger than the rest; the sides are moderately arched, their greatest divergence from each other being behind the middle, where they are angulated rather than regularly rounded ; the anterior corners of the prothorax are rectangular, and not at all produced forward ; the basal angles are similar, but perhaps a trifle sharper. The elytra are finely and closely, but very distinctly, punctulate-striate, and furnished with fine and obscure pubescence which runs in rows along the strize; the interstices are flat or nearly so, and do not show any defined puncturation under a Coddington lens; the striz fail near the apex, but the puncturation continues of even intensity, though it becomes somewhat confused. The underside is opaque and minutely coriaceous, the hind body covered with minute obscure pubescence. If I have both sexes the sexual differences are slight. The basal four ventral segments are short and equal, the fifth much longer. The latter is traversed by a very fine arched keel which commences on either side of the apex, and runs backward in a curve so as almost to 838 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, touch the apex of the fourth segment in the middle. In what I regard as the female there is a very small sixth segment bearing two short apical setze; in the other sex (as I take it to be) this segment is a little larger and without apical sete, but these differences may be accidental. This species appears to be somewhat variable ; I possess speci- mens differing from the type described in having the puncturation of the prothorax considerably obliterated on the middle of the disc, and the angulate appearance of the sides of the same segment only feeble. Probably allied to the Queensland H. acutipennis, Fairm., but differing from it considerably in the sculpture of the prothorax, in having the part of the head behind the clypeal suture punctured similarly to the prothorax, and in having the elytral striz not “‘scarcely growing obsolete at the apex,” but altogether disappearing before the apex. From #H. luridipennis, Macl., it seems to differ in having the thorax transverse with its angles not acute. Placed beside the European H. angustata, Sturm, the general form is shorter and broader, the prothorax is evidently more transverse with its surface rendered much more uneven by transverse and longitudinal depressions, the elytral striz much more obsolete behind, and the elytra separately pointed instead of being rounded off. The puncturation does not differ much. Near Adelaide ; in the river Torrens. N.B.—In the South Australian Museum there is a specimen of Hydrena, taken in Victoria by Mr. Tepper, which I refer with some doubt to this species. The elytra appear a little more strongly striated in front, and at the apex are much less acute, being separately rownded rather than distinctly acuminate. The hind tibize, moreover, are bisinuate on their inner edge; this latter may be merely a sexual character. In all other respects the two insects seem to be quite identical. BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 839 VOLVULUS PUNCTATUS Sp.nov.* Elliptico-ovalis ; sat nitidus ; niger ; antennis, palpis et pedibus anticis testaceis ; pedibus 4 posterioribus et abdominis lateribus plus minus rufescentibus; capite subtilius minus crebre, prothorace subtilius (disco sparsim, lateribus crebre), elytris fortius (disco sparsim, lateribus crebre) punctulatis ; elytrorum margine leviter bisinuato. Long. 2+ lines, lat. 14 lines. Compared with V. scaphiformis, Fairm., (I have little doubt that my specimen is correctly referred to it; it is certainly at least very closely allied) the color of the present insect has no metallic tinge, the shape is very much wider and more rounded on the sides, the elytra are without any trace of the striz except a sutural stria in the hinder half, and the edge of the elytra is lightly bisinuate instead of being gently concave along the whole length. There are several specimens in the South Australian Museum, but without any record of particulars of capture. CycLonotum AUSTRALE, sp.nov. Late ovatum; nigrum; antennis, palpis, tarsisque piceis vel rufescentibus ; creberrime punctulatum; elytris stria suturali impressa. Long. 3 lines (vix), lat. 12 lines. The resemblance of this species to the common European C’. orbiculare, Fab., is so close that it would seem to be sufficiently described by the statement that it is much larger than that insect, with the palpi of a paler, and the legs of a darker, color, and the puncturation of the elytra slightly finer. Mr. Macleay has done me the favor of comparing it with his C. Mastersi, and tells me that it is a larger insect than his, and that its puncturation is coarser. * In some respects (e.g. the very deep insertion of the prothorax in the front emargination of the elytra) this insect seems referable to Globaria, but it has not the pencil of long hairs at the apex of the hind tibiz which are said to be characteristic of that genus. 840 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, Probably widely distributed in South Australia, but apparently not common. I have taken it near Adelaide, and it has been taken near Port Lincoln by Mr. J. Anderson.. CERCYON FOSSUM, sp.nov. Breviter ovale; convexum; nitidum; piceum; antennis palpis pedibusque rufescentibus ; capite prothoraceque sparsim subtiliter punctulatis; elytris striatis; striis crasse fortiter nec crebre, interstitiis subplanis sparsim subtilius, punctulatis. [Long. 1 line, lat. 3 line. This species does not very closely resemble any European Cer- cyon known to me, owing to the very coarse wide-set punctures in its elytral strie. Placed beside C. flavipes, Fab., it is seen to be wider in proportion to its length (especially behind), with the punctu- ration of the head and prothorax very much more sparing and less noticeable ; the punctures in the strize on the elytra look large enough to allow the thin end of the claw-joint of the tarsi to be inserted into them, and are placed in the strize with a well-defined interval between puncture and puncture. The interstices between the striz are almost quite flat in front but become evidently convex near the apex ; they are punctured sparingly but not very finely. The general surface of the underside is opaque, very finely punctulate, the metasternum being nitid and coarsely and sparingly punctulate. The sparing puncturation of the head and prothorax will in itself distinguish this insect from Z. dorsale, Er. The tarsi are stouter, the basal joint of those of the hind legs shorter, than usual in the genus. S. Australia. CUCU 41 a L2MOPHL@US DIFFICILIS, sp.nov. Planus; nitidus; vix pubescens; testaceus; fronte quali ; prothorace vix transverso, utrinque fortiter striato, angulis anticis dentatis. Long. 1 line, lat. ;4 line. The head behind the clypeal suture is quite smooth without any impressions whatever, and is sparingly and moderately BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 841 strongly punctured. The prothorax is equally long and wide, at its widest across the front margin where its angles are dentate, and thence contracted with a very slight curve to the hase, the anglet at which are obtuse ; the fovea on either side of the disc is wide and strong, especially behind; the surface between the fovez is very flat and is finely and sparingly punctured ; the space outside the fovea is rather strongly declivous, and is punctured more strongly than the disc. The sculpture of the elytra seems to consist of two costze (the innermost very narrow and obscure), which are about the 3rd and 5th interstices among a series of very obsolete punctured strie. The scutellum is rather strongly transverse. The antenne in the male are a little longer than in the female, about equal to the length of the elytra; the basal joint rather long and stout (very evidently longer than wide), the 2nd narrower and considerably shorter, but wider than the remaining joints of which the next six are equal to each other in length and thickness, the apical three longer but scarcely thicker. Allied to LZ. testaceus, Fab., but differing inter alia in the perfectly even surface of the head behind the clypeal suture, and the sparing puncturation of the prothorax. A few specimens under bark of a felled Hucalyptus, about 30 miles north of Port Lincoln. L. Linp1, sp.nov. Minus planatus ; sat nitidus ; vix pubescens; testaceus; fronte subtiliter canaliculata ; prothorace vix transverso utrinque subti- liter bistriato, sat crebre punctulato ; angulis anticis obtusis. [ Long. 5%, line, lat. 4 line (vix). The puncturation of the head is faint and not very easy to see clearly, but it is moderately close and has a tendency to run in longitudinal wrinkles ; the longitudinal furrow on the forehead is moderately well-defined and does not reach the clypeus or the back of the head. The prothorax is evenly (though of course not strongly) convex, and is aboutas long as wide; its front angles are quite obtuse, the basal ones rather sharp; the base is nearly as 842 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, wide as the front margin, the sides being very gently arched; the striz on either side of the disc are extremely fine and very close together, the external one scarcely continuously traceable ; the punctures on the disc are fine and moderately close, with a little tendency to a longitudinal serial arrangement. The sculpture of the elytra scarcely differs from that of the preceding species except that the 7th interstice is costiform, whereas in L. difficilis it is scarcely so. The scutellum is rather strongly transverse. The antennz in both the specimens before me are very stout and reach back a little beyond the base of the prothorax ; their joints differ inter se very little in respect of width, the Ist being a little wider than the 2nd, and the second slightly wider than the next 6, the 9th and 10th a little widest of all, the 11th rather elongate. Allied to ZL. bistriatus, Grouvelle, but differing in the much closer puncturation of the prothorax, the grooved forehead, &c., &e. LAMELLICORNES. Borsoceras Kirst, Westw. In Mr. Masters’ ‘‘ Catalogue of Australian Coleoptera” this appears as a distinct species. Prof. Westwood, however, in a note to his description of it states that after his description was in type he became possessed of evidence that it is only a variety of B. proboscideum, Schreibers,—and I believe his opinion has not since been controverted. B. Tarel, sp.nov. Nigro-piceum; clypeo antice leviter rotundato, fronte cornu elongato erecto simplici, antice basi carina fortiter rotundata instructo; prothorace lateribus et in foveolis lateralibus rugoso, preeterea levi, retuso, utrinque cornu brevi acuminato porrecto ; parte retusa permagna profunde excavata sparsius nec fortiter punctulata, intus marginem versus aureo-hirsuta ; elytris leviter punctulato-striatis ; tibiis anticis 5 dentatis @. [ Long. 82 lines, lat. 44 lines. BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 843 In the example before me of this very fine insect the frontal horn rises to about the level of the top of the prothorax, and is quadrangular in shape at the base, a keel running from each of the front angles about a quarter of the distance up it, and from each of the hind angles about two-thirds the distance to its summit ; the upper part is cylindric and tapering. The prothorax is strongly and roughly punctured on the sides, this sculpture being ‘continued up the portion adjacent to the excavation, but the middle and basal parts are smooth, except in the deep basal furrow where, however, the puncturation is wanting in the middle; the excavation occupies the larger part of the whole surface, and is ‘cavernous, with sharply defined limits especially on the sides; the horns (or teeth) are about half as long as the distance from the base of the prothorax to that of the excavation, are compressed, and triangular, their wide face being about as wide across the base as the lower (which is the longer) side of their outline ; they are situated on either side of the excavation, about half-way down the ‘declivous face of the prothorax and project forward, and slightly upward ; the portion clothed with golden hairs is the inner surface ‘of the overhanging margius. The nearest ally of this species is, I think, B. cavicolle, Macl., from which it differs enter alia by the transverse carina in front of its frontal horn being evenly arched forward and not at all turned up in the middle, by the absence of a tooth on the hind surface of the frontal horn, by the very much larger excavation on its prothorax, by the presence of golden pubescence within the same, by the much more feebly punctulate striz of its elytra, and its very much more slender front tibiz, the inner margin of which is evenly and gently concave from the base to the apical spine. Northern Territory of 8, Australia; taken by Professor Tate. B. GLOBULIFORME, Macl. The description of this species does not indicate any satisfactory distinction from that of &. rotundatwm, Hope. There are specimens before me evidently, I think, appertaining to the latter 844 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES> species and taken by Mr. J. P. Tepper, at Port Darwin, which I cannot distinguish from a short series in the 8. Australian Museum ticketed as having been taken at Rockhampton, Queensland (B. globuliforme was described on specimens from Port Denison, Queensland), and which agree very well with the description of either insect. If B. globuliforme is a good species it would seem desirable for it to be re-described and its distinction from B. rotundatum pointed out. A study of the descriptions of B. rotundatum and rubescens by both Hope and Westwood, together with the figures supplied by the latter, creates a doubt, moreover, of the distinctness of the two; the figure shows a difference in the shape of the prothorax that would appear satis- factory enough, but unfortunately it is not alluded to by either author in stating the differences between them. B. SIMPLICICEPS, Sp.nov. Rotundatum, rufum, supra glabrum ; clypeo in medio in tuber- culum elevato, lineis 4 elevatis ex hoc tuberculo prodeuntibus, scil. 2 ad angulos clypei anticos, 2 (postice tuberculatim elevatis) ad basin antennarum, inter has lineas interveniis fortiter rugose- punctulatis ; capite postice equaliter leviter convexo, sparsim minus fortiter punctulato; prothorace ad latera fortiter acervatim punctulato, fossulato, vix evidenter canaliculato (canali obsoleto punctis nonnullis indicato) antice breviter retuso, spatio retuso longitudinaliter 3-suleato, inter sulcos interspatiis postice sub- tuberculatis ; elytris leviter 9-striatis striis subtiliter punctulatis ; tibiis anticis externe 5-dentuatis. Long. 4 lines, lat 2? lines. The nine striz of the elytra do not include the one close to the lateral margin, which bends inward from the margin near its base like an oblique fovea ; of the nine the nearest two to the suture are much stronger than the others. In the five specimens that I haveseen there is very little difference likely to be sexual ; in one of them the lateral two of the three longitudinal furrows on the retuse part of the prothorax are almost obsolete, and the puncturation of the head differs, the rather large punctures of the. BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 845. front and back of the vertex not failing altogether in the inter- mediate part, whereas in other examples the middle of the disc (from about the level of the middle of the eye hindward almost to the base) is quite devoid of such punctures, having only a few exceedingly fine ones. This species must be very like B. planiceps, Macl., (from Sweer’s Island). It I understand the description of that species tightly, however, the thorax is differently sculptured in front ; and in any case the front tibie are very different, having five well-defined external teeth increasing in size from the topmost downward, without any trace whatever ofa sixth, while planiceps is described as having six external teeth on the front tibie, of which the basal two are subobsolete. Northern Territory of South Australia ; collected by Professor Tate. B. FENESTRATUM, sp.nov. Rotundatum ; rufum vel piceum ; supra glabrum; clypeo in medio vix in tuberculum elevato, lineis 4 ex hoc quasi tuberculo prodeuntibus, scil. 2 ad angulos clypei anticos, 2 ad basin anten- narum ; capite toto dense rugose crasse punctato, vertice medio carina transversa arcuata instructo; prothorace ad latera fortiter punctulato, fossulato, vix evidenter canaliculato (canali obsoleto punctis quibusdam magnis indicato); antice vix retuso, parte antica fovea magna subquadrata punctulata instructa; elytris usitate striatis, striis profundis leviter vel vix evidenter punctu- latis ; tiblis anticis externe 6 vel 7-dentatis, dentibus apicalibus 4 solis distinctis. Long. 4 lines (vix), lat. 22 lines. The fovea on the front declivous part of the prothorax is of peculiar form, being nearly square on the surface but ending almost in a point at the bottom as though a quadrangular pyramid had been cut out; in some specimens this is very sharply defined, in others less so, but in all that I have seen some (at least) of the declivities of the excavation are sharply triangular. In the specimen I have described the front tibiee have the apical 846 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, four teeth well defined though blunt, and above them the external edge is cut on one tibia into two, on the other into three, obsolete teeth ; in several examples I find all the lower teeth decidedly sharper than in the type, and the upper not quite so feebly developed. IfI have both sexes of this insect before me, the sexual distinctions are very slight, but in that case probably the specimen described is a female, as I have a much mutilated example in which the clypeal tubercle is better developed than usual, with the lines running from it to the bases of the antenne evidently more elevated. Northern Territory of South Australia ; collected by Dr. Wood, also by Professor Tate. McHIDIUS CAVICEPS, sp nov. Oblongus ; sat convexus ; minus nitidus; rufo-piceus ; setosus ; capite prothoraceqne fortiter crasse, elytris (seriatim, seriebus haud geminatis) subtilius, punctulatis; clypeo antice sat longe producto, utrinque fortiter concavo, antice triangulariter emar- ginato ; unguibus haud simplicibus. {Long. 4 lines, lat. 2 lines (vix). The clypeus is considerably produced almost at a right angle with the rest of the head ; its emargination is sharply triangular, the sides of the same being acutely pointed in front; the deep concavity on either side is extremely shining. The prothorax is nearly twice as wide as down the middle it is long; its sides (owing to the roughness of the surface sculpture) are strongly crenulate, strongly (almost angularly) rounded behind the middle and not at all sinuate ; its hind angles are slightly obtuse, but very nearly right angles; the granules of the punctures on the surface fill them up and protrude above them, making the prothorax appear almost tuberculate. The elytra are a little dilated behind, where they are nearly a third as wide again as the prothorax ; they are punctured in regular rows which have no tendency to run in pairs, the punctures in the rows being decidedly small as compared with those of the generality of species BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 847 of Mcechidius; the interstices are quite flat, impunctate, and rather nitid. The hind femora are not particularly stout, the basal joint of the hind tarsi is not much longer than the second, and the claws have the quill-lke appendage frequent in species. of this genus. Seems to resemble MW. bilobiceps, Fairm., and Albertesi, Fairm., but both those species are described as having the rows of punc- tures on the elytra running in pairs, the former having the thoracic sculpture obsolete at the sides, the latter the sides of the prothorax sinuate behind, besides other differences. From I. rufus, Hope (of which I have a specimen before me), the totally different structure of the hind legs, besides many other differences, will at once distinguish this insect. Northern Territory of S. Australia; taken by Mr. J. P. Tepper. LIPARETRUS PALMERSTONI, sp.nov. Ovatus ; sat nitidus ; ferrugineus, capite postice et (nonnullis exemplis) tibiis, tarsis, abdomineque obscurioribus ; longe sparsim hirsutus, sat sparsim punctulatus ; tarsorum posticorum articulo primo secundo breviori; tibiis anticis externe haud dentatis ; clypeo concavo producto,--maris antice late emarginato, angulis anticis subacutis, — femine antice truncato, angulis anticis rotun- dato-obtusis ; antennis 9-articulatis. [Long. 24 lines, lat. 14 lines (vix). This species belongs to Mr. Macleay’s first section of the genus, and is much smaller than any other of that section previously described. The long sparing pubescence with which it is clothed seems to be entirely wanting on the elytra, which are very short, leaving a great deal of the propygidium exposed,—neither it nor the pygidium has any trace of a keel. The inner two pairs of strize on the elytra are tolerably distinct, their interstices however being punctured ina coarse rather sparing manner uniformly with the general surface. The hind tibiz and tarsi are nearly black in most examples. The anterior tibiz are much prolonged at the apex. Northern Territory of 8. Australia; collected by Mr. J. P. Tepper. 848 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, L. POSTICALIS, sp.nov. Ovatus ; minus nitidus; ferrugineus vel ferrugineo-piceus, capite nigricanti; minus hirsutus; capite confertim rugose, prothcrace fortius vix crebre, elytris fortiter sat sparsim, pygidio haud evi- denter, punctulatis; elytris sat evidenter geminato-striatis ; clypeo antice rotundato ; tarsorum posticorum articulo primo secundo vix breviori; tibiis anticis externe obtuse 3-dentatis ; antennis 9-arti- culatis. Long. 332 lines, lat. 2 lines (vix). The specimens before me may be slightly abraded ; their upper surface is glabrous excepting a fringe of longish stout hairs on the sides of the prothorax, but probably in fresh examples the pygi- dium and propygidium are thinly clothed with long hairs. The elytra have three very distinct pairs of punctate striz, and a fourth much fainter, the punctures in the striz being strong and rather close, but not different in character from those with which the interstices between the pairs are rather sparingly sprinkled. The puncturation of head, prothorax, and elytra is successively more and more sparing. The pygidium and propygidium are finely coriaceous and almost opaque ; under a strong lens indications of scarcely impressed and very sparing punctures may be traced, especially towards the apex of the latter; there is no trace of a keel. The prothorax is scarcely channelled longitudinally. The elytra are about twice as long as the prothorax down its middle line. The underside is thinly clothed with long hairs. This species may be distinguished from L. picipennis, Germ., and L. atriceps, Macl.,—both of which it resembles in many respects,—by its opaque impunctate pygidium, and from the latter by its strongly punctate elytra. The specimens before me are probably females. Nortbern Territory of 8. Australia; collected by Mr, J. P. Tepper. N.B.—-An example of Liparetrus before me from the same locality as the above, differs in having the elytra considerably shorter ; I hesitate to consider it a distinct species, as I can discover no other distinction ; possibly it is the other sex. BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 849 L, JUVENIS, sp.nov. Ovatus ; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; capite toto, mesosterno et metasterno (his parte media excepta), piceis; minus hirsutus; capite fortius, prothorace subtilius, elytris fortius, pygidio propy- gidioque leviter, sparsim punctulatis; elytris sat evidenter geminato-striatis; clypeo antice rotundato ; tarsorum posticorum articulo primo secundo vix breviori ; tibiis anticis externe fortiter 3-dentatis ; antennis 9-articulatis. | Long. 3} lines, lat. 14 lines. Closely allied to Z. posticalis. The prothorax is a little more transverse, being quite twice as wide as it is long down the middle, otherwise there seems to be no difference in respect of general form, proportions, or distribution of hairs. The head is quite smoothly and sparingly punctulate,—the prothorax end elytra are more finely punctulate than those of ZL. posticalis; the latter scarcely differ otherwise. The puncturation of the pygidium and propygidium (which have no trace of a keel) is very distinct, though sparing and lightly impressed. The lower two teeth of the anterior tibize are very strong and sharp. The prothoracic channel is scarcely traceable. Like Z. posticalis this species belongs to the picipennis group of Liparetrus. Thesparing puncturation of its head distinguishes it from most of the members of that group, its color and structure of the legs from nearly all the remainder. Judging by the very brief description of L. latiwsculus, Macl., it probably resembles that insect, but is much larger, and apparently of a very different color, and no doubt differs in ether respects. Northern Territory of 8. Australia; collected by Mr. J. P. Tepper. L. FALLAX, sp.nov. Ovatus ; sat nitidus; minus hirsutus ; ferrugineus, capite (non- nullis exemplis) piceo ; hoc confertim rugose, prothorace fortius nec crebre, elytris crebrius sat fortiter, pygidio crebrius leviter, punctulatis; elytris sat evidenter geminato-striatis, clypeo antice 850 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, et ad latera truncato, tarsorum posticorum articulo primo secundo. paullo breviori; tibiis anticis externe obtuse 3-dentatis ; antennis 8-articulatis. Long. 4 lines, lat, 2 lines. In this species the clypeus has the form (although not very sharply defined), which Mr. Macleay, in his monograph of the genus, calls “presenting three truncate faces.” Its general resemblance to L. posticalis is considerable. The head is punc- tured almost exactly as in that species; the prothorax is more transverse, being quite twice as wide as it is long down the middle, and is slightly more sparingly and finely punctured. The elytra are a little longer in proportion, being more than twice as long as the prothorax, with slightly finer and closer puncturation, and the strie of each pair a little closer to each other. The tarsi are evidently more slender. No species hitherto described is very close to this. Northern Territory of 8. Australia; collected by Mr. J. P. Tepper. Lepipiota DaRwINI, sp.nov. Ferruginea, supra sat sparsim, subtus densissime, albo-squama- lata; capite lato minus convexo, clypeo perbrevi antice in medio reflexo emarginato; prothorace fortiter convexo, sat transverso, antice angustato, lateribus post medium rotundato-ampliatis postice fortiter sinuatis, angulis posticis acutis ; tibiis anticis tridentatis. [Long. 102-12 lines. Mas (?) Angustus, elytris subparallelis. Fem. (?) Latior, elytris postice ampliatis. The sides of the clypeus, and the head backward to the level of the middle of the eyes, are coarsely and sparingly punctured, each ° puncture being filled np with a white scale (which, however, does not, or not much, protrude beyond it); the length of the clypeus down the middle line is much less than half the length of the coarsely punctured part behind it of the head ; the clypeal suture is regularly and widely bisinuate ; the part of the head behind the BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 851 coarsely punctured portion is smooth except that there are some very fine (in the examples before me scaleless) punctures in the middle. The prothorax at its widest part is slightly more than half again as wide as it is long down the middle ; its base (which is bisinuate) is about half again as wide as its front margin (which is decidedly though gently emarginate); its front angles are obtuse, but well defined, those at the base pointed and a little directed outward ; its lateral margins are slightly crenulate and diverge in nearly straight lines to behind the middle where they are strongly and suddenly rounded, thence proceeding with a rather strong sinuation to the base; its surface is punctured and scaled uniformly with the coarsely punctured part of the head, although a little more closely towards all the margins than on the disc ; there is a broad thickened margin all across the front, which is punctured and scaled uniformly with the neighbouring surface. The elytra and scutellum are punctured and scaled very similarly to the prothorax, and the former bear obscure indications of three or four wide scarcely convex coste. The propygidium, pygidium and the entire undersurface are densely covered with closely packed white scales which entirely conceal the derm, and the sterna are clothed rather thickly with long white hairs. The legs are coarsely and sparingly punctured and scaled ; the front tibiz are tri-dentate externally, the upper tooth very small. The above description is founded on the only really fresh specimen before me,—which I take to be a female. Its elytra are con- siderably dilated backward to near the apex and the apical ventral segment is more than half the length of the penultinate with its apical margin evenly rotundate-truncate. In what I take to be the male the head and prothorax are of a pitchy color (probably merely an individual variety), the surface of the prothorax is obscurely uneven through the presence of some irregular ill-defined scarcely convex ridges, the elytra are extremely parallel, the apical ventral segment is much less than half the length of the penul- timate with its apical margin widely and feebly bisinuate, and the whole insect is much narrower than the other sex. The antenne of these two specimens do not differ noticeably in structure. 5d —_ ll 852 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, Northern Territory of S. Australia; collected by Prof. Tate and Mr. J. P. Tepper. L. DELICATULA, sp.nov. Q. (?) Ferruginea, supra confertim subtiliter, subtus densissime, albo-squamulata ; capite minus lato minus convexo ; clypeo minus brevi, antice in medio sat fortiter reflexo-emarginato, ad latera fortiter rotundato ; prothorace sat convexo, sat transverso, antice angustato, lateribus post medium ampliato-rotundatis postice haud sinuatis, angulis posticis obtusis ; tibiis anticis fortiter tridentatis; elytris postice fortiter ampliatis. Long. 10 lines. Sexus alter latet. The clypeus and head (backward to the level of the middle of the eyes) are uniformly sparingly and rather strongly punctured and scaled ; the length of the clypeus down its middle line is not much less than that of the coarsely punctured part behind it of the head, the sides of the same being quite strongly rounded ; the clypeal suture is unevenly bisinuate, the middle part of the sinuation (with its convex side running up the head) being very much more strongly curved than the lateral (anteriorly convex) parts of the sinuation ; the part of the head behind the strongly punctured portion is finely and densely clothed with scales. The pro- portions of the prothorax scarcely differ from those of L. Darwini, except that the segment is slightly more transverse; the lateral margins are slightly crenulate, and behind the post-medial curve (which is almost angular) are very nearly straight, and the hinder angles quite obtuse; the surface is rather closely (especially towards the sides), but not coarsely, punctured and scaled; there is a smooth dorsal line in the hinder half; the front is very finely margined, the margin punctureless. The elytra and scutellum are punctured and scaled even more finely and closely than the pro- thorax, the former being wrinkled transversely, but not coarsely, and scarcely costate. The propygidium, pygidium, undersurface and legs scarcely differ from those of Z. Darwini, except in the upper external tooth on the front tibie being stronger, and the BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 853 apical tooth more strongly curved outwards. The apical ventral segment is more than half as long as the penultimate; a shallow channel runs down its middle and its hind margin is slightly emarginate in the middle. Northern Territory of S. Australia; collected by Prof. Tate. L. Roruet, Blackb. This species was described by me in the ‘“ Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia,” of last year, but I was unable - to state from what locality it had emanated. There have lately been referred to me for determination about half-a-dozen specimens of it taken in the Northern Territory, and no doubt the original type came from the same quarter. Comparing it with the two species described above, I find that the clypeus is somewhat inter- mediate, being less rounded at the sides and more transverse than in L. delicatula, but more rounded laterally and less transverse than in Z. Darwint ; the prothorax a little more transverse than in either and less rounded anteriorly, at its widest very little behind the middle; the elytra much more evidently costate, the puncturation throughout closer and the scales less conspicuous, &e., &e. I cannot find any sexual distinction among the specimens I have seen of Z. other, and believe them all to be females; and was probably mistaken in my conjecture that the original is a male. In all, the apical ventral segment is a little more than half as long as the penultimate, its surface glabrous and almost impunctate, and its hind margin gently and evenly arched. [The length varies from 74 to 9 lines. L. DEGENER, sp.nov. Fusco-ferruginea ; subrugose confertim punctulata; supra sparsim squamoso-hirsuta ; subtus densius distinctius squamosa ; capite minus lato minus convexo; clypeo sat brevi, antice in medio fortiter reflexo-emarginato, ad latera rotundato; prothorace sat convexo; sat transverso, antice minus angustato, lateribus mox post medium ampliato-rotundatis, postice haud sinuatis, angulis posticis rectis ; tibiis anticis acute tridentatis. Long. 64 lines. - 854 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, The puncturation is on the whole rather uniform over the entire upper surface, but becomes gradually a little finer and less close from the clypeus hindward to the apex of the elytra ; the scales are small, elongate, and hair-like, and are rather closely distributed, but not very conspicuous. The clypeus is very strongly emarginate in front, the length from the base of the emargination to the clypeal suture being scarcely half the greatest length of the clypeus. The prothorax is about half again as wide as it is long down the middle, its base being less than half again as wide as its front margin. The elytra are scarcely costate, the indications of costes appearing as mere irregularities of the sur- face which do not disturb the sculpture (in Z. Darwini and Rothei the costie are devoid, or very nearly so, of puncturation). On the underside the sculpture is of the same character as on the upper, but the puncturation is less rugose and more sparing, and the scales less hair-like. The teeth on the external edge of the front tibie resemble the same in ZL. Rothez, all being very sharp, the upper one much smaller than the lower two. The two specimens before me present no notable character likely to be sexual unless it be that the elytra of one are somewhat dilated behind the middle, while those of the other are narrower and more parallel. The small size of this species will distinguish it from the three species previously described ; the very small hair-like scales of its upper surface and almost non-costate elytra also are distinctive. Northern Territory of 8S. Australia ; taken by Mr. J. P. Tepper. L. RUFA, sp.nov. Rufa ; supra capillis brevibus sparsim, subtus squamis parvis confertim, instructa; clypeo minus brevi, rugose crasse punc- tulato, antice in medio leviter reflexo-emarginato, ad latera rotundato; prothorace fortiter subrugose nec crebre punctulato, sat convexo, sat transverso; antice angustato, lateribus post medium ampliato-rotundatis, postice haud sinuatis, angulis posticis rectis ; elytris sat crebre minus fortiter punctulatis ; tibiis anticis obtuse tridentatis. Long. 6} lines. a BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 855 This species is closely allied to Z. degener, from which it differs as follows: the clypeus is very much less strongly emarginate in front (resembling that of Z. delicatula, but with the sides much less rounded), the prothorax is more narrowed anteriorly and much more sparingly punctured on the disc, the elytra are much more sparingly and less confusedly punctured, the scales on the upper surface are altogether hair-like, and the teeth on the outer margin of the front tibize are considerably blunter. The three specimens before me appear to be of the same sex. The club of the antenne is evidently longer than in the specimens of L. degener mentioned above (being nearly as long as the pre- ceding six joints together), the elytra are dilated behind the middle, and the apical ventral segment is more than half as long as the penultimate (as in all the specimens of the genus that I have seen, except the one of Z. Darwini mentioned above). Northern Territory of 8. Australia; taken by Mr. J. P. Tepper. N.B.—It should be noted that in perfectly fresh examples the surface of some of the above species may very possibly be more densely scaled than I have described it, as the scales are very easily rubbed off; and it is probable that few cabinet specimens are quite as scaly as they were when freshly matured from the pupa. Unless all the examples (with one exception) examined by me of the preceding species be of the same sex, the sexual distinctions are extremely slight. PALMERSTONIA, gen.nov. (PIMELOPID). Mentum in medio laminam compressam erectam conformans. Mandibula prominentia, librata, extus obtuse bidentata. Maxille haud observatee. Palpi maxillares validi, articulo 1° parvo, 2° subcylindrico, 3° parvo, 4° subconico antennarum clava paullo breviori. Palpi labiales toti aperti, articulo 1° subcylindrico, 2° parvo, 3° subgloboso antennarum clava vix minore. 856 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES Antenne 10-articulate, clava 3-articulata, sat parva. Labrum breve transversum. Clypeus ad perpendiculum directus. Oculi magni. Prothorax (? unius sexus solum) antice vix impressus. Scutellum sat magnum transversum. Tibiz anticee (? unius sexus solum) externe fortiter 3-dentatz intus apice spinas singulas ferentes ; posteriores 4 unicarinate, apice spinas binas latas ferentes. Tarsi antici perlongi, posteriores 4 breves, posticorum articulo primo valde dilatato. Processus prosternalis post coxas erectus spiniformis. Stridulationis organa nulla (7). This is one of the most extraordinary insects I have ever seen. Its general appearance is that of a female Pimelopus, but some of its characters are quite anomalous, especially that of its exposed labial palpi, which are inserted on either side the vertical Jamina of the mentum, and bear (as their apical joint) a large round ball flattened on one side. The clypeus is bidentate in front, very strongly angulated at the sides and thence narrowed to the base, which is roundly emarginate; it is almost perfectly vertical, its plane being at right angles to the surface of the hinder part of the head, and its base rising considerably above the surface, so that viewed from the side the head seems to rise into a bilobed keel, and to be abruptly truncate in front,—while viewed from in front the clypeus looks like an erect shield. The mentum no doubt resembles that of Vephrodopus. The basal joint of the antenne is not much shorter than the following six together ; the 2nd is con- siderably longer than any of the next five, which are all short ; the club is about as long as the 2nd joint of the anterior tarsi. The inner apical spine of the front tibizw is a little longer than the basal joint of the tarsus. On the posterior 4 tibize there are traces of a transverse keel near the base in addition to the well-defined one below the middle. The front tarsi are very much longer than, BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 857 the middle equal to, the posterior shorter than, their respective tibie. The hind legs scarcely differ from those of Pimelopus, except in nct having two distinct carinz on the tibie and having slightly longer tarsi with the 2nd joint not dilated. The pro- sternum in front of the anterior coxe consists of an elongate shining triangular plate, the wide end of which is directed forward, the narrow end entering between the coxe. The propygidium is squamosely punctulate at the sides, delicately transversely wrinkled in the middle ; this transverse wrinkling may perhaps be feeble means of stridulation. The pygidium bears a system of very faint but not very fine puncturation which is more obsolete in the middle than at the sides. P. BoviLti, sp.nov. Nitidus ; valde conyexus, latitudine majori pone medium posita; totus rufo-castaneus; supra (clypeo labroque exceptis) glaber ; clypeo sparsim, prothorace vix evidenter, elytris sparsim obsolete crasse, punctulatis ; his oblique obsolete 4-costatis, strié suturali fortiter impress ; subtus longe nec dense pubescens. [Long. 12 lines, lat. 7 lines. The entire insect is of a chestnut red color, a little paler on the underside. The labrum is clothed rather thickly with long hairs. The clypeus is nearly twice as wide as long, and is sparingly beset with small sharply defined punctures, each of which bears a long hair. The head behind the clypeus is very short. The prothorax is about a third as wide again as long, its anterior margin gently concave and about half the width of the base, the sides viewed from above seeming to diverge very strongly from the small acute anterior angles, and then run round with a very feeble curve to the base, which is rather strongly bisinuate, the hind angles being scarcely defined, but when viewed from the side the lateral margins are seen in reality to form an even and strong curve; there is a scarcely traceable impression at the middle of the disc near the front margin, and in my specimen a series (very probably abnormal) of 858 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, four round smooth fovez placed transversely across the disc a little in front of the middle. The scutellum is impunctate. The elytral coste are all very faint, the external one scarcely discernible (in my example it is quite lost on one elytron, nearly so on the other). On the underside the following parts are clothed with long but not close pubescence,—the mentum, the front of the prosternum, the reflexed margins of the pronotum, the prosternal process, the lateral portions of the meso- and meta-sterna, and a line across each ventral segment. All the above pubescence is erect except that at the front of the prosternum, which is directed forward, but with a tuft in the middle erect. The legs, the basal two joints of the antennze, and also the ocular canthus are clothed with long hairs. A single specimen (apparently a female) was sent to me from Palmerston, N. Territory, by Dr. Bovill. CACOCHROA OBSCURA, sp.nov. Minus convexa; nigta; supra glabra ; pygidio, corpore subtus, et pedibus plus minus ferrugineo-hirsutis; clypeo sat fortiter punctulato, antice sat fortiter emarginato ; prothorace sparsim obscure (lateribus sat fortiter) punctulato, angulis posticis rotundatis; elytrorum disco fortius sublineatim punctulato, lateribus crasse transversim rugatis; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis. [ Long. 8 lines, lat. 4 lines. The head closely resembles that of Cacochroa gymnopleura, but is more closely punctured in the hinder part. The prothorax is gently lobed in the middle behind, and is not much less than twice as wide at the base as it is long down the middle, its front margin being less than half as wide as its base; its hind angles are quite rounded off; its surface is very sparingly and finely punctulate, except near the front margin (where the puncturation is rather stronger and closer) and near the sides (where it is very strong and coarse); the lateral furrow (within the thickened margin) does not reach the base, but ceases where the side begins to round off to the hind margin. The scutellum is elongate, with BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 859 the apex sub-bifid owing to the presence of a longitudinal channel which commences obsoletely close to the base, and gradually deepens to the apex. The disc of the elytra is punctured uni- formly with that of the prothorax, and also bears some much coarser puncturation, which has a tendency to run in rows, these rows seeming here and there to be placed in feeble striz; the lateral portions of the elytra and also the apex are devoid of puncturation, but are sculptured with a well-developed system of coarse transverse wrinkles, commencing behind the post-humeral contraction ; the apices are separately rounded; the suture is convex near the apex, but not at all produced behind. The pygidium is sparingly strigose and sparingly furnished with rather short hairs. The sternal portion of the undersurface is strongly and sparingly punctured (the flanks of the pro- and meso- sterna being strigose), the metasternum most strongly ; of the ventral segments the first is transversely strigose on either side at the base, the rest are almost devoid of sculpture except that segments 2-5 are longitudinally concave in the middle (probably in one sex only) the concavity being punctulate and hirsute, that segments 4 and 5 have a transverse ciliated line of punctures on either side, and that segments 1-4 bear on either side a closely and finely punctured opaque space (very likely tomentose in a fresh specimen), which is subquadrate on segment 1 and tri- angular on the rest ; there is similar sculpture on either side of the pygidium ; the sterna are sparingly and shortly hirsute. The front coxee and femora and the four posterior femora and _ tibiz have their undersurface densely clothed with long pale hairs (2 in both sexes), and the front tibize (perhaps in the female only) are tridentate, the upper tooth very much smaller than the others. The antennal club in the specimen before me (probably a female) is a little shorter than the length, in front of the eye, of the clypeus. The mesosternai process protrudes forward beyond the front of the intermediate coxze nearly as far as the length of the basal 3 joints of the front tarsi, and is thick and somewhat cylindric at its base; in shape it resembles the same part in Polystigma punctata, Don., but is longer and stouter. 860 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, The post-humeral contraction of the elytra is quite as in. Cacochroa, and allows quite as much (as in that genus) of the metasternum and hind cox to be seen from above. The meso- thoracic epimera also are conspicuously visible from above. This species does not appear to me to fall exactly into any of the numerous genera of Australian Cetonia, but, as it has very much the appearance of a Cacochroa, I have preferred to refer it to that genus, and describe its structural characters fully, rather than create a new genus. It differs from Cacochroa chiefly in having the base of the prothorax a little inclined to be lobiform in the middle (not so much as in Polystigma), and the hinder angles of the same rounded off, while the tormer of those characters, together with its deeply emarginate clypeus, &., &., separate it from Aphanesthes. The extremely strong post-humeral contraction of the elytra will distinguish it from most of the other genera which possess a long mesosternal process. Northern Territory of S. Australia ; taken by Mr. J. P. Tepper. BUPRESTIDZ. NEOSPADES LATERALIS, Sp.nov. Sat convexus ; capite prothoraceque lete viridibus, vix aureo- uricantibus ; elytris obscure cupreo-eneis, albo-maculatis, antice lateribus leete viridibus; subtus zneus vel viridis, abdominis lateri- bus albo-maculatis ; capite confertim fortiter rugose punctulato ; prothorace transversim strigoso ; elytris fortius vix crebre punctu- latis, apicem versus subtiliter serratis; corpore subtus sparsim griseo-pubescenti, subtilius squamose (prosterno crasse fortius) punctulato; tibiis posticis apicem versus tribus capillorum penicillis instructis. Long. 4} lines, lat. 13 lines. The elytra are of a dull coppery eneous color. The spots of white pubescence are on each elytron—two on the hinder part of the lateral margin, and three or four near the suture in the hinder two-thirds ; the green patch commences on the base and extends slightly more than half way to the apex, occupying the external BY THE REY. T. BLACKBURN. 861 half of the surface but being interrupted by the humeral cailus (which is of a golden copper color) and a little contracted at its apex externally ; it is bordered except at the base and the front part of its lateral edge by golden copper color. The pattern and colors of the upper surface do not appear to be variable. ‘The underside is for the most part of a dull olivaceous tint, and is more or less closely covered with small scale-like pubescence ; in some examples the underside (especially the metasternum) is in parts of a decided green. Tue head is somewhat convex and is longitudinally impressed between the eyes. The prothorax is less thaa half again as wide as it is long down the middle, its base, which is bisinuate, being about a third as wide again as its front margin, which also is bisinuate ; the true margin is very slightly arched and is strongly bent under the head and front. The three little elevations (each bearing a pencil of pubescence) near the apex of the external margin of the hind tibiz are a conspicucus character. Very different from WV. chrysopygius, Germ., in the markings of its elytra and other characters. Cusseis cuprifera, Gestro, is probably a member of this genus, and must be very close to Germar’s species. Northern Territory of South Australia; collected by Mr. J. P. Tepper. N. SIMPLEX, sp.nov. Sat convexus; nitidus; viridis, aureo-micans; elytris opacis, obscure cupreo-eneis, his et abdominis lateribus albo-maculatis ; capite sat confertim subrugose punctulato ; prothorace subtiliter transversim rugato evidenter punctulato; elytris transversim strigosis, obscure punctulatis, apicem versus obsolete serratis ; corpore subtus sparsissime breviter griseo-pubescenti, subtilius squamose (prosterno crasse fortius) punctulato; tibiis posticis postice nigro-ciliatis. Long. 3} lines, lat. 14 lines. The spots of white pubescence on the elytra and hind body are arranged as in the preceding species. The color of the elytra is 862 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, very confused appearing different in different lights; it is a dull coppery purple, much brighter at the apex than in front, but in some lights the middle of the disc near the front and an ill-defined fascia just behind the middle appear blue; in some specimens the ground color appears to be brighter (especially towards the sides) than in others. The head is very decidedly more convex than that of JV. lateralis, with the longitudinal furrow deeper and the puncturation not quite so close or rugose The prothorax scarcely differs from that of WV. lateralis (apart from its color, which is a much more golden green), except in having somewhat more distinct puncturation in addition to its strigosity. The transverse wrinkling of the elytra is scarcely existent behind the middle; the puncturation is very obscure being rather sparing, coarse and shallow, the punctures in some specimens appearing to be filled up, and in some specimens the filling seems to protrude as though the elytra were obscurely granulose rather than punctured. The hind tibie are lightly keeled externally in their apical two-thirds, the keel bearing a fringe of close-set erect fine black hairs, Northern Territory of South Australia ; collected by Mr. J. P. Tepper. CISSEIS ELONGATULA, sp.nov. Angusta; supra obscure cupreo-nigra, capite roseo-cupreo ; subtus «nea sat nitida, elytris et prothoracis lateribus albo- maculatis; capite subplano, subopaco, longitudinaliter leviter suleato, sat fortiter nec crebre nec rugose punctulato ; prothorace transversim subtiliter strigoso ; elytris squamose sat crasse punctu- latis, antice et latera versus transversim rugatis, apicem versus serratis ; corpore suhtus obscure (prosterno crassius) squamose punctulato. { Long. 23 lines, lat. + line. The head is nearly flat with a distinct dorsal furrow, and is opaque of a bright rosy color, and its puncturation is rather large and moderately close, very clearly defined, but not deep or rugose, the punctures very little coifused by transverse wrinkles ; the head is very like that of C. roseo-cuprea, Hope, but more strongly punctured. The prothorax is a little more than a third as wide BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 863 again as Jong ; the base and front margin are both bisinuate, the former about a quarter as wide again as the latter; the sides nearly straight, the surface very delicately wrinkled transversely with a fairly well-marked longitudinal impression on either side at the base. The puncturation of the elytra is very vague, and scale- like in appearance, the transverse wrinkles are fairly well-defined in front and at the sides. The spots of white pubescence on the elytra resemble those of the preceding two species. The almost flat, opaque, finely coriaceous head with distinct, not very close-set punctures, and scarcely any trace of wrinkles, together with very small size, narrow parallel form, and obscure color will dis- tinguish this from all other species yet described of Cissezs. In my opinion it, roseo-cwprea and some other species might well form a new genus differing from Cvsseis in their short strongly compressed tarsi, which approach those of Weospades, though the claws and antenne resemble Cisseis. These insects seem to occupy a doubtful position between Agrilide and Trachyde. Northern Territory of S. Australia; taken by Mr. J. P. Tepper. TENEBRIONID. HELZvS. Throvgh the courtesy of the Hon. W. Macleay in examining a series of Heleus from my collection and comparing them with his types, as well as in furnishing me with types of several species that were not represented in my collection, I am able to offer some notes on this genus, together with descriptions of several new species, and to do so with some confidence that I mean by the various specific names the same insects that are referred to under those names in No. V. of the “ Miscellanea Entomologica.” I do not consider it a certainty that in every case Mr. Macleay applies the names to the same insects that were before the original describers,—nor does Mr. Macleay himself consider it so; but as there are so many of these of which the positive identification is (either absolutely, or) at least to Australian students, impossible, I 864 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, think Mr. Macleay has acted on the right principle (in dealing with those descriptions which might apply to anyone of several species) in selecting a particular one to bear the name and describing it so fully,—expanding the original description,—that it may be at least clear to what insect he applies the name,—thus leaving to any student who may possess information that has not come before Mr. Macleay the burden of correcting himif he is wrong. There are so many Australian species the types of which Europeans have described badly and then lost, that Australian students must choose between the course Mr. Macleay has adopted and that of holding aloof from describing the insects of their own country. In dealing with the species before me of this genus I propose, then, to accept the whole of Mr. Macleay’s determinations as conventionally correct, although in some instances I may express a doubt of their absolute correctness, so that my remarks will be in harmony with his valuable monograph of the genus, and conse- quently whatever corrections may eventually be applied to his determinations will have to be read into my remarks. H. PRINCEPS. I expect to find eventually, as Mr. Macleay evidently thinks probable, that the South Australian species to which he applies this name is distinct from the Western Australian species on which Hope’s vague description is founded. ee ies H. INnTERMEDIUvs, de Bréme. I regard this as the most doubtful of all Mr. Macleay’s deter- minations, as I fail to find in the insect to which he applies this name any more distinct abbreviated elytral costa than there is in all itsallies. In my opinion the following species (which Mr. Macleay considers hitherto undescribed) is quite as likely to be the true H. intermedius as that to which Mr. Macleay has appropriated the name, but, in accordance with the principle I have laid down, I accept his decision. BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 865 H. BREVICOSTATUS, Sp.nov. Sat latus; ovatus; minus nitidus ; piceus, marginibus dilutiori- bus ; prothoracis marginibus subtilissime nec crebre granuloso, disco cornu valido erecto instructo ; elytrorum disco confuse crebre sat fortiter punctulato, sutura fortiter costata et utrinque costa abbreviata minus fortiter elevata instructa; marginibus subti- lissime sat crebre granulatis. Long. 14 lines, lat. 84 lines. This species resembles that which Mr. Macleay in his monograph describes as probably identical with H. princeps, Hope ; compared with it the present insect is less dilated about and behind the middle of the elytra (the hinder part of the margin being very much narrower); the anterior prolongations of the prothorax are pointed and very much narrower, the turned-up edges of the same being thicker, less elevated and less erect ; the disc of the elytra is devoid of granules (except the marginal row) and the margins of the elytra are furnished only with excessively fine granules scarcely larger than those on the margins of the prothorax. JZ. brevicostatus is distinguished from all its allies by the abbreviated costa commencing at the base of each elytron just outside the scutellum and running obliquely towards the suture ; this costa is about 14 lines long and, though decidedly less elevated than the suture, is perfectly well-defined. The prothorax is twice as wide as its length (from the base to the apex of the anterior prolongations), the disc occupying more than a third of its total width, and being uneven and finely punctured ; the ‘intermediate expansion” (as I will call the space between the disc and the turned-up edge that forms the true margin) is rather closely, evenly, and very finely granulate ; the true external margin is very thick, and narrow but not vertical ; the prothoracic horn is rather short, very stout, and scarcely directed backward at the apex. The intermediate expansion of the elytra is as wide at its base as that of the prothorax, but contracts rapidly to little more than half that width, and thence continues of somewhat even width to the apex; 866 AUSTRALIAN CULEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, it is much turned-up, and its sculpture does not differ much from that of the same part of the prothorax; the true margin of the elytra is much wider than that of the prothorax, and is most erect at about a third of its length from the base. A single specimen ; the locality of its capture is uncertain. H. HORRIDUS, sp.nov. Oblongo-ovalis ; convexus; nitidus; ater; prothorace sub- tilissime punctulato minute granulato; elytris sat fortiter lineatim punctulatis, fortiter 7-seriatim tuberculatis. [ Long. 7 lines, lat. 4 lines. The prothorax is at its widest at the base, whence its sides are contracted in a very gentle curve to the front; the anterior projections are quite slender and slightly crossed ; the distance from the base to the front margin is decidedly less than half again as great as that from the front margin to the apex of the anterior projections ; the intermediate expansions are moderately wide, and are granulated not very finely, with some appearance of transverse wrinkling ; the margins are extremely thick and erect ; the disc is very finely and evenly punctured and also_ finely granulated, but there is a space almost free from granules on either side of the central line which is rather strongly keeled, the keel being strongest at the base; the width of the prothorax is scarcely half again as great as its length. The elytra are densely punctured in 13 rows, which, however, are rendered scarcely traceable by the extent to which they are interrupted by the rows of large round tubercles that occupy the alternate interstices ; the lst of these rows commences outside the scutellum as a strong interrupted costa which runs obliquely to the suture, and then margins it as a series of large tubercles nearly to the apex ; the 3rd row of tubercles also commences as an interrupted costa ; the tubercles of the 3rd and 5th rows are rather larger than the others and attain the apex; in the 5th row there are about 10 tubercles ; the intermediate expansion is moderately wide at the base, but soon becomes narrower, and continues so to the apex, BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 867 its surface being quite smooth except close to the base, where there are a few tubercles ; the margin is thick and well-defined : the epiplenree of the elytra are very coarsely and strongly punc- tured. The underside is minutely granulate. The hind tibic are rather strongly flexuous (perhaps a sexual character) ; the prosternum is not at all carinate. An extremely distinct species belonging to the same section of the genus as H. echinatus, Hope. Compared with that insect the following (among others) differences may be noted: general form very much narrower and more elongate ; anterior processes of the prothorax much more projected forward making the segment longer; intermediate expansion of both prothorax and elytra decidedly narrower, but at the same time more sharply defined ; the tubercles in the rows on the elytra in general much larger, especially those in the Ist, 2nd, 4th, 6th, and 7th rows, which, however, are very much smaller than those in the 3rd and 5th. The South Australian Museum possesses a single specimen, probably taken in South Australia. SARAGUS INZQUALIS, sp.nov. Ovalis ; minus opacus ; ferrugineus, capite prothoracisque disco infuscatis ; hoc minute granulato, marginibus reflexis; elytris valde rugosis, antice tricostatis, interstitiis in parte postica tuber- culatis, tibiis anticis calcare apicali gracili acuminato. [Long. 7 lines, lat. 42 lines. This species is so closely allied to S. levicollis, Fab., that it will be sufficient to add to the above diagnosis an enumeration of its differences from that insect. Its ferruginous color, with only the head and the disc of the pronotum and prosternum darker may not be constant. Its shape is quite distinctive, the elytra being considerably longer in proportion to their width than those of levicollis, and being uniformly, though very gradually, narrowed from the base to their apical half, which is rapidly contracted, the apical part being more pointed than in levicollis. The front part 6 868 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIE of the intermediate expansion of the prothorax is distinctly con- cave owing to its being turned up at the edge. The general surface of the elytra is much more coarsely rugose than in Jevi- collis, the coste and tubercles being very similar when closely examined, but appearing at the first glance less conspicuous owing to the greater rugosities among which they are placed. The anterior tibize are narrower, the apical spur being long, very much more slender, and acutely pointed. I have a single specimen taken by Mr. J. J. East near Mallala. S. Linp1, sp.nov. Late ovatus; opacus; niger; capite prothoraceque confertim subtiliter granulatis ; hoe quam longiori multo plus duplo latiori, sat late marginato, marginibus planatis; elytris minute sparsius granulatis, fortiter tricostatis, interstitiis seriatim tuberculatis ; tibiis anticis caleare robusto breviori instructis. [Long. 6 lines, lat. 44 lines. Another ally of S. levicollis, F., but very distinct from it. The prothorax at its widest is twice and a-half as wide as down the middle it is long, and its base is nearly twice and a-half as wide as its front, the margins being without transverse wrinkles, and the basal portion being declivous backward, and bearing a large well- marked central impression ; in other respects the head and pro- thorax resemble those of S. devicollis. The elytra are not longer than together wide ; their general surface, underlying the granules tubercles and cost is quite smooth; this surface is sprinkled with minute granules which are sparing about the region of the scu- tellum but become closer towards the margin and apex ; the suture is scarcely elevated near the base but becomes strongly so on the hinder declivity, and is bordered on either side by a row of close- set large granules, or small tubercles, some of which are conical and some elongate ; each elytron bears 6 rows of strong elevations which cease at the beginning of the hind declivity ; the 2nd and 4th of these form undulated nearly uninterrupted coste; the others consist of elongate ridges resembling disconnected portions : BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. £69 of coste ; as they are not symmetrical on the two elytra of my specimen the degree in which they are interrupted is no doubt very variable ; the elytra have rather strongly rounded sides and are widest in the middle; the intermediate expansion is consi- derably wider than in 8. lcevicollis, and is but little narrowed near the apex. The underside resembles that of S. e@vicollis. The legs and antenne are a little reddish. The apical spur of the anterior tibize is short and blunt. A single specimen occurred to me at Port Lincoln. S. LATUS, sp.nov. Sat nitidus; subhemisphericus ; piceo-brunneus ; capite pro- thoraceque confertim subtiliter granulatis; hoc quam longiori multo plus duplo latiori, sat late marginato, margine antico concavo ; elytris minute granulatis, tricostatis (costis plus minus interruptis), interstitiis internis obscure seriatim tuberculatis ; tibiis anticis calcare gracili acuminato instructis. [Long. 6 lines, lat. 44 lines (vix). The head and prothorax are closely and minutely granulated, many of the granules on the latter, especially about the middle, being much elongated so as to give an appearance of longitudinal wrinkling. The prothorax is quite twice and a half as wide as it is long down the middle, and its base is twice and a half as wide as its front margin ; the intermediate expansion has no transverse folds, its anterior part is distinctly concave, and its granulation is quite continuous with that of the disc. The elytra are not at all narrowed at the base (which gives the insect a very distinctive subhemispheric appearance); they are not at all longer than together wide; the lateral half of their anterior margin is very ebliquely cut away so as to meet the lateral margin in a very obtuse angle; the intermediate expansion is very wide in front (considerably more so than in S. levicollis), and is narrowed uniformly to the apex, where it is not wider than the same at the apex of the elytra of S. levicollis, its surface being marked with transverse folds, and also with tubercles similar to those of the 870 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, disc (in some specimens the tuberculation is very obsolete) ; the disc is furnished tolerably evenly with rather close-set granules or small tubercles ; the suture is scarcely elevated in any part; the three ridges usual in this section of Saragus are represented, the Ist by a strong straight (not undulating as it is in S. levicollis) costa not reaching the apex, and having its apical half (or more) broken into tubercles,—the 2nd by a similar costa, which, how- ever, is in most examples broken into tubercules from just behind its base,—the 3rd by a row of tubercles; each of the intervals between the suture and the Ist costa, between the Ist and 2nd and between the 2nd and 3rd coste is occupied by a row of tubercles somewhat larger than those that form the general granulation of the surface, but there is no serial tuberculation whatever outside the 3rd costa. The spur of the anterior tibie is very much more slender and pointed than that of 8S. levicollis. This species is not very close to any other Saragus known to me. Its subhemispheeric form and shiningsurface will distinguish itfrom most of the species with the anterior tibie strongly spurred. Murray Bridge ; taken by Mr. Tepper. S. MEDIOCRIS, sp.nov. Subopacus ; late ovatus ; brunneo-niger ; capite prothoraceque confertim subtiliter granulatis; hoc quam longiori plus duplo latiori, minus late marginato, margine antico vix concavo ; elytris minute granulatis, tricostatis (costis undulatis plus minus inter- ruptis), interstitiis seriatim tuberculatis ; tibiis anticis calcare breviori obtuso minus gracili instructis. [Long. 54 lines, lat. 32 lines. The head and prothorax scarcely differ from the same parts in S. Lindi, except in the intermediate expansion of the latter being a little narrower. The elytra also resemble those of the same species almost exactly in respect of their coste and rows of tubercles ; there is, however, no well-defined row of tubercles running down the sides of the suture; the surface of the disc is very much rougher (making the small granules much less con- spicuous) than in S. Lindi; the elytra are very little narrowed at BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. VS Sik the base ; and their intermediate expansion is extremely narrow even at the base, being markedly narrower than in S. levicollis, with margins scarcely marked at all. A single specimen in my collection; I have no note of the exact locality beyond that it was taken in South Australia, Saracus MAcLeayl, sp.nov. Late ovalis; convexus; sat nitidus; piceo-niger, antennis palpis et (nonnullis exemplis) tarsis dilutioribus; capite pro- thoraceque duplo-punctulatis (subtiliter et minus subtiliter) ; elytris multo fortius lineatim, interstitiis sparsim subtilissime, punctulatis, his nonnullis obscure convexis. [Long. 4-5 lines, lat. 23-3 lines. The prothorax is considerably more than twice as wide as down the middle it is long, and its base (which is bisinuate) is more than twice as wide as its front margin (which is deeply emar- ginate) ; its front angles are obtuse, the hinder ones sharp ; its intermediate expansion is on either side rather less than a quarter the width of the disc, is not horizontal but declivous (though not sufficiently so to continue the lateral declivity of the prothorax evenly), and is gently narrowed from the base to the apex ; its true margin forms a well-defined shining edge ; the disc (as also the head) is thinly furnished with extremely minute punctures and also with larger (but still fine) ones; there is a transverse impression close to the front which makes the middle of the anterior margin appear somewhat elevated; there are also a number of obscure impressions all across the base (the inter- mediate expansion is much more roughly sculptured); each elytron is furnished with about 17 rather irregular rows of moderately coarse punctures, the interstices between the rows (especially the 4th, 8th, and 12th) being obscurely convex ; the intermediate expansion is wide at the base, then contracts rapidly, and then continues rather narrow, but almost even in width, to the apex. The apical spine of the anterior tibize is not particularly large. 872 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, This species must be allied to S. brunnipes, Bréme, and must differ from it inter alia in having only a small spine at the apex of the anterior tibie ; from S. brunnipennis it differs inter alia in having its thorax more strongly punctured, and the interstices of its elytra more or less convex. Mr. Macleay tells me that it is distinct from everything known to him. Sleaford Bay, near Port Lincoln. S. ASPERIPES, Pasc. An insect which I have taken several times at Port Lincoln agrees with Mr. Macleay’s type (the Hon. gentleman informs me) of this species, and corresponds very well with Mr. Pascoe’s description, but it should be noted that it is exceptional for the intermediate expansion of the elytra not to be marked with transverse folds. S. asperipes has much the appearance of a Phosphuga. S. SATELLES, sp.nov. Late ovalis ; sat convexus; minus nitidus ; piceo-niger, mar- ginibus dilutioribus; capite subrugulose sat fortiter, prothorace duplo (subtiliter et subtilissime), elytris vix seriatim minus fortiter nec crebre, punctulatis ; his obsolete tricostatis. [Long. 72 lines, lat. 5 lines (vix). The head is rugosely, confusedly, and closely punctulate with very fine and rather coarse punctures intermingled. The pro- thorax is twice and a half as wide as it is long down the middle, its base a little more than twice as wide as its front margin ; its intermediate expansion is on either side about a third the width of the disc, and is subhorizontal, nearly flat, and of somewhat even width throughout its length; its true margin is well-defined, thick, shining, and not erect ; the lateral outline is well rounded, the greatest width of the segment being just in front of the base ; its surface is punctured on a uniform system, the puncturation is stronger and rougher close to the lateral edges (except near the BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. _ 873 posterior angles), and becoming gradually smoother and more sparing towards the middle of the disc, and consists of fine and very fine punctures intermingled, the coarsest part being decidedly less coarsely punctured than the head. The punctures on the elytra are feeble (not much larger than the largest of those on the head) ; on the front part of the disc they run in traceable rows, but are much confused towards the apex and margins ; there is no striation on the elytra; there are three longitudinal spaces representing the 4th, 8th, and 12th interstices, which are faintly convex and quite devoid of puncturation; the intermediate expansion is separated from the disc by a row of much larger punctures, and is rather narrow at the base, but does not contract much hindward, being at the apex about half as wide as at the base ; at the middle of its length it is about as wide as the interval on the front part of the disc of the elytra between two of the rows of punctures. This svecies belongs to the Phosphuga-like group of Saragus ; compared with S. asperipes, Pasc., it is much larger, with the elytra not at all striate and much more finely punctured, the intervals between the rows (where they are traceable) of punctures being very much wider, the humeral angles quite rounded off, and the hind tibize devoid of distinct hispid asperities. Mr. Macleay has done me the favour of comparing the species with the types of Saragus in his collection, and does not find it identical with any of them. Port Lincoln. SARAGODINUS TUBERCULATUS, sp.nov. Ovalis; o acus; ater; antennis pedibusque plus minus pices- centibus ; capite prothoraceque confertim subtiliter, elytris sparsim seriatim, tuberculatis ; tibiis anticis externe haud crenulatis. [| Long. 57-64 lines, lat. 3}-38 lines. The clypeus (which is not separated from the rest of the head in any defined manner) is concave, especially towards the sides, the margins not defined, the front widely and gently emarginate. 874 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, The entire head is covered with small tubercles which are confused and obscure on the clypeus. The prothorax is nearly twice as wide at its widest part as down the middle it is long, and its base is about two-thirds again as wide as its front margin ; its margins are sinuately divergent from the front to slightly behind the middle, where they are strongly and abruptly rounded, and then with a strongly sinuated curve converge to the base, but in such manner that they are nearly parallel close to the base and the whole prothorax has a cordate appearance; the front margin is very strongly emarginate, the anterior angles well defined; the base is scarcely bisinuate, the hind angles small, acute and directed obliquely outward and hindward ; the disc is strongly convex, the lateral margins wide (together more than half the width of the disc) and very strongly reflexed ; the surface of the entire segment is confusedly covered with tubercles which are very small and obscure towards the sides, but on the disc are considerably larger and more shining and sparing; the lateral edges are strongly crenulated. The scutellum is situated at the bottom of a depression in the elytra. These latter are not quite a quarter as long again as together wide, and are evenly and gently rounded laterally (the humeral angles quite rounded off); each of them bears four rows of strong, slightly shining, conical tubercles (about 7 or 8 tubercles in each of the inner two rows, about 5 or 6 in the next, and about 10 in the outer one, which is close to the margin) ; some of the tubercles are larger than others, but the large and small ones are pretty evenly distributed along each row; the tubercles have a little tendency to an elongate ridge-like form close to the base, and those of the outmost row are mostly a little smaller than the rest; the spaces between the rows of tubercles and between the tubercles in the rows is all uniformly rugose and finely but not closely punctured ; the suture of each elytron is thickened and crenulate ; between this and the first row of tubercles, and also in each interval between the rows of tubercles are a few very small tubercles; there is no defined line separating the upper surface of the elytra from their epipleurz (which are strongly punctured), bat a fairly distinct thickening of the margin (most BY THE REV. T. BLACKBURN. 875 noticeable from beneath) divides them. The general style of puncturation on the underside consists of well-defined coarse punctures, each puncture containing a kind of granule on which is a golden seta; on the lateral parts of the prosternum the granules protrude, giving the appearance of tubercles ; on the rest of the undersurface the punctures are rather feeble and sparing down the middle becoming deeper towards the sides ; those about the sides of the sterna are the best developed, and show the golden setz most conspicuously. The legs are punctured and clothed with short inconspicuous hairs ; the tibize are straight, the anterior having a strong tooth externally, near the apex, in addition to the iarge robust apical spur. The prosternal process is horizontal and slightly prominent behind ; it continues backward beyond the hind level of the coxe and its hinder declivity is almost perpendicular. This species must be somewhat closely allied to S. Duboulayi, Bates, but besides being much smaller differs enter alia in the elytral sculpture, which is devoid of any distinct coste, the intervals between tubercle and tubercle in each row being quite continuous with those between the rows of tubercles. I obtained two specimens of this insect dead, but very little damaged, in a spider’s web under a log about twenty miles north of Port Lincoln. 876 DEVELOPMENT AND STRUCTURE OF PINEAL EYE IN LACERTILIA, THE DEVELOPMENT AND STRUCTURE OF THE PINEAL EYE IN HINULIA AND GRAMMATOPHORA. By W. J. MCKay, B.Sc. PLATES XXII.-XXIV. As considerable attention has been directed to the subject of the pineal eye since the publication of Professor Baldwin Spencer's paper,* it was suggested to me by Dr. Haswell, that some obser- vations on the development of this organ might be of interest. What work I have done has been carried out at the Biological Laboratory of the Sydney University, through the kindness of Dr. Haswell, whom I have to thank for supplying me with portion of my material, and for his advice whilst I was working in the Laboratory. The material I have had, has been various stages in the develop- ment of three of our most common species of lizards, Hinulia (Lygosoma) teniolata, Hinulia sp., and Grammatophora (Amphi- bolurus) muricata. Inthe case of the latter, and I should think of Hinulia, development advances considerably befove the ova have left the parent; so that it is necessary to obtain the ova in the lizard about the beginning of November, if the earliest stages are required. In preparing the embryos in the earliest stages, I fixed with corrosive sublimate and hardened with alcohol ; stained with borax carmine (Grenacher) and hematoxylin (Ehrich’s)—the latter giving excellent results,—and then embedded in paraftiine, after which ribbons of sections were cut with the rocking microtome. *Quarterly Journal of Micro. Science, Oct., 1886. BY W. J, McKAY. 877 External appearance of the pineal eye in the embryos. —In the embryos of Hinulia, which were advanced in development, the pineal eye could be seen standing out as a projection, at a point where the anterior joined the middle cerebral vesicle (Pl. xxui1., figs. 7, 7a, Pn.). The projection viewed as a solid object appeared to be composed of two lobes, an anterior larger, and a posterior smaller one. This appearance was explained when a longitudinal section of the head had been made ; the anterior lobe was seen to be the pineal eye proper, while the posterior lobe was the curved end of the epiphysis (fig. 7, Pn. Hp.). In the more advanced stages of Hinulia, the eye appeared as a black spot in the median line of the head posterior to the paired eyes. I have not been able to work out the earliest stages in the development of the eye in Hinulia, but I have obtained sufticient specimens of Grammatophora to give a fairly complete history of its earliest stages; and where the stages in this form ended, I have been enabled to complete them in Hinulza. GRAMMATOPHORA MURICATA. First Stage.—On making a vertical longitudinal section of the head of an embryo of this species, the walls of the cerebral vesicles are seen to be composed of columnar cells, covered by a layer of epiblast. The epiphysis cerebri or pineal gland arises, as is seen, as an outgrowth of the thalamencephalon. At this stage the outgrowth is composed of a single layer of columnar cells with well-marked nuclei ‘fig. 1). Second Stage.—In the next stage the evagination or vesicle undergoes the following changes. The anterior wall begins to grow forward, and this soon leads to the formation of a second evagina- tion in the wall of the primary one (fig. 2, Pn.). Thus we have two vesicles formed, an anterior larger (Pn.), destined to become the pineal eye, and a posterior smaller one (Zp.). Since the anterior vesicle grows faster than the posterior, it bends forwards, and its inferior wall rests on the superior surface of the 878 DEVELOPMENT AND STRUCTURE OF PINEAL EYE IN LACERTILIA, columnar cells of the thalamencephalon (fig. 2). The walls of both vesicles are composed of a single layer of columnar cells with oval nuclei. The nuclei, however, at this stage begin to undergo karyokinesis, and a second vow of columnar cells is formed. As both vesicles increase in size they are carried more towards the surface, and the appearance then presented is that of a hollow stalk ending in the two evaginations, the whole being surrounded by embryonic connective tissue. Since the cavity of the brain is continuous with the cavity of the stalk and vesicles, we find that the coagulable fluid which bathes the cerebral walls, is also present in the latter (fig. 3, Hum.). Third Stage.—In this stage the anterior of the two vesicles becomes constricted off to form the pineal eye (fig. 4, Pa.) ; while the posterior remains as the end of the epiphysis (fig. 4, Zp.). When viewed at this stage the eye is seen to be a double-convex body with a central cavity, Its superior and external portion is the rudimentary lens composed of columnar cells, while the inferior portion which is continuous with the lens, is the retinal region likewise composed of columnar cells. The cavity between is the optic vesicle containing the coagulable fluid referred to above. No differentiation has occurred in the retinal area up to this stage, and I am unable to say what the structure in the adult may be, as I have prepared no specimens. [I may, however, remark that the retina becomes densely pigmented, and so the eye becomes very conspicuous when viewed as a solid object.in the adult form (fig. 17). And also, as far as I can ascertain, there is no connection between the eye and the epiphysis. The development of the eye of Grammatophora is somewhat similar to that of Lacerta as described by Hoffmann.* HINUwLIA. The stages I have of Hinulia have been from tue time when the eye is differentiated off from the epiphysis. Position of Eye.—The eye lies close to the surface, being separated from it only by a thin layer of connective tissue (fig. 5). No scales are as yet visible on the surface of the embryo; * Weitere Untersuch. zur Entwicklungsgesch. der Reptilien.. Morph. Jahrb., XI., 176. BY W. J. McKAY. S79 but a single layer of squames resting on a layer of cubical cells represents the epidermis. There are no signs of pigment beneath the epidermis. The eye with the end of the epiphysis causes a ‘marked bulging on the surface. Shape of the Eye ——The eye is at this stage ovate in longitudinal vertical section, its long axis being placed parallel to the long axis of the head of the lizard, and it is slightly dorso-ventrally compressed. The following are the parts into which it is differentiated: above the lens, below the retina, and between these two the optic vesicle. Lens.—The lens is concavo-convex in shape, the convexity being on the superior side. It is nearly the same thickness throughout, though where it becomes continuous with the retina it is slightly thinner. It is cellular in structure, and is composed of two layers of columnar cells with round nuclei. The nuclei stain very darkly, and lie in two rows about the optic axis ; but at the place where the lens joins the retina the nuclei lie as a single row close to the external limit of the lens. Retina. —The retina at this stage could be very well investigated histologically. It is composed of the following layers :— First Layer.—Composed of rods (fig. 6, &.), occupying about 4 of the whole thickness of the retina. These rods are closely placed side by side, and form the boundary to the optic vesicle ; distinct oval nuclei with granular contents could be seen lying in the middle and lower portions of the rods, These nuclei do not stain very deeply. The rods end inferiorly by tapering to a point, and processes run from these points down into the retina below. Second Layer (W’).—Is composed of spherical nucleated bodies. These bodies do not stain very deeply. They run round to where the lens joins the retina and then stop. Processes are given off from these elements, some of which run up to the rods, but the majority run down to the other retinal elements below. Third Layer(W”),—A layer of spindle-shaped bodies staining very deeply. No nucleus could be detected owing to the intenseness with which these bodies took the stain ; but they seem to represent the he. 880 DEVELOPMENT AND STRUCTURE OF PINEAL EYE IN LACERTILIA, nucleus, and a portion of the cell substance that has taken the stain to the same degree. These cells likewise have processes which proceed up and down. Fourth Layer.—(a). A layer of cells (V””) similar to the second layer (WV). (b). Two layers of triangular-shaped elements with processes springing from the angles, and running in all directions. These bodies take the stain quite as deeply as the spindle-shaped ones above, and sono nucleus could be detected. Fifth Layer—(a). A layer (4”) of spherical cells similar to the second and fourth layers. (b). A layer (V”) of spindle-shaped bodies similar to, though more elongated than, the third layer. The processes from this layer run up sometimes to the rods themselves, but particvlarly do the processes run down to the layer of connective tissue below. As in the third layer these bodies stain very deeply. Sixth Layer.—A clear region (C.A.) which is more noticeable in more advanced stages. It has no cellular elements in it, and it appears as a clear layer under a low power; but when examined by high power it is seen that the cell processes and the processes of the connective tissue (Ct#.’) cross through it. I cannot detect fibres running in any but the perpendicular direction, so that it cannot be considered as a real boundary layer separating the retinal | elements into two divisions. I suppose it will correspond to Spencer’s molecular layer (/.c. Pl. xvi. figs. 3-6. Mo.). Ws Seventh Layer.—A layer (V””) composed of round nuclei with much connective tissue. In some places the nuclei can be seen to belong to columnar-like cells, but in the majority of cases the cell has disappeared, and the nuclei are surrounded by con- nective tissue. It is easy to see that if the columnar cells of this | layer were to persist, a layer of cones would be formed, such as | Spencer has described in some of his forms. In some places in the retina it appears to me that there is a supporting network of connective tissue, in which the different elements are embedded. I think it is highly possible that BY W. J. McKAY. 881 the elements of this complex structure of the retina arise from the breaking down of original columnar cells. The eye is marked off from the surrounding tissue very distinctly, but I do not think, however, that there is a distinct boundary layer, As regards pigment it has not yet made its appearance, so that this stage is especially suitable for the histology of the eye. Optic Vesicle.—The optic vesicle (Op. V.), as before mentioned, is the space between the retina and the lens. It is filled with minute strands, to which I shall presently allude. The epiphysis at this stage is composed of layers of columnar cells. The nuclei for the most part stain deeply, but occasionally a large round nucleus staining but slightly can be detected in that portion of the epiphysis which was directly continuous with the retinal part of the eye. Spencer has drawn attention to Ahlborn’s description of the epiphysis in Petromyzon, and I think that it is very probable, as he suggests, that the supposed nervous strands in the optic vesicle, as described by Ahlborn, are nothing more than the coagulable remains of the fluid contents of the brain cavity. The strands that can be seen in the optic vesicle of the pineal eye of Ainulia and Grammatophora are identical with the fine strands in the cavities of the brains of both lizards. A blood vessel which runs along the roof of the brain dips below the eye. This vessel is very conspicuous when the embryo is examined alive (fig. 7, B.V.). In the next stage of the development of the eye in Hinulia teniolata, we find that it has become separated off from the epiphysis, and a considerable space intervenes between the two (as shown in fig. 9). It is to be noted that no connection what- ever now exists between the eye and the epiphysis. The eye (fig. 12) is seen embedded in connective tissue lying above the posterior portion of the cerebral hemispheres. The epidermis above is composed of a layer of squames resting on a layer of columnar cells (&. Mp.). The first signs of the formation of the scales are now visible. The rete mucosum being 882 DEVELOPMENT AND STRUCTURE OF PINEAL EYE IN LACERTILIA, thrown into folds lined by loose connective tissue (which will become the cutis vera). The embryonic connective tissue which is to form this true skin, is arranged in a dense layer below the columnar cells of the rete mucosum. The connective tissue surrounding the eye runs for the most part parallel to the long axis of the head of the lizard; it thus meets the ends of the eye and forms a kind of suspensory band, by which the eye is firmly supported (fig. 12, Ct. B.) The pigment of the skin has been developed at this stage, and runs in a broad band to the ends of the eye, where it dips down and runs beneath it (Ct. Pig.), no pigment being develojed, however, between the lens and the epidermis. Shape of the Eye.—The eye whether seen in longitudinal vertical, or vertical transverse section has much the same appear- ance. It is dorso-ventrally compressed, its long axis being parallel to the long axis of the head. In section it has the appearance of a small double-convex body placed in the con- cavity of a larger concavo-convex one. The smaller boly is the lens, the larger the retina (fig. 12). Lens.—The lens is double-convex, the convexity on the internal (inferior) aspect being much greater than on the external (superior), so much so that the latter looks flat by comparison. The lens is thickest at its optic axis, and from here it slopes rapidly away on its internal surface, so that on reaching the retina it has diminished to nearly one-half the thickness. Histology.—The lens is similar in structure to the lens in the former stages, except that it seems to be composed of more layers of columnar cells, or else the columnar cells have elongated, espe- cially in the region of the optic axis. Retina. —The retina is now marked by the deposition of pig- ment granules. The pigment, however, is deposited only in certain regions as yet—viz., in (1) the lower ends of the rods (fig. 12, f. Pig.), (2) the line of spherical elements (V’) and (3) in the lowest BY W. J. McKAY. 883 layer (fig. 6, V””’). Thus there is produced such an appearance, as De Graaf has described in Anguis fragilis, of a row of rods supe- rior to the pigmented rods. This may be the explanation of De Graat’s figures, which Spencer has objected to. The pigment is deposited in the rods as minute particles in horizontal lines ; while it seems to be in vertical lines in the body of the retina. The histology of the retina cannot be so well made out now as before ; but the rods, some of the spherical elements, the lower layer of spindle-shaped bodies, the clear area, and the lowest layer of nuclear elements can all be defined by examining a series of sections. Why the different elements cannot be so clearly made out, seems to be that the’retinal elements are more closely applied one to another. Third Stage.—The chief thing to be noticed in this (fig. 13), the last stage that I have, is the further development of the pigment, which now covers the whole of the rods in many places ; and where the lens joins the retina, the pigment reaches through nearly the entire thickness of the -retina. Another point of importance is that piginent is developed in the lens. It extends as a band at the periphery of the lens. Above the eye the epidermis has become more marked, and is now represented by an external or cuticular layer, a lower and thicker layer which appears .at first sight to be composed of wavy fibres, this being the scales in process of formation, and a third layer of columnar cells, the rete mucosum. All these layers are continuous over the eye. In comparing the alteration in shape in the eye in its three stages, we see (by referring to figs. 11, 12, 13), that it is always double-convex in outline, but that the lens changes from concavo- convex to double-convex, and that consequently the optic vesicle presents at first a double convex outline in section, but that this alters to concavo-convex. And along with this change in shape of the optic vesicle, its vertical height decreases until it is almost nil. The chief factors in this obliteration of the optic vesicle are—(1). 57 884 DEVELOPMENT AND STRUCTURE OF PINEAL EYE IN LACERTILIA, The antero-posterior axis of the eye becoming much greater, and (2) the lens in the region of the optic axis becoming more convex internally. While the eye has been undergoing these changes great alteration has also taken place in the epiphysis. It is no longer the simple hollow stalk which we saw in the first stages, but it has acquired the complex form shown in fig. 9. Its end is seen to be separable from the pineal eye by a considerable interval. This interval is, however, not so great in the later forms, owing I think, to the forward growth of the mid-brain pressing the pineal gland more towards the eye. In examining the outward modification that takes place in the adult lizards in reference to the pineal eye, we note the following :—In Grammatophora (tig. 16), on the dorsum of the head at a point which is the apex of a triangle whose base may be considered as lying between the paired eyes, we find a white oval scale which indicates the pineal] locality. This white body is the cuticle of the middle region of a scale, modified to form a cornea ; itis quite devoid of pigment. On removing the cornea, we find a dark spot (fig. 17) lying in the centre of a concavity. The dark spot is the pineal eye lying in the parietal foramen, surrounded by unpigmented tissue. Its appearance is shown in fig. 17. In Hinulia no moditication takes place in the scale to form a cornea, the only indication being a dark spot (fig. 14, Pn. £#.) in the . deltoid-shaped scale. A mass of pigment in the same scale, but anterior to the eye, might be mistaken for it. On removing the scale the eye is seen as a black spot with a clear centre (lens) placed in the parietal foramen (fig. 15). On comparing the forms which I have described, with those forms described by Spencer, the following are some of the points which are similar, or dissimilar :— (1) A scale is modified to form a cornea in Grammatophora, this being similar to such forms as Calotes, Varanus, etc. (2) The lens is double-convex in outline, a point which appears to be common to nearly all the forms in which the eye is known. BY W. J. McKAY. 885 (3) That the shape of the lens in the youngest stages of Hinulia is similar to the lens in Cyclodus, the eye in the latter being in a transitional state. (4) As in some of the forms ( Varanus, ete.) pigment is developed in the lens, soalso in Ainulia is slight pigmentation present. (5) The lens is composed of columnar nucleated cells. (6) Retina. The columnar cells called rods are present. (7) Nuclei are present in the rods in the later stages, a point not ascertained by Spencer in his higher forms. (8) That the pigment is disposed in horizontal layers in the rods, and that where the rods join the lens the pigment reaches through the whole thickness of the retina. (9) That a humour exists in the optic vesicle. (10) That the rods have processes attached to the lower extremi- ties. (11) That spherical nucleated cells, similar to the WV’ layer of Hatteria exist in Hinulia. (12) That the molecular layer (if it be such) of Hinulza is placed in a very different position to the molecular layer of Hatteria and Varanus. (13) That layers of spindle-shaped elements exist, which have no correspondence to any of the elements in Hatteria or Varanus. (14) That layers of triangular-shaped elements exist which have no correspondence to anything in Spencer’s form. (15) That no such bodies as cones exist in Hinuhia. (16) That the epiphysis as in Calotes, Seps, etc., is separated from the eye, and that no such structure as the pineal stalk is present in either of the forms examined. (17) That the eye may be supposed to draw its blood supply from the large vessel so constantly present directly beneath it. el S eee. 886 DEVELOPMENT AND STRUCTURE OF PINEAL EYE IN LACERTILIA, Mr. Whitelegge, of the Australian Museum, has kindly given me the subjoined list of thirty-five species of lizards, in which the pineal eye occurs. 1. Odataria ocellata, Gray ; 2. Hydrosaurus varius, Gray ; 3. H.- giganteus, Gray ; 4. Hinulia (Lygosoma) elegans, Gray; 5. H. grayu, Gray; 6. H. Labillardieri, Gray; 7. H. australis, Gray ; 8. H. teniolata, Shaw; 9. H. Whitei, Gray; 10. H. Richard sonii, Gray; 11. Mocoa Guichenoti, Gray; 12. M. Entrecasteauxit, Gray ; 13. Hinulia sp.; 14. Tetradactylus decresiensis, Peron ; 15. Hemiergis decresiensis, Wagler; 16. Omolepida casuarine, Dum.; 17. Soridia lineata, Gray; 18. Trachydosaurus rugosus, Gray ; 19. Cyclodus gigas, Bodd.; 20. C. occipitalis, Peters ; 21. C. Adelaidensis, Peters; 22. C. mnigroluteus, Wagler; 23. Egernia Cunninghamu, Gray; 24. Tropidolepisma Kingit, Gray; 25. 7’. nitida, Gray; 26. 7. major, Gray; 27. Physig- nathus Lesweurti, Gray; 28. Chlamydosaurus Kingii, Gray ; 29. Grammatophora cristata, Gray; 30. G. muricata, Kaup; 31. G. reticulata, Gray ; 32. G. angulifera, Gray ; 33. G. barbata, Kaup ; 34. G. ornata, Gray ; 35. Moloch horridus, Gray. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. List OF REFERENCE LETTERS. B. V.—Blood vessel. C.A.—Clear area. C.H.—Cerebral hemispheres. Cut.—Cuticle. Ct.—Connective tissue. Ct.’—Connective tissue of retina. Ct. B.—Connective tissue arranged in a band acting as a suspensory ligamert to pineal eye. Cut. Pig.—Pigment in cutis vera. Hp.—Epiphysis cerebri. Epd.—Epidermis (rudiment of), £,B.—Forebrain. M.B.—Mid-brain. Hum.—Humour of eye and brain. Le,—Lens of pineal eye. Le. N.— Lens nucleus, N.’—Spherical nucleated bodies of retina, N.”—Spindle- shaped bodies of retina. N.”’—Triangular bodies of retina. N.’”—Deepest layer of spherical bodies, Op. L.—Optic lobe. Op. V.—Optic vesicle.— Pa. ¥.—Parietal foramen. R. Pig.’ —Pigment of retina and lens. P. Pig.” —Lower layer of pigment in retina. Pn. Cor.—Pineal cornea. Pr. H.— Paired eyes. Pn, H.—Pineal eye. Proc.—Processes of retinal elements. Rt.—Retina of pineal eye. &.—Rods. R&. N.—Rodnucleus. R. Mp.— Rete mucosum. 3rd V.—Third ventricle. Thal.—Thalamencephalon. BY W J. McKAY. &87 Fig. 1.—The first stage in the development of the epiphysis of Grammato- phora muricata. It is seen to be composed of columnar cells, and to spring from the junction of the thalamencephalon with the mid brain, ‘Lhe slight curve Pn. H., is the first indication of the formation of the secondary vesicle to form the pineal eye. Fig. 2.—Pn. H. secondary vesicle springing from the primary evagination. The lower portion of the vesicle rests on the upper part of the roof of the fore-brain. Fig. 3.—Transverse but slightly oblique section of same stage as fig. 2. The strands of the coagulable humour are seen in the vesicles. Some of the cel!s are undergoing karyokinesis. Fig. 4.—The pineal eye has become separate from the epiphysis. The epi- dermis is represented by a layer of squames (Cut.), and a layer of cubical cells (Rk. Mp.). Below this a slight layer of pigment is developing. The pineal eye is seen to be composed of columnar cells. Above is the lens (Le.), below the retina (#t.) and between the two the optic vesicle (Op. V.). Fig. 5.—First stage in the development of Hinulia tceniolata, after the eye is _ separated from the epiphysis. The lens is composed of two layers of columnar cells with round nuclei, which stain deeply. Below is the retina composed of its several layers, some of which stain deeply, others donot. In the centre is the optic vesicle with humour. The epiphysis is seen to be composed of cells very similar to the lens cells of the eye. Below the eye the blood vessel (B.V.). Fig. 6.—Layers of retina :—C.A., the clear area containing nothing else but the cell-processes. This may be the molecular layer. WN’ the layer of nuclei, some of which may be seen still to have the remains of a cell around them ; they lie in the layer of connective issue Ct’. Fig. 7.—Section of the head of Hinulia sp., showing the position of the eye. In front of the eye is seen an evagination very similar to the eye itself. Behind the eye is the second alluded toin the text; it is the end of the epiphysis. The blood vessel runs below the eye. 888 DEVELOPMENT AND STRUCTURE OF PINEAL EYE IN LACERTILIA, Fig. 7a.—Hinulia sp., viewed as a solid object; shows the pineal eye (/‘n.) as a projection on the anterior surface of the cerebral vesicle. The smaller projection Zp, is behind this. {I have to thank Dr. Haswell for this figure drawn from a fresh embryo.] Fig. 8.—Section of the head of Hinulia teniolata, showing position of pineal ~ eye and epiphysis. Fig. 9.—Section of head of Hinulia teniolata, showing position of eye relative to epiphysis. The eye is magnified in fig. 12. It also snows the complex form that the epiphysis take. Fig. 10,-—Vertical transverse section of portions of epiphysis (same stage as fig. 9.) Figs. 11, 12, 13.—Section of eye in various stages showing the alteration which it undergoes. All figures are drawn to same scale. Fig. 11.—Same as fig. 5. The eye is differentiated off from the epiphysis, but is not yet discontinuous with it. The skin is represented by two superficial layers, the cuticle and the rete mucorum, while below is the rudiment of the cutis vera. The lens of the eye is at this stage concavo-convex in outline, while the optic vesicle is double-convex. After this stage the shape of the optic vesicle is altered through the alteration in the outline of the lens. Fig. 12.--The eye has become more elongated and the lens is now double convex, while the optic vesicle is concavo-convex; the retina remaining the same as before. Pigment is developed in the retina in the lower ends of the rods and about the tirst spherical layer of elements NV’. Also, in lowest layer N’”” (fig. 6). The clear area is now well-defined. The cuticular pigment is seen dipping down below the eye (U#. Pig.). The front rudiment of scale is being formed. Blood vessel runs below eye. The connective tissue is collected into a suspensory band (Ct. B.). Fig. 13.—Eye still more elongated, the optic vesicle still smaller in dorso- ventral direction. Pigment has developed in the rods, and at the place where the retina joins the lens the pigment is developed BY W. J. McKAY. 889 throughout the whole thickness of the retina. A scale is formed composed of the cuticular layer of the epidermis (Cut.), the epi- dermis as a wavy layer (Hpd.), and the rete mucosum as columnar layer, and below the cutis vera. (The connective tissue sur- rounding the eye has been represented rather too densely). Fig. 14.—Head of adult Hinulia teniolata, showing the appearance of the pineal region when viewed from above. Fig. 15.—Scale shown in fig. 14 magnified, the cuticular layer being removed. The eye is seen as a dark body in the parietal foramen. Fig. 16.—Head of Grammatophora; the cuticle of the scale modified into the cornea. Fig. 17.—The eye of fig. 16 magnified, the scale, with the cornea removed showing the eye in the concavity of the scale, placed in the parietal foramen. 890 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. North exhibited a set of the eggs (four in number) of Aplonis fuscus, lately collected on Lord Howe Island, by Mr. E. H. Saunders. Mr. Ogilby communicated the following note on the cause of death in fishes from the National Park, N. S. Wales :— “During the earlier part of the present month Mr. R. W. Robertson, M.L.A., brought to the Australian Museum two specimens of Black Bream (Chrysophrys australis), which, as he informed me, had been picked up dead above the weir in the National Park, and he also stated that two or three were found there daily in a dead or dying condition. Mr. Robertson, being anxious to know the cause of the mortality among the fishes in the Reserve, brought them to me, and a very cursory examina- tion sufliced to satisfy me that death was due to the attacks of a species of Saprolegnia: being cognisant from personal experience of the ravages caused by the same or a similar fungus among the fresh-water fishes of the British Isles, I considered it advisable to notify our Fishery Commissioners of the presence of this pest, and on doing so was requested to proceed to the Park and examine into the state of the fish above the weir: accordingly on the following Saturday, the 16th instant, 1 proceeded thither in company with Dr. Cox and Messrs. Smithers and White- legge, the latter gentleman having been included at my request on account of his special knowledge of diseases caused by cryptogamic organisms; notwithstanding, however, that we tried every possible means of obtaining specimens, we failed entirely, and would have been obliged to return unsuccessful but that, at the furthest point to which our boat could go, one of the employés on the Park caught by hand a large fresh-water eel (Anguilla australis), which was endeavouring to climb up the face of a sloping rock; on examination, the reason for this extraordinary behaviour was at once apparent ; the head, and especially the soft parts surrounding the NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 891 eyes and lips were covered, in many places to the depth of an eighth of an inch, with Saprolegnia ; the branchie were almost entirely destroyed, and what remained was thickly covered with a fungoid growth ; there were white leprous-looking patches here and there on the body and tail, and finally the pectoral fins had in a great part disappeared, the fungus, however, in this case being in all probability largely aided by the attempts of the fish to lift itself out of its natural element, since it had probably received considerable relief on previous occasions by employing similar means, it being well known that the Saprolegnia will not survive long out of water. Notwithstanding its total blindness, and the disease from which it was suffering, this fish was in good condition, and its stomach contained the remains of at least three Black Bream, which were most probably found dead at the bottom of the river, having themselves succumbed to the fatal attacks of the fungus ; the intestines of this eel were in a perfectly healthy condition and entirely free from entozoa. As to the reason why this disease has taken so strong a hold on the waters of our National Reserve, I am of opinion that it is in great part due to the long continuance of the drought, as I was informed by the care-taker that the water during the last few months has been almost perfectly stagnant ; to remedy this state of affairs I would therefore advise—there being absolutely no fish worth mentioning left to preserve—that the flood gates be opened, and all the water be allowed to run off, and so as far as possible dry up the bed of the river, and run off the spores of the fungi, while at the same time the remnant of fish still surviving in the infected waters, and which are chiefly Black Bream and Mullet, would escape to the estuary, in the saline waters of which the Saprolegnia would quickly perish. Mr. Whitelegge has kindly set up slides of the fungus from the eel, and will exhibit them when the meeting is over.” Dr. Cox pointed out that the epidemic mentioned by Mr. Ogilby was simply due to the unhealthy and unnatural conditions under which the drought had compelled these particular fishes to live, and that there was no ground whatever for any public alarm. 892 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. Whitelegge exhibited under the microscope preparations of mycelia of the fungus referred to in Mr. Ogilby’s note. Also a well-preserved specimen of Weis cordigera, Less., one of the Berdide from Port Jackson, obtained in the month of June. Also the fat of some beef which for some days past had been observed to be phosphorescent. In regard to the preceding exhibit, Dr. Katz suggested that the phosphorescence was probably due to contamination from sea- water, or perhaps from fish. Mr, Fletcher exhibited three living and four spirit specimens of Peripatus (supposed to be P. Leuckarti, Sanger), and in reference to them read the following note :—“Ten days ago (June 17th) Mr. A. G. Hamilton, Mr. R. T. Baker and myself were walking along a country road a few miles out of Wollongong, not thinking about Peripatus at the time, when on casually turning over a stone left by the road-makers on the edge of the road we unexpectedly picked up aspecimen. Search was then made under the remaining stones along the road, and in the space of about 100 yards five others were found. Theseventh was found under similar circumstances the next day in another direction. Three of the specimens (females*) were kept alive, and I have thought it worth while to record a few notes on the appearance of these, preserved specimens undergoing considerable alteration in colour. In size they vary from about 15-18mm. in length by 4-5mm. in breadth when contracted, to about 40mm. by 3mm. when extended and crawling. From the base upwards for some distance the rings of the antenne are pretty regularly alternately light and dark coloured. The colouration of the body differs considerably in different specimens, no two of the three being exactly alike, though there is a general similarity of pattern. Mr. Tryon, presumably speaking of Queensland specimens, says that the colour is indigo- blue; in this respect ours are different, the prevailing colours being dull black or brown and red. On the median dorsal surface in all three there is a fine dark median longitudinal line, red or black, presenting at regular intervals knot-like enlargements, of which there are about sixteen altogether, the first one behind the *One of these was subsequently dissected and proved to be pregnant. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 893 antenne, the others opposite the members of the several pairs of legs, the first few however smaller and not so well-defined as the others. As regards details the specimens may be distinguished as follows :—(a) the median line dark ferruginous red, the papille for a little space on each side of it a lighter and less intense red, most noticeable at the knot-like enlargements where there is a distinct somewhat triangular patch on each side extending out- wards a little way and tapering slightly ; on the sides of the body extending some little way dorsad of the attachment of the legs is a broad lateral light red or ferruginous stripe, separated from the median nodose line by an intervening broad band on each side in which to the unassisted eye a dark tint—dark brown or black—is predominant, though there is a good deal of incon- spicuous red, examination under a low objective showing that some of the papillee are red, or have red bases and black apices, on a dark back ground; the lateral red stripes pass into the still paler red of the undersurface which just ventrad of the bases of the legs shows small irregular blackish patches, the inner surface of the legs also streaked longitudinally with black, and a few small black patches at intervals in the median line; the head beneath all round the oral aperture, the colour extending upwards to between the bases of the antenne, black: (b) the median nodose line black, the rest of the body to the naked eye of a fairly uniform dark tint (black with a tinge of purplish), but with a lens one sees that there is a good deal of inconspicuous dull red as there are not only isolated red papill but the transverse rows of them alternate pretty regularly with rows of dark ones; lateral stripes are not defined, but the papille on the flanks are paler in colour, some of them almost whitish ; the undersurface is paler in colour, with a blackish longitudinal streak on the inner surface of each leg: (c) somewhat intermediate in character ; the median nodose line black, each of the enlargements in a patch of lighter colour of the same shape as in (a) but of a light and rusty tint; lateral stripes are not well defined, but above and corresponding with the interval between two consecutive legs on each side, there is an irregular rusty almost yellowish patch bordered above and below by an irregular black patch ; the rest of the body dull rusty red, almost brown, blotched with black ; the undersurface shows 894 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. an irregular median longitudinal blackish band sending off branches to the legs, the remainder being dull rusty red or brown. In all of them the transverse rows of papille on the outer surface of the legs are pretty regularly alternately light and dark coloured. The four spirit specimens are more or less similar to one or other of the above described. On comparing our speci- mens with Captain Hutton’s description of P. Vovw-Zealandie, one is struck with the great resemblance, in respect of the external characters. The only diagnostic characters mentioned in the abstract of Siinger’s paper (Arch. f. Naturg., xxxvu. Jahrg., II. Bd., p. 406) are the presence of fifteen pairs of claw-bearing legs, the situation of the generative aperture, and the characters of the leg-pads; the latter, however, are not of specific importance, Sanger’s figure evidently having been drawn from a more or less shrivelled specimen.” Postscript.—W hen the above note was read I was not aware of the publication of Mr. Sedgwick’s monograph (Q.J.M.S., April, 1888), from which it appears that Queensland specimens differ somewhat in colour from those referred to above. My Gippsland specimen was dead and dried up when T[ received it, hence it is not in a very favourable condition for comparison ; but as far-as I can make out it is not unlike a much bleached example of one of our dark specimens from Illawarra; a whitish median dorsal line visible in part of the body only is evidently due to bleaching, though in the rest of its course a nodose black line is not well- defined Mr. Sinclair exhibited portions of diamond-drill cores from the Astoria works, East River, New York. Mr. Brazier exhibited a specimen of Physa gibbosa, Gould, obtained more than a month ago in Waterloo swamps, since when, though it had been merely left in a corked tube with a little water, it had deposited a quantity of spawn. Dr. Cox exhibited specimens of a river-limpet (Ancylus Irvine, Petterd), from a large lake in the interior of Tasmania. Also a Tertiary fossil from the Wild-horse Plains, which he believed to be identical with Z’hylacodes decussatus, Gmel., a living Port Jackson species. WEDNESDAY,25th JULY, 1888. Dr. J. C. Cox, F.L.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. R. T. Baker, Sydney, was elected a Member of the Society. The Chairman announced that the next Excursion had been arranged for Saturday, August 18th. Members to meet at the Botany Tram Terminus on the arrival of the 10-6 a.m. tram trom Bridge Street, to proceed to La Pérouse. DONATIONS. “The International Scientist’s Directory, 1888.” From the Hon. W. Macleay, F.L.S., &c, “The American Naturalist.” Vol. XXII., No. 256 (April, 1888). From the Editors. * Bulletin of the American Geographical Society.” Vol. XIX., Supplement, 1887; Vol. XX., No. 1 (1888). From the Society. ‘The Sixteenth Annual Report of the Board of Directors of the Zoological Society of Philadelphia (1888).” From the Society. “ Summary Report of the Operations of the Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada to 3lst Dec., 1887, being Part JII., Annual Report of the Department of the Interior, 1887.” From the Director. “Report on the Geological Features of the Mackay District, Queensland.” By R. L. Jack, Government Geologist. From the Director, Geological Survey of Queensland. “‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, for the year 1887.” Part IV.; “ Abstracts of Proceedings,” 15th May and 5th June, 1888. From the Society. ‘* The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London.” Vol. XLIV., Part 2 (No. 174), 1888. From the Society. 58 ee a OT GE a I a 896 DONATIONS. “Calendar of the University of Sydney for the year 1888.” From the University. “The Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University, Japan.” Vol. IL.. Part 1, (1888). From the President of the University. “ Zoologischer Anzeiger.” XI. Jahrg., Nos. 280 and 281 (1888). From the Editor. “ Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes.” No. 212 (June, 1888). From the Editor. ‘Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India,—Palaeontologia Indica.” Ser. xiii, Vol. I, Part 7 (1887). From the Director. “ Proceedings and Transactions of the Queensland Branch of the Royal Geographical Society of Australasia,” 3rd Session, 1887- 88. Vol. III, Part 1. From the Society. “The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London for the year 1888.” Part 1. From the Society. “Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.” Session 1886-87. Vol. IX., Part 2. From the Society. “ Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel.” Band VIII., Heft 1 (1888). rom the Station. “Tables des Comptes Rendus des Séances de |’Académie des Sciences, Paris.” Deuxitme Semestre, 1887. Tome CV. From the Academy. “ Bulletin de la Société Royale de Géographie d’Anvers.” Tome XII, Fase. 4 (1888). From the Society. “South Australia—Report on the Progress and Condition of the Botanic Garden during the year 1887.” By R. Schomburgk, Ph.D., Director. from the Director. “The Victorian Naturalist.” Vol. V., No. 3 (July, 1888). From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. “The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy.” Vol. III, No. 31 (July, 1888). From the Editor. +} 36 2 Pie , vy Baty Laken yer ‘will